,,war ,,department ,,manual ,,for ,,noncommissioned ,,officers ,,and ,,privates ,,of ,,cavalry ,,of ,,the ,,army ,,of ,,the ,,united ,,states #aiag ,,to ,,be ,,also ,,used ,,by ,,engineer ,,companies 7,,mounted7 ,,for ,,cavalry ,,instruction ,,and ,,training ,,washington ,,government ,,printing ,,office #aiag ,,war ,,department1 ,document ,no4 #fbj4 ,office of ,the ,adjutant ,general4 ,,additional ,,copies ,,of ,,this ,,publication ,,may ,,be ,,procured ,,from ,,the ,,superintendent ,,of ,,documents ,,government ,,printing ,,office ,,washington1 ,d4 ,c4 ,,at #ej ,,cents ,,per ,,copy ,,war ,,department1 ,,washington1 ,june #bh1 #aiag4 ,the following ,manual for ,noncommissioned ,officers and ,privates of ,cavalry is published for the information and guidance of all concerned4 #behbhbd ,c4--,a4 ,g4 ,o4 ,,by ,,order ,,of ,,the ,,secretary ,,of ,,war3 ,,tasker ,h4 ,,bliss1 ,major ,general1 ,acting ,chief of ,staff4 ,,official3 ,h4 ,p4 ,,mccain1 ,the ,adjutant ,general4 ,,table ,,of ,,contents4 ,page4 ,,chapter ,i4 ,,military ,,discipline ,,and ,,courtesy444444444444444444 #i ,section #a4 ,oath of enlistment444444444444444444444444444444 #i ,section #b4 ,obedience444444444444444444444444444444 444444444 #i ,section #c4 ,loyalty44444444444444444444444444444444 44444444 #aa ,section #d4 ,discipline44444444444444444444444444444 44444444 #aa ,section #e4 ,military courtesy444444444444444444444444444444 #ac ,section #f4 ,saluting4444444444444444444444444444444 44444444 #ac ,section #g4 ,rules governing saluting44444444444444444444444 #ae ,section #h4 ,courtesies in conversation444444444444444444444 #ah ,,chapter ,,ii4 ,,arms1 ,,uniforms1 ,,and ,,equipment4444444444444444444 #bj ,section #a4 ,the rifle44444444444444444444444444444444444 444 #bj ,section #b4 ,care of the rifle444444444444444444444444444444 #ba ,section #c4 ,cleaning the rifle44444444444444444444444444444 #bc ,section #d4 ,uniforms4444444444444444444444444444444 44444444 #bg ,section #e4 ,the service kit44444444444444444444444444444444 #cj ,section #f4 ,the surplus kit44444444444444444444444444444444 #cb ,section #g4 ,assembling equipment444444444444444444444444444 #cc ,,chapter ,,iii4 ,,rations ,,and ,,forage44444444444444444444444444444 #cf ,section #a4 ,the ration4444444444444444444444444444444444 444 #cf ,section #b4 ,individual cooking44444444444444444444444444444 #cg ,section #c4 ,the forage ration444444444444444444444444444444 #da ,,chapter ,,iv4 ,,personal ,,hygiene ,,and ,,care ,,of ,,the ,,feet44444444444 #dc ,,chapter ,v4 ,,extracts ,,from ,,cavalry ,,drill ,,regulations1 #aiaf4444 #ej ,section #a4 ,definitions4444444444444444444444444444 44444444 #ej ,section #b4 ,general provisions1 individual instruction44444 #ed ,section #c4 ,school of the trooper1 dismounted44444444444444 #eg ,section #d4 ,school of the trooper1 mounted4444444444444444 #aab ,section #e4 ,general provisions1 elementary collective instruction44444444444444444444444444444 444444 #acd ,section #f4 ,basic principles of the drill44444444444444444 #acd ,section #g4 ,the school of the squad44444444444444444444444 #aci ,section #h4 ,tent pitching44444444444444444444444444444444 4 #agf ,,chapter ,,vi4 ,,field ,,service4444444444444444444444444444444 444 #ahj ,section #a4 ,principles of training444444444444444444444444 #ahj ,section #b4 ,combat444444444444444444444444444444444 4444444 #aha ,section #c4 ,patrolling44444444444444444444444444444 4444444 #aii ,section #d4 ,advance guards44444444444444444444444444444444 #baj ,section #e4 ,rear guards4444444444444444444444444444444444 4 #bab ,section #f4 ,flank guards4444444444444444444444444444444444 #bac ,section #g4 ,outposts4444444444444444444444444444444 4444444 #bac ,section #h4 ,rifle trenches44444444444444444444444444444444 #bai ,,chapter ,,vii4 ,,marching ,,and ,,camping44444444444444444444444444 #bbc ,section #a4 ,breaking camp and preparation for a march44444 #bbc ,section #b4 ,marches1 camps44444444444444444444444444444444 #bbe ,,chapter ,,viii4 ,,target ,,practice444444444444444444444444444444 #bcc ,section #a4 ,preliminary training and marksmanship444444444 #bcc ,section #b4 ,sight adjustment444444444444444444444444444444 #bcc ,section #c4 ,table of sight corrections44444444444444444444 #bce ,section #d4 ,aiming444444444444444444444444444444444 4444444 #bce ,section #e4 ,battle sight4444444444444444444444444444444444 #bcf ,section #f4 ,trigger squeeze4444444444444444444444444444444 #bcg ,section #g4 ,firing positions444444444444444444444444444444 #bch ,section #h4 ,calling the shot444444444444444444444444444444 #bdj ,section #i4 ,coordination444444444444444444444444444 4444444 #bda ,section #aj4 ,advice to riflemen444444444444444444444444444 #bda ,section #aa4 ,the course in small-arms firing44444444444444 #bdc ,section #ab4 ,targets44444444444444444444444444444444 444444 #bdd ,section #ac4 ,pistol and revolver practice44444444444444444 #bde ,,chapter ,,ix4 ,,extracts ,,from ,,manual ,,of ,,interior ,,guard ,,duty1 #aiad44444444444444444444444444444444444 44 #bed ,section #a4 ,introduction444444444444444444444444444 4444444 #bed ,section #b4 ,classification of interior guards4444444444444 #bee ,section #c4 ,details and rosters444444444444444444444444444 #bee ,section #d4 ,commander of the guard444444444444444444444444 #beh ,section #e4 ,sergeant of the guard4444444444444444444444444 #bfc ,section #f4 ,corporal of the guard4444444444444444444444444 #bff ,section #g4 ,musicians of the guard444444444444444444444444 #bga ,section #h4 ,orderlies and color sentinels44444444444444444 #bga ,section #i4 ,privates of the guard4444444444444444444444444 #bgc ,section #aj4 ,orders for sentinels4444444444444444444444444 #bgc ,section #aa4 ,countersigns and paroles444444444444444444444 #bhb ,section #ab4 ,guard patrols44444444444444444444444444444444 #bhc ,section #ac4 ,watchmen4444444444444444444444444444444 444444 #bhc ,section #ad4 ,compliments from guards4444444444444444444444 #bhd ,section #ae4 ,prisoners444444444444444444444444444444 444444 #bhf ,section #af4 ,guarding prisoners444444444444444444444444444 #bhi ,section #ag4 ,stable guards44444444444444444444444444444444 #bib ,section #ah4 ,flags4444444444444444444444444444444444 444444 #bif ,section #ai4 ,reveille and retreat gun444444444444444444444 #bih ,section #bj4 ,guard mounting4444444444444444444444444444444 #bih ,section #ba4 ,relieving the old guard4444444444444444444444 #cjf ,,chapter ,x4 ,,map ,,reading ,,and ,,sketching44444444444444444444444 #cji ,section #a4 ,military map reading44444444444444444444444444 #cji ,section #b4 ,sketching444444444444444444444444444444 4444444 #cbb ,,chapter ,,xi4 ,,message ,,blanks44444444444444444444444444444444 4 #cbe ,,chapter ,,xii4 ,,signals ,,and ,,codes44444444444444444444444444444 #cbf ,,chapter ,,xiii4 ,,first-,,aid ,,rules444444444444444444444444444444 #cch ,,chapter ,,xiv4 ,,laws ,,and ,,regulations44444444444444444444444444 #cej ,section #a4 ,general provisions4444444444444444444444444444 #cej ,section #b4 ,the ,army of the ,united ,states44444444444444444 #cea ,section #c4 ,rank and precedence of officers and noncommissioned officers4444444444444444444444 #cea ,section #d4 ,insignia of officers and noncommissioned officers44444444444444444444444444444444 444444 #cec ,section #e4 ,extracts from the ,articles of ,war4444444444444 #cec ,,chapter ,,xv4 ,,english-,,french ,,vocabulary4444444444444444444444 #cga ,,appendix4 ,,form ,,for ,,last ,,will ,,and ,,testament44444444444444444 #chi ,,manual ,,for ,,noncommissioned ,,officers ,,and ,,privates ,of ,,cavalry ,,of ,,the ,,army ,,of ,,the ,,united ,,states4 ,,chapter ,i4 ,,military ,,discipline ,,and ,,courtesy4 ,section #a4 ,oath of enlistment4 ,every soldier on enlisting in the ,army takes upon himself the following obligation3 ,i1 ----1 do solemnly swear 7or affirm7 that ,i will bear true faith and allegiance to the ,united ,states of ,america2 that ,i will serve them honestly and faithfully against all-their enemies whomsoever2 and that ,i will obey the orders of the ,president of the ,united ,states1 and the orders of the officers appointed over me according to the ,rules and ,articles of ,war4 7#ajith ,article of ,war47 ,section #b4 ,obedience4 ,the very first paragraph in the ,army ,regulations reads3 ,all persons in the military service are required to obey strictly and to execute promptly the lawful orders of their superiors4 ,obedience is the first and last duty of a soldier4 ,it is the foundation upon which all military efficiency is built4 ,without it an army becomes a mob1 while with it a mob ceases to be a mob and becomes possessed of much of the power of an organized force4 ,it is a quality that is demanded of every person in the ,army from the highest to the lowest4 ,each enlisted man binds himself1 by his enlistment oath1 to obedience4 ,each officer1 in accepting his commission1 must take upon himself the same solemn obligation4 ,obey strictly and execute promptly the lawful orders of your superiors4 ,it is enough to know that the person giving the order1 whether he be an officer1 a noncommissioned officer1 or a private acting as such1 is your lawful superior4 ,you may not like him1 you may not respect him1 but you must respect his position and authority1 and reflect honor and credit upon yourself and your profession by yielding to all superiors that complete and unhesitating obedience which is the pleasure as well as the duty of every true soldier4 ,orders must be strictly carried out4 ,it is not sufficient to comply with only that part which suits you or which involves no work or danger or hardship4 ,nor is it proper or permissible1 when you are ordered to do a thing in a certain way or to accomplish a work in a definitely prescribed manner1 for you to obtain the same results by other methods4 ,obedience must be prompt and unquestioning4 ,when any soldier 7and this word includes officers as well as enlisted men7 receives an order1 it is not for him to consider whether the order is a good one or not1 whether it would have been better had such an order never been given1 or whether the duty might be better performed by some one else1 or at some other time1 or in some other manner4 ,his duty is1 first1 to understand just what the order requires1 and1 second1 to proceed at once to carry out the order to the best of his ability4 ,officers and men of all ranks and grades are given a certain independence in the execution of the tasks to which they are assigned and are expected to show initiative in meeting the different situations as they arise4 ,every individual1 from the highest commander to the lowest private1 must always remember that inaction and neglect of opportunities will warrant more severe censure than an error in the choice of the means4 7,preface1 ,field ,service ,regulations474 ,section #c4 ,loyalty4 ,but even with implicit obedience you may yet fail to measure up to that high standard of duty which is at once the pride and glory of every true soldier4 ,not until you carry out the desires and wishes of your superiors in a hearty1 willing1 and cheerful manner are you meeting all the requirements of your profession4 ,for an order is but the will of your superior1 however it may be expressed4 ,loyalty means that you are for your organization and its officers and noncommissioned officers--not against them2 that you always extend your most earnest and hearty support to those in authority4 ,no soldier is a loyal soldier who is a knocker or a grumbler or a shirker4 ,just one man of this class in a troop breeds discontent and dissatisfaction among many others4 ,you should1 therefore1 not only guard against doing such things yourself but should discourage such actions among any of your comrades4 ,section #d4 ,discipline4 #a4 ,all persons in the military service are required to obey strictly and to execute promptly the lawful orders of their superiors4 #b4 ,military authority will be exercised with firmness1 kindness1 and justice4 ,punishments must conform to law and follow offenses as promptly as circumstances will permit4 #c4 ,superiors are forbidden to injure those under their authority by tyrannical or capricious conduct or by abusive language4 ,while maintaining discipline and the thorough and prompt performance of military duty1 all officers1 in dealing with enlisted men1 will bear in mind the absolute necessity of so treating them as to preserve their self-respect4 ,officers will keep in as close touch as possible with the men under their command and will strive to build up such relations of confidence and sympathy as will insure the free approach of their men to them for counsel and assistance4 ,this relationship may be gained and maintained without relaxation of the bonds of discipline and with great benefit to the service as a whole4 ,courtesy among military men is indispensable to discipline2 respect to superiors will not be confined to obedience on duty1 but will be extended on all occasions4 #e4 ,deliberations or discussions among military men1 conveying praise or censure1 or any mark of approbation1 toward others in the military service1 and all publications relating to private or personal transactions between officers are prohibited4 ,efforts to influence legislation affecting the ,army or to procure personal favor or consideration should never be made except through regular military channels2 the adoption of any other method by any officer or enlisted man will be noted in the military record of those concerned4 7,army ,regulations47 ,the discipline which makes the soldier of a free country reliable in battle is not to be gained by harsh or tyrannical treatment4 ,on the contrary1 such treatment is far more likely to destroy than to make an army4 ,it is possible to impart instruction and give commands in such manner and in such tone of voice as to inspire in the soldier no feeling but an intense desire to obey1 while the opposite manner and tone of voice can not fail to excite strong resentment and a desire to disobey4 ,the one mode or the other of dealing with subordinates springs from a corresponding spirit in the breast of the commander4 ,he who feels the respect which is due to others can not fail to inspire in them regard for himself1 while he who feels1 and hence manifests1 disrespect toward others1 especially his inferiors1 can not fail to inspire hatred against himself4 7,address of ,maj4 ,gen4 ,john ,m4 ,schofield to the ,united ,states ,corps of ,cadets1 ,aug4 #aa1 #ahgi47 ,when1 by long-continued drill and subordination1 you have learned your duties1 and obedience becomes second nature1 you have acquired discipline4 ,it can not be acquired in a day nor a month4 ,it is a growth4 ,it is the habit of obedience4 ,to teach this habit of obedience is the main object of the close-order drill1 and1 if good results are to be expected1 the greatest attention must be paid to even the smallest details4 ,the troop1 platoon1 or squad must be formed promptly at the prescribed time--not a minute or even a second late4 ,all must wear the exact uniform prescribed and in the exact manner prescribed4 ,when at attention there must be no gazing about1 no raising of hands1 no chewing or spitting in ranks4 ,the manual of the rifle1 the pistol1 the saber1 and all movements must be executed absolutely as prescribed4 ,a drill of this kind teaches discipline4 ,a careless1 sloppy drill breeds disobedience and insubordination4 ,in other words1 discipline simply means efficiency4 ,section #e4 ,military courtesy4 ,in all walks of life men who are gentlemanly and of good breeding are always respectful and courteous to those about them4 ,it helps to make life move along more smoothly4 ,in civil life this courtesy is shown by the custom of tipping the hat to ladies1 shaking hands with friends1 and greeting persons with a nod or a friendly ,good morning1 etc4 ,in the ,army courtesy is just as necessary1 and for the same reasons4 ,it helps to keep the great machine moving without friction4 ,courtesy among military men is indispensable to discipline2 respect to superiors will not be confined to obedience on duty1 but will be extended on all occasions4 7,par4 #d1 ,army ,regulations1 #aiac47 ,one method of extending this courtesy is by saluting4 ,when in ranks the question of what a private should do is simple--he obeys any command that is given4 ,it is when out of ranks that a private must know how and when to salute4 ,section #f4 ,saluting4 ,in the old days the free men of ,europe were all allowed to carry weapons1 and when they met each would hold up his right hand to show that he had no weapon in it and that they met as friends4 ,slaves or serfs1 however1 were not allowed to carry weapons1 and slunk past the free men without making any sign4 ,in this way the salute came to be the symbol or sign by which soldiers 7free men7 might recognize each other4 ,the lower classes began to imitate the soldiers in this respect1 although in a clumsy1 apologetic way1 and thence crept into civil life the custom of raising the hand or nodding as one passed an acquaintance4 ,the soldiers1 however1 kept their individual salute1 and purposely made it intricate and difficult to learn in order that it could be acquired only by the constant training all real soldiers received4 ,to this day armies have preserved their salute1 and when correctly done it is at once recognized and never mistaken for that of the civilian4 ,all soldiers should be careful to execute the salute exactly as prescribed4 ,the civilian or the imitation soldier who tries to imitate the military salute1 invariably makes some mistake which shows that he is not a real soldier2 he gives it in an apologetic manner1 he fails to stand or march at attention1 his coat is unbuttoned or hat on awry1 or he fails to look the person saluted in the eye4 ,there is a wide difference in the method of rendering and meaning between the civilian salute as used by friends in passing1 or by servants to their employers1 and the ,,military ,,salute1 the symbol and sign of the military profession4 ,to salute with the hand1 first assume the position of a soldier or march at attention4 ,look the officer you are to salute straight in the eye4 ,then1 when the proper distance separates you1 raise the right hand smartly till the tip of the forefinger touches the lower part of the headdress or forehead above the right eye1 thumb and fingers extended and joined1 palm to the left1 forearm inclined at about #de1 hand and wrist straight4 ,continue to look the officer you are saluting straight in the eye and keep your hand in the position of salute until the officer acknowledges the salute or until he has passed4 ,then drop the hand smartly to the side4 ,the salute is given with the right hand only4 ,to salute with the rifle1 bring the rifle to right shoulder arms if not already there4 ,carry the left hand smartly to the small of the stock1 forearm horizontal1 palm of the hand down1 thumb and fingers extended and joined1 forefinger touching the end of the cocking piece4 ,look the officer saluted in the eye4 ,when the officer has acknowledged the salute or has passed1 drop the left hand smartly to the side and turn the head and eyes to the front4 ,the rifle salute may also be executed from the order or trail4 ,see paragraph #id1 ,infantry ,drill ,regulations1 and paragraph #aaa1 ,cavalry ,drill ,regulations1 #aiaf4 ,to salute with the pistol when drawn1 assume the position of ,raise ,pistol1 muzzle up1 the hand holding the stock with the thumb and last three fingers1 forefinger outside the guard1 barrel to the rear and inclined to the front at an angle of #cj1 hand as high as the neck and #f inches in front of the point of the right shoulder4 ,the pistol is carried in the holster1 except when about to be used4 ,it will not be drawn for the purpose of saluting4 ,when armed only with the pistol in the holster1 salute with the hand4 ,to salute with the saber1 bring the saber to carry saber if not already there1 carry the saber to the front with arm half extended until the thumb is about #f inches in front of the chin1 the blade vertical1 guard to the left1 all four fingers grasping the grip1 the thumb extending along the back in the groove1 the fingers pressing the back of the grip against the heel of the hand4 ,look the officer saluted in the eye4 ,when the officer has acknowledged the salute or has passed1 bring the saber down with the blade against the hollow of the right shoulder1 guard to the front1 right hand at the hip1 the third and fourth fingers on the back of the grip and the elbow back4 ,always stand or march at attention before and during the salute4 ,the hat should be on straight1 coat completely buttoned up1 and hands out of the pockets4 ,section #g4 ,rules governing saluting4 #iab4 7#a7 ,salutes shall be exchanged between officers and enlisted men not in a military formation1 nor at drill1 work1 games1 or mess1 on every occasion of their meeting1 passing near or being addressed1 the officer junior in rank or the enlisted man saluting first4 7#b7 ,when an officer enters a room where there are several enlisted men the word attention is given by some one who perceives him1 when all rise1 uncover1 and remain standing at attention until the officer leaves the room or directs otherwise4 ,enlisted men at meals stop eating and remain seated at attention4 7#c7 ,an enlisted man1 if seated1 rises on the approach of an officer1 faces toward him1 stands at attention1 and salutes4 ,standing1 he faces an officer for the same purpose4 ,if the parties remain in the same place or on the same ground1 such compliments need not be repeated4 ,soldiers actually at work do not cease work to salute an officer unless addressed by him4 7#d7 ,before addressing an officer an enlisted man makes the prescribed salute with the weapon with which he is armed1 or if unarmed1 with the right hand4 ,he also makes the same salute after receiving a reply4 #iac4 7#a7 ,in uniform1 covered or uncovered1 but not in formation1 officers and enlisted men1 salute military persons as follows3 ,with arms in hand1 the salute prescribed for that arm 7sentinels on interior guard duty excepted72 without arms1 the right-hand salute4 7#b7 ,in civilian dress1 covered or uncovered1 officers and enlisted men salute military persons with the right-hand salute4 7#c7 ,officers and enlisted men will1 render the prescribed salutes in a military manner1 the officer junior in rank or the enlisted men saluting first4 ,when several officers in company are saluted all entitled to the salute shall return it4 7#d7 ,except in the field under campaign or simulated campaign conditions1 a mounted officer 7or soldier7 dismounts before addressing a superior officer not mounted4 7#e7 ,a man in formation shall not salute when directly addressed1 but shall come to attention if at rest or at ease4 #iad4 7#a7 ,saluting distance is that within which recognition is easy4 ,in general1 it does not exceed #cj paces4 7#b7 ,when an officer entitled to the salute passes in rear of a body of troops1 it is brought to attention while he is opposite the post of the commander4 #iae4 ,in public conveyances1 such as railway trains and street cars1 and in public places1 such as theaters1 honors and personal salutes may be omitted when palpably inappropriate or apt to disturb or annoy civilians present4 #ibe4 ,soldiers at all times and in all situations pay the same compliments to officers of the ,army1 ,navy1 ,marine ,corps1 and ,volunteers1 and to officers of the ,national ,guard as to officers of their own regiment1 corps1 or arm of service4 #iah4 ,sentinels on post doing interior guard duty conform to the foregoing principles1 but salute by presenting arms when armed with the rifle4 ,they will not salute if it interferes with the proper performance of their duties4 ,troops under arms will salute as prescribed in drill regulations4 #iai4 7#a7 ,commanders of detachments or other commands will salute officers of grades higher than the person commanding the unit by first bringing the unit to attention and then saluting as required by subparagraph 7#a71 paragraph #iac4 ,if the person saluted is of a junior or equal grade1 the unit need not be at attention in the exchange of salutes4 7#b7 ,if two detachments or other commands meet1 their commanders will exchange salutes1 both commands being at attention4 #ibj4 ,salutes and honors1 as a rule1 are not paid by troops actually engaged in drill1 on the march1 or in the field under campaign or simulated campaign conditions4 ,troops on the service of security pay no compliments whatever4 #iba4 ,if the command is in line at a halt 7not in the field7 and armed with the rifle1 or with sabers drawn1 it shall be brought to present arms or present saber before its commander salutes in the following cases3 ,when the ,national ,anthem is played1 or when to the color or to the standard is sounded during ceremonies1 or when a person is saluted who is its immediate or higher commander or a general officer1 or when the national or regimental color is saluted4 #ibb4 ,at parades and other ceremonies1 under arms1 the command shall render the prescribed salute and shall remain in the position of salute while the ,national ,anthem is being played2 also at retreat and during ceremonies when to the color is played1 if no band is present4 ,if not under arms1 the organizations shall be brought to attention at the first note of the ,national ,anthem1 to the color or to the standard1 and the salute rendered by the officer or noncommissioned officer in command as prescribed in regulations1 as amended herein4 #iaj4 ,whenever the ,national ,anthem is played at any place when persons belonging to the military service are present1 all officers and enlisted men not in formation shall stand at attention facing toward the music 7except at retreat1 when they shall face toward the flag74 ,if in uniform1 covered1 they shall salute at the first note of the anthem1 retaining the position of salute until the last note of the anthem4 ,if not in uniform and covered1 they shall uncover at the first note of the anthem1 holding the headdress opposite the left shoulder and so remain until its close1 except that in inclement weather the headdress may be slightly raised4 ,the same rules apply when to the color or to the standard is sounded as when the ,national ,anthem is played4 ,when played by an ,army band1 the ,national ,anthem shall be played through without repetition of any part not required to be repeated to make it complete4 ,the same marks of respect prescribed for observance during the playing of the ,national ,anthem of the ,united ,states shall be shown toward the national anthem of any other country when played upon official occasions4 #iag4 ,officers and enlisted men passing the uncased color will render honors as follows3 ,if in uniform1 they will salute as required by subparagraph 7#e71 paragraph #gei2 if in civilian dress and covered1 they will uncover1 holding the headdress opposite the left shoulder with the right hand2 if uncovered1 they will salute with the right-hand salute4 ,the national flag belonging to dismounted organizations is called a color2 to mounted organizations1 a standard4 ,an uncased color is one that is not in its waterproof cover4 ,privates do not salute noncommissioned officers4 ,prisoners are not permitted to salute2 they merely come to attention if not actually at work4 ,the playing of the ,national ,anthem as a part of a medley is prohibited in the military service4 ,section #h4 ,courtesies in conversation4 ,in speaking to an officer1 always stand at attention and use the word ,sir4 ,examples3 ,sir1 ,private ,brown1 ,company ,b1 reports as orderly4 ,sir1 the first sergeant directed me to report to the captain4 7,question by an officer37 ,to what company do you belong8 7,answer37 ,company ,h1 sir4 7,question by an officer37 ,has first call for drill sounded8 7,answer37 ,no1 sir2 or ,yes1 sir2 it sounded about five minutes ago4 7,question by an officer37 ,can you tell me1 please1 where ,major ,smith's tent is8 7,answer37 ,yes1 sir2 ,i'll take you to it4 ,use the third person in speaking to an officer4 ,examples3 ,does the ,lieutenant wish1 etc4 ,did the ,captain send for me8 ,in delivering a message from one officer to another1 always use the form similar to the following3 ,lieutenant ,a presents1 his compliments to ,captain ,b and states1 etc4 ,this form is not used when the person sending or receiving the message is an enlisted man4 ,in all official conversation refer to other soldiers by their titles1 thus3 ,sergeant ,b1 ,private ,c4 #iji4 ,in rendering personal honors1 when the command present arms1 officers and men in uniform who are not in formation and are in view and within saluting distance shall salute and shall remain in the position of salute until the end of the ruffles and flourishes1 or1 if none1 until order arms4 7,cavalry ,drill ,regulations1 #aiaf47 ,this extract covers the conduct of officers and soldiers who may be in the vicinity of troops rendering honors to the ,president or other persons entitled to personal salutes4 ,,chapter ,,ii4 ,,arms1 ,,uniforms1 ,,and ,,equipment4 ,section #a4 ,the rifle4 ,the rifle now used by the ,army of the ,united ,states is the ,united ,states magazine rifle1 model of #aijc1 caliber 4#cj4 ,it is #dc4bab inches long and weighs #h4fi pounds4 ,the bayonet weighs #a pound and the blade is #af inches long4 ,the rifle is sighted for ranges up to #b1hej yards4 ,the maximum range1 when elevated at an angle of #de degrees1 is #d1hia yards 7#chi yards less than #c miles74 ,the smooth bore of the rifle is #j4cj inch in diameter4 ,it is then rifled #j4jjd inch deep1 making the diameter from the bottom of one groove to the bottom of the opposite groove #j4cjh inch4 ,the rifling makes one complete turn in each #aj inches of the barrel4 ,the accompanying plate shows the names of the principal parts of the rifle4 ,the only parts of a rifle that an enlisted man is permitted to take apart are the bolt mechanism and the magazine mechanism4 ,learn how to do this from your squad leader1 for you must know how in order to keep your rifle clean4 ,never remove the hand guard or the trigger guard1 nor take the sights apart unless you have special permission from a commissioned officer4 ,the cartridge used for the rifle is called the 4#cj-;caliber model #aijf cartridge4 ,there are four types of cartridges4 ,the ball cartridge consists of the brass case or shell1 the primer1 the charge of smokeless powder1 and the bullet4 ,the bullet has a sharp point1 is composed of a lead core and a jacket of cupro nickel1 and weighs #aej grains4 ,the bullet of this cartridge1 when fired from the rifle1 starts with an initial velocity at the muzzle of #b1gjj feet per second4 ,the blank cartridge contains a paper cup instead of a bullet4 ,it it dangerous up to #ajj feet4 ,firing blank cartridges at a represented enemy at ranges less than #ajj yards is prohibited4 ,the guard cartridge has a smaller charge of powder than the ball cartridge1 and five cannelures encircle the body of the shell at about the middle to distinguish it from the ball cartridge4 ,it is intended for use on guard or in riot duty1 and gives good results up to #bjj yards4 ,the range of #ajj yards requires a sight elevation of #dej yards1 and the range of #bjj yards requires an elevation of #fej yards4 ,the dummy cartridge is tin plated and the shell is provided with six longitudinal corrugations and three circular holes4 ,the primer contains no percussion composition4 ,it is intended for drill purposes to accustom the soldier to the operation of loading the rifle4 ,all cartridges are secured five in a clip to enable five cartridges to be inserted into the magazine at one motion4 ,sixty ball cartridges in #ab clips are packed in a cloth bandoleer to facilitate issue and carrying4 ,when full the bandoleer weighs about #c4hh pounds4 ,bandoleers are packed #bj in a box1 or #a1bjj rounds in all4 ,the full box weighs #ii pounds4 ,section #b4 ,care of the rifle4 ,every part of the rifle must be kept free from rust1 dust1 and dirt4 ,a dirty or rusty rifle is a sure sign that the soldier does not realize the value of his weapon1 and that his training is incomplete4 ,the rifle you are armed with is the most accurate in the world4 ,if it gets dirty or rusty it will deteriorate in its accuracy and working efficiency1 and no subsequent care will restore it to its original condition4 ,the most important part of the rifle to keep clean is the bore4 ,if1 after firing1 the bore is left dirty over night1 it will be badly rusted in the morning2 therefore your rifle must be cleaned not later than the evening of the day on which it was fired4 ,the fouling of the blank cartridge is as dangerous to the bore as the fouling of the ball cartridge4 ,never attempt to polish any part that is blued4 ,if rust appears1 remove by rubbing with oil4 ,never use emery paper1 pomade1 or any preparation that cuts or scratches1 to clean any part of the rifle4 ,to beautify and preserve the stock rub with raw linseed1 oil4 ,the use of any other preparation on the stock is strictly forbidden4 ,always handle your rifle with care4 ,don't throw it around as though it were a club4 ,don't stand it up against anything so that it rests against the front sight4 ,don't leave a stopper or a rag in the bore2 it will cause rust to form at that point4 ,it may also cause the gun barrel to burst if a shot is fired before removing it4 ,guard the sights and muzzle carefully from any blow that might injure them4 ,the front sight cover should always be on the rifle except when rifle is being fired4 ,this is especially necessary to protect the front sight while rifle is being carried in scabbard by a mounted man4 ,in coming to the order arms1 lower the piece gently to the ground4 ,when there is a cartridge in the chamber the piece is always carried locked4 ,in this position the safety lock should be kept turned fully to the right1 since if it be turned to the left nearly to the ready position and the trigger be pulled1 the rifle will be discharged when the safety lock is turned to the ready position at any time later on4 ,cartridges can not be loaded from the magazine unless the bolt is drawn fully to the rear4 ,when the bolt is closed1 or only partly open1 the cut-off may be turned up or down as desired1 but if the bolt is drawn fully to the rear1 the magazine can not be cut off unless the top cartridge or the follower be pressed down slightly and the bolt pushed forward so that the cut-off may be turned off4 ,in the case of a misfire1 don't open the bolt immediately1 as it may be a hangfire4 ,misfires are often due to the fact that the bolt handle was not fully pressed down4 ,sometimes in pulling the trigger the soldier raises the bolt handle without knowing it4 ,unless otherwise ordered1 arms will be unloaded before being taken to quarters or tents1 or as soon as the men using them are relieved from duty4 ,keep the working parts oiled4 ,in every troop there should be at least one copy of the ,manual of the ,ordnance ,department entitled ,description and ,rules for the ,management of the ,u4 ,s4 ,magazine ,rifle4 ,this manual gives the name and a cut of every part of the rifle1 explains its use1 shows how to take the rifle apart and care for the same1 and also gives much other valuable and interesting information4 ,section #c4 ,cleaning the rifle4 ,cleaning the rifle4--7a7 ,the proper care of the bore requires conscientious1 careful work1 but it pays well in the attainment of reduced labor of cleaning1 prolonged accuracy life of the barrel1 and better results in target practice4 ,briefly stated1 the care of the bore consists in removing the fouling1 resulting from firing1 to obtain a chemically clean surface1 and in coating this surface with a film of oil to prevent rusting4 ,the fouling which results from firing is of two kinds--one1 the products of combustion of the powder2 the other1 cupro-nickel scraped off 7under the abrading action of irregularities or grit in the bore74 ,powder fouling1 because of its acid reaction1 is highly corrosive2 that is1 it will induce rust and must be removed4 ,metal fouling of itself is inactive1 but may cover powder fouling and prevent the action of cleaning agents until removed1 and when accumulated in noticeable quantities it reduces the accuracy of the rifle4 7b7 ,powder fouling may be readily removed by scrubbing with hot soda solution1 but this solution has no effect on the metal fouling of cupro-nickel4 ,it is necessary1 therefore1 to remove all metal fouling before assurance can be had that all powder fouling has been removed and that the bore may be safely oiled4 ,normally1 after firing a barrel in good condition the metal fouling is so slight as to be hardly perceptible4 ,it is merely a smear of infinitesimal thickness1 easily removed by solvents of cupro-nickel4 ,however1 due to pitting1 the presence of dust1 other abrasives1 or to accumulation1 metal fouling may occur in clearly visible flakes or patches of much greater thickness1 much more difficult to remove4 7c7 ,in cleaning the bore after firing it is well to proceed as follows3 ,swab out the bore with soda solution 7subparagraph j7 to remove powder fouling4 ,a convenient method is to insert the muzzle of the rifle into the can containing the soda solution and1 with the cleaning rod inserted from the breech1 pump the barrel full a few times4 ,remove and dry with a couple of patches4 ,examine the bore to see that there are in evidence no patches of metal fouling which1 if present1 can be readily detected by the naked eye1 then swab out with the swabbing solution--a dilute metal-fouling solution 7subparagraph j74 ,the amount of swabbing required with the swabbing solution can be determined only by experience1 assisted by the color of the patches4 ,swabbing should be continued1 however1 as long as the wiping patch is discolored by a bluish-green stain4 ,normally a couple of minutes' work is sufficient4 ,dry thoroughly and oil4 7d7 ,the proper method of oiling a barrel is as follows2 ,wipe the cleaning rod dry2 select a clean patch and thoroughly saturate it with sperm oil or warmed cosmic1 being sure that the cosmic has penetrated the patch2 scrub the bore with the patch1 finally drawing the patch smoothly from the muzzle to the breech1 allowing the cleaning rod to turn with the rifling4 ,the bore will be found now to be smooth and bright so that any subsequent rust and sweating can be easily detected by inspection4 7e7 ,if patches of metal fouling are seen upon visual inspection of the bore the standard metal fouling solution prepared as hereinafter prescribed must be used4 ,after scrubbing out with the soda solution1 plug the bore from the breech with a cork at the front end of the chamber or where the rifling begins4 ,slip a #b-;inch section of rubber hose over the muzzle down to the sight and fill with the standard solution to at least one-half inch above the muzzle of the barrel4 ,let it stand for #cj minutes1 pour out the standard solution1 remove hose and breech plug1 and swab out thoroughly with soda solution to neutralize and remove all trace of ammonia and powder fouling4 ,wipe the barrel clean1 dry1 and oil4 ,with few exceptions1 one application is sufficient1 but if all fouling is not removed1 as determined by careful visual inspection of the bore and of the wiping patches1 repeat as described above4 7f7 ,after properly cleaning with either the swabbing solution or the standard solution1 as has just been described1 the bore should be clean and safe to oil and put away1 but as a measure of safety a patch should always be run through the bore on the next day and the bore and wiping patch examined to insure that cleaning has been properly accomplished4 ,the bore should then be oiled1 as described above4 7g7 ,if the swabbing solution or the standard metal-fouling solution is not available1 the barrel should be scrubbed1 as already described1 with the soda solution1 dried1 and oiled with a light oil4 ,at the end of #bd hours it should again be cleaned1 when it will usually be found to have sweated2 that is1 rust having formed under the smear of metal fouling where powder fouling was present1 the surface is puffed up4 ,usually a second cleaning is sufficient1 but to insure safety it should be again examined at the end of a few days1 before final oiling4 ,the swabbing solution should always be used1 if available1 for it must be remembered that each puff when the bore sweats is an incipient rust pit4 7h7 ,a4 clean dry surface having been obtained1 to prevent rust it is necessary to coat every portion of this surface with a film of neutral oil4 ,if the protection required is but temporary and the arm is to be cleaned or fired in a few days1 sperm oil may be used4 ,this is easily applied and easily removed1 but has not sufficient body to hold its surface for more than a few days4 ,if rifles are to be prepared for storage or shipment1 a heavier oil1 such as cosmic1 must be used4 7i7 ,in preparing arms for storage or shipment they should be cleaned with particular care1 using the metal-fouling solution as described above4 ,care should be taken1 insured by careful inspection on succeeding day or days1 that the cleaning is properly done and all traces of ammonia solution removed4 ,the bore is then ready to be coated with cosmic4 ,at ordinary temperatures cosmic is not fluid4 ,in order1 therefore1 to insure that every part of the surface is coated with a film of oil the cosmic should be warmed4 ,apply the cosmic first with a brush2 then1 with the breech plugged1 fill the barrel to the muzzle1 pour out the surplus1 remove the breechblock1 and allow to drain4 ,it is believed that more rifles are ruined by improper preparation for storage than from any other cause4 ,if1 the bore is not clean when oiled--that is1 if powder fouling is present or rust has started--a half inch of cosmic on the outside will not stop its action1 and the barrel will be ruined4 ,remember that the surface must be perfectly cleaned before the heavy oil is applied4 ,if the instructions as given above are carefully followed1 arms may be stored for years without harm4 7j7 ,preparation of solutions3 ,soda solution4--,this should be a saturated solution of sal soda 7bicarbonate of soda74 ,a strength of at least #bj per cent is necessary4 ,the spoon referred to in the following directions is the model #aiaj spoon issued in the mess outfit4 ,sal soda1 one-fourth pound1 or four 7#d7 heaping spoonfuls4 ,water1 #a pint or cup1 model of #aiaj1 to upper rivets4 ,the sal soda will dissolve more readily in hot water4 ,swabbing solution4--,ammonium persulphate1 #fj grains1 one-half spoonful smoothed off4 ,ammonia1 #bh per cent1 #f ounces1 or three-eighths of a pint1 or #ab spoonfuls4 ,water1 #d ounces1 or one-fourth pint1 or #h spoonfuls4 ,dissolve the ammonium persulphate in the water and add the ammonia4 ,keep in tightly corked bottle2 pour out only what is necessary at the time1 and keep the bottle corked4 ,standard metal fouling solution4--,ammonium persulphate1 #a ounce1 or #b medium heaping spoonfuls4 ,ammonium carbonate1 #bjj grains1 or #a heaping spoonful4 ,ammonia1 #bh per cent1 #f ounces1 or three-eighths pint1 or #ab spoonfuls4 ,water1 #d ounces1 or one-fourth pint1 or #h spoonfuls4 ,powder the persulphate and carbonate together1 dissolve in the water and add the ammonia2 mix thoroughly and allow to stand for one hour before using4 ,it should be kept in a strong bottle1 tightly corked4 ,the solution should not be used more than twice1 and used solution should not be mixed with unused solution1 but should be bottled separately4 ,the solution1 when mixed1 should be used within #cj days4 ,care should be exercised in mixing and using this solution to prevent injury to the rifle4 ,an experienced noncommissioned officer should mix the solution and superintend its use4 ,neither of these ammonia solutions have any appreciable action on steel when not exposed to the air1 but ,if allowed to evaporate on steel they attack it rapidly4 ,care should1 therefore1 be taken that none spills on the mechanism and that the barrel is washed out promptly with soda solution4 ,the first application of soda solution removes the greater portion of the powder fouling and permits a more effective and economical use of the ammonia solution4 ,these ammonia solutions are expensive and should be used economically4 7k7 ,it is a fact recognized by all that a highly polished steel surface-rusts1 much less easily than one which is roughened2 also that a barrel which is pitted fouls much more rapidly than one which is smooth4 ,every effort1 therefore1 should be made to prevent the formation of pits1 which are merely enlarged rust spots1 and which not only affect the accuracy of the arm but increase the labor of cleaning4 7l7 ,the chambers of rifles are frequently neglected because they are not readily inspected4 ,care should be taken to see that they are cleaned as thoroughly as the bore4 ,a roughened chamber delays greatly the rapidity of fire1 and not infrequently causes shells to stick4 7m7 ,a cleaning rack should be provided for every barrack4 ,rifles should always be cleaned from the breach1 thus avoiding possible injury to the rifling at the muzzle1 which would affect the shotting adversely4 ,if the bore for a length of #f inches at the muzzle is perfect1 a minor injury near the chamber will have little effect on the accuracy of the rifle4 ,the rifle should be cleaned as soon as the firing for the day is completed4 ,the fouling is easier to remove then1 and if left longer it will corrode the barrel4 7n7 ,the principles as outlined above apply equally well for the care of the barrel of the automatic pistol4 ,special attention should be paid to cleaning the chamber of the pistol1 using the soda solution4 ,it has been found that the chamber pits readily if it is not carefully cleaned1 with the result that the operation of the pistol is made less certain4 7,par1 #acd1 ,small ,arms ,firing ,manual1 #aiac47 ,section #d4 ,uniforms4 ,uniforms and clothing issued to enlisted men must not be sold1 pawned1 loaned1 given away1 lost1 or damaged through neglect or carelessness4 ,any soldier who violates this rule may be tried by a military court and punished4 ,all uniforms and articles of clothing issued to enlisted men1 whether or not charged on their clothing allowance1 remain the property of the ,united ,states and do not become the property of the soldier either before or after discharge from the service4 ,under the law a soldier honorably discharged from the ,army of the ,united ,states is authorized to wear his uniform from the place of his discharge to his home within three months after the date of such discharge4 ,to wear the uniform after three months from the date of such discharge renders such person liable to fine or imprisonment1 or both4 ,the dress uniform dismounted 7the blue uniform7 consists of the dress cap1 dress coat1 dress trousers1 and russet-leather shoes4 ,the straight1 standing1 military1 white linen collar1 showing no opening in front1 is always worn with this uniform1 with not to exceed one-half inch showing above the collar of the coat4 ,turndown1 piccadilly1 or roll collars are not authorized4 ,when under arms1 white gloves and the garrison belt are worn4 ,the dress uniform mounted is the same as dismounted1 except that riding gloves1 leggings1 and spurs are worn1 and the saddle cloth1 showing regimental number and troop letter1 is placed over the saddle blanket4 ,the full-dress uniform is the same as the dress uniform1 with the breast cord added4 ,the service uniform is either cotton 7summer7 or woolen 7winter7 olive drab4 ,for duty in the field it consists of the service hat1 with cord sewed on1 service coat or sweater1 service breeches1 olive-drab flannel shirt1 leggings1 russet-leather shoes1 spurs1 riding gloves1 and identification tag4 ,in cold weather olive-drab woolen gloves may be prescribed4 ,in warm weather the coat1 sweater1 and riding gloves may be omitted when authorized by the commanding officer4 ,when not in the field1 the service cap is worn instead of the campaign hat4 ,under arms1 dismounted1 white gloves and the garrison belt 7or russet-leather belt and cartridge box7 are worn4 ,spurs and riding gloves are worn on all mounted duty or when on mounted pass4 ,wear the exact uniform prescribed by your commanding officer1 whether you are on duty or off duty4 ,never wear a mixed uniform as1 for instance1 a part of the service uniform with the blue uniform4 ,never wear any part of the uniform with civilian clothes4 ,it is very unsoldierly1 for example1 to wear a civilian overcoat over the uniform or to wear the uniform overcoat over a civilian suit4 ,keep the uniform clean and neat and in good repair4 ,grease spots and dust and dirt should be removed as soon as possible4 ,rips and tears should be promptly mended4 ,in taking the field always wear new clothing as it may be some time before you are again supplied1 and old clothing on field service goes to pieces rapidly4 ,missing buttons and cap and collar ornaments should be promptly replaced4 ,there is but one correct and soldierly way to wear the cap4 ,never wear it on the back or side of the head4 ,the service hat should be worn in the regulation shape1 peaked1 with four indentations1 and with hat cord sewed on4 ,do not cover it with pen or pencil marks4 ,the chin cord should always be in order and fit for long field service4 ,never appear outside your room or tent with your coat or olive-drab shirt unbuttoned or collar of coat unhooked4 ,chevrons1 service stripes1 and campaign medals and badges are a part of the uniform and must be worn as prescribed4 ,when coats are not worn with the service uniform olive-drab shirts are prescribed4 ,suspenders must never be worn exposed to view4 ,never appear in breeches without leggings4 ,leather leggings should be kept clean4 ,saddle soap should be used to clean all leather4 ,should the shoes1 leggings1 or leather equipment be soaked by rain or swimming they will not become hard if covered with a light coat of neat's-foot oil applied just before they dry out4 ,all new leather should be oiled before being placed in service4 ,leather can be preserved for years by the use of saddle soap and neat's-foot oil1 but once it becomes hard and cracked nothing will make it serviceable4 ,canvas leggings should be scrubbed when dirty4 ,russet-leather 7tan7 shoes should be kept clean4 ,leather cleaned with saddle soap can be polished by rubbing with a flannel cloth4 ,the overcoat when worn must be buttoned throughout and the collar hooked4 ,when the belt is worn it will be worn outside the overcoat4 ,section #e4 ,the service kit4 ,the service kit is composed of two parts--7a7 the field kit1 which includes everything the soldier wears or carries with him in the field1 and 7b7 the surplus kit4 ,the field kit consists of-- 7#a7 ,the clothing worn on the person4 7#b7 ,arms and equipment1 consisting of-- 7a7 ,arms and equipments of all enlisted men 7except buglers and members of bands and machine-gun troops73 #a brush and thong4#a #a canteen1 cavalry4#b #a canteen strap1 cavalry4#b #ij cartridges1 ball1 caliber 4#cj #ba cartridges1 ball1 pistol1 caliber 4#de4 #a cartridge belt1 caliber 4#cj1 cavalry4 #a cartridge-belt suspenders1 pair4 #a cup #a fork4 #a front-sight cover #a gun sling4 #a knife4 #b magazines1 pistol1 extra4 #a magazine pocket web1 double #a meat can #a oiler and thong case4#a4 #a pistol #a pistol holster4 #a pouch for first-aid packet4 #a rifle scabbard4 #a rifle1 ,united ,states1 caliber 4#cj4 #a saber and scabbard1 cavalry4 #a saber knot4 #a saber straps1 pair4 #a spoon4 #a spurs1 pair4 #a spur straps1 set4 7b7 ,members of bands and buglers3 #a canteen1 cavalry4#b #a canteen strap1 cavalry4#b #ba cartridges1 ball1 pistol1 caliber 4#de4 #a cup4 #a fork4 #a knife4 #b magazines1 pistol1 extra4 #a meat can4 #a pistol belt without saber ring4 #a pistol4 #a pistol holster4 #a pouch for first-aid packet4 #a spoon4 #a spurs1 pair4 #a spur straps1 set4 7c7 ,in addition to 7b7 first sergeant of headquarters troop 7drum major7 will have3 #a saber and scabbard1 cavalry1 #b saber straps4 #a saber knot4 7d7 ,for members of machine-gun troops1 except that buglers attached to machine-gun troops 7only7 will have #a pistol belt without saber ring in lieu of #a cartridge belt1 #a cartridge-belt suspenders1 pair1 and #a magazine pocket1 web1 double3 #a bolo4 #a bolo scabbard4 #a canteen1 cavalry4#d #a canteen strap1 cavalry4#d #ba cartridges1 ball1 pistol1 caliber 4#de4 #a cartridge belt1 caliber 4#cj1 cavalry4 #a cartridge-belt suspenders1 pair4 #a cup4 #a fork4 #a knife4 #b magazines1 pistol1 extra4 #a magazine pocket1 web1 doubles4 #a meat can4 #a pistol4 #a pistol holster4 #a pouch for first-aid packet4 #a spoon4 #a spurs1 pair4 #a spur straps1 set4 7e7 ,horse equipments for each enlisted man individually mounted on a horse3 #a bridle1 cavalry1 model of #aiji or #aiab1 or curb bridle1 model of #aijb4 #a bridle1 watering1 if curb bridle model of #aijb is issued4 #a currycomb4 #a halter headstall4 #a halter tie rope4 #a horse brush4 #a lariat4 #a lariat strap4 #a link #a nose bag1 or feed bag 7with grain bag74 #a picket pin4 #a saddle1 cavalry1 complete4#c #a saddlebags1 pair4 #a saddle blanket4 #a surcingle4 ,footnote #a3 ,to be omitted if rifle is provided with spare-part container4 ,footnote #b3 ,in lieu of these the canteen1 model of #aiaj1 with canteen cover1 dismounted1 may be issued4 ,footnote #c3 ,one saddle for each troop and the saddles for the #b color sergeants are to be provided with a guidon stirrup4 ,footnote #d3 ,in lieu of these the canteen1 model of #aiaj1 with canteen cover1 dismounted1 may be issued4 ,care of saddlery4 7,cav4 ,drill ,reg4 #aiaf47 #ige4 ,the saddlery and equipment must always be cleaned after use4 ,this duty1 like the care of the horse1 is to be regarded as part of the mounted duty itself2 thus a drill is not over until horse1 saddlery1 arms1 and equipments have been put again in condition4 ,according to need1 the leather is simply wiped off with a damp sponge or fully taken apart and well soaped and cleaned4 ,in no case must it be soaked in water4 ,if the soap used does not contain a sufficient amount of free oil the leather must be oiled to keep it pliable4 ,a mixture of one-half neat's-foot oil and one-half mutton tallow1 well rubbed in1 keeps leather in good condition4 ,special care is taken to keep the underside of the skirts of the saddle and the parts which do not come in contact with the clothing well oiled4 ,the seat and outside of the skirts will rarely require oil4 ,metal parts are kept clean and free from rust2 they may require oiling if not regularly used4 ,the saddle blanket must be kept clean and soft and free from wrinkles4 ,after use it must be dried and then well shaken 7unfolded74 ,it must never be folded wet and left thus with the saddle4 ,provision will be made in the saddle room or stables for hanging it up to dry4 ,when necessary the blanket should be thoroughly cleansed by repeated immersions in tepid soapsuds and hung over a pole or line to dry without wringing or pressing it4 ,section #f4 ,the surplus kit4 ,the surplus kit for each man consists of-- #a breeches1 pair4 #a drawers1 pair4 #a shirt1 olive drab4 #a shoes1 russet-leather1 pair4 #b stockings1 pair4 #a undershirt4 #a shoe laces1 extra1 pair4 ,each surplus kit bag contains #a jointed cleaning rod and case4 ,squad leaders are responsible that surplus kit bags are kept in order and fully packed in the field4#e ,men are allowed access to them for the purpose of making substitutions4 ,the surplus kits are packed in surplus kit bags1 one for each squad1 one for sergeants1 and one for cooks and buglers4 ,the kit of each man will be packed as follows3 ,stockings to be rolled tightly1 one pair in the toe of each shoe2 shoes placed together1 heels at opposite ends1 soles outward1 wrapped tightly in underwear1 and bundle securely tied around the middle by the extra pair of the shoe laces1 each bundle to be tagged with the company number of the owner4 ,these individual kits will be packed in the surplus kit bag in two layers of four kits each1 the breeches and olive drab shirts to be neatly folded and packed on the top and sides of the layers1 the jointed cleaning rod and case1 provided for each squad1 being attached by the thongs on the inside of the bag4 ,when overcoats or sweaters are not prescribed to be worn on the person they will be collected into bundles of convenient size and secured by burlap or other suitable material1 or will be boxed4 ,they will be marked ready for shipment to be forwarded when required4#e ,footnote #e3 ,in campaign or simulated campaign1 when an organization is restricted to its prescribed field-train transportation1 surplus kits1 overcoats1 and sweaters are stored on the line of communications or other designated place with the permanent camp equipment of the organization4 ,section #g4 ,assembling equipment4 ,,to ,,make ,,the ,,blanket ,,roll4 ,spread the shelter half1 triangular part to the right1 buttons underneath4 ,fold triangular part across shelter half1 making a rectangle4 ,fold blanket through center1 parallel to stripes2 fold again through center perpendicular to stripes4 ,lay folded blanket on shelter half1 longer side of blanket parallel to and #a inch from edge of shelter half opposite straps and equidistant from sides4 ,place tent1 pole1 folded1 close to and parallel to near edge of blanket1 end of pole flush with left side of blanket2 pins and tent rope to be similarly placed at right side of blanket1 occupying about the same space as pole4 ,arrange the clothing and toilet articles on right and left sides of blanket1 leaving center space clear4 ,fold the free portions of the right and left sides of shelter half over the blanket4 ,fold the far edge of the shelter half #f inches toward the blanket1 making a pocket4 ,with hands and knees roll the blanket and shelter half toward and into the pocket4 ,buckle straps around roll1 strap buckles on line with shelter half buttons4 ,,roll ,,the ,,overcoat ,,and ,,slicker4 ,turn the garment inside out1 collar extended1 and fold once the long way4 ,roll tightly from the front edge1 making roll the full length of garment4 ,,to ,,pack ,,the ,mc,c,l,e,l,l,a,n ,,saddle4 ,put saddle pockets on saddle2 fasten straps to cincha rings4 ,place articles pertaining to the man in near pocket1 those pertaining to the horse in off pocket4 ,the overcoat1 slicker1 or both1 to be strapped on pommel1 collar to left4 ,blanket roll to be strapped on cantle4 ,feed bag1 if empty1 neatly folded on top of roll1 ,u4 ,s4 up4 ,if grain is carried1 the grain bag is tied inside the feed bag1 which is strapped on top of the pommel roll1 above the overcoat or slicker4 ,lariat1 in uniform coils of about #aj-;inch diameter1 fastened to near cantle ring by lariat strap fastened to one ring and passing through the other2 coil secured by two outside straps of saddle pocket flap4 ,to prevent flapping and injuring adjacent troopers and horses the picket pin may be inserted through the saddlebag strap ring1 point downward1 or it may be placed horizontally under the flap straps of the near saddlebag1 point to the rear4 ,canteen snapped into off cantle ring1 canteen strap passing through handle of cup1 except the cup model #aiaj1 which is fitted over the bottom of the canteen1 model #aiaj1 inside the cover4 ,rifle on near side2 saber on off side1 attached to pommel ring4 ,the surcingle is buckled over the saddle4 ,the two extra fitted horseshoes1 one front and one hind1 may be wired1 one on bottom of each stirrup1 or they may be fastened together with a nail and carried in off saddle pocket4 ,to prevent rust the horseshoe nails should always be well oiled and wrapped in canvas or leather4 ,they are carried in the off saddle pocket4 ,the two reserve rations1 extra ammunition1 and other extra articles should be so distributed between the two pockets as to balance the weight on the horse4 ,illustration3 ,mc,c,l,e,l,l,a,n ,,saddle4 ,full pack1 near side4 ,illustration3 ,mc,c,l,e,l,l,a,n ,,saddle4 ,full pack1 off side4 ,illustration3 ,,equipment ,,arranged ,,for ,,inspection4 ,the arrangement should be uniform in each regiment4 ,illustration3 ,,shelter ,,tent ,,and ,,equipment ,,arranged ,,for ,,inspection4 ,the arrangement should be uniform in each regiment4 ,illustration3 ,,plate ,a4 ,illustration3 ,,plate ,b4 ,,chapter ,,iii4 ,,rations ,,and ,,forage4 ,section #a4 ,the ration4 ,a ration is the allowance of food for one man for one day4 ,in the field there are three kinds of rations issued1 as follows3 ,the garrison ration is intended to be issued in kind whenever possible4 ,the approximate net weight of this ration is #d4e pounds4 ,the reserve ration is the simplest efficient ration1 and constitutes the reserve carried for field service4 ,it consists of-- ,ounces4 ,bacon #ab ,hard bread #af ,coffee1 roasted and ground #a4ab ,sugar #b4d ,salt 4#af ------ ,approximate net weight pounds #b ,the field ration is the ration prescribed in orders by the commander of the field forces4 ,it consists of the reserve ration1 in whole or in part1 supplemented by articles requisitioned or purchased locally or shipped from the rear4 ,in campaign a command carries as a part of its normal equipment the following rations3 7a7 ,on each man3 ,at least two days' reserve rations4 7b7 ,in the ration section of the field train1 for each man3 ,two days' field and one day's reserve1 and for each animal two days' grain rations4 7c7 ,in the supply train3 ,of an infantry division1 two days' field and grain rations4 ,of a cavalry division1 one day's field and grain rations4 ,in addition to the foregoing1 commanders will require each man on the march to carry the unconsumed portion of the day's ration issued the night before for the noonday meal4 ,in the same manner1 cavalry and field artillery carry on their horses a portion of their grain ration issued the night before for a noonday feed4 ,reserve rations are consumed only in case of extreme necessity1 when other supplies are not available4 ,they are not to be consumed or renewed without an express order from the officer in command of the troops who is responsible for the provision of supplies1 namely1 the division commander or other independent-detachment commander4 ,every officer within the limits of his command is held responsible for the enforcement of this regulation4 ,reserve rations consumed must be replaced at the first opportunity4 ,section #b4 ,individual cooking4 ,sometimes rations for several days are issued to the soldier at one time1 and in such cases you should be very careful to so use the rations that they will last you the entire period4 ,if you stuff yourself one day1 or waste your rations1 you will have to starve later on4 ,generally the cooking for the troop will be done by the troop cook1 but sometimes every soldier will have to prepare his own meals1 using only his field mess kit for the purpose4 ,the best fire for individual cooking is a small1 clear one1 or1 better yet1 a few brisk coals4 ,to make such a fire1 first gather a number of sticks about #a inch in diameter4 ,these should be dry4 ,dead limbs adhering to a tree are dryer than those picked up from the ground4 ,split some of these and shave them up into kindling4 ,dig a trench in the ground1 laid with the wind1 about a foot long1 #d inches wide1 and #f inches deep4 ,start the fire in this trench gradually1 piling on the heavier wood as the fire grows4 ,when the trench is full of burning wood1 allow it a few minutes to burn down to coals and stop blazing high4 ,then rest the meat can and cup over the trench and start cooking4 ,either may be supported1 if necessary1 with green sticks4 ,if you can not scrape a trench in the soil1 build one up out of rocks or with two parallel logs4 ,the following recipes have been furnished from the office of the ,quartermaster ,general1 ,united ,states ,army3 ,coffee4--,fill the cup two-thirds full of water and bring to a boil4 ,add one heaping spoonful of coffee and stir well1 adding one spoonful of sugar if desired4 ,boil five minutes and then set it to the side of the fire to simmer for about #aj minutes4 ,then1 to clear the coffee1 throw in a spoonful or two of cold water4 ,this coffee is of medium strength and is within the limit of the ration if made but twice a day4 ,cocoa4--,take two-thirds of a cupful of water1 bring to a boil1 add one heaping spoonful of cocoa1 and stir until dissolved4 ,add one spoonful of sugar1 if desired1 and boil for five minutes4 ,chocolate4--,take two-thirds of a cupful of water1 bring to a boil1 add a piece of chocolate about the size of a hickory nut1 breaking or cutting it into small pieces and stirring until dissolved4 ,add one spoonful of sugar1 if desired1 and boil for five minutes4 ,tea4--,take two-thirds of a cupful of water1 bring to a boil1 add one-half of a level spoonful of tea1 and then let it stand or draw for three minutes4 ,if allowed to stand longer the tea will get bitter1 unless separated from the tea leaves4 ,,meats4 ,bacon4--,cut slices about five to the inch1 three of which should generally be sufficient for one man for one meal4 ,place in a meat can with about one-half inch of cold water4 ,let come to a boil and then pour the water off4 ,fry over a brisk fire1 turning the bacon once and quickly browning it4 ,remove the bacon to lid of meat can1 leaving the grease for frying potatoes1 onions1 rice1 flapjacks2 etc41 according to recipe4 ,fresh meat 7to fry74--,to fry1 a small amount of grease 7one to two spoonfuls7 ,is ,necessary4 ,put grease in the meat can and let come to a smoking temperature1 then drop in the steak and1 if about one-half inch thick1 let fry for about one minute before turning1 depending upon whether it is desired it shall be rare1 medium1 or well done4 ,then turn and fry briskly as before4 ,salt and pepper to taste4 ,applies to beef1 veal1 pork1 mutton1 venison1 etc4 ,fresh meat 7to broil74--,cut in slices about one inch thick1 from half as large as the hand to four times that size4 ,sharpen a stick or branch of convenient length--say1 from two to four feet long--and weave the point of the stick through the steak several times1 so that it may be readily turned over a few brisk coals or on the windward side of a small fire4 ,allow to brown nicely1 turning frequently4 ,salt and pepper to taste4 ,meat with considerable fat is preferred1 though any meat may be broiled in this manner4 ,fresh meat 7to stew74--,cut into chunks from one-half inch to one inch cubes4 ,fill cup about one-third full of meat and cover with about one inch of water4 ,let boil or simmer about one hour1 or until tender4 ,add such fibrous vegetables as carrots turnips1 or cabbage1 cut into small chunks1 soon after the meat is put on to boil1 and potatoes1 onions1 or other tender vegetables when the meat is about half done4 ,amount of vegetables to be added1 about the same as meat1 depending upon supply and taste4 ,salt and pepper to taste4 ,applies to all fresh meat and fowls4 ,the proportion of meat and vegetables used varies with their abundance1 and fixed quantities can not be adhered to4 ,fresh fish can be handled as above1 except that it is cooked much quicker1 and potatoes and onions and canned corn are the only vegetables generally used with it1 thus making a chowder4 ,a slice of bacon would greatly improve the flavor4 ,may be conveniently cooked in meat can or cup4 ,,vegetables4 ,potatoes 7fried74--,take two medium-sized potatoes or one large one 7about one-half pound71 peel and cut into slices about one-fourth inch thick and scatter well in the meat can in which the grease remains after frying the bacon4 ,add sufficient water to half cover the potatoes1 cover with the lid to keep the moisture in1 and let come to a boil for about #ae to #bj minutes4 ,remove the cover and dry as desired4 ,salt and pepper to taste4 ,during the cooking the bacon already prepared may be kept on the cover1 which is most conveniently placed bottom side up over the cooking vegetables4 ,onions 7fried74--,same as potatoes4 ,potatoes 7boiled74--,peel two medium-sized potatoes 7about one-half pound7 or one large one1 and cut in coarse chunks of about the same size--say1 #a-a_/b-;inch cubes4 ,place in meat can and three-fourths fill with water4 ,cover with lid and let boil or simmer for #ae or #bj minutes4 ,they are done when easily penetrated with a sharp stick4 ,pour off the water and let dry out for one or two minutes over hot ashes or light coals4 ,potatoes 7baked74--,take two medium-sized potatoes 7about one-half pound7 or one large one cut in half4 ,lay in a bed of light coals and cover with same and smother with ashes4 ,do not disturb for #cj or #dj minutes1 when they should be done4 ,canned tomatoes4--,one #b-pound can is generally sufficient for five men4 ,stew4--,pour into the meat can one man's allowance of tomatoes and add about two large hardtacks broken into small pieces and let come to a boil4 ,add salt and pepper to taste1 or add a pinch of salt and one-fourth spoonful of sugar4 ,or1 having fried the bacon1 pour the tomatoes into the meat can1 the grease remaining1 and add1 if desired1 two broken hardtacks4 ,set over a brisk fire and let come to a boil4 ,or1 heat the tomatoes just as they come from the can1 adding two pinches of salt and one-half spoonful of sugar1 if desired4 ,or1 especially in hot weather1 eaten cold with hard bread1 they are very palatable4 ,rice4--,take about two-thirds of a cupful of water1 bring to a boil1 add #d heaping spoonfuls of rice1 and boil until the grains are soft enough to be easily mashed between the fingers 7about #bj minutes74 ,add two pinches of salt and1 after stirring1 pour off the water and empty rice out on meat can4 ,bacon grease or sugar may be added4 ,corn meal1 fine hominy1 oatmeal4--,take about one-third of a cupful of water1 bring to a boil1 add #d heaping spoonfuls of the meal or hominy1 and boil about #bj minutes4 ,then add about two pinches of salt and stir well4 ,dried beans and peas4--,put #d heaping spoonfuls in about two-thirds of a cupful of water and boil until soft4 ,this generally takes from three to four hours4 ,add one pinch of salt4 ,about half an hour before the beans are done add one slice of bacon4 ,,hot ,,breads4 ,flapjacks4--,take #f spoonfuls of flour and one-third spoonful of baking powder and mix thoroughly 7or dry mix in a large pan before issue1 at the rate of #be pounds of flour and #c half cans of baking powder for #ajj men74 ,add sufficient cold water to make a batter that will drip freely from the spoon1 adding a pinch of salt4 ,pour into the meat can1 which should contain the grease from fried bacon or a spoonful of butter or fat1 and place over medium hot coals sufficient to bake1 so that in from #e to #g minutes the flapjack may be turned by a quick toss of the pan4 ,fry from #e to #g minutes longer1 or until by examination it is found to be done4 ,hoecake4--,hoecake is made exactly the same as flapjacks by substituting corn meal for flour4 ,emergency rations4--,detailed instructions as to the manner of preparing the emergency ration are found on the label of each can4 ,remember that even a very limited amount of bacon or hard bread1 or both1 consumed with the emergency ration makes it far more palatable1 and generally extends the period during which it can be consumed with relish4 ,for this reason it would be better to husband the supply of hard bread and bacon for use with the emergency ration when it becomes evident that the latter must be consumed rather than to retain the emergency ration to the last extremity and force its exclusive use for a longer period than two or three days4 ,section #c4 ,the forage ration4 #ajgg1 ,army ,regulations4--,the forage ration for a horse is #ad pounds of hay and #ab pounds of oats1 corn1 or barley1 and #c-a_/c pounds of straw 7or hay7 for bedding2 for a ,field ,artillery horse of the heavy-draft type1 weighing #a1cjj pounds or over1 #ag pounds of hay and #ad pounds of oats1 corn1 or barley1 and #c-a_/c pounds of straw 7or hay7 for bedding2 for a mule1 #ad pounds of hay and #i pounds of oats1 corn1 or barley1 and #c-a_/c pounds of straw 7or hay7 for bedding4 ,to each animal #c pounds of bran may be issued in lieu of that quantity of grain4 ,the commanding officer may1 in his discretion1 vary the proportions of the components of the ration 7#a pound of grain1 #a-a_/b pounds of hay1 and #b pounds of straw being taken as equivalents71 and in the field may substitute other recognized articles of forage obtained locally1 the variation or the substitution not to exceed the money value of the components of the ration at the contract rates in effect at the time of change4 #ajgh1 ,army ,regulations4--,where grazing is practicable1 or when little work is required of the animals1 commanding officers will reduce the forage ration4 ,when1 on the other hand1 conditions demand it1 they are authorized to increase the ration1 not in excess1 however1 of savings made4 ,in the field the authorized allowances must often be reduced and supplemented by grazing and other kinds of food1 such as green forage1 beans1 peas1 rice1 palay1 wheat1 and rye4 ,wheat and rye should be crushed and fed sparingly 7about one-fourth of the allowance74 ,for unshelled corn1 add about one-quarter weight4 ,on the march the grain ration is the only forage carried4 ,it consists of #ab pounds of grain for each horse and #i pounds of grain for each mule4 ,recourse must be had to grazing if it is not possible to procure long forage in the country traversed4 ,in campaign a command carries as a part of its normal equipment the following forage3 7a7 ,for each draft animal3 ,on each vehicle a reserve of one day's grain ration for its draft animals4 7b7 ,on animals and vehicles3 ,a portion of their grain ration issued the night before1 for a noonday feed4 7c7 ,in the ration section of the field train1 for each animal1 two days' grain rations4 7d7 ,in supply train of an ,infantry division two days' grain rations1 and of a ,cavalry division one day's grain ration4 ,,chapter ,,iv4 ,,personal ,,hygiene ,,and ,,care ,,of ,,the ,,feet4 ,,personal ,,hygiene4 ,history shows that in almost every war many more men die of disease than from wounds received in battle4 ,much of this disease is preventable and is due either to the ignorance or carelessness of the person who has the disease or of other persons about him4 ,it is a terrible truth that one man who violates any of the great rules of health may be the means of killing many more of his comrades than are killed by the bullets of the enemy4 ,it is therefore most important that every soldier should learn how to take care of his health when in the field and that he should also insist that his comrades do not violate any of the rules prescribed for this purpose4 ,a great many diseases are due to germs1 which are either little animals or little plants so very small that they can only be seen by aid of the microscope4 ,all diseases caused by germs are catching4 ,all other diseases are not catching4 ,there are only five ways of catching disease3 7a7 ,getting certain germs on the body by touching some one or something which has them on it4 ,thus1 one may catch venereal diseases1 smallpox1 measles1 scarlet fever1 chicken pox1 mumps1 boils1 body lice1 ringworm1 barber's itch1 dhobie itch1 and some other diseases4 ,wounds are infected in this manner4 7b7 ,breathing in certain germs which float in the air4 ,in this way one may catch pneumonia1 consumption1 influenza1 diphtheria1 whooping cough1 tonsilitis1 spinal meningitis1 measles1 and certain other diseases4 7c7 ,taking certain germs in through the mouth in eating or drinking4 ,dysentery1 cholera1 typhoid fever1 diarrhea1 and intestinal worms may be caught in this manner4 7d7 ,having certain germs injected into the body by the bites of insects1 such as mosquitoes1 fleas1 and bedbugs4 ,malaria1 yellow fever1 dengue fever1 and bubonic plague may be caught in this way4 7e7 ,inheriting the germ from one's parents4 ,persons may have these germs sometimes without apparently being sick with any disease4 ,such persons and persons who are sick with the diseases are a great source of danger to others about them4 ,germs which multiply in such persons are found in their urine and excretions from the bowels2 in discharges from ulcers and abscesses2 in the spit or particles coughed or sneezed into the air2 in the perspiration or scales from the skin2 and in the blood sucked up by biting insects4 ,those who have taken care of their health and who have not become weakened by bad habits1 exposure1 and fatigue are not only less liable to catch disease1 but are more apt to recover when taken sick4 ,knowing all these things1 the soldier can understand the reasons for the following rules and how important it is that they should be carried out by each and every person3 ,stay away from persons having catching diseases4 ,if you have any disease1 don't try to cure it yourself1 but go to the surgeon4 ,insist that other soldiers do likewise4 ,typhoid fever is one of the most dangerous and common camp diseases4 ,modern medicine has1 however1 discovered an effective preventative for this disease in the typhoid prophylactic1 which renders the person immune from typhoid fever4 ,the treatment consists in injecting into the arm a preventative serum4 ,the injection is given three times at #aj-;day intervals4 ,association with lewd women is dangerous4 ,it may result in disabling you for life4 ,it is the cause of a disease 7syphilis7 which may be transmitted by a parent to his children4 ,soldiers with venereal diseases should not use basins or toilet articles used by others1 as the germs of these diseases if gotten into the eye very often cause blindness4 ,likewise1 if they use the same drinking cup used by others they may give others the disease4 ,they should promptly report their trouble to the surgeon1 that they may receive the best medical advice and attention4 ,should a soldier expose himself to infection by having intercourse with an unknown woman1 he should report as soon as possible afterwards to the regimental infirmary for prophylactic treatment1 which1 if taken within a few hours after intercourse1 will prevent to a large degree the liability of contracting any disease4 ,cooked germs are dead and therefore harmless4 ,water1 even when clear1 may be alive with deadly germs4 ,therefore1 when the conditions are such that the commanding officer orders all drinking water to be boiled1 be careful to live up to this order4 ,use the latrines and don't go elsewhere to relieve yourself4 ,in open latrines cover your deposit with dirt1 as it breeds flies and may also be full of germs4 ,flies carry germs from one place to another4 ,therefore1 see that your food and mess kit are protected from them4 ,all slops and scraps of food scattered about camp soon produce bad odors and draw flies4 ,therefore do your part toward keeping the camp free from disease by carefully depositing such refuse in the pits or cans used for this purpose4 ,urinate only in the latrines1 or in the cans set out for this purpose1 never on the ground around camp1 because it not only causes bad smells but urine sometimes contains the germs of catching diseases4 ,soapy water thrown on the ground soon produces bad odors4 ,therefore in camps of several days' duration this water should be thrown in covered pits or in cans used for this purpose4 ,as certain mosquitoes can transmit malaria and yellow fever1 use your mosquito bar for this reason as well as for personal comfort4 ,keep your mouth clean by brushing your teeth once or twice a day4 ,it helps to prevent the teeth from decaying4 ,decayed teeth cause toothache4 ,they also lead one to swallow food without properly chewing it1 and this leads to stomach troubles of various kinds4 ,food left around and between the teeth is bad for the teeth and forms good breeding places for germs4 ,keep the skin clean4 ,through the pores of the skin the body gets rid of much waste and poisonous matter4 ,therefore remove this and keep the pores open by bathing once every day1 if possible4 ,if water is scarce1 rub the body over with a wet towel4 ,if no water is at hand1 take a dry rub4 ,wash carefully the armpits1 between the legs1 and under the foreskin1 as this will prevent chafing4 ,the skin protects the sensitive parts underneath from injury and helps to keep out germs4 ,therefore when blisters are formed don't tear off the skin4 ,insert a needle under the skin a little distance back from the blister and push it through to the opposite side4 ,press out the liquid through the holes thus formed4 ,heat the needle red hot first1 with a match or candle1 to kill the germs4 ,when the skin is broken 7in cuts and wounds7 keep the opening covered with a bandage to keep out germs and dirt2 otherwise the sore may fester4 ,pus is always caused by germs4 ,keep your hair short4 ,long hair and a long beard in the field generally means a dirty head and a dirty face and favors skin diseases1 lice1 and dandruff4 ,don't let any part of the body become chilled1 as this very often is the direct cause of diarrhea1 dysentery1 pneumonia1 rheumatism1 and other diseases4 ,wet clothes may be worn while marching or exercising without bad results1 but there is great danger if one rests in wet clothing1 as the body may become chilled4 ,don't sit or lie or sleep directly on damp ground1 as this is sure to chill the body4 ,when hot or perspiring or when wearing damp clothes1 don't remain where a breeze can strike you4 ,you are sure to become chilled4 ,every day1 if possible1 hang your blanket and clothing out to air in the sun2 shake or beat them with a small stick4 ,germs and vermin don't like this treatment1 but damp1 musty clothing suits them very well4 ,wash your shirts1 underwear1 and socks frequently4 ,the danger of blood poisoning from a wound is greatly increased if the bullet passes through dirty clothes4 ,ditch your tent as soon as you can1 particularly a shelter tent1 even if you camp for one night only4 ,otherwise a little rain may ruin a whole night's rest4 ,always prepare your bed before dark4 ,level off the ground and scrape out a little hollow for your hips4 ,get some straw or dry grass if possible4 ,green grass or branches from trees are better than nothing4 ,sleep on your poncho4 ,this keeps the dampness from coming up from the ground and chilling the body4 ,every minute spent in making a good bed means about an hour's good rest later on4 ,avoid the food and drink found for sale in the cheap stands about camp4 ,the quality is generally bad1 and it is often prepared in filthy places by very dirty persons4 ,the use of intoxicating liquor is particularly dangerous in the field4 ,its excessive use1 even at long intervals1 breaks down one's system4 ,drinking men are more apt to get sick and less liable to get well than are their more sober comrades4 ,if alcohol is taken at all1 it is best after the work of the day is over4 ,it should never be taken when the body is exposed to severe cold1 as it diminishes the resistance of the body4 ,hot tea or coffee is much preferable under these circumstances4 ,,care ,,of ,,the ,,feet4 ,a soldier can not march with sore feet1 and marching is the main part of an infantryman's daily duty in the field4 ,all soldiers should be familiar with the proper methods of caring for the feet4 ,sore feet are generally due to carelessness1 neglect1 or ignorance on the part of the soldier4 ,the most important factor in the care of the feet and the marching ability of the soldier is the shoe4 ,civilian shoes1 particularly light1 patent leather1 or low shoes1 are sure to cause injury and in time will ruin a man's foot4 ,only the marching shoe issued by the ,quartermaster ,corps should be worn1 and they must be properly fitted to the individual4 ,it will not suffice to order a marching shoe of the same size as one's ordinary civilian shoes1 for it must be remembered that a soldier may have to march many miles daily over rough roads and carrying a heavy pack4 ,the pack itself causes the foot to spread out to a larger size1 and the rough roads give so much exercise to the muscles of the feet that they swell greatly through the increased blood supply4 7,for directions as to measuring the foot for the marching shoe1 see ,general ,order ,no4 #bf1 ,war ,department1 #aiab1 a copy of which should be on hand in each company47 ,do not start out on a march wearing new shoes4 ,this is a frequent cause of sore feet4 ,new shoes should be properly broken in before beginning a march by wearing them for several hours daily for a week before the march1 and they should be adapted to the contours of the feet by stretching them with shoe stretchers with adjustable knobs to take the pressure off painful corns and bunions4 ,such stretchers are issued by the ,quartermaster ,corps1 and there should be one or more pair in every company of infantry4 ,should this be impracticable1 then the following is suggested3 ,the soldier stands in his new shoes in about #b-a_/b inches of water for about five minutes until the leather is thoroughly pliable and moist2 he should then walk for about an hour on a level surface1 letting the shoes dry on his feet1 to the irregularities of which the leather is thus molded in the same way as it was previously molded over the shoe last4 ,on taking the shoes off a very little neat's-foot oil should be rubbed into the leather to prevent its hardening and cracking4 ,if it is desired to waterproof shoes at any time1 a considerable amount of neat's-foot oil should be rubbed into the leather4 ,waterproof leather causes the feet of some men to perspire unduly and keeps them constantly soft4 ,light woolen or heavy woolen socks will habitually be worn for marching4 ,cotton socks will not be worn unless specifically ordered by the surgeon4 ,the socks will be large enough to permit free movement of the toes1 but not so loose as to permit of wrinkling4 ,darned socks1 or socks with holes in them1 will not be worn in marching4 ,until the feet have hardened they should be dusted with foot powder1 which can be obtained at the regimental infirmary1 before each day's march4 ,clean socks should be worn daily4 ,as soon as possible after reaching camp after a day of marching the feet should be washed with soap and water1 and the soldier should put on a dry pair of socks and his extra pair of shoes from his surplus kit4 ,if the skin is tender1 or the feet perspire1 wash with warm salt water or alum water1 but do not soak the feet a long time1 as this1 although very comforting at the time1 tends to keep them soft4 ,should blisters appear on the feet1 prick and evacuate them by pricking at the lower edge with a pin which has been passed through the flame of a match and cover them with zinc oxide plaster applied hot4 ,this plaster can be obtained on request at the regimental infirmary4 ,if serious abrasions appear on the feet1 or corns1 bunions1 and ingrowing nails cause trouble1 have your name placed on sick report and apply to the surgeon for treatment4 ,cut the toenails square 7fairly close in the middle1 but leaving the sides somewhat longer71 as this prevents ingrowing nails4 ,,chapter ,v4 ,,extracts ,,from ,,cavalry ,,drill ,,regulations4 ,,united ,,states ,,army1 #aiaf4 ,section #a4 ,definitions4 ,alignment4--,the placing of several troopers or units on the same straight line2 also the line on which such adjustment is made4 ,assembly4--,the grouping in order1 and in a close-order formation1 of the elements of a command4 ,the special arrangement and condition that constitute order for each unit are explained in the corresponding part of the text4 ,the purpose of the assembly is to bring about a close-order formation in order4 ,base4--,the element on which a formation or movement is regulated4 ,the base may be a trooper1 two1 four1 section1 platoon1 or larger unit4 ,when the base is a single trooper in ranks1 he may also be termed the guide4 ,center4--,the middle point or element of a command4 ,if the number of elements considered be even1 the right center element will be meant when the center element is referred to4 ,column4--,a formation in which the elements of a command are placed one behind the other4 ,the elements here referred to may be troopers1 twos1 fours1 sections1 platoons1 or larger units4 ,when used in these regulations as a word of command1 without qualifying words indicating the kind of column 7as of twos1 of platoons1 etc471 column signifies a column of fours4 ,in all other cases the word is to be understood in its general sense unless the context indicates the contrary4 ,deployment4--,an evolution in which the command extends its front1 as in forming line from column or in passing from close order to extended order4 ,depth4--,the space from front to rear of any formation1 including the front and rear elements4 ,directing leader4--,the leader of a subordinate unit who temporarily conducts the march when the commander is not leading in person4 ,a trooper in the rank of a platoon or smaller unit who similarly conducts the march is termed a directing guide4 ,direction of march4--,the direction in which the base of the command in question1 whether actually in march or halted1 is facing at the instant considered4 ,disposition4--,the distribution of the elements of a command1 and the formations and duties assigned to each for the accomplishment of a common purpose4 ,distance4--,the space between men or bodies of troops measured in the direction of depth4 ,distance is measured--mounted1 from the croup of the horse in front to the head of the horse in rear2 dismounted1 from the back of the trooper in front to the breast of the trooper in rear4 ,dress4--,the act of taking a correct alignment4 ,drill4--,the exercises and evolutions1 taught on the drill ground and executed in accordance with definitely prescribed methods4 ,echelon4--,a body of troops is in echelon with reference to another when it is more advanced or less advanced and unmasks or uncovers the other body1 wholly or in part2 units thus placed are called echelons4 ,element4--,one of the component subdivisions of a command4 ,as used in these regulations the term element is a general one and may mean a single trooper1 a set of twos1 a four1 section1 platoon1 or larger unit1 according to the command and formation that are being considered4 ,the expression elements of the column refers to the several troopers1 fours1 platoons1 or other units that are placed successively1 one behind another1 in any column formation4 ,evolutions4--,movements by which a command changes its position or passes from one formation to another4 ,file closers4--,officers or noncommissioned officers placed out of ranks1 whose duty it is to supervise the men in ranks and see that the orders of the commander are carried out4 ,for convenience1 this term is applied to any man posted as a file closer4 ,flank4--,the right or left of a command in line or column4 ,in speaking of the enemy the term right flank or left flank is used to designate the flank that would be so designated by him4 ,flank guard4--,an element of a command disposed with a view to protecting a flank4 ,foragers4--,mounted troopers distributed in line in extended order2 also the formation in which the troopers are so distributed4 ,formation4--,the arrangement of the elements of a command in line1 column1 or echelon4 ,gait4--,one of the special movements of the horse1 as the walk1 the trot1 or the gallop4 ,gait of march4--,the gait at which the base of the command in question is moving at the instant considered4 ,horse length4--,a term of measurement4 ,for convenience in estimating space1 a horse length is considered as #c yards2 by actual measure it is about #h feet4 ,interval4--,the lateral space between the elements or fractions of a command4 ,interval is measured3 ,mounted1 from the left knee of the man at the right of the open space to the right knee of the man at the left of the open space2 dismounted1 interval is measured on similar principles1 but from elbow to elbow4 ,line4--,a formation in which the different elements are abreast of each other4 ,when the elements are in column the formation is called a line of columns4 ,maneuvers4--,operations against an outlined or actual force under a separate commander1 who1 within the limits of the assumed situation1 is free to adopt any formations and make any movements he chooses4 ,order4--,an indication of the will of the commander in whatever form conveyed4 ,an order may be given orally1 by signal1 or in any manner that is intelligible to those for whom it is intended4 ,the expression1 in order1 has no reference to this definition1 but is used to indicate a special arrangement and condition of the elements of a command4 ,order1 close4--,this includes formations in which the intervals and distances between elements are habitually based upon those required for forming the normal line formation of each unit of the formation4 ,order1 extended4--,the formation in which the troopers1 or the subdivisions1 or both1 are separated by intervals or distances greater than in close order4 ,pace4--,used with reference to gait1 pace signifies the rate of speed of the gait4 ,used as a unit of measure1 pace signifies a step of #cj inches4 ,patrol4--,a group detached from a command and operating with specific mission1 usually related to security or information4 ,the term is ordinarily applied to groups varying in size from two men to a platoon4 ,they are frequently designated by special names connected with their principal mission or their composition2 as1 reconnoitering patrols1 combat patrols1 visiting patrols1 officer's patrols4 ,ployment4--,an evolution in which the command diminishes its front1 as in passing from line to column1 or from extended order to close order4 ,rally4--,the rapid grouping behind the leader of the elements of a command1 without reference to their previous situation or formation4 ,the object of the rally is to reestablish cohesion with a view to immediate action1 or to form line in a new direction when the regular method of forming line would be slow or complicated4 ,it is executed in the order of arrival of the elements of the command without regard to their normal order4 ,the formation in which each unit is rallied is fixed in the drill instructions of that unit4 ,rank4--,two or more troopers placed side by side4 ,scouts4--,individual troopers detached from their commands and operating with a definite mission related to security or information4 ,skirmishers4--,dismounted troopers in line in extended order2 also the formation in which the troopers are so placed4 ,successive formation4--,a formation in which the elements take their places successively4 ,tactical exercise4--,an operation against an outlined or represented enemy whose movements are restricted with a view to illustrating some particular tactical principle4 ,,part ,i4--,,individual ,,instruction4 ,section #b4 ,general provisions4 #cd4f ,thorough training in the school of the trooper is the basis of efficiency4 ,footnote #f3 ,the numbers refer to paragraphs in the ,cavalry ,drill ,regulations1 #aiaf4 #ce4 ,short and frequent drills are preferable to long ones1 which exhaust the attention of both instructor and recruit4 #cf4 ,as the instruction progresses1 the recruits will be grouped according to proficiency1 in order that all may advance as rapidly as their abilities permit4 ,those who lack aptitude and quickness will be separated from the others and placed under experienced drillmasters4 #cg4 ,the individual dismounted instruction of the recruit is habitually given by experienced noncommissioned officers1 especially selected for that purpose4 ,all such instruction is under the careful personal supervision of a commissioned officer1 and in the corresponding mounted instruction it is desirable that the actual instructor be a commissioned officer when this is practicable4 ,all lieutenants will be required to instruct recruits in person sufficiently to acquire skill in such work4 ,when recruits1 upon their arrival at a station1 are assigned to their respective troops for training1 the captains prescribe and supervise the instruction4 #ch4 ,the instructor will always maintain a military bearing and by a quiet1 firm demeanor1 set a proper example to his men4 ,a calm and even temper is indispensable4 ,unnecessarily loud commands and prolonged explanations are to be avoided4 ,as the recruits become somewhat proficient in the school of the trooper1 the officer superintending the instruction may call upon them in turn to drill the squad in his presence and to correct any errors that may be observed4 ,this will increase their interest1 hasten their instruction1 and facilitate judgment upon their fitness for the duties of noncommissioned officers4 #ci4 ,a carefully thought out program of instruction1 prepared in advance and based upon the probable time and facilities for instruction that the case in question may present1 is essential to economy of time and effort and to systematic1 thorough instruction4 #dj4 ,the preliminary individual instruction1 dismounted and mounted1 should be carried on during different drill hours of the same days4 ,this preliminary phase should include1 in addition to regular drill1 instruction in3 ,the elements of discipline2 the names of the various parts of the arms and equipment2 the proper care of arms1 equipment1 and clothing2 elementary instructions as to the names of those parts of the horse that are frequently referred to at drill and stable duty2 grooming2 a few simple rules regarding the care of the horse2 personal hygiene2 and other related subjects4 #da4 ,as soon as the instruction shall have advanced so far as to include the few necessary preliminary drills1 collective instruction in the school of the squad will be taken up4 ,this instruction may1 like the individual instruction1 properly be carried on during different hours of the same drill days1 in both mounted and dismounted phases4 ,the recruits meanwhile continue their progress in the individual instruction4 #db4 ,the progress in mounted collective instruction must be carefully regulated in accordance with the recruit's confidence and skill in the management of his mount1 and must progress no faster than the recruit's horsemanship justifies2 but this restriction need not affect the dismounted collective instruction1 and the latter may properly be carried forward as rapidly as the state of the dismounted individual instruction will permit4 ,by the time the recruit's instruction in equitation has progressed so as to prepare him for mounted drills at the faster gaits1 he should have learned the mechanism of all the movements by executing them at a walk4 ,his course of dismounted training should meanwhile have included not only the close-order movements of the squad but the mechanism of extended order1 practice in the use of the saber1 a little preparatory range practice with the rifle and pistol1 and work in the nature of minor field exercises involving dismounted fire action4 ,he should1 during the same period1 have learned the mechanism of passing from mounted action to dismounted action and should have acquired familiarity with all commands and signals used in the squad4 ,the recruit will thus ordinarily be ready to enter with reasonable efficiency upon certain phases of the work in the platoon and troop before his individual mounted instruction is completed4 #dc4 ,there are two kinds of commands3 ,the preparatory command1 such as forward1 indicates the movement that is to be executed4 ,the command of execution1 such as ,,march1 ,,halt1 or ,,arms1 causes the execution4 ,preparatory commands are distinguished by boldface type1 those of execution by ,,capitals4 ,the preparatory command should be given at such an interval of time before the command of execution as to admit of being properly understood2 the command of execution should be given at the instant the movement is to commence4 ,the preparatory command is enunciated distinctly1 with a rising inflection at the end1 and in such manner that the command of execution may be more energetic4 ,on foot1 the command of execution is firm in tone and brief4 ,in mounted movements the preparatory command is usually somewhat prolonged to insure its being heard1 and the command of execution is always prolonged4 ,commands will be given no louder than is necessary4 ,laxness or indifference suggested in the manner of giving a command is certain to result in corresponding carelessness of execution4 #dd4 ,to revoke a preparatory command1 or being at the halt1 to begin anew a movement improperly begun3 ,,as ,,you ,,were4 ,any movement ceases and the former position is resumed4 #de4 ,to stay the execution of a movement when marching1 for the correction of errors1 the commands may be given3 #a4 ,in place1 #b4 ,,halt4 ,all halt and stand fast4 ,if executed dismounted1 the position of the rifle is not changed4 ,to resume the movement1 the commands are3 #a4 ,resume2 or1 #a4 ,resume1 trot2 or1 #a4 ,resume1 gallop4 #b4 ,,march4 ,the movement is then completed as if it had not been interrupted4 #df4 ,movements that may be executed toward either flank are explained as toward but one flank1 it being necessary to substitute the word left for right1 and the reverse1 to have the explanation of the corresponding movement toward the other flank4 ,the commands are given for the execution of the movements toward either flank4 ,the substitute word of the command is placed within parentheses4 #dg4 ,any movement may be executed either from the halt or when marching unless otherwise prescribed4 ,any movement on foot not specially excepted may be executed in double time4 ,if at a halt1 or if marching in quick time1 the command double time precedes the command of execution4 #dh4 ,as instructors1 officers and noncommissioned officers go wherever their presence is necessary4 #di4 ,before beginning work1 the instructor always assures himself that those under his charge are neatly dressed and in proper uniform4 ,at mounted formations he will also require that horses be properly groomed and that equipments be in good condition and adjusted as prescribed4 #ej4 ,the value of recruit drill as an exercise in teaching discipline must be kept constantly in view by the instructor4 ,no phase of the instruction is of such great ultimate importance4 ,section #c4 ,school of the trooper1 dismounted4 #ea4 ,the object of this school is to develop the strength and agility of the trooper1 to give him a military bearing1 to fix in him the habit of sustained attention and instant obedience1 to prepare him for instruction in mounted combat with the saber and pistol1 and to train him in dismounted combat with the rifle4 ,in order to make rapid progress in those exercises which form the basis of instruction of the trooper1 it is necessary that the lessons should1 as far as practicable1 be given individually4 #eb4 ,cautions to instructors4--,the instructor explains briefly each movement1 first executing it himself if practicable4 ,he requires the recruits to take the proper positions unassisted and does not touch them for the purpose of correcting them1 except when they are unable to correct themselves4 ,he avoids keeping them too long at the same movement1 although each should be understood before passing to another4 ,he exacts by degrees the desired precision and uniformity4 ,recruits should be allowed to stand at ease frequently4 ,during these pauses the instructor will not be idle1 but opportunity will be taken to talk to the men1 to encourage them to ask questions1 and so to develop their confidence and common sense4 #ec4 ,during the period devoted to preliminary instruction1 without arms1 the recruit will be prepared for subsequent instruction with arms by being taught the names of the principal parts of the different weapons and the proper methods of cleaning1 disassembling1 assembling1 and operating the latter4 ,,physical ,,training4 #ed4 ,the physical training of the soldier must receive due attention4 ,its direct results are to increase the soldier's strength1 agility1 and endurance1 and it has indirect results of far-reaching value in connection with discipline and morale4 ,it should begin with his first instruction as a recruit and be continued throughout his entire enlistment4 ,the methods prescribed in the authorized ,manual of ,physical ,training will be followed with a view to making the soldier's development thorough and well balanced1 and to prevent the instruction from becoming unnecessarily tedious and monotonous4 #ee4 ,in the earlier phases of the recruit instruction1 and under temporary conditions that do not favor the carrying out of a more comprehensive scheme of training1 special attention will be given to the setting-up exercises4 ,running1 jumping1 and swimming are phases of training of special importance to the soldier4 ,,individual ,,instruction ,,without ,,arms4 #ef4 ,for this instruction a few recruits1 usually not exceeding #c or #d1 are placed 7as a squad7 in single rank1 facing to the front4 #eg4 ,to teach the recruits how to form in ranks the instructor will first place them in single rank1 arranged according to height1 the tallest man on the right1 with intervals of about #d inches between men1 and will explain that the object of these intervals is to give freedom of movement in marching and in the use of the rifle in ranks4 ,he will then direct each man singly to place the palm of the left hand on the hip1 fingers pointing downward1 and draw attention to the fact that the indicated interval of about #d inches may be verified by each man so placing himself that his right arm1 when hanging naturally at his side1 touches the elbow of the man on his right4 ,when this is understood1 he will cause the recruits to fall out and successively to place themselves as before1 each man verifying his interval by causing his right arm to touch the left elbow of the man on his right1 the latter's hand being on his hip1 as already explained4 ,he will then explain that at the command ,,fall ,,in the men will1 beginning with the right trooper1 successively and quickly take their places in rank1 each man placing the left hand at the hip as above and dropping his hand to his side as soon as the man on his left has the proper interval4 #eh4 ,the recruits having had sufficient instruction to understand how to form by command1 the instructor commands3 ,,fall ,,in4 ,the men assemble as prescribed in par4 #eg1 each taking the position of attention as described below4 ,as soon as the recruits have had sufficient preliminary instruction they will habitually be formed as regularly prescribed for a squad4 ,,position ,,of ,,the ,,trooper1 ,,or ,,attention 7,,dismounted74 #ei4 ,heels on the same line and as near each other as the conformation of the man permits4 ,feet turned out equally and forming an angle of about #de4 ,knees straight without stiffness4 ,hips level and drawn back slightly2 body erect and resting equally on hips2 chest lifted and arched2 shoulders square and falling equally4 ,arms and hands hanging naturally1 thumb along the seam of the breeches4 ,head erect and squarely to the front1 chin drawn in so that the axis of the head and neck is vertical2 eyes to the front4 ,weight of the body resting equally upon the heels and balls of the feet4 ,,the ,,rests4 #fj4 ,being at a halt1 the commands are3 ,,fall ,,out2 ,,rest2 ,,at ,,ease2 and #a4 ,parade1 #b4 ,,rest4 ,at the command fall out1 the men may leave the ranks1 but are required to remain in the immediate vicinity4 ,they resume their former places1 at attention1 at the command fall in4 ,at the command rest1 each man keeps one foot in place1 but is not required to preserve silence or immobility4 ,at the command at ease1 each man keeps one foot in place and is required to preserve silence1 but not immobility4 #a4 ,parade1 #b4 ,,rest4 ,carry the right foot #f inches straight to the rear1 left knee slightly bent2 clasp the hands1 without constraint1 in front of the center of the body1 fingers joined1 left hand uppermost1 left thumb clasped by the thumb and forefinger of the right hand2 preserve silence and steadiness of position4 #fa4 ,being in march1 at the command3 #a4 ,route order1 #b4 ,,march2 or #a4 ,at ease1 #b4 ,,march1 the men keep their places in ranks1 but are not required to keep the step2 at route order1 they are not required to preserve silence4 ,if halted from route order1 the men stand at rest2 if halted from at ease1 they remain at ease4 ,marching at route order or at ease1 rifles are carried at will1 the muzzles elevated4 #fb4 ,to resume the attention3 #a4 ,squad1 #b4 ,,attention4 ,if at a halt1 the men take the position of the trooper1 dismounted 7par4 #ei74 ,if marching1 the cadenced step in quick time is resumed1 and rifles1 if carried1 are brought to the right shoulder4 #fc4 ,to dismiss the squad3 ,,dismissed4 ,,eyes ,,right ,,or ,,left4 #fd4 #a4 ,eyes1 #b4 ,,right1 #c4 ,,front4 ,at the command right1 turn the head to the right oblique1 eyes fixed on the line of eyes of the man in1 or supposed to be in1 the same rank4 ,at the command front1 turn the head and eyes to the front4 ,,facings4 #fe4 ,to the flank3 #a4 ,right1 #b4 ,,face4 ,raise slightly the left heel and right toe2 face to the right1 turning on the right heel1 assisted by a slight pressure on the ball of the left foot2 place the left foot by the side of the right4 ,left face is executed on the left heel in the corresponding manner4 #ff4 ,to the rear3 #a4 ,about1 #b4 ,,face4 ,carry the toe of the right foot about a half foot length to the rear and slightly to the left of the left heel without changing the position of the left foot2 face to the rear1 turning to the right on the left heel and right toe2 place the right heel by the side of the left4 #fg4 #a4 ,hand1 #b4 ,,salute4 ,raise the right hand smartly till the tip of the forefinger touches the lower part of the headdress above the right eye1 thumb and fingers extended and joined1 palm to the left1 forearm inclined at about #de1 hand and wrist straight2 at the same time look toward the person saluted4 7,,two71 ,drop the arm smartly by the side4 ,the salute for officers is the same 7,fig4 #a74 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a1 par4 #fg4 ,,steps ,,and ,,marches4 #fh4 ,all steps and marchings executed from a halt1 except right step1 begin with the left foot4 #fi4 ,the length of the full step in quick time is #cj inches1 measured from heel to heel1 and the cadence is at the rate of #abj steps per minute4 ,the length of the full step in double time is #cf inches2 the cadence is at the rate of #ahj steps per minute4 ,the instructor1 when necessary1 indicates the cadence of the step by calling one1 two1 three1 four1 or left1 right1 the instant the left and right foot1 respectively1 should be planted4 #gj4 ,all steps and marchings and movements involving march are executed in quick time unless the squad be marching in double time1 or double time be added to the command2 in the latter case double time is added to the preparatory command4 ,example3 #a4 ,forward1 double time1 #b4 ,,march4 #ga4 ,it should be explained to the recruits that in collective drills and exercises one of the troopers1 termed the guide1 habitually has to follow a leader or direct himself upon some designated objective1 the other troopers regulating their march so as1 in line1 to march abreast of the guide1 maintaining their approximate intervals4 ,the necessity1 in this connection1 for learning to march steadily in a given direction without wavering from side to side should further be pointed out4 ,each recruit should then be practiced individually in marching upon a designated objective1 selecting for that purpose two points of direction on the straight line that passes through the trooper and the objective and keeping constantly in the prolongation of that line4 ,when the objective is sufficiently distinct it should be taken as one of the points of direction and another point in line with the trooper and the objective1 and either nearer or more distant than the latter be selected as a second point to fix the direction of march4 ,,quick ,,time ,,and ,,double ,,time4 #gb4 ,being at a halt1 to march forward in quick time3 #a4 ,forward1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command forward1 shift the weight of the body to the right leg1 left knee straight4 ,at the command march1 move the left foot smartly straight forward #cj inches from the right1 sole near the ground1 and plant it without shock2 next1 in like manner1 advance the right foot and plant it as above2 continue the march4 ,the arms swing naturally4 #gc4 ,being at a halt1 or in march in quick time1 to march forward in double time3 #a4 ,forward1 double time1 #b4 ,,march4 ,if at a halt1 at the first command shift the weight1 of the body to the right leg4 ,at the command march1 raise the forearms1 fingers closed1 to a horizontal position along the waist line1 take up an easy run with the step and cadence of double time1 allowing a natural swinging motion to the arms4 ,if marching in quick time1 at the command ,,march1 given as either foot strikes the ground1 take one step in quick time and then step off in double time4 #gd4 ,to resume the quick time3 #a4 ,quick time1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command march1 given as either foot strikes the ground1 advance and plant the other foot in double time2 resume the quick time1 dropping the hands by the sides4 ,,to ,,mark ,,time4 #ge4 ,being in march3 #a4 ,mark time1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command march1 given as either foot strikes the ground1 advance and plant the other foot2 bring up the foot in rear and continue the cadence by alternately raising each foot about #b inches and planting it on line with the other4 ,being at a halt1 at the command march1 raise and plant the feet as described above4 ,,the ,,half ,,step4 #gf4 #a4 ,half step1 #b4 ,,march4 ,take steps of #ae inches in quick time1 #ah inches in double time4 #gg4 ,forward1 half step1 halt1 and mark time may be executed one from the other in quick or double time4 ,to resume the full step from half step or mark time3 #a4 ,forward1 #b4 ,,march4 ,,side ,,step4 #gh4 ,being at a halt or mark time3 #a4 ,right 7left7 step1 #b4 ,,march4 ,carry and plant the right foot #ae inches to the right2 bring the left foot beside it and continue the movement in the cadence of quick time4 ,the side step is used for short distances only and is not executed in double time4 ,if at order arms1 the side step is executed at trail without other command4 ,,back ,,step4 #gi4 ,being at a halt or mark time3 #a4 ,backward1 #b4 ,,march4 ,take steps of #ae inches straight to the rear4 ,the back step is used for short distances only and is not executed in double time4 ,if at order arms1 the back step is executed at trail without other command4 ,,to ,,halt4 #hj4 ,to stop the march in quick or double time3 #a4 ,squad1 #b4 ,,halt4 ,at the command halt1 given as either foot strikes the ground1 plant the other foot as in marching2 raise and place the rear foot by the side of the other4 ,if in double time1 drop the hands by the sides4 ,,to ,,march ,,by ,,the ,,flank4 #ha4 ,being in march3 #a4 ,by the right 7left7 flank1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command march1 given as the right foot strikes the ground1 advance and plant the left foot1 then face to the right in marching1 and step off in the new direction with the right foot4 ,this movement is not executed by signal except in foragers4 ,,to ,,march ,,to ,,the ,,rear4 #hb4 ,being in march3 #a4 ,to the rear1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command march1 given as the right foot strikes the ground1 advance and plant the left foot1 turn to the right-about on the balls of both feet1 and immediately step off with the left foot4 ,if marching in double time1 turn to the right-about1 taking four steps in place1 keeping the cadence1 and then step off with the left foot4 ,this movement is not executed by signal except in foragers4 ,,change ,,step4 #hc4 ,being in march3 #a4 ,change step1 #b4 ,,march4 ,at the command march1 given as the right1 foot1 strikes the ground1 advance and plant the left foot1 plant the toe of the right foot near the heel of the left1 and step off with the left foot4 ,the change on the right foot is similarly executed1 the command ,,march being given as the left foot strikes the ground4 ,,to ,,count ,,fours4 #hd4 ,being in line1 at the command1 ,,count ,,fours1 all the troopers in the rank except the right trooper execute eyes right and1 beginning on the right1 count successively #a1 #b1 #c1 #d4 ,each turns his head and eyes to the front as he counts4 ,fours may be counted at the halt or marching1 mounted or dismounted1 in line or in column of twos or troopers4 ,in counting fours in column of twos or troopers the elements count off successively from front to rear in the column and from right to left in each two4 ,eyes right is not executed when counting fours from column of twos or troopers4 ,,to ,,take ,,intervals ,,and ,,distances4 #he4 ,being in line at a halt3 #a4 ,take intervals1 to the right 7left71 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,squad1 #d4 ,,halt4 ,at the command march1 all face to the right and the leading trooper steps off2 the other men step off in succession1 each following the preceding trooper at four paces4 ,at the command halt1 given when all have their intervals1 all halt and face to the front4 #hf4 ,being at intervals1 to assemble the squad3 #a4 ,assemble to the right 7left71 #b4 ,,march4 ,the trooper on the right stands fast4 ,the other troopers face to the right1 close by the shortest line and face to the front4 #hg4 ,being in line at a halt and fours having been counted3 #a4 ,take distance1 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,squad1 #d4 ,,halt4 ,at the command march1 ,no4 #a moves straight to the front2 ,nos4 #b1 #c1 and #d in the order named1 move straight to the front1 each stepping off so as to follow the preceding man at #d paces4 ,the command halt is given when all have their distances4 ,if there be more than one ,no4 #a1 all the ,nos4 #a move forward together1 guiding on the right trooper4 ,the same principle applies to the other numbers4 #hh4 ,the normal interval and distance of #d paces indicated1 respectively1 in pars4 #cd and #cf1 may be increased or diminished by adding to the corresponding preparatory command the indication of the interval or distance desired2 thus3 #a4 ,take interval to the right at #a pace1 #b4 ,,march1 etc42 #a4 ,take distance1 at #b paces1 #b4 ,,march1 etc4 #hi4 ,being at distances1 to assemble the squad3 #a4 ,assemble1 #b4 ,,march4 ,no4 #a of the front rank stands fast2 the other numbers move forward to their proper places in line4 ,,individual ,,instruction ,,with ,,arms4 ,,manual ,,of ,,the ,,rifle4 #ij4 ,when the recruit has made fair progress in the instruction without arms1 including that required by par4 #ec1 he is taught the manual of arms4 ,instruction without arms and that with arms alternate4 #ia4 ,the following rules govern the carrying of the rifle3 ,first4 ,the rifle is not carried with cartridges in either the chamber or the magazine except when specifically ordered4 ,when so loaded1 or supposed to be loaded1 it is habitually carried locked2 that is1 with the safety lock turned to the safe4 ,at all other times it is carried unlocked1 with the trigger pulled4 ,second4 ,whenever troops are formed under arms1 rifles are immediately inspected at the commands3 #a4 ,inspection1 #b4 ,,arms2 #c4 ,order 7right shoulder1 port71 #d4 ,,arms4 ,a4 similar inspection is made immediately before dismissal4 ,if cartridges are found in the chamber or magazine they are removed and placed in the belt4 ,third4 ,the cut-off is kept turned off except when cartridges are actually used4 ,fourth4 ,fall in is executed with the rifle at the order arms4 ,fall out1 rest1 and at ease are executed as without arms4 ,on resuming attention the position of order arms is taken4 ,fifth4 ,if at the order1 unless otherwise prescribed1 the rifle is brought to the right shoulder at the command march1 the three motions corresponding with the first three steps4 ,movements may be executed at the trail by prefacing the preparatory command with the words at trail1 as1 #a4 ,at trail1 forward1 #b4 ,,march2 the trail is taken at the command march4 ,when the facings1 alignments1 open and close ranks1 taking interval1 and assemblings are executed from the order1 raise the rifle to the trail while in motion and resume the order on halting4 ,sixth4 ,the rifle is brought to the order on halting4 ,the execution of the order begins when the halt is completed4 ,seventh4 ,a disengaged hand in double time is held as when without arms4 #ib4 ,the following rules govern the execution of the manual of arms3 ,first4 ,in all positions of the left hand at the balance 7center of gravity7 the thumb clasps the rifle2 the sling is included in the grasp of the hand4 7,figs4 #f1 #ab47 ,second4 ,in all positions of the rifle diagonally across the body the position of the rifle1 left arm1 and hand are the same as in port arms4 7,fig4 #f47 ,third4 ,in resuming the order from any position in the manual1 the motion next to the last concludes with the butt of the rifle about #c inches from the ground1 barrel to the rear1 the left hand above and near the right1 steadying the rifle1 fingers extended and joined1 forearm and wrist straight and inclining downward1 all fingers of the right hand grasping the rifle4 ,to complete the order1 lower the rifle gently to the ground with the right hand1 drop the left quickly by the side1 and take the position of order arms4 7,fig4 #b47 ,allowing the rifle to drop through the right hand to the ground1 or other similar abuse of the arm to produce effect in executing the manual1 is prohibited4 ,fourth4 ,the cadence of the motions is that of quick time2 the recruits are first required to give their whole attention to the details of the motions1 the cadence being gradually acquired as they become accustomed to handling their rifles4 ,fifth4 ,the manual is taught at a halt and the movements are for the purpose of instruction1 divided into motions and executed in detail2 in this case the command of execution determines the prompt execution of the first motion1 and the commands1 two1 three1 four1 that of the other motions4 ,to execute the movements in detail1 the instructor first cautions3 ,by the numbers2 all movement divided into motions are then executed as above explained until he cautions3 ,without the numbers2 or commands movements other than those in the manual of arms4 ,sixth4 ,whenever circumstances require1 the regular positions of the manual of arms and the firings may be ordered without regard to the previous position of the rifle4 ,under exceptional conditions of weather or fatigue the rifle may be carried in any manner directed4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #b1 par4 #ib4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #c1 par4 #ic4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #d1 par4 #ic4 #ic4 ,position of order arms1 standing3 ,the butt rests evenly on the ground1 barrel to the rear1 toe of the butt on a line with toe of1 and touching1 the right shoe1 arms and hands hanging naturally1 right hand holding the rifle between the thumb and fingers4 #id4 ,being at order arms3 #a4 ,present1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,with the right hand carry the rifle in front of the center of the body1 barrel to the rear and vertical1 grasp it with the left hand at the balance1 forearm horizontal and resting against the body4 7,,two7 ,grasp the small of the stock with the right hand4 7,fig4 #e47 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #e1 par4 #id4 #ie4 ,being at order arms3 #a4 ,port1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,with the right hand raise and throw the rifle diagonally across the body1 grasp it smartly with both hands2 the right1 palm down1 at the small of the stock2 the left1 palm up1 at the balance2 barrel up1 sloping to the left and crossing opposite the junction of the neck with the left shoulder2 right forearm horizontal2 left forearm resting against the body2 the rifle in a vertical plane parallel to the front4 7,fig4 #f47 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #f1 par4 #ie4 #if4 ,being at present arms3 #a4 ,port1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,carry the rifle diagonally across the body and take the position of port arms4 #ig4 ,being at port arms3 #a4 ,present1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,carry the rifle to a vertical position in front of the center of the body and take the position of present arms4 #ih4 ,being at present or port arms3 #a4 ,order1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,let go with the right hand2 lower and carry the rifle to the right with the left hand2 regrasp it with the right hand just above the lower band2 let go with the left hand1 and take the next to the last position in coming to the order4 7,,two7 ,complete the order4 #ii4 ,being at order arms3 #a4 ,right shoulder1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,with the right hand raise and throw the rifle diagonally across the body2 carry the right hand quickly to the butt1 embracing it1 the heel between the first two fingers4 7,,two7 ,without changing the grasp of the right hand1 place the rifle on the right shoulder1 barrel up and inclined at an angle of about #de from the horizontal1 trigger guard in the hollow of the shoulder1 right elbow near the side1 the rifle in a vertical plane perpendicular to the front2 carry the left hand1 thumb1 and fingers extended and joined1 to the small of the stock1 tip of the forefinger touching the cocking piece1 wrist straight and elbow down4 7,,three7 ,drop the left hand by the side4 7,fig4 #g47 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #g1 par4 #ii4 #ajj4 ,being at right shoulder arms3 #a4 ,order1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,press the butt down quickly and throw the rifle diagonally across the body1 the right hand retaining the grasp of the butt4 7,,two71 7,,three7 ,execute order arms as described from port arms4 #aja4 ,being at port arms3 #a4 ,right shoulder1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,change the right hand to the butt4 7,,two71 7,,three7 ,as in right shoulder arms from order arms4 #ajb4 ,being at right shoulder arms3 #a4 ,port1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,press the butt down quickly and throw the rifle diagonally across the body1 the right hand retaining its grasp of the butt4 7,,two7 ,change the right hand to the small of the stock4 #ajc4 ,being at right shoulder arms3 #a4 ,present1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,execute port arms4 7,,three7 ,execute present arms4 #ajd4 ,being at present arms3 #a4 ,right shoulder1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,execute port arms4 7,,two71 7,,three71 7,,four74 ,execute right shoulder arms as from port arms4 #aje4 ,being at port arms3 #a4 ,left shoulder1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,carry the rifle with the right hand and place it on the left shoulder1 barrel up1 trigger guard in the hollow of the shoulder2 at the same time grasp the butt with the left hand1 heel between first and second fingers1 thumb and fingers closed on the stock4 7,,two7 ,drop the right hand by the side4 ,left shoulder arms may be ordered directly from the order1 right shoulder1 or present1 or the reverse4 ,at the command ,arms execute port arms and continue in cadence to the position ordered4 #ajf4 ,being at left shoulder arms3 #a4 ,port1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,grasp the rifle with the right hand at the small of the stock4 7,,two7 ,carry the rifle to the right with the right hand1 regrasp it with the left and take the position of port arms4 #ajg4 ,being at order arms3 #a4 ,parade1 #b4 ,,rest4 ,carry the right foot #f inches straight to the rear1 left knee slightly bent2 carry the muzzle ,in front of the center of the body1 barrel to the left2 grasp the rifle with the left hand just below the stacking swivel and with the right hand below and against the left4 7,fig4 #h47 ,being at parade rest3 #a4 ,squad1 #b4 ,,attention4 ,resume the order1 the left hand quitting the rifle opposite the right hip4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #h1 par4 #ajg4 #ajh4 ,being at order arms4 #a4 ,trail1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,raise the rifle1 right arm slightly bent1 and incline the muzzle forward so that the barrel makes an angle of about #cj with the vertical4 7,fig4 #i47 ,when it can be done without danger or inconvenience to others1 the rifle may be grasped at the balance and muzzle lowered until the rifle is horizontal2 a similar position in the left hand may be used4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #i1 par4 #ajh4 #aji4 ,being at trail arms3 #a4 ,order1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,lower the rifle with the right hand and resume the order4 ,,rifle ,,salute4 #aaj4 ,being at right shoulder arms3 #a4 ,rifle1 #b4 ,,salute4 ,carry the left hand smartly to the small of the stock1 forearm horizontal1 palm of the hand down1 thumb and fingers extended and joined1 forefinger touching end of cocking piece2 look toward the person saluted4 7,,two7 ,drop left hand by the side2 turn head and eyes to the front4 7,fig4 #aj47 ,with the rifle on the left shoulder1 the salute is rendered in a corresponding manner with the right hand4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aj1 par4 #aaj4 #aaa4 ,being at order or trail arms3 #a4 ,rifle1 #b4 ,,salute4 ,carry the left hand smartly to the right side1 palm of the hand down1 thumb and fingers extended and joined1 forefinger against the rifle near the muzzle2 look toward the person saluted4 7,,two7 ,drop the left hand by the side2 turn the head and eyes to the front4 7,fig4 #aa47 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aa1 par4 #aaa4 ,,the ,,inspection4 #aab4 ,being at order arms3 #a4 ,inspection1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,at the second command1 take the position of port arms4 7,,two7 ,seize the bolt handle with the thumb and forefinger of the right hand1 turn the handle up1 draw the bolt back and glance at the chamber4 ,having found the chamber empty1 or having emptied it1 raise the head and eyes to the front4 7,fig4 #ab47 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ab1 par4 #aab4 #aac4 ,being at inspection arms3 #a4 ,order 7right shoulder1 port71 #b4 ,,arms4 ,at the preparatory command1 push the bolt forward1 turn the handle down1 pull the trigger1 and resume port arms4 ,at the command arms complete the movement ordered4 ,,to ,,dismiss4 #aad4 ,being at halt3 #a4 ,inspection1 #b4 ,,arms1 #c4 ,port1 #d4 ,,arms1 #e4 ,,dismissed4 ,,to ,,stack ,,and ,,take ,,arms4 #aae4 ,three rifles only are used to make a stack2 rifles not so used are1 in this connection1 termed loose rifles4 ,being in line at a halt3 ,,stack ,,arms4 ,at the command stack1 ,no4 #c steps back and covers ,no4 #b1 ,no4 #b raises his rifle with the right hand1 grasps it with the left at the upper band and rests the butt between his feet1 barrel to the front1 muzzle inclined slightly to the front and opposite the center of the interval on his right1 the thumb and forefinger raising the stacking swivel2 ,no4 #c then passes his rifle1 barrel to the rear1 to ,no4 #b1 who grasps it between the bands with his right hand and throws the butt about #b feet in advance of that of his own rifle and opposite the right of the interval1 the right hand slipping to the upper band1 the thumb and forefinger raising the stacking swivel1 which he engages with that of his own rifle2 ,no4 #a raises his rifle with the right hand1 carries it well forward1 barrel to the front1 the left hand guiding the stacking swivel1 engages the lower hook of the swivel of his own rifle with the free hook of that of ,no4 #c2 he then turns the barrel outward into the angle formed by the other two rifles and lowers the butt to the ground to the right of and against the toe of his right shoe4 ,no4 #b lays loose rifles on the stack2 ,no4 #c resumes his place in line4 ,when each man has finished handling rifles1 he takes the position of attention4 ,the instructor may then rest or dismiss the squad1 leaving the arms stacked4 ,on re-forming1 the men take their places in rear of the stacks4 #aaf4 ,being in line1 behind the stacks3 ,,take ,,arms4 ,no4 #c steps back and covers ,no4 #b2 ,no4 #b returns the loose rifles1 then grasps his own rifle with the left hand1 the rifle of ,no4 #c with his right hand1 grasping both between the bands2 ,no4 #a grasps his rifle in the same way with the right hand4 ,no4 #a disengages his rifle by raising the butt from the ground and then turning the rifle to the right1 detaches it from the stack2 ,no4 #b disengages and detaches his rifle by turning it to the left1 and then passes the rifle of ,no4 #c to him2 ,no4 #c resumes his place in line2 all resume the order4 ,,kneeling ,,and ,,lying ,,down4 #aag4 ,if standing3 ,,kneel4 ,half face to the right2 carry the right toe about #a foot to the left rear of the left heel2 kneel on the right knee1 sitting as nearly as possible on the right heel2 left forearm across left thigh2 rifle remains in position of order arms1 right hand grasping it above the lower band4 ,this is the position of order arms1 kneeling4 7,fig4 #ac47 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ac1 par4 #aag4 #aah4 ,if standing or kneeling3 ,,lie ,,down4 ,kneel1 but with right knee against left heel2 carry back the left foot and lie flat on the belly1 inclining body about #ce to the right2 rifle horizontal1 barrel up1 muzzle off the ground and pointed to the front2 elbows on the ground2 left hand at the balance1 right hand grasping the small of the stock opposite the neck4 ,this is the position of order arms1 lying down4 7,fig4 #ad47 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ad1 par4 #aah4 #aai4 ,if kneeling or lying down3 ,,rise4 ,if kneeling1 stand up1 faced to the front1 on the ground marked by the left heel4 ,if lying down1 raise the body on both knees2 stand up1 faced to the front1 on the ground marked by the knees4 #abj4 ,if lying down3 ,,kneel4 ,raise the body on both knees1 take the position of kneel4 ,when deployed as skirmishers1 a sitting position may be taken instead of the position kneeling4 ,,ii4 ,,instruction ,,with ,,the ,,rifle4 #bc4 ,the commands for and the execution of the foot movements are the same as already given for movements without the rifle4 #bd4 ,the men having taken intervals or distances1 the instructor commands3 #a4 ,bayonet exercise1 #b4 ,,guard4 ,at the second command take the position of guard 7see par4 #ae72 at the game time throw the rifle smartly to the front1 grasp the rifle with the left hand just below the lower hand1 fingers between the stock and gun sling1 barrel turned slightly to the left1 the right hand grasping the small of the stock about #f inches in front of the right hip1 elbows free from the body1 bayonet point at the height of the chin4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ae1 par4 #bd4 #be4 #a4 ,order1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,bring the right foot up to the left and the rifle to the position of order arms1 at the same time resuming the position of attention4 #bf4 ,during the preliminary instruction1 attacks and defenses will be executed from guard until proficiency is attained1 after which they may be executed from any position in which the rifle is held4 ,,attacks4 #bg4 #a4 ,,thrust4 ,thrust the rifle quickly forward to the full length of the left arm1 turning the barrel to the left1 and direct the point of the bayonet at the point to be attacked1 but covering the right forearm4 ,at the same time straighten the right leg vigorously and throw the weight of the body forward and on the left leg1 the ball of the right foot always on the ground4 ,guard is resumed immediately without command4 ,the force of the thrust is delivered principally with the right arm1 the left being used to direct the bayonet4 ,the points at which the attack should be directed are1 in order of their importance1 stomach1 chest1 head1 neck1 and limbs4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #af1 par4 #bg4 #bh4 #a4 ,,lunge4 ,executed in the same manner as the thrust1 except that the left foot is carried forward about twice its length4 ,the left heel must always be in rear of the left knee4 ,guard is resumed immediately without command4 ,guard may also be resumed by advancing the right foot if for any reason it is desired to hold the ground gained in lunging4 ,in the latter case the preparatory command forward will be given4 ,each method should be practiced4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ah1 par4 #bh4 #bi4 #a4 ,butt1 #b4 ,,strike4 ,straighten right arm and right leg vigorously and swing butt of rifle against point of attack1 pivoting the rifle in the left hand at about the height of the left shoulder1 allowing the bayonet to pass to the rear on the left side of the head4 ,guard is resumed without command4 ,the points of attack in their order of importance are head1 neck1 stomach1 and crotch4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ag1 par4 #bi4 #cj4 #a4 ,cut1 #b4 ,,down4 ,execute a quick downward stroke1 edge of bayonet directed at point of attack4 ,guard is resumed without command4 ,illustration3 ,par4 #ai4 ,illustration3 ,par4 #bj4 #ca4 #a4 ,cut1 #b4 ,,right 7,,left74 ,with a quick extension of the arms execute a cut to the right 7left71 directing the edge toward the point attacked4 ,guard is resumed without command4 ,the cuts are especially useful against the head1 neck1 and hands of an enemy4 ,in executing left cut it should be remembered that the false1 or back1 edge is only #e4f inches long4 ,the cuts can be executed in continuation of strokes1 thrusts1 lunges1 and parries4 #cb4 ,to direct an attack to the right1 left1 or rear the soldier will change front as quickly as possible in the most convenient manner1 for example3 #a4 ,to the right rear1 #b4 ,cut1 #c4 ,,down2 #a4 ,to the right1 #b4 ,,lunge2 #a4 ,to the left1 #b4 ,,thrust1 etc4 ,whenever possible the impetus gained by the turning movement of the body should be thrown into the attack4 ,in general this will be best accomplished by turning on the ball of the right foot4 ,these movements constitute a change of front in which the position of guard is resumed at the completion of the movement4 #cc4 ,good judgment of distance is essential4 ,accuracy in thrusting and lunging is best attained by practicing these attacks against rings or other convenient openings1 about #c inches in diameter1 suitably suspended at desired heights4 #cd4 ,the thrust and lunges at rings should first be practiced by endeavoring to hit the opening looked at4 ,this should be followed by directing the attack against one opening while looking at another4 #ce4 ,the soldier should also experience the effect of actual resistance offered to the bayonet and the butt of the rifle in attacks4 ,this will be taught by practicing attacks against a dummy4 #cf4 ,dummies should be constructed in such a manner as to permit the execution of attacks without injury to the point or edge of the bayonet or to the barrel or stock of the rifle4 ,a suitable dummy can be made from pieces of rope about #e feet in length plaited closely together into a cable between #f and #ab inches in diameter4 ,old rope is preferable4 ,bags weighted and stuffed with hay1 straw1 shavings1 etc41 are also suitable4 ,,defenses4 #cg4 ,in the preliminary drills in the defenses the position of guard is resumed1 by command1 after each parry4 ,when the men have become proficient the instructor will cause them to resume the position of guard instantly without command after the execution of each parry4 #ch4 #a4 ,parry1 #b4 ,,right4 ,keeping the right hand in the guard position1 move the rifle sharply to the right with the left arm1 so that the bayonet point is about #f inches to the right4 #ci4 #a4 ,parry1 #b4 ,,left4 ,move the rifle sharply to the left front with both hands so as to cover the point attacked4 #dj4 #a4 ,parry1 #b4 ,,high4 ,raise the rifle with both hands high enough to clear the line of vision1 barrel downward1 point of the bayonet to the left front4 ,when necessary to raise the rifle well above the head1 it may be supported between the thumb and forefinger of the left hand4 ,this position will be necessary against attacks from higher elevations1 such as men mounted or on top of parapets4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ba1 par4 #dj4 #da4 #a4 ,low parry1 #b4 ,,right 7,,left74 ,carry the point of the bayonet down until it is at the height of the knee1 moving the point of the bayonet sufficiently to the right 7left71 to keep the opponent's attacks clear of the point threatened4 ,these parries are rarely used1 as an attack below the waist leaves the head and body exposed4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bb1 par4 #da4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bc1 par4 #da4 #db4 ,parries must not be too wide or sweeping1 but sharp1 short motions1 finished with a jerk or quick catch4 ,the hands should1 as far as possible1 be kept in the line of attack4 ,parries against butt strike are made by quickly moving the guard so as to cover the point attacked4 #dc4 ,to provide against attack from the right1 left1 or rear the soldier will change front as quickly as possible in the most convenient manner2 for example3 #a4 ,to the left rear1 #b4 ,parry1 #c4 ,,high2 #a4 ,to the right1 #b4 ,parry1 #c4 ,,right1 etc4 ,these movements constitute a change of front in which the position of guard is resumed at the completion of the movement4 ,in changing front for the purpose of attack or defense1 if there is danger of wounding a comrade1 the rifle should first be brought to a vertical position4 ,,iii4 ,,instruction ,,without ,,the ,,bayonet4 #dd4 #a4 ,club rifle1 #b4 ,,swing4 ,being at order arms1 at the preparatory command quickly raise and turn the rifle1 regrasping it with both hands between the rear sight and muzzle1 barrel down1 thumbs around the stock and toward the butt2 at the same time raise the rifle above the shoulder farthest from the opponent1 butt elevated and to the rear1 elbows slightly bent and knees straight4 ,each individual takes such position of the feet1 shoulders1 and hands as best accords with his natural dexterity4 ,,swing4 ,tighten the grasp ,of the hands and swing the rifle to the front and downward1 directing it at the head of the opponent1 and immediately return to the position of club rifle by completing the swing of the rifle downward and to the rear4 ,repeat by the command1 ,,swing4 ,the rifle should be swung with sufficient force to break through any guard or parry that may be interposed4 ,being at club rifle1 order arms is resumed by command4 ,the use of this attack against dummies or in fencing is prohibited4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bd1 par4 #dd4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #be1 par4 #dd4 #de4 ,the position of club rifle may be taken from any position of the rifle prescribed in the ,manual of ,arms4 ,it will not be taken in personal combat unless the emergency is such as to preclude the use of the bayonet4 ,,iv4 ,,combined ,,movements4 #df4 ,the purpose of combined movements is to develop more vigorous attacks and more effective defenses than are obtained1 by the single movements2 to develop skill in passing from attack to defense and the reverse4 ,every movement to the front should be accompanied by an attack1 which is increased in effectiveness by the forward movement of the body4 ,every movement to the rear should ordinarily be accompanied by a parry and should always be followed by an attack4 ,movements to the right or left may be accompanied by attacks or defenses4 #dg4 ,not more than three movements will be used in any combination4 ,the instructor should first indicate the number of movements that are to be combined as two movements or three movements4 ,the execution is1 determined by one command of execution1 and the position of guard is taken upon the completion of the last movement only4 ,,examples4 ,front pass and ,,lunge4 ,right step and ,,thrust4 ,left step and low parry ,,right4 ,rear pass1 parry left and ,,lunge4 ,lunge and cut ,,right4 ,parry right and parry ,,high4 ,butt strike and cut ,,down4 ,thrust and parry ,,high4 ,parry high and ,,lunge4 ,advance1 thrust and cut ,,right4 ,right step1 parry left and cut ,,down4 ,to the left1 butt strike and cut ,,down4 ,to the right rear1 cut down and butt ,,strike4 #dh4 ,attacks against dummies will be practiced4 ,the approach will be made against the dummies both in quick time and double time4 ,v4 ,,practical ,,bayonet ,,combat4 #di4 ,the principles of practical bayonet combat should be taught as far as possible during the progress of instruction in bayonet exercises4 #ej4 ,the soldier must be continually impressed with the extreme importance of the offensive due to its moral effect4 ,should an attack fail1 it should be followed immediately by another attack before the opponent has an opportunity to assume the offensive4 ,keep the opponent on the defensive4 ,if1 due to circumstances1 it is necessary to take the defensive1 constantly watch for an opportunity to assume the offensive and take immediate advantage of it4 #ea4 ,observe the ground with a view to obtaining the best footing4 ,time for this will generally be too limited to permit more than a single hasty glance4 #eb4 ,in personal combat watch the opponent's eyes if they can be plainly seen1 and do not fix the eyes on his weapon nor upon the point of your attack4 ,if his eyes can not be plainly seen1 as in night attacks1 watch the movements of his weapon and of his body4 #ec4 ,keep the body well covered and deliver attacks vigorously4 ,the point of the bayonet should always be kept as nearly as possible in the line of attack4 ,the less the rifle is moved upward1 downward1 to the right1 or to the left1 the better prepared the soldier is for attack or defense4 #ed4 ,constantly watch for a chance to attack the opponent's left hand4 ,his position of guard will not differ materially from that described in paragraph #bd4 ,if his bayonet is without a cutting edge1 he will be at a great disadvantage4 #ee4 ,the butt is used for close and sudden attacks4 ,it is particularly useful in riot duty4 ,from the position of port arms a sentry can strike a severe blow with the butt of the rifle4 #ef4 ,against a man on foot1 armed with a sword1 be careful that the muzzle of the rifle is not grasped4 ,all the swordsman's energies will be directed toward getting past the bayonet ,attack him with short1 stabbing thrusts and keep him beyond striking distance of his weapon4 #eg4 ,the adversary may attempt a greater extension in the thrust and lunge by quitting the grasp of his piece with the left hand and advancing the right as far as possible4 ,when this is done1 a sharp parry may cause him to lose control of his rifle1 leaving him exposed to a counter attack1 which should follow promptly4 #eh4 ,against odds a small number of men can fight to best advantage by grouping themselves so as to prevent their being attacked from behind4 #ei4 ,in fighting a mounted man armed with a saber every effort must be made to get on his near1 or left1 side1 because here his reach is much shorter and his parries much weaker4 ,if not possible to disable such an enemy1 attack his horse and then renew the attack on the horseman4 #fj4 ,in receiving night attacks the assailant's movements can be best observed from the kneeling or prone position1 as his approach generally brings him against the sky line4 ,when he arrives within attacking distance rise quickly and lunge well forward at the middle of his body4 ,,vi4 ,,fencing ,,exercises4 #fa4 ,fencing exercises in two lines consist of combinations of thrusts1 parries1 and foot movements executed at command or at will1 the opponent replying with suitable parries and returns4 #fb4 ,the instructor will inspect the entire fencing equipment before the exercise begins and assure himself that everything is in such condition as will prevent accidents4 #fc4 ,the men equip themselves and form in two lines at the order1 facing each other1 with intervals of about #d paces between files and a distance of about #b paces between lines4 ,one line is designated as number #a2 the other1 number #b4 ,also as attack and defense4 #fd4 ,the opponents being at the order facing each other1 the instructor commands3 ,,salute4 ,each man1 with eyes on his opponent1 carries the left hand smartly to the right side1 palm of the hand down1 thumb and fingers extended and joined1 forearm horizontal1 forefinger touching the bayonet4 7,two47 ,drop the arm smartly by the side4 ,this salute is the fencing salute4 ,all fencing exercises and all fencing at will between individuals will begin and terminate with the formal courtesy of the fencing salute4 #fe4 ,after the fencing salute has been rendered the instructor commands3 #a4 ,fencing exercise1 #b4 ,,guard4 ,at the command guard each man comes to the position of guard1 heretofore defined1 bayonets crossed1 each man's bayonet bearing lightly to the right against the corresponding portion of the opponent's bayonet4 ,this position is known as the engage or engage right4 #ff4 ,being at the engage right3 ,,engage ,,left4 ,the attack drops the point of his bayonet quickly until clear of his opponent's rifle and describes a semicircle with it upward and to the right2 bayonets are crossed similarly as in the engaged position1 each man's bayonet bearing lightly to the left against the corresponding portion of the opponent's bayonet4 #fg4 ,being at engage left3 ,,engage ,,right4 ,the attack quickly drops the point of his bayonet until clear of his opponent's rifle and describes a semicircle with it upward and to the left and engages4 #fh4 ,being engaged3 ,,engage ,,left ,,and ,,right4 ,the attack engages left and then immediately engages right4 #fi4 ,being engaged left3 ,,engage ,,right ,,and ,,left4 ,the attack engages right and then immediately engages left4 #gj4 #a4 ,number one1 ,,engage ,,right 7,,left72 #b4 ,number two1 ,,counter4 ,number one executes the movement ordered1 as above2 number two quickly drops the point of his bayonet and circles it upward to the original position4 #ga4 ,in all fencing while maintaining the pressure in the engage a certain freedom of motion of the rifle is allowable1 consisting of the play1 or up-and-down motion1 of one bayonet against the other4 ,this is necessary to prevent the opponent from divining the intended attack4 ,it also prevents his using the point of contact as a pivot for his assaults4 ,in changing from one engage to the other the movement is controlled by the left hand1 the right remaining stationary4 #gb4 ,after some exercise in engage1 engage left1 and counter1 exercises will be given in the assaults4 ,,assaults4 #gc4 ,the part of the body to be attacked will be designated by name1 as head1 neck1 chest1 stomach1 legs4 ,no attacks will be made below the knees4 ,the commands are given and the movements for each line are first explained thoroughly by the instructor2 the execution begins at the command assault4 ,number one executes the attack1 and number two parries2 conversely1 at command1 number two attacks and number one parries4 #gd4 ,for convenience in instruction assaults are divided into simple attacks1 counter attacks1 attacks on the rifle1 and feints4 ,,simple ,,attacks4 #ge4 ,success in these attacks depends on quickness of movement4 ,there are three simple attacks--the straight1 the disengagement1 and the counter disengagement4 ,they are not preceded by a feint4 #gf4 ,in the straight the bayonet is directed straight at an opening from the engaged position4 ,contact with the opponent's rifle may or may not be abandoned while making it4 ,if the opening be high or low1 contact with the rifle will usually be abandoned on commencing the attack4 ,if the opening be near his guard1 the light pressure used in the engage may be continued in the attack4 ,example3 ,being at the engage right1 #a4 ,number one1 at neck 7head1 chest1 right leg1 etc471 thrust2 #b4 ,number two1 parry right2 #c4 ,,assault4 #gg4 ,in the disengagement contact with the opponent's rifle is abandoned and the point of the bayonet is circled under or over his bayonet or rifle and directed into the opening attacked4 ,this attack is delivered by one continuous spiral movement of the bayonet from the moment contact is abandoned4 ,example3 ,being at the engage right1 #a4 ,number one1 at stomach 7left chest1 left leg1 etc471 thrust2 #b4 ,number two1 parry left 7etc472 #c4 ,,assault4 #gh4 ,in the counter disengagement a swift attack is made into the opening disclosed while the opponent is attempting to change the engagement of his rifle4 ,it is delivered by one continuous spiral movement of the bayonet into the opening4 ,example3 ,being at the engage right1 #a4 ,number two1 engage left2 #b4 ,number one1 at chest1 thrust2 #c4 ,number two1 parry left2 #d4 ,,assault4 ,number two initiates the movement1 number one thrusts as soon as the opening is made1 and number two then attempts to parry4 #gi4 ,a counter attack or return is one made instantly after or in continuation of a parry4 ,the parry should be as narrow as possible4 ,this makes it more difficult for the opponent to recover and counter parry4 ,the counter attack should also be made at or just before the full extension of the opponent's attack1 as when it is so made a simple extension of the arms will generally be sufficient to reach the opponent's body4 ,example3 ,being at engage1 #a4 ,number two1 at chest1 lunge2 #b4 ,number one1 parry right1 and at stomach 7chest1 head1 etc471 thrust2 #c4 ,,assault4 ,,attacks ,,on ,,the ,,rifle4 #hj4 ,these movements are made for the purpose of forcing or disclosing an opening into which an attack can be made4 ,they are the press1 the beat1 and the twist4 #ha4 ,in the press the attack quickly presses against the opponent's bayonet or rifle with his own and continues the pressure as the attack is delivered4 ,example3 ,being at the engage1 #a4 ,number one1 press1 and at chest1 thrust2 #b4 ,number two1 parry right2 #c4 ,,assault4 #hb4 ,the attack by disengagement is particularly effective following the press4 ,example3 ,being at the engage1 #a4 ,number one1 press1 and at stomach1 thrust2 #b4 ,number two1 low parry left2 #c4 ,,assault4 #hc4 ,the beat is an attack in which a sharp blow1 is struck against the opponent's rifle for the purpose of forcing him to expose an opening into which an attack immediately follows4 ,it is used when there is but slight opposition or no contact of rifles4 ,example3 ,being at the engage1 #a4 ,number one1 beat1 and at stomach 7chest1 etc471 thrust2 #b4 ,number two1 parry left2 #c4 ,,assault4 #hd4 ,in the twist the rifle is crossed over the opponent's rifle or bayonet and his bayonet forced downward with a circular motion and a straight attack made into the opening4 ,it requires superior strength on the part of the attack4 ,example3 ,being at the engage1 #a4 ,number one1 twist1 and at stomach1 thrust2 #b4 ,number two1 low parry left2 #c4 ,,assault4 ,,feints4 #he4 ,feints are movements which threaten or simulate attacks and are made with a view to inducing an opening or parry that exposes the desired point of attack4 ,they are either single or double1 according to the number of such movements made by the attack4 #hf4 ,in order that the attack may be changed quickly1 as little force as possible is put into a feint4 ,example3 ,being at the engage1 #a4 ,number one1 feint head thrust2 at stomach1 lunge2 #b4 ,number two1 parry right and low parry right2 #c4 ,,assault4 ,number one executes the feint and then the attack4 ,number two executes both parries4 #hg4 ,in double feints first one part of the body and then another is threatened and a third attacked4 ,example3 ,being at the engage1 #a4 ,number one1 feint straight thrust at chest2 disengagement at chest2 at stomach1 lunge2 #b4 ,number two1 parry right1 parry left1 and low parry left2 #c4 ,,assault4 #hh4 ,an opening may be offered or procured by opposition1 as in the press or beat4 #hi4 ,in fencing exercises every feint should at first be parried4 ,when the defense is able to judge or divine the character of the attack the feint is not necessarily parried1 but may be nullified by a counter feint4 #ij4 ,a counter feint is a feint following the opponent's feint or following a parry of his attack and generally occurs in combined movements4 ,,combined ,,movements4 #ia4 ,when the men have become thoroughly familiar with the various foot movements1 parries1 guards1 attacks1 feints1 etc41 the instructor combines several of them and gives the commands in quick succession1 increasing the rapidity and number of movements as the men become more skillful4 ,opponents will be changed frequently4 #a4 ,example3 ,being at the engage1 #a4 ,number one1 by disengagement at chest1 thrust2 #b4 ,number two1 parry left1 right step 7left foot first71 and lunge2 #c4 ,,assault4 #b4 ,example3 ,being at engage left1 #a4 ,number one1 press and lunge2 #b4 ,number two1 parry right1 left step1 and thrust2 #c4 ,,assault4 #c4 ,example3 ,being at the engage1 #a4 ,number one1 by disengagement at chest1 thrust2 #b4 ,number two1 parry left1 front pass1 and at head butt strike2 #c4 ,number one1 right step2 #d4 ,,assault4 #ib4 ,examples #a and #b are typical of movements known as cross counters1 and example ,no4 #c of movements known as close counters4 #ic4 ,a chancery is an attack by means of which the opponent is disarmed1 which causes him to lose control of his rifle1 or which disables his weapon4 #id4 ,when the different combinations are executed with sufficient skill the instructor will devise series of movements to be memorized and executed at the command assault4 ,the accuracy and celerity of the movements will be carefully watched by the instructor1 with a view to the correction of faulty execution4 #ie4 ,it is not intended to restrict the number of movements1 but to leave to the discretion of company commanders and the ingenuity of instructors the selection of such other exercises as accord with the object of the drill4 ,,vii4 ,,fencing ,,at ,,will4 #if4 ,as satisfactory progress is made the instructor will proceed to the exercises at will1 by which is meant assaults between two men1 each endeavoring to hit the other and to avoid being hit himself4 ,fencing at will should not be allowed to degenerate into random attacks and defenses4 #ig4 ,the instructor can supervise but one pair of combatants at a time4 ,frequent changes should be made so that the men may learn different methods of attack and defense from each other4 #ih4 ,the contest should begin with simple1 careful movements1 with a view to forming a correct opinion of the adversary2 afterwards everything will depend on coolness1 rapid and correct execution of the movements1 and quick perception of the adversary's intentions4 #ii4 ,continual retreat from the adversary's attack and frequent dodging to escape attacks should be avoided4 ,the offensive should be continually encouraged4 #ajj4 ,in fencing at will1 when no commands are given1 opponents facing each other at the position of order arms1 salute4 ,they then immediately and simultaneously assume the position of guard1 rifles engaged4 ,neither man may take the position of guard before his opponent has completed his salute4 ,the choice of position is decided before the salute4 #aja4 ,the opponents being about two paces apart and the fencing salute having been rendered1 the instructor commands1 #a4 ,at will1 #b4 ,,assault1 after which either party has the right to attack4 ,to interrupt the contest the instructor will command1 ,,halt1 at which the combatants will immediately come to the order4 ,to terminate the contest1 the instructor will command1 #a4 ,halt1 #b4 ,,salute1 at which the combatants will immediately come to the order1 salute1 and remove their masks4 #ajb4 ,when men have acquired confidence in fencing at will1 one opponent should be required to advance upon the other in quick time at charge bayonet1 from a distance not to exceed #aj yards1 and deliver an attack4 ,as soon as a hit is made by either opponent the instructor commands1 ,,halt1 and the assault terminates4 ,opponents alternate in assaulting4 ,the assailant is likewise required to advance at double time from a distance not exceeding #bj yards and at a run from a distance not exceeding #cj yards4 #ajc4 ,the instructor will closely observe the contest and decide doubtful points4 ,he will at once stop the contest upon the slightest indication of temper4 ,after conclusion of the combat he will comment on the action of both parties1 point out errors and deficiencies1 and explain how they may be avoided in the future4 #ajd4 ,as additional instruction1 the men may be permitted to wield the rifle left handed--that is1 on the left side of the body1 left hand at the small of the stock4 ,many men will be able to use this method to advantage4 ,it is also of value in case the left hand is wounded4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bf1 par4 #ajd4 #aje4 ,after men have fenced in pairs1 practice should be given in fencing between groups1 equally and unequally divided4 ,when practicable1 intrenchments will be used in fencing of this character4 ,in group fencing it will be necessary to have a sufficient number of umpires to decide hits4 ,an individual receiving a hit is withdrawn at once from the bout1 which is decided in favor of the group having the numerical superiority at the end4 ,the fencing salute is not required in group fencing4 ,,rules ,,for ,,fencing ,,at ,,will4 #ajf4 #a4 ,hits on the legs below the knees will not be counted4 ,no hit counts unless1 in the opinion of the instructor1 it has sufficient force to disable4 #b4 ,upon receiving a hit1 call out hit4 #c4 ,after receiving a fair hit a counter attack is not permitted4 ,a position of engage is taken4 #d4 ,a second or third hit in a combined attack will be counted only when the first hit was not called4 #e4 ,when it is necessary to stop the contest--for example1 because of breaking of weapons or displacement of means of protection--take the position of the order4 #f4 ,when it is necessary to suspend the assault for any cause1 it will not be resumed until the adversary is ready and in condition to defend himself4 #g4 ,attacks directed at the crotch are prohibited in fencing4 #h4 ,stepping out of bounds1 when established1 counts as a hit4 ,,suggestions ,,for ,,fencing ,,at ,,will4 #ajg4 ,when engaging in an assault1 first study the adversary's position and proceed by false attacks1 executed with speed1 to discover1 if possible1 his instinctive parries4 ,in order to draw the adversary out and induce him to expose that part of the body at which the attack is to be made1 it is advisable to simulate an attack by a feint and then make the real attack4 #ajh4 ,return attacks should be frequently practiced1 as they are difficult to parry1 and the opponent is within easier reach and more exposed4 ,the return can be made a continuation of the parry1 as there is no previous warning of its delivery1 although it should always be expected4 ,returns are made1 without lunging if the adversary can be reached by thrusts or cuts4 #aji4 ,endeavor to overcome the tendency to make a return without knowing where it will hit4 ,making returns blindly is a bad habit and leads to instinctive returns--that is1 habitual returns with certain attacks from certain parries--a fault which the skilled opponent will soon discover4 #aaj4 ,do not draw the rifle back preparatory to thrusting and lunging4 #aaa4 ,the purpose of fencing at will is to teach the soldier as many forms of simple1 effective attacks and defenses as possible4 ,complicated and intricate movements should not be attempted4 ,,hints ,,for ,,instructors4 #aab4 ,the influence of the instructor is great4 ,he must be master of his weapon1 not only to show the various movements but also to lead in the exercises at will4 ,he should stimulate the zeal of the men and arouse pleasure in the work4 ,officers should qualify themselves as instructors by fencing with each other4 #aac4 ,the character of each man1 his bodily conformation1 and his degree of skill must always be taken into account4 ,when the instructor is demonstrating the combinations1 feints returns1 and parries the rapidity of his attack should be regulated by the skill of the pupil1 and no more force than is necessary should be used4 ,if the pupil exposes himself too much in the feints and parries1 the instructor will1 by an attack1 convince him of his error2 but if these returns be too swiftly or too strongly made the pupil will become overcautious and the precision of his attack will be impaired4 ,the object is to teach the pupil1 not to give exhibitions of superior skill4 #aad4 ,occasionally the instructor should leave himself uncovered and fail to parry1 in order to teach the pupil to take quick advantage of such opportunities4 ,,suggestions4 ,instruction in bayonet exercise and bayonet fencing should be conducted with a view to teaching the aggressive use of the bayonet4 ,unless troops are so thoroughly trained with the bayonet that they believe that with it they are superior to their opponents it will be difficult or impossible to develop that morale which is necessary for a successful assault4 ,men should be impressed with the importance of acting always on the offensive in bayonet combat1 of pushing their attack with all their might4 ,troops which are successful in their first few bayonet encounters will seldom thereafter be called upon to use the bayonet--their opponents will not await the assault4 ,,loadings ,,and ,,firings4 #aba4 ,the commands for loading and firing are the same whether standing1 kneeling1 or lying down4 ,the firings are always executed at a halt4 ,the instruction in firing will be preceded by a command for loading4 ,loadings are executed in line and skirmish line only4 #abb4 ,rifles having been ordered loaded are kept loaded without command until the command unload or inspection arms1 fresh clips being inserted when the magazine is exhausted4 #abc4 ,the aiming point or target is carefully pointed out4 ,this may be done before or after announcing the sight setting4 ,both are indicated before giving the command for firing1 but may be omitted when the target appears suddenly and is unmistakable2 in such cases the battle sight is used if no sight setting is announced4 ,the troopers must be practiced repeatedly in locating targets1 making the appropriate sight settings1 and simulating fire on the target indicated4 #abd4 ,the target or aiming point having been designated and the sight setting announced1 such designation or announcement need not be repeated until a change of either or both is necessary4 ,troops are trained to continue their fire upon the aiming point or target designated and at the sight setting announced until a change is ordered4 #abe4 ,if the men are not already in the position of load1 that position is taken at the announcement of the sight setting2 if the announcement is omitted1 the position is taken at the first command for firing4 #abf4 ,when deployed1 the use of the sling as an aid to accurate firing is discretionary with each man4 #abg4 ,the correct estimation of distances is of great importance in connection with all rifle firing except that at short ranges4 ,instruction of the recruit in this phase of training must not be delayed until range firing is taken up1 but should be begun in the early instruction and carried forward progressively1 thus gradually developing the faculties involved4 ,in the same way the occasional firing of a few shots1 first with blank cartridges and later with ball cartridges at short range and under conditions permitting very careful detailed supervision of each man's position1 will be found of exceptional value as a preliminary exercise to the course of range firing prescribed for recruits4 ,detailed directions for conducting the instruction of the recruit in estimating distances and in rifle firing are prescribed in the ,small ,arms ,firing ,manual4 ,,to ,,load4 #abh4 ,being in line or skirmish line at halt3 #a4 ,with dummy 7blank or ball7 cartridges1 #b4 ,,load4 ,at the command load each trooper faces half right and carries the right foot to the right1 about #a foot1 to such position as will insure the greatest firmness and steadiness of the body1 raises or lowers the rifle and drops it into the left hand at the balance1 left thumb extended along the stock1 muzzle at the height of the breast1 and turns the cut-off up4 ,with the right hand he turns and draws the bolt back1 takes a loaded clip and inserts the end in the clip slots1 places the thumb on the powder space of the top cartridge1 the fingers extending around the rifle and tips resting on the magazine floor plate2 forces the cartridges into the magazine by pressing down with the thumb2 without removing the clip thrusts the bolt home1 turning down the handle2 turns the safety lock to the safe2 and carries the hand to the small of the stock4 ,a skirmish line may load while moving1 the rifles being held as nearly as practicable in the position of load4 ,if kneeling or sitting1 the position of the piece is similar2 if kneeling1 the left forearm rests on the left thigh2 if sitting1 the elbows are supported by the knees2 if lying down1 the left hand steadies and supports the piece at the balance1 the toe of the butt resting on the ground1 the muzzle off the ground4 ,for reference1 these positions 7standing1 kneeling1 and lying down7 are designated as that of load4 7,figs4 #ae1 #af47 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bg1 par4 #abh4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bh1 par4 #abh4 #abi4 ,for instruction in loading3 #a4 ,simulate1 #b4 ,,load4 ,executed as above described1 except that the cut-off remains off and the handling of cartridges is simulated4 ,the recruits are first taught to simulate loading and firing2 after a few lessons dummy cartridges may be used4 ,later1 blank cartridges may be used4 #acj4 ,the rifle may be used as a single loader by turning the magazine off4 ,the magazine may be filled in whole or in part while off or on by pressing cartridges singly down and back until they are in the proper place4 ,the use of the rifle as a single loader is1 however1 to be regarded as exceptional4 ,,to ,,unload4 #aca4 ,,unload4 ,take the position of load1 turn the safety lock up and move bolt alternately back and forward until all the cartridges are ejected4 ,after the last cartridge is ejected the chamber is closed by first thrusting the bolt slightly forward to free it from the stud holding it in place when the chamber is open1 pressing the follower down and back to engage it under the bolt1 and then thrusting the bolt home2 the trigger is pulled4 ,the cartridges are then picked up1 cleaned1 and returned to the belt1 and the rifle is brought to the order4 ,,to ,,set ,,the ,,sight4 #acb4 ,,range1 ,,eleven ,,hundred 7,,eight-,,fifty1 ,,etc471 or ,,battle ,,sight4 ,the sight is set at the elevation indicated4 ,the instructor explains and verifies sight settings4 ,,to ,,fire ,,by ,,volley4 #acc4 #a4 ,,ready1 #b4 ,,aim1 #c4 ,squad1 #d4 ,,fire4 ,at the command ready1 turn the safety lock to the ready2 at the command aim1 raise the rifle with both hands and support the butt firmly against the hollow of the right shoulder1 right thumb clasping the stock1 barrel horizontal1 left elbow well under the rifle1 right elbow as high as the shoulder2 incline the head slightly forward and a little to the right1 cheek against the stock1 left eye closed1 right eye looking through the notch of the rear sight so as to perceive the object aimed at1 second joint of forefinger resting lightly against the front of the trigger and taking up the slack2 top of front sight is carefully raised into1 and held in1 the line of sight4 ,in aiming kneeling the left elbow rests on the left knee1 point of elbow in front of kneecap4 ,in aiming sitting the elbows are supported by the knees4 ,in aiming lying down raise the rifle with both hands1 rest on both elbows and press the butt firmly against the right shoulder4 ,at the command fire1 press the finger against the trigger2 fire without deranging the aim and without lowering or turning the rifle2 lower the rifle to the position of load and load4 7,figs4 #ag1 #ah1 #ai47 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #bi1 par4 #acc4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cj1 par4 #acc4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ca1 par4 #acc4 #acd4 ,to continue the firing3 #a4 ,,aim1 #b4 ,squad1 #c4 ,,fire4 ,each command is executed as previously explained4 ,load 7from magazine7 is executed by drawing back and thrusting home the bolt with the right hand1 leaving the safety lock at the ready4 ,,to ,,fire ,,at ,,will4 #ace4 ,,fire ,,at ,,will4 ,each man1 independently of the other1 comes to the ready1 aims carefully and deliberately at the aiming point or target1 fires1 loads1 and continues the firing until ordered to suspend or cease firing4 #acf4 ,to increase 7decrease7 the rate of fire in progress the ,instructor shouts3 ,,faster 7,,slower74 ,men are trained to fire at the rate of about three shots per minute at effective ranges and five or six at close ranges1 devoting the minimum of time to loading and the maximum to deliberate aiming4 ,to illustrate the necessity for deliberation1 and to habituate men to battle conditions1 small and comparatively indistinct targets are designated4 ,,to ,,fire ,,by ,,clip4 #acg4 ,,clip ,,fire4 ,executed in the same manner as fire at will1 except that each man1 after having exhausted the cartridges then in the rifle1 suspends firing4 ,,to ,,suspend ,,firing4 #ach4 ,the instructor blows a long blast of the whistle and repeats same1 if necessary1 or commands3 ,,suspend ,,firing4 ,firing stops2 rifles are held1 loaded1 and locked in a position of readiness for instant resumption of firing1 sights unchanged4 ,the men continue to observe the target or aiming point1 or the place at which the target disappeared1 or at which it is expected to reappear4 ,this whistle signal may be used as a preliminary to cease firing4 ,,to ,,cease ,,firing4 #aci4 ,,cease ,,firing4 ,firing stops2 rifles not already there are brought to the position of load1 the cut-off turned down if firing from magazine1 the cartridge is drawn or the empty shell is ejected1 the trigger is pulled1 sights are laid down1 and the rifle is brought to the order4 ,cease firing is used for long pauses to prepare for changes of position or to steady the men4 #adj4 ,commands for suspending or ceasing fire may be given at any time after the preparatory command for firing whether the firing has actually commenced or not4 ,,target ,,designation4 #ada4 ,in the training of men in the mechanism of the firing line1 they should be practiced in repeating to one another target and aiming point designations and in quickly locating and pointing out a designated target4 ,they should be taught to distinguish1 from a prone position1 distant objects1 particularly troops1 both with the naked eye and with field glasses4 ,owing to the invariable custom of attempting to conceal fire trenches1 it is necessary to have some ready method of indicating the exact location of an indistinct pit or trench occupied or supposed to be occupied by an enemy in order that effective fire may be opened4 ,the so-called clock system furnishes one of the simplest devices for so doing4 ,two methods of applying this system are indicated below4 ,first method3 ,that in which an imaginary clock dial is assumed to be horizontal1 its center at the firing point and the center-,,xii line of the dial perpendicular to the front of the firing line4 ,to designate a target the commander announces1 for example3 ,target at #aa o'clock1 range #hjj yards1 a trench4 ,each man looks along the center-#aa o'clock line of his imaginary dial1 estimates the distance 7#hjj yards7 along that line1 and thereby locates the trench4 ,in this method it is necessary that the target be visible to the naked eye and that each man be able to estimate distances with fair accuracy4 ,second method3 ,that in which an imaginary clock dial is assumed to be vertical1 its center being at a prominent1 distant point selected by the commander and called the reference point4 ,to designate a target the commander announces1 for example3 ,reference point1 that clump of trees on hill crest4 ,when the men have located the reference point he announces3 ,target at #d o'clock1 #b finger widths1 range #a1jjj yards1 a gun pit4 ,by a finger width is meant the distance on the face of the assumed vertical clock 7actually on the landscape7 intercepted by the breadth of a man's finger held perpendicularly to his hand and arm1 the latter being fully extended in the direction of the reference point4 ,each man looks along the center-#d o'clock line of the imaginary 7vertical7 dial1 measures1 on this line1 a point distant #b finger-widths from the reference point 7the center of the dial71 and thus locates the gun pit4 ,a combination of the two methods may be necessary when1 in using the second method1 the reference point is not readily identified4 ,thus1 in the case mentioned1 it may1 for example1 be necessary to say3 ,reference point at #a o'clock1 clump of trees on hill crest4 ,in both methods the sequence of commands laid down should be observed4 ,various devices for pointing out indistinct targets may be improvised and used4 ,,the ,,use ,,of ,,cover4 #adb4 ,the recruit should be given careful instruction in the individual use of cover4 ,it should be impressed upon him that1 in taking advantage of natural cover1 he must be able to fire easily and effectively upon the enemy2 if advancing on an enemy1 he must do so steadily and as rapidly as practicable1 taking advantage of any available cover while setting the sights1 firing1 or advancing4 ,to teach him to fire easily and effectively1 at the same time concealing himself from the view of the enemy1 he is practiced in simulated firing in the prone1 sitting1 kneeling1 and crouching positions1 from behind hillocks1 trees1 heaps of earth or rocks1 from depressions1 gullies1 ditches1 doorways1 or windows4 ,he is taught to fire around the right side of his concealment whenever practicable1 or1 when this is not practicable1 to rise enough to fire over the top of his concealment4 ,when these details are understood1 he is required to select cover with reference to an assumed enemy and to place himself behind it in proper position for firing4 #adc4 ,the disadvantage of remaining too long in one place1 however good the concealment1 should be explained4 ,he should be taught to advance from cover to cover1 selecting cover in advance before leaving his concealment4 ,it should be impressed upon him that a man running rapidly toward an enemy furnishes a poor target4 ,he should be trained in springing from a prone position behind concealment1 running at top speed to cover and throwing himself behind it4 ,he should also be practiced in advancing from cover to cover by crawling1 or by lying on the left side1 rifle grasped in the right hand1 and pushing himself forward with the right leg4 ,he should be taught that when fired on while acting independently1 he should drop to the ground1 seek cover1 and then endeavor to locate his enemy2 also that in the sun he is visible to a much greater degree than when in the shade4 ,the instruction of the recruit in the use of cover is continued in combat exercises of the squad and platoon1 but he must then be taught that the proper advance of the platoon or troop and the effectiveness of its fire is of greater importance than the question of cover for individuals should the two considerations conflict4 ,he should also be taught that he may not move about or shift his position in the firing line except to get a better view of the target4 ,,observation4 #add4 ,in order to develop the faculty of rapid and accurate observation1 which is of great importance in campaign1 the recruit should be trained in taking notice of his surroundings1 at first from selected positions and later at the various gaits4 ,he should be practiced under various conditions of weather in recognizing colors and forms2 in pointing out and naming military features of the ground2 in observing the effect of the direction of light on distinctness of objects2 in recognizing at gradually increasing distances the animate and inanimate objects ordinarily met with in the field2 in counting distant objects2 and in estimating the size of groups1 such as herds of animals and bodies of troops4 ,,manual ,,of ,,the ,,pistol4 #ade4 ,instruction under this head is first given on foot1 the recruit having previously been made familiar with the mechanism of the pistol1 the names of the principal parts1 and the method of cleaning1 assembling1 and operating it4 ,when a lanyard is used the snaps are attached to the butt of the pistol and the magazine1 the lanyard is passed over the head1 and the sliding loop drawn snug against the right armpit4 ,the lanyard should then be of just such length that the arm can be extended without constraint4 ,for dismounted instruction with the pistol the troopers may be formed with or without intervals4 ,during instruction in the manual of the pistol given when dismounted with intervals each trooper terminates the first execution of raise pistol by carrying his right foot #bd inches to the right and placing his left hand in the position of his bridle hand4 ,this position is then retained until return pistol is executed1 when the position of attention is resumed4 ,at all other times when movements in the manual of the pistol are executed dismounted the left hand is raised to the position of the bridle hand whenever used to manipulate the mechanism and is then dropped again to the side4 #adf4 ,except in the act of firing1 the automatic pistol1 when actually on the person1 whether loaded or unloaded1 will be carried cocked and locked4 ,at all other times the hammer will be lowered fully down4 #adg4 ,the pistol being in the holster1 to raise pistol3 #a4 ,raise1 #b4 ,,pistol4 ,raise3 ,unbutton the flap of the holster with the right hand and grasp the stock1 back of the hand outward4 ,,pistol3 ,draw the pistol from the holster2 reverse it1 muzzle up1 the hand holding the stock with the thumb and last three fingers1 forefinger outside the guard1 barrel to the rear and inclined to the front at an angle of #cj1 hand as high as the neck and #f inches in front of the point of the right shoulder4 ,this is the position of raise pistol4 7,fig4 #cb47 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cb1 par4 #adg4 #adh4 ,being at raise pistol1 to inspect pistol3 #a4 ,inspection1 #b4 ,,pistol4 7a7 ,when a magazine is in the pistol3 ,push down the safety lock and lower the right hand to within easy reach of the left1 pistol pointed upward and to the right front at an angle of about #cj2 grasp the corrugations of the slide with the left thumb and forefinger1 thumb to the right2 thrust upward with the right hand1 thus drawing back the slide until the slide stop is engaged 7fig4 #ce72 resume raise pistol 7fig4 #cc74 7b7 ,when no magazine is in the pistol3 ,push down the safety lock and lower the pistol to the left hand1 rotating the pistol so that the sights move to the left1 barrel pointing downward and to the left front1 stock pointing upward and to the right front2 with the left thumb and forefinger grasp the corrugations of the slide1 back of the left hand down 7fig4 #cd72 change the grasp of the right hand slightly until the thumb presses against the rounded surface of the slide stop2 thrust downward and to the left front with the right hand1 thus drawing back the slide1 and at the same time press the slide stop with the right thumb against the slide until it engages2 resume raise pistol4 ,inspection pistol is never executed with a loaded pistol or with a loaded magazine in the pistol4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cc1 par4 #adh 7a74 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cd1 par4 #adh 7b74 #adi4 #a4 ,return1 #b4 ,,pistol4 7a7 ,being at raise pistol2 lock the pistol1 if not locked2 lower the pistol to the holster1 reversing it1 muzzle down1 back of the hand to the right2 raise the flap of the holster with the right thumb2 insert the pistol in the holster and thrust it home2 button the flap of the holster with the right hand4 7b7 ,being at inspection pistol2 7with a magazine in the pistol7 lower the pistol to the left hand and grasp the slide as prescribed for inspection pistol without magazine 7par4 #adh-;b1 fig4 #bb72 thrust downward and to the left front with the right hand1 thus relieving the pressure on the slide stop1 and at the same time disengage the slide stop with the right thumb2 release the slide2 reverse and lock the pistol2 place it in holster as prescribed in 7a74 ,if there is no magazine in the pistol1 lower it to the bridle hand as in load 7par4 #aea72 draw back the slide and release it2 lock the pistol and place it ,in the holster4 ,when the last shot is fired the slide stop engages automatically4 ,return pistol is then executed as from inspection pistol 7b74 #aej4 ,being at raise pistol1 to insert a magazine in the pistol3 #a4 ,insert1 #b4 ,,magazine1 or #b4 ,,loaded ,,magazine4 7a7 ,when a magazine is in the pistol3 ,lower the pistol into the left hand1 rotating it so that the sights move to the left2 grasp the slide with the left hand1 back of the hand down1 barrel pointing downward to the left front1 stock pointing upward to the right front2 release the magazine catch with the middle finger of the left hand2 withdraw the magazine with the right hand2 insert the designated magazine and resume raise pistol4 ,if there be no empty space in the magazine pocket when the magazine is withdrawn from the pistol1 the magazine may be held between the left thumb and the stock of the pistol until the magazine has been taken from the pocket and inserted2 the magazine withdrawn from the pistol is then inserted in the magazine pocket4 ,whenever the magazine catch is released1 the right hand should be so placed as to limit the motion of the magazine and prevent its falling out4 7b7 ,when no magazine is in the pistol3 ,lower the pistol into the left hand and grasp it as before2 insert the designated magazine and resume raise pistol4 ,a loaded magazine will never be inserted without specific command4 #aea4 ,being at raise pistol with a loaded magazine in the pistol1 to load3 ,,load3 ,push down the safety lock and lower the pistol to the bridle hand as prescribed for inspection pistol when a magazine is in the pistol 7par4 #adh 7a772 operate the slider1 engage the safety lock with the right thumb1 and raise pistol4 7,fig4 #ce47 ,to simulate loading for instruction1 first withdraw the empty magazine4 ,the command load may be given in connection with the insertion of the magazine1 for example3 #a4 ,insert1 #b4 ,,loaded ,,magazine2 #c4 ,,load4 ,after inserting magazine1 reverse the pistol and load as above prescribed4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ce1 par4 #aea4 #aeb4 ,being in any position1 to eject the cartridge from the receiver3 ,,unload4 ,pass the pistol into the left hand as in insert magazine2 release the magazine catch with the middle finger of the left hand1 slightly disengaging the magazine2 push down the safety lock with the right thumb2 operate the slide to eject the cartridge2 engage the magazine2 raise and lock the pistol4 #aec4 ,being in any position1 to withdraw the magazine from the pistol3 ,,withdraw ,,magazine4 ,handle the pistol as in insert magazine2 release the magazine catch2 withdraw the magazine and execute raise pistol4 ,recruits are taught the motions of loading and firing without cartridges1 and preferably without a magazine in the pistol to avoid wear on the magazine lips4 ,loading and pointing practice should be had at all gaits4 #aed4 ,the hammer is always lowered preparatory to placing the pistol in the arm rack or other place of deposit4 #aee4 ,being at raise pistol1 to lower the hammer3 7a7 ,using both hands3 ,push down the safety lock2 assume the position of load2 seat the right thumb firmly on the hammer and hold it there2 raise the left hand1 to the right and press the grip safety with the left thumb2 insert the forefinger inside the trigger guard2 press the trigger and carefully let the hammer down with the right thumb4 ,resume raise pistol4 7b7 ,using but one hand3 ,raise the right hand until the muzzle of the pistol is well above the head2 disengage the safety lock2 seat the ball of the right thumb firmly on the hammer2 bear down the grip safety by pressure on the hammer2 press the trigger and carefully let down the hammer with the right thumb4 #aef4 ,to charge the magazine3 ,hold the magazine in the left hand1 open end up1 rounded side to the right4 ,take the cartridge in the right hand1 thumb on the rim1 bullet end pointing to the right2 place the rim on the end of the magazine follower2 force down the magazine spring and slip the cartridge to the left of the magazine4 ,the next cartridge is similarly slipped in by placing it on the cartridge just inserted and forcing down the spring4 ,the magazine may be charged with any number of cartridges from one to seven4 ,before dismissing the squad1 pistols will be inspected1 and if found loaded1 will be unloaded and magazines withdrawn to prevent loaded or partially loaded magazines being left in the pistol4 ,except at target practice1 on guard duty1 or active service1 the pistol is habitually carried unloaded with empty magazine4 ,,employment ,,of ,,the ,,pistol4 #aeg4 ,the pistol is primarily a weapon for use at very close range4 ,its characteristic employment by cavalry is in mounted firing from a horse moving at a rapid gait4 ,under such conditions its effectiveness is almost negligible at ranges over #be yards against individuals or over #ej yards against a line in close order except in the hands of exceptionally skilled shots1 and the effectiveness rapidly decreases at ranges over #e to #aj yards4 ,these limitations on the use of the pistol are due not to its short range as a weapon but to the difficulties of directing it accurately under the conditions of use4 ,while the pistol is a weapon employing fire action1 its tactical employment is more nearly analogous to that of either the saber or bayonet than to that of the rifle4 #aeh4 ,from the preceding paragraph it results that there is no need1 in connection with the employment of the pistol as a weapon of mounted combat1 for commands that purport to designate a target or to indicate range or other details for the direction of fire4 ,the only commands ordinarily needed are those required for instruction purposes4 7,see ,small-,arms ,firing ,manual47 #aei4 ,the effectiveness of the individual trooper in mounted pistol combat depends upon3 7a7 ,thorough familiarity with the weapon and facility in manipulating its mechanism under all conditions4 ,this is acquired by training in the ,manual of the ,pistol4 ,constant practice is necessary in rapidly drawing the pistol from its holster1 loading it1 withdrawing magazine1 and inserting magazine1 at first at a halt1 later in motion1 and finally at rapid gaits4 7b7 ,skill in firing the pistol4 ,this is acquired by actual practice in the preliminary exercises and range firing as prescribed in the ,small-,arms ,firing ,manual4 7c7 ,control of the horse4 ,this is acquired in the ,school of the ,trooper4 7d7 ,the thorough inculcation in the trooper of the habit of withholding his fire until within close range4 ,this can well be accomplished in individual training by exercises in firing or simulating fire at one or more silhouette targets4 ,the trooper approaches at a gait graduated in accordance with his state of training and is required to withhold his fire until he passes a certain line4 #afj4 ,the other elements that enter into effective use of the pistol as a mounted weapon relate to the formations and tactics employed rather than to individual training4 ,they pertain1 therefore1 to collective rather than individual instruction4 #afa4 ,if any command be required in connection with the characteristic use of the pistol in mounted combat1 it consists simply of an indication of the moment at which fire may begin4 ,for this purpose the command ,,commence ,,firing may be employed in any case for which a command may be desirable4 ,,manual ,,of ,,the ,,saber1 ,,dismounted4 #afb4 ,for this instruction1 dismounted1 the saber in the scabbard is carried in the left hand4 ,in the position of attention the saber will be held upright by the side1 guard to the front1 the shoe of the scabbard resting on the ground close to the left foot and just in front of the heel4 ,the left arm will be extended1 the fingers and thumb grasping the scabbard1 back of the hand outward4 ,in the necessary movements on foot with the saber in hand the saber is carried with the hilt to the front and higher than the shoe of the scabbard4 ,officers1 dismounted1 may carry the saber in the hollow of the left arm1 elbow bent1 forearm horizontal1 guard of the saber to the front1 blade vertical4 ,an officer or noncommissioned officer habitually draws saber before giving any commands involving the use of that weapon by those under him4 ,officers and noncommissioned officers out of ranks draw saber only on occasions when the men draw saber unless otherwise prescribed4 ,the saber may be drawn for signaling4 #afc4 ,the saber is intended for mounted combat4 ,the instructor will impress upon the recruit from the first that the use of the saber in war is ordinarily limited to occasions of mounted combat1 and that instruction on foot in its use is merely preliminary to the mounted training which the recruit will receive later4 #afd4 ,for dismounted instruction1 if the squad is in ranks the instructor causes intervals or distances 7pars4 #he-hh7 to be taken before drawing saber4 #afe4 #a4 ,draw1 #b4 ,,saber4 ,at the command draw1 grasp the scabbard with the left hand about #d inches from the mouth1 place the left hand against the thigh1 and carry the hilt to the front2 turn the head slightly to the left without deranging the position and glance at the saber knot2 engage the right wrist in the saber knot and give it two turns inward to secure it2 grasp the hilt with the right hand and draw the saber about #f inches from the scabbard and look to the front4 ,at the command saber1 draw the saber quickly1 raising the arm to the front and upward to its full length1 saber in prolongation of the arm4 ,make a short pause with the saber raised1 then bring it down with the blade against the hollow of the right shoulder1 guard to the front1 right hand at the hip1 the third and fourth fingers on the back of the grip and the elbow back4 ,the left hand holds the scabbard as at attention4 ,this is the position of carry saber dismounted4 #aff4 #a4 ,return1 #b4 ,,saber4 ,at the command return1 grasp the scabbard as in draw saber and carry the opening to the front4 ,carry the saber to the front with arm half extended until the thumb is about #f inches in front of the chin1 the blade vertical1 guard to the left1 the thumb extended along the side of the grip1 the little finger joined with the others4 ,at the command saber1 move the wrist to opposite the left shoulder1 lower the blade and pass it across and along the left arm1 point to the rear4 ,turn the head to the left1 fixing the eyes upon the opening of the scabbard3 raise the right hand and insert the blade in the scabbard and push it home4 ,disengage the wrist from the saber knot and resume the position of attention4 #afg4 ,being at carry saber3 #a4 ,present1 #b1 ,,saber4 ,without changing the position of the left hand1 execute at the command saber what is prescribed in par4 #aff at the command return1 except that the grip is held in the full grasp4 ,the saber is said to be held in the full grasp when all four fingers grasp the grip1 the thumb extending along the back in the groove1 the fingers pressing the back of the grip against the heel of the hand4 ,officers at the command3 #a4 ,present1 execute present saber as described above2 at the command3 #b4 ,,saber1 they lower the saber until the point is #ab inches from the ground and directed to the front1 guard to the left1 right arm straight1 hand beside the thigh4 ,mounted1 the point ,is lowered to the level of the stirrup4 #afh4 ,being at carry saber3 #a4 ,port1 #b4 ,,saber4 ,carry the right foot about #bd inches to the right1 bring the left hand to the position of the bridle hand and raise the saber to a vertical position1 guard to the front1 grip held in the full grasp1 right hand about #ab inches in front of the shoulder4 ,to resume the carry3 #a4 ,carry1 #b4 ,,saber4 #afi4 ,being at carry saber1 or in any position3 ,,guard4 ,carry the right foot about #bd inches to the right and bend knees to simulate the position mounted4 ,incline the body to the front from the waist 7not the hips74 ,let the blade fall to the front to a position nearly horizontal1 elbow well away from the body1 forearm and saber forming one straight line1 guard to the right1 point at the height of the adversary's breast1 the left hand in the position of the bridle hand4 7,fig4 #bd47 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cf1 par4 #afi4 #agj4 ,being at carry saber3 #a4 ,inspection1 #b4 ,,saber4 ,carry the right hand upward1 arm half extended until the thumb is at the height of the chin1 grip held in the full grasp1 blade vertical1 guard to the left4 ,make a slight pause1 then loosen the grasp on the grip and turn the saber with the guard to the right4 ,again make a slight pause1 then resume the first position and return to the carry4 #aga4 ,saber exercise is conducted1 and instruction given1 as prescribed in the ,saber exercise4 ,for ,manual of the ,saber ,mounted1 see par4 #bde4 ,section #d4 ,school of the ,trooper1 ,mounted4 ,,general ,,provisions4 #agb4 ,object4--,the primary object of this school is to train the trooper in horsemanship and in the ready use of his weapons while mounted4 #agc4 ,the instructor4--,it is essential that the instructor 7par4 #cg7 be a skilled and experienced horseman1 properly mounted4 ,he should always supplement the original explanation of a movement by executing it himself1 so that the recruits may actually see the result that is desired and the means by which it is effected4 #agd4 ,cautions to instructors4--,the instructor must first develop the confidence of the recruit1 give him a proper seat1 and make him supple on the horse4 ,progress should be suited to his capacity and exempt him as far as practicable from falls or other accidents4 ,instruction in the use of the aids and in the means employed to train the horse to obey them will follow4 ,when the recruit has acquired confidence in his ability to ride and control his horse he will be instructed in the use of arms mounted4 ,instruction is given individually2 every new movement is made the object of a particular lesson given to each trooper in turn4 ,during the exercise the instructor avoids general remarks and 7in so far as possible7 unfamiliar terms2 in the correction of faults he addresses by name those committing them4 ,he passes frequently from one trooper to another repeating advice and endeavoring to impress upon the troopers the principles embodied in the regulations4 ,in doing this he need not use the language of the text4 ,the instructor may be on foot or mounted4 ,for the first lessons it is advantageous to remain on foot so as better to explain movements and correct faults4 ,steady1 well-trained horses are selected for the first lessons4 ,the troopers exchange horses from time to time during the lesson on indication from the instructor4 ,there should be frequent rests1 especially with recruits4 ,during these rests advantage may be taken of the opportunity to question the troopers respecting the instruction they have received4 ,in all exercises the instructor varies the gait so as not to weary the troopers or the horses4 ,the instruction is conducted without hurry4 ,the daily work begins and ends at the walk4 #age4 ,the standard required of troopers4--,to be a good military horseman each trooper should-- 7a7 ,have a strong seat4 7b7 ,be able to apply correctly the aids by which a horse is controlled4 7c7 ,be capable of covering long distances on horseback with the least possible fatigue to his horse and to himself4 7d7 ,be able to use his horse to the utmost advantage in a mounted fight4 7e7 ,be capable of riding across country4 7f7 ,under proper directions1 be able to train an unbroken horse in garrison and in the field1 understand how to detect and treat the minor ailments to which the horse is liable1 and be a good groom4 ,all officers1 in addition to being good military horsemen and instructors in riding1 must be able to train remounts and to direct their training4 #agg4 ,general provisions4--,for the preparatory exercises the horses are saddled and equipped with the snaffle bit only1 saddles stripped4 ,spurs are not worn4 ,these exercises are conducted at first in a riding hall or on an inclosed course out of doors4 ,references to the riding hall are to be understood as ordinarily applying equally to any out-of-doors inclosure or to the space included in any course marked off for instruction in equitation 7pars4 #bfi1 #bif74 ,at first1 the troopers1 dismounted1 lead their horses to the riding hall and return them to the stable in the same manner4 ,when they have received sufficient instruction they go and return mounted4 ,as soon as the instruction has advanced sufficiently to permit the use of such commands and methods1 the instructor will confine himself to the commands and means prescribed in the ,school of the ,trooper4 ,,to ,,fold ,,the ,,saddle ,,blanket4 #agh4 ,the blanket1 after being well shaken1 will be folded into six thicknesses1 as follows3 ,hold it well up by the two corners1 the long way up and down2 double it lengthwise 7so the fold will come between the ,u and ,s71 the folded corner 7middle of blanket7 in the left hand2 take the folded corner between the thumb and forefinger of the right hand1 thumb pointing to the left2 slip the left hand down the folded edge two-thirds its length and seize it with the thumb and second finger2 raise the hands to the height of the shoulders1 the blanket between them extended2 bring the hands together1 the double fold falling outward2 pass the folded corner from the right hand into the left hand1 between the thumb and forefinger1 slip the second finger of the right hand between the folds and seize the double folded corner2 turn the left 7disengaged7 corner in and seize it with the thumb and forefinger of the right hand1 the second finger of the right hand stretching and evening the folds2 after evening the folds grasp the corners and shake the blanket well in order to smooth the folds2 raise the blanket and place it between the chin and breast2 slip the hands down half way1 the first two fingers outside1 the other fingers and thumb of each hand inside1 seize the blanket with the thumbs and first two fingers and let the part under the chin fall forward2 hold the blanket up1 arms extended1 even the lower edges1 seize the middle points between the thumbs and forefingers1 and flirt the outside part over the right arm2 the blanket is thus held before placing it on the horse4 ,while retaining the general method of folding the blanket as above indicated1 troop commanders will require the blanket to be refolded frequently with a view to equalizing the wear on the different sections of the blanket4 ,,to ,,put ,,on ,,the ,,blanket ,,and ,,surcingle4 #agi4 ,the instructor commands3 ,,blanket4 ,approach the horse on the near 7left7 side1 with the blanket folded and held as just described2 place it well forward on his back by tossing the part of the blanket over the right arm to the off 7right7 side of the horse1 still keeping hold of the middle points2 slide the blanket once or twice from front to rear to smooth the hair4 ,being careful to raise the blanket in bringing it forward1 place the blanket with the forefinger of the left hand on the withers and the forefinger of the right hand on the backbone1 the blanket smooth2 it should then be well forward with the edges on the left side2 remove the locks of mane that may be under it1 pass the buckle end of the surcingle over the middle of the blanket and buckle it on the near side a little below the edge of the blanket4 ,,to ,,put ,,on ,,and ,,take ,,off ,,the ,,watering ,,bridle4 #ahj4 ,the instructor commands3 ,,bridle4 ,take the reins in the right hand1 the bit in the left2 approach the horse on the near side1 slip the reins over the horse's head and let them rest on his neck2 reach under and engage the snap in the right halter ring2 insert the left thumb in the side of the horse's mouth above the tush and press open the lower jaw2 insert the bit and engage the snap in the left halter ring4 ,the bit should hang so as to touch1 but not draw up1 the corners of the mouth4 ,at the command unbridle1 pass the reins over the horse's head and disengage the snaps4 ,,to ,,saddle4 #aha4 7a7 7,mc,clellan saddle47 ,for instruction the saddle may be placed four yards in rear or front of the horse4 ,the stirrups are crossed over the seat1 the right one uppermost2 then the cincha and cincha strap are crossed above the stirrups1 the strap uppermost4 ,the blanket having been placed as previously explained1 the instructor commands3 ,,saddle4 ,seize the pommel of the saddle with the left hand and the cantle with the right1 approach the horse on the near side from the direction of the croup and place the center of the saddle on the middle of the horse's back1 the end of the side bar about three-finger widths behind the point of the shoulder blade2 let down the cincha strap and cincha1 pass to the off side1 adjust the cincha and straps1 and see that the blanket is smooth2 return to the near side1 raise the blanket slightly under the pommel arch so that the withers may not be compressed2 take the cincha strap in the right hand1 reach under the horse and seize the cincha ring with the left hand1 pass the end of the strap through the ring from underneath 7from inside to outside71 then up and through the upper ring from the outside1 if necessary1 make another fold in the same manner4 ,the strap is fastened as follows3 ,pass the end through the upper ring to the front2 seize it with the left hand1 place the fingers of the right between the outside folds of the strap1 pull from the horse with the right hand and take up the slack with the left2 cross the strap over the folds1 pass the end of it with the right hand underneath and through the upper ring back of the folds1 then down and under the loop that crosses the folds and draw it tightly2 weave the ends of the strap into the strands of the cincha4 ,another method of fastening the cincha strap is as follows3 ,pass1 the end through the upper ring to the rear2 seize it with the right hand2 place the fingers of the left hand between the outer folds of the strap2 pull from the horse with the left hand and take up the slack with the right2 pass the end of the strap underneath and draw it through the upper ring until a loop is formed2 double the loose end of the strap and push it through the loop and draw the loop taut4 ,the free end should be long enough to be seized conveniently with the hand4 ,having fastened the cincha strap1 let down the right stirrup and then the left4 ,the surcingle is then buckled over the saddle1 and should be a little looser than the cincha4 ,the cincha when first tied should admit a finger between it and the belly4 ,after exercising for a while the cincha will be found too loose and should be tightened4 7b7 7,service saddle1 model of #aiab47 ,troops equipped with this model will saddle as prescribed for the ,mc,clellan saddle with the following modifications2 ,place the saddle on the blanket so that the front edge of the side bar approaches the shoulder blade without pressing upon it4 ,after the saddle has been so placed1 let down2 the girth2 pass to the off side1 adjust the girth and saddle skirt1 and see that the blanket is smooth1 return to the near side and push the blanket well up into the pommel arch2 reach under the horse1 seize the girth with the left hand and bring up its free end to the near side of the saddle2 with the right hand raise the saddle skirt and buckle the girth straps to the corresponding buckles of the girth1 beginning with the forward strap1 lower the saddle skirt and let down the stirrups1 beginning with the right stirrup4 ,the girth should ordinarily be about #d inches in rear of the point of the elbow4 #ahb4 ,to approximate the length of the stirrup straps before mounting1 they are adjusted so that the length of the stirrup strap1 including the stirrup1 is about #a inch less than the length of the arm1 fingers extended4 ,,to ,,unsaddle4 #ahc4 ,the instructor commands3 ,,unsaddle4 7a7 7,mc,clellan saddle47 ,stand on the near side of the horse2 unbuckle and remove the surcingle2 cross the left stirrup over the saddle2 loosen the cincha strap and let down the cincha2 pass to the off side1 cross the right stirrup1 then the cincha2 pass to the near side1 cross the cincha strap over the saddle2 grasp the pommel with the left hand1 the cantle with the right1 and remove the saddle over the croup and place it in front or rear of the horse as may be directed1 pommel to the front2 grasp the blanket at the withers with the left hand and at the loin with the right1 remove it in the direction of the croup1 the edges falling together1 wet side in1 and place it on the saddle1 folded edge on the pommel4 ,if in the stable1 place the saddle on its peg when taken off the horse4 7b7 7,service saddle1 model of #aiab47 ,stand on the near side of the horse2 cross the left stirrup over the saddle2 raise the saddle skirt with the left hand1 and with the right unbuckle the girth straps1 beginning with the rear strap2 let down the girth2 pass to the off side2 cross the right stirrup and then the girth over the saddle2 pass to the near side1 grasp the pommel with the left hand1 the cantle with the right1 and remove and dispose of the saddle as prescribed in 7a74 ,the service saddle1 model #aiab1 should be hung on a bracket1 sufficiently wide for the saddle to rest on its side bars4 ,if a narrower support is used1 the saddle will rest on the low point2 in the leather seat and become misshapen4 ,,to ,,put ,,on ,,and ,,take ,,off ,,the ,,bit ,,and ,,bridoon ,,bridle 7,,model #aiji74 #ahd4 ,before bridling the curb chain is unhooked on the near side ,the instructor commands3 ,,bridle4 ,take the reins in the right1 the crownpiece in the left hand2 approach the horse on the near side1 passing the right hand along his neck2 slip both reins over his head and let them rest on his neck2 take the crownpiece in the right hand and the lower left branch of the curb bit in the left hand1 the forefinger against the mouthpiece1 the snaffle bit above and resting on the mouthpiece of the curb bit2 bring the crownpiece in front of and slightly below its proper position2 insert the thumb into the side of the mouth above the tush2 press open the lower jaw and insert the bits by raising the crownpiece2 with the left hand draw the ears gently under the crownpiece1 beginning with the left ear2 arrange the forelock1 secure the throatlatch1 and hook up the curb chain on the near side below the snaffle bit4 ,the bridle is adjusted as prescribed in par4 #cjb4 ,the throatlatch should admit four fingers between it and the throat4 #ahe4 ,at the discretion of the instructor1 the halter may be taken off before bridling1 the reins being first passed over the neck2 the hitching strap1 if not left at the manger or picket line1 is tied around the horse's neck2 if the horse be saddled1 in the near pommel ring4 #ahf4 ,the instructor commands3 ,,unbridle4 ,stand on the near side of the horse2 pass the reins over the horse's head1 placing them on the bend of the left arm2 unhook the curb chain on the near side2 unbuckle the throatlatch1 grasp the crownpiece with the right hand and1 assisting with the left hand1 gently disengage the ears2 gently disengage the bits from the horse's mouth with the left hand by lowering the crownpiece2 place the crownpiece in the palm of the left hand1 take the reins in the right hand1 pass them together over the crownpiece1 make two or three turns around2 the bridle1 then pass the bight between the brow band and crownpiece and draw it snug4 ,the bridle is hung up by the reins or placed across the saddle on the blanket4 ,if the horse has no halter on1 unbridle and push the bridle back so that the crownpiece will rest on the neck behind the poll until the halter is replaced4 #ahg4 ,stand to horse3 ,at this command each trooper places himself1 facing to the front1 on the near side of the horse1 opposite his head1 and takes the position of attention1 except that the right hand1 nails down1 grasps the reins1 the forefinger separating them1 about #f inches from the bit4 ,the bights of the reins rest on the neck near the pommel of the saddle4 #ahh4 ,to lead out3 ,the troopers being at stand to horse1 to leave the stable or picket line1 the instructor commands3 ,,lead ,,out4 ,each trooper1 holding his right hand well up and firm1 leads his horse1 without looking at him1 to the place designated by the instructor4 #ahi4 ,upon entering the riding hall or inclosure the instructor disposes the troopers upon a line at intervals of #c yards1 the troopers at stand to horse1 the horses correctly disposed and perpendicular to the line of troopers4 ,a horse is correctly disposed when he stands squarely on all four feet1 having his head1 neck1 and body in line4 #aij4 ,stirrups3 ,the stirrups are properly adjusted when1 the trooper being properly seated with the feet removed from the stirrups and the legs falling naturally1 the tread of the stirrups is about #a inch above the top of the heel of the shoe4 ,the stirrups should bear only the weight of the lower leg2 about one-third of the foot should be inserted in the stirrup1 so that the ball of the foot rests on the tread1 the heel lower than the toe4 ,the flat of the stirrup strap should rest against the leg of the mounted trooper4 ,to accomplish this the trooper's toe should be so inserted in the stirrup as to place the front branch of the latter on the outside4 ,by the front branch of the stirrup is meant the forward branch as the stirrup hangs before the trooper mounts4 ,placing too much weight on the stirrup disturbs the seat and contracts the leg1 hindering it's freedom of action4 ,if the toe is not inserted far enough the trooper risks losing his stirrup2 if inserted too far suppleness is diminished4 ,the heel is carried naturally lower than the toe if the ankle joint is not rigid4 ,for the extended gallop1 in the charge1 for the use of weapons1 and for leaping obstacles the foot is inserted fully in the stirrup4 #aia4 ,to mount3 ,being at stand to horse1 ,,mount4 7a7 ,face to the right1 drop the right rein1 grasp the left rein in the right hand1 take two steps to the right1 sliding the hand along the left rein1 make a half face to the left ,when opposite the girth2 with the aid of the left hand take both reins in the right1 forefinger between the reins1 the right hand on the pommel1 the reins coming into the hand on the side of the forefinger1 and held so as to feel lightly the horse's mouth1 the bight falling on the off side4 ,place the left foot in the stirrup1 assisted by the left hand if necessary1 and bring the left knee against the saddle2 grasp a lock of the mane with the left hand1 lock coming out between the thumb and forefinger4 7b7 ,spring from the right foot1 keeping the hands firmly in place1 the left knee bent and pressed against the saddle1 bring the right foot by the side of the left1 body inclining slightly forward2 pass the right leg1 knee bent1 over the croup without touching it1 sit down lightly-in the saddle2 let go of the mane2 insert the right foot in the stirrup1 assisted by the right hand if necessary2 take a rein in each hand1 the rein coming into the hand under the little finger and passing out over the second joint of the forefinger1 the thumbs closed on the reins1 the bight of the reins falling to the right4 ,the reins should be so held that the trooper feels lightly the horse's mouth1 the fingers closed until the nails lightly touch the palms of the hands2 the reins well up in the crotch of the fingers2 the backs of the hands vertical and in prolongation of the forearm2 the wrists flexible2 the elbows near the body and low1 so that the forearms will be in prolongation of the reins2 the hands about #i inches apart4 ,the instructor takes care that the recruit in adjusting the reins provokes no movement of the horse and deranges in no manner the position of the horse's head4 ,the instructor cautions the trooper to avoid touching the horse with the left toe in mounting2 this fault begets nearly all the resistance of horses to standing quietly while being mounted4 ,the modifications incident to mounting and dismounting a horse equipped with the double snaffle or bit and bridoon are indicated in pars4 #bga1 #cjc1 and #cjg4 ,the troopers are also trained to mount on the right side4 #aib4 ,to dismount3 ,being halted1 ,,dismount4 7a7 ,seize the reins with the right hand in front of and near the left1 forefinger between the reins1 the reins entering the hand from the side of the forefinger2 drop the reins with the left hand2 place the right hand on the pommel2 grasp a lock of the mane with the left hand1 the lock coming out between the thumb and forefinger2 take the right foot out of the stirrup4 7b7 ,rise upon the left stirrup1 pass the right leg1 knee bent1 over the croup without touching the horse1 and bring the right foot by the side of the left1 the left knee against the saddle1 the upper part of the body inclined slightly forward2 descend lightly to the ground and take the position of stand to horse4 ,the troopers are also trained to dismount on the right side4 #aic4 ,commanding officers may authorize the following alternative method of mounting and dismounting by officers and enlisted men on all occasions except those when it is required that mounting and dismounting be executed in unison at the corresponding command 7par4 #ced74 ,instruction1 in the methods authorized in this paragraph is optional4 ,being at stand to horse1 at the command ,,mount1 face to the right1 drop the right rein1 take a step to the right to be opposite the shoulder of the horse2 at the same time seize the bights of the reins in the right hand and pull them taut enough to give a gentle1 even bearing on the horse's mouth2 grasp the reins with the left hand1 with the little finger between them1 and the bight coming out between the thumb and forefinger1 which also hold a lock of the mane4 ,place the left foot in the stirrup1 assisted by the right hand if necessary1 and bring the left knee against the saddle4 ,place the right hand upon the cantle1 rise by an effort of the right leg1 aided by the arms1 the left knee bent and pressed against the saddle1 the upper part of the body inclined slightly forward to keep the saddle from turning2 bring the right foot by the side of the left2 change the right hand to the pommel1 pass the right leg1 knee bent1 over the croup without touching it1 and sit down lightly in the saddle4 ,put the right foot in the stirrup1 assisted by the right hand if necessary4 ,at the command ,,dismount1 pass the right rein into the left hand and grasp with this hand a lock of the mane1 place the right hand on the pommel1 and remove the right foot from the stirrup2 pass the right leg1 knee bent1 over the croup without touching the horse and bring the right foot by the side of the left1 the left knee against the saddle1 the upper part of the body inclined slightly forward1 right hand on the cantle4 ,descend lightly to the ground and take the position of stand to horse4 #aid4 ,to take the reins in one hand and to separate them3 ,at the command ,,in ,,left ,,hand ,,take ,,reins1 place the left hand opposite the middle of the body1 pass the right rein into the left hand1 separating it from the left rein by the little finger2 let the right hand fall by the side4 #aie4 ,at the command ,,in ,,both ,,hands ,,take ,,reins1 grasp the right rein with the right hand and replace the hands #i inches apart4 ,the reins are taken in the right hand and again separated in a similar manner4 #aif4 ,to adjust the reins the trooper brings the wrists together and grasps with one hand1 above and near the opposite thumb1 the rein that he desires to shorten4 #aig4 ,the instructor causes the reins to be dropped and retaken by the commands ,,drop ,,reins and ,,reins4 ,at the first command1 the trooper drops the reins behind the pommel and lets the hands fall by the side4 ,the reins are dropped as an exceptional measure1 and always with precaution against accident4 #aih4 ,position of the trooper1 or attention 7mounted73 ,the position described below should be considered a standard toward which all troopers should gradually approximate4 ,the buttocks bearing equally upon and well forward in the middle of the saddle4 ,the thighs turned without constraint upon their flat side1 clasping the horse evenly and stretched only by their own weight and that of the lower legs4 ,the knees bent and flexible4 ,the lower legs falling naturally1 the calves in contact with the horse without pressure1 the toes dropping naturally when the trooper is without stirrups4 ,the back supple and never hollowed4 ,the upper part of the body easy1 free1 and erect4 ,the shoulders thrown back evenly4 ,the arms free1 the elbows falling naturally4 ,the head erect and turned to the front1 but without stiffness4 ,eyes alert1 well up1 and directed to the trooper's front4 ,the reins held as heretofore prescribed4 ,this position may be modified by the instructor to suit varying conditions and unusual conformations4 ,when not at attention1 the head and eyes are directed so as best to favor alertness and observation4 ,in other respects the position should be practically unchanged4 #aii4 ,the body and lower legs are movable and should be under the control of the trooper1 either acting intermittently as aids for guiding the horse or as a means of binding the rider to the horse while following his movements4 ,the thighs1 on the other hand1 should remain fixed immovably to the saddle1 except while posting at the trot4 ,this fixity should be obtained not by the pressure of the knees but by the clinging of the buttocks1 which is secured by the suppleness of the loins and the relaxation of the thighs4 ,it is acquired very rapidly by daily rotation of the thighs1 which gradually presses the large thigh muscles to the rear and permits the femur to rest solidly against the saddle4 ,the trooper should sit with his buttocks well under the upper part of his body and especially avoid bowing the back by thrusting the buttocks to the rear and the lower part of the spine to the front4 ,sitting well forward in the middle of the saddle will tend to assist the trooper in avoiding the defect just referred to4 ,if the buttocks are thrust back too much the trooper can not conform to the movements of the horse and carries forward the upper part of his body4 ,if the thigh is too nearly horizontal1 the trooper is doubled1 up and his power of action diminished2 if the thigh is too nearly vertical1 the trooper is on the crotch and lacks ease4 ,to sum up3 ,the trooper should take a relaxed sitting position1 squarely on his buttocks1 with the thighs inclined downward4 ,the various defects of position are overcome by suitable suppling exercises 7pars4 #bji-bbj74 #bjj4 ,the aids4--,the legs1 the reins1 and the weight are the means of controlling the horse in riding4 ,they are called the aids4 #bja4 ,the legs3 ,the legs serve to urge the horse forward1 to increase his pace or gait1 and to engage the hind quarters or move them laterally4 ,the legs act by the pressure of the calves4 ,if pressure alone is insufficient the trooper increases the action by blows with his calves4 ,it is essential to obtain from the horse perfect obedience to the action of the legs4 ,he should respond to the simultaneous and equal action of both legs by engaging his hindquarters and moving forward2 to the predominant action of one leg by moving his haunches to the opposite side4 #bjb4 ,the reins3 ,the reins serve to prepare the horse to move1 to decrease or increase his pace1 to change the gait1 or to change direction4 ,contact is a light bearing of the mouth of the horse on the hand of the rider4 ,it should be constantly maintained4 ,the reins are held in the full hand1 the thumb pressing them lightly upon the second joint of the forefinger4 ,by means of closing and relaxing the fingers and flexing the wrist1 arm1 and shoulder1 the trooper1 while maintaining contact and keeping the reins taut1 follows easily the movements of the head of the horse without anticipating or interfering with these movements4 ,the hand is then said to be passive4 ,it is kept so as long as the trooper is not required to change the pace1 gait1 or direction4 #bjc4 ,the direct rein3 ,when the trooper1 with the hands separated and the reins adjusted1 closes his fingers upon the reins without raising the hands he exercises an action from front to rear1 called the effect of the direct reins4 ,this effect1 when on one rein only1 is called that of the right 7or left7 direct rein4 #bjd4 ,the leading rein3 ,when the trooper carries the right hand to the right and forward in a manner to preserve contact but not to increase pressure on the bit the effect is called that of the right leading rein4 ,the back of the hand should remain vertical1 the wrist in prolongation of the forearm1 the elbow remaining near the body4 ,the horse's head and neck are drawn to the right1 the shoulders follow1 and he turns to the right4 #bje4 ,the bearing rein3 ,when the trooper carries the right hand forward1 upward1 and to the left in a manner to preserve contact1 but not to increase pressure on the bit1 the effect is said to be that of the right bearing rein4 ,the back of the hand should remain vertical1 the wrist in prolongation of the forearm4 ,the horse's head is turned slightly to the right1 but the effect is to the left2 the neck bends and is convex to the left and is followed by the shoulders4 ,the horse turns to the left4 ,the action of the bearing rein is much more powerful than that of the leading rein1 and is used to the exclusion of the latter to turn the horse when riding with the reins in one hand4 #bjf4 ,the indirect rein of opposition3 ,when the trooper carries the right hand to the left in a manner to press the shoulders to the left and to produce a diagonal traction on the rein in the direction of the left shoulder or haunch the effect is called that of the right indirect rein of opposition4 ,its effect may be produced in front of the withers if the hand be slightly raised2 in rear pf the withers if the hand be slightly lowered4 ,it is frequently used by the trooper when riding with one hand 7as he must do in order to use his weapons71 and its effect should be studied and practiced from1 the beginning4 #bjg4 ,manner of applying the aids3 ,the action of the reins and legs and weight should not be continuous4 ,the trooper alternately closes and relaxes the fingers1 the hands preserving contact in the intervals between the actions4 ,in the same manner he uses the legs1 neither gripping nor releasing altogether1 but preserving light contact in the intervals between the blows with the calves4 ,the weight likewise is used in a similar manner1 being quickly applied to the front1 to the rear1 or to a side1 alternating with returns to the normal position4 ,if an action of the aids is prolonged the horse has opportunity to establish the corresponding resistance1 but if produced by repeated applications the effect is very marked4 ,all action of the aids should diminish in intensity when obedience begins and cease entirely as soon as the desired result is secured4 ,troopers must be thoroughly trained in riding with the reins in one hand4 #bjh4 ,the instructor1 in teaching troopers to avail themselves of their legs and reins1 is governed by the preceding considerations1 and from the first watches vigilantly the action of the aids4 ,the hand should always be kept low4 ,the most thoughtful care should be exercised in the combined application of the aids1 so that they may not be opposed to each other in their action2 that is1 one favoring the intended movement1 the other opposing it4 ,the instructor impresses upon the troopers that their hands must be kept still2 that is1 free from bobbing up and down1 and pulling1 and from giving and taking when there is no reason therefor4 ,likewise their legs should remain in light contact with the horse's sides and the heels not be used to kick the horse constantly in a nervous manner4 ,moreover1 that the effects of the aids may be perfectly clear1 and that there may be no contradiction between them1 there should never be simultaneous action of the direct reins demanding slowing up or halting and of the legs provoking a forward movement4 ,this condition is essential for preserving the composure indispensable to the horses of the troop4 #bdb4 ,posting3 ,posting is habitually employed when the troopers have stirrups and understand their use4 ,it is executed as follows3 ,the horse moving at a trot1 the trooper inclines the upper part of his body forward1 then supporting himself on the stirrups while maintaining the clinging of his knees he rises under the impulsion of the horse1 maintains his position detached from the saddle while the succeeding impulse is produced1 again sits down in the saddle1 and continues in this way1 avoiding alternate impulses4 ,at the beginning the mechanism of posting is made easier to the trooper by causing him to stroke the horse's neck or to grasp a lock of the mane with either hand1 thus determining the forward inclination of the body4 ,its proper execution requires that the seat be raised moderately1 that contact with the saddle be resumed gently and without shock1 that the full support of the stirrup be obtained while keeping the lower leg steady1 that the ankle joint be supple1 and that the heel be kept lower than the toe4 #bdc4 ,care of horses and saddlery3 ,the recruits will be given talks and practical illustrations in every phase of the care of horses and the care of saddlery4 ,this in addition to their daily attention to those subjects as a matter of routine4 #bdd4 ,the use of arms1 mounted4--,during the period in which the instruction in the school of the trooper is held1 there must be thorough instruction in the use of arms mounted4 ,after the first few drills there should be daily instruction in some phase of this important part of the trooper's training4 ,progress in the more advanced steps of this instruction must necessarily depend upon the trooper's progress in horsemanship2 but by making the dismounted instruction thorough and keeping it well in advance of the corresponding parts of the mounted program1 many difficulties will be obviated and much time saved4 ,success with the pistol and saber will be dependent upon that familiarity with their use that can be gained only by daily practice extending over a considerable period4 ,the dismounted instruction already prescribed in connection with the use of the weapons must be supplemented by thorough mounted work at all gaits1 when passing obstacles1 etc4 ,the trooper must learn to control his horse thoroughly with one hand while carrying and using his weapon in the other2 he must learn to handle his weapon mounted with a minimum of danger to himself1 his comrades1 or his horse4 ,the principal drill on at least one day of each week during the entire period devoted to the school of the trooper should ordinarily be devoted1 to the above instruction1 thus supplementing and testing the results accomplished in the shorter daily drills4 ,at this weekly drill the troopers should habitually appear fully armed and equipped1 the saddles being packed as for field service4 ,the employment of the saber mounted is taught as prescribed in the ,saber ,exercise2 the use of the pistol in firing mounted1 as prescribed in the ,small-,arms ,firing ,manual4 #bde4 ,manual of the ,saber1 ,mounted3 ,the saber suspended from the left side of the saddle-- #a4 ,draw1 #b4 ,,saber4 ,pass the right hand over the reins and execute with it rapidly what is prescribed for drawing the saber on foot2 place the pommel near the hip and resting on top of the thigh1 flat of the blade against the point of the shoulder4 ,this is the position of carry saber1 mounted4 #bdf4 ,the saber suspended from the right side of the saddle-- #a4 ,draw4 ,turn the head to the right without deranging the position of the body and glance toward the hilt2 engage the right wrist in the saber knot2 pull the hilt forward2 seize the grip in the full hand1 nails to the right2 draw the blade #f inches from the scabbard1 and look to the front4 #b4 ,,saber4 ,draw the saber as prescribed on foot and take the position of carry saber4 #bdg4 ,the troopers are also exercised in drawing the saber as quickly as possible at the single command3 ,,draw ,,saber4 #bdh4 ,to return saber3 ,the scabbard suspended from the left side of the saddle-- #a4 ,return4 ,execute as prescribed on foot4 #b4 ,,saber4 ,execute as prescribed on foot1 supporting the back of the blade against the left forearm until the point is engaged in the scabbard4 ,this command is given only at a halt or when marching at a walk4 #bdi4 ,the scabbard suspended on the right-- #a4 ,return4 ,execute as prescribed on foot4 #b4 ,,saber4 ,carry the wrist opposite the right shoulder2 lower the blade to the right of the horse's neck2 let the grip turn in the hand so that the hand grasps the guard at the pommel1 back of the hand up2 turn the head to the right and fix the eyes on the opening of the scabbard2 raise the hand2 insert the blade and push it home2 disengage the wrist from the saber knot2 and turn the head to the front4 ,when the saber is carried on the right the return saber is executed1 so far as possible1 at the halt4 #bej4 ,inspection saber and present saber are executed as when dismounted4 #bea4 ,guard4--,thrust the feet home in the stirrups and crouch slightly in the saddle1 bending forward from the waist4 ,otherwise as explained dismounted4 ,in the charge in close order the trooper 7in single rank7 assumes the position indicated in par4 #big1 the body almost in a horizontal line over the horse's neck1 the arm fully extended to the front1 the saber1 in the full grasp1 in prolongation of the arm1 guard up1 finger nails to the right1 point at the height of the eye4 ,when difficult ground is encountered the trooper takes the position of guard while passing it4 ,if charging in double rank1 the front-rank troopers conform to the positions indicated for single rank4 ,those troopers who are in the rear rank or who are directly in rear of others1 take the position of port saber4 ,in the mle the troopers take the position of guard toward the nearest enemy1 crouching slightly in the saddle and alive to all possible attacks4 ,,manual ,,of ,,the ,,pistol1 ,,mounted4 #beb4 ,the modifications of the dismounted manual1 incident to1 the employment of the pistol mounted are explained in the corresponding paragraphs of the ,manual of the ,pistol1 ,dismounted 7pars4 #ade-aef74 ,,the ,,rifle4 7,for troops armed with the ,cavalry ,equipment1 ,model of #aiab47 #bec4 ,before standing to horse the trooper attaches his rifle to his belt by passing the muzzle up through the belt ring and engaging the snap hook of the belt ring into the trigger guard4 ,being at stand to horse1 upon any preparatory command1 except for mounting or securing horses unsling the rifle from the belt ring and take the position of order arms1 removing the snaffle reins from the horse's neck and passing the right arm through them if necessary4 ,if a command to secure horses is given1 link or couple first and then unsling the rifle4 ,to mount1 proceed as without the rifle4 ,when seated in the saddle1 grasp the rifle at the bolt with the left hand1 barrel to the front1 place the butt of the rifle in the bucket1 steadying the latter with the left foot if necessary and take the position of the trooper mounted4 ,to dismount3 ,at the preparatory command1 seize the rifle at the bolt with the left hand1 give it a quick1 forcible pull1 lifting the butt from the bucket1 and let the rifle hang from the belt4 7,for troops armed with equipment corresponding to the ,mc,clellan saddle47 #bed4 ,at stand to horse1 the rifle is held on the left side of the trooper in a position corresponding to order arms 7par4 #ic71 as modified by substituting the word left for right wherever the latter occurs4 ,in leading out1 and on all occasions when the trooper leads his horse for short distances1 the rifle is carried at the left trail 7par4 #ajh7 unless otherwise prescribed4 #bee4 ,in mounting1 the rifle is inserted in the scabbard after the trooper steps back opposite the girth and before he takes the reins in his right hand 7par4 #aia74 ,on dismounting1 each trooper1 after placing the bights of the reins on the horse's neck1 and before stepping forward to take the position of stand to horse 7par4 #aib71 takes the rifle from the scabbard and assumes the left trail4 ,a modification of this provision applies when the trooper dismounts for inspection4 ,the rifle is never carried on the saddle when the trooper is dismounted1 except as specially authorized at inspections1 with the equipment corresponding to the ,mc,clellan saddle 7par4 #bfb74 #bef4 ,inspection of arms and equipment1 mounted4--,it is assumed that the troopers before being formally inspected mounted and under arms1 will have advanced in elementary collective instruction to a point when they can be formed and aligned3 as a mounted squad 7par4 #cej74 ,should this not be the case1 the instructor will place the troopers in line with intervals in advance of the inspection4 ,references to the guide and to alignment will then be disregarded and the command front will be omitted4 ,the inspection is described below upon the assumption that all arms are inspected4 ,the inspection of pistols is explained for both the mounted and dismounted execution4 ,the necessary modification in case the inspection of any weapon be omitted is indicated in par4 #bff4 #beg4 ,when arms are inspected mounted they are always inspected in the order3 ,saber1 pistol4 ,when inspected dismounted they are always inspected in the order3 ,rifle1 pistol4 ,sabers are not inspected dismounted1 nor are rifles inspected mounted4 ,pistols may be inspected either mounted or dismounted4 #beh4 ,the troopers being mounted and fully armed and in line3 #a4 ,prepare for inspection1 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,,front4 ,at the second command all align themselves on the guide3 ,the inspector1 having verified the alignment1 takes position #c yards to the right and front of the right trooper1 facing to the left1 and commands3 ,,front1 followed by3 #a4 ,draw1 #b4 ,,saber 7par4 #afe74 #bei4 ,if it is not intended to inspect the pistols mounted1 the inspector cautions ,,pistols ,,will ,,not ,,be ,,inspected ,,mounted1 and approaches the right of the rank4 #bfj4 ,as the inspector approaches1 the first two troopers execute the first motion of inspection saber 7par4 #agj71 the first trooper1 as the inspector comes in front of him1 executes the second and third motions of inspection saber2 the second trooper1 as the inspector comes in front of him1 executes the second and third motions of inspection saber1 the first trooper at this instant resuming the carry and the third trooper executing the first motion of inspection saber4 ,the first trooper then returns saber4 ,as the inspector comes in front of the other troopers the movements are executed successively as just explained4 #bfa4 ,the inspector1 having completed the inspection of sabers1 passes in rear from the left to the right of the rank4 ,as he approaches the right of the rank the first two troopers 7in the absence of indication to the contrary7 7par4 #bei7 execute inspection pistol 7par4 #adh74 ,each of the other troopers1 in order from right to left1 successively executes inspection pistol in time to complete the execution just before the inspector arrives in front of him4 ,each trooper executes return pistol as the inspector passes to the trooper next on his left4 #bfb4 ,to inspect the rifles1 to inspect the pistols dismounted1 or to inspect the dress and equipment of the squad more minutely1 the inspector dismounts the squad without forming rank4 ,troopers when dismounted following the command prepare for inspection take a special position2 and a special exception is made in this case to the rule requiring the rifle 7if not slung7 to be taken from the scabbard upon dismounting 7par4 #bee74 ,upon dismounting while at prepare for inspection each trooper takes the snaffle reins off the horse's neck1 passes the right arm through the reins 7the bight of the reins resting on the shoulder7 and takes a position similar to stand to horse4 ,the rifle is not unslung 7or removed from the scabbard7 unless it has been specially designated for inspection2 it is then reslung or returned to the scabbard as soon as its inspection is completed4 ,a trooper dismounted at prepare for inspection1 if his right hand be free1 grasps the reins as in stand to horse4 ,the snaffle reins once taken from the neck as above are not replaced until the first command for mounting4 ,the above position is habitually terminated by the first command for mounting or by stand to horse4 #bfc4 ,if the inspector wishes to inspect the arms after dismounting1 he cautions1 immediately following the commands for dismounting3 ,,rifles ,,and ,,pistols 7or ,,rifles1 or ,,pistols7 ,,will ,,be ,,inspected4 ,each trooper at once unslings his rifle 7or takes it from the scabbard7 and resumes his position similar to stand to horse1 his rifle at the order1 the reins as described in par4 #bfb4 #bfd4 ,as the inspector approaches the right of the rank the trooper on the right executes inspection arms 7par4 #aab74 ,the inspector takes the piece1 grasping it with his right hand just above the rear sight1 the man dropping his hands4 ,the inspector inspects the piece1 and1 with the hand and piece in the same position as in receiving it1 hands it back to the man1 who takes it with the left hand at the balance1 executes port arms1 and slings the rifle or places it in the scabbard1 according to his equipment4 ,as the inspector returns the piece the next man executes inspection arms1 and so on through the troop4 ,should the piece be inspected without handling1 each man proceeds as above as soon as the captain passes to the next man4 #bfe4 ,as the inspector approaches the right of the rank of odd numbers1 after completing the inspection of the rifles of the even numbers1 the first two troopers of the rank execute inspection pistol4 ,to inspect the pistol closely the inspector grasps it with his left hand above the trooper's hand1 makes such examination as is desired1 and hands the pistol back to the trooper in the same position as that in which the inspector took the weapon4 ,the trooper takes the pistol with the right hand as in inspection pistol and executes return pistol4 ,should the pistols be inspected without handling1 each man executes return pistol as the inspector passes to the next trooper4 #bff4 ,if no indication be given for the inspection of rifles they remain slung or in the scabbard1 according to the equipment carried4 ,if only rifles are ordered inspected1 pistols are not presented for inspection and rifles are slung or returned to the scabbard as soon as inspected4 ,if only pistols are ordered inspected1 they are presented by the two troopers on the right when the inspector approaches the rank the first time after dismounting4 #bfg4 ,during the inspection of arms the inspector1 observes the appearance of the men1 horses1 equipment1 and clothing4 ,after the inspection of arms is completed he makes such further inspection of equipment1 clothing1 etc41 as he may consider desirable4 ,during this part of the inspection the troopers may be permitted to stand at ease4 #bfh4 ,if an inspection of arms of a detailed character be made in connection with a dismounted formation it is conducted by the above commands and in accordance with the above methods in so far as applicable4 ,rifles are presented for inspection as described without special indication when the inspector approaches the rank after commanding ,,front 7par4 #beh74 ,except when rifles are slung as provided in the next sentence1 each trooper executes order arms as soon as his rifle is returned to him4 ,should the troopers be armed with both rifle and pistol1 each trooper slings his rifle as soon as inspected if the equipment in use so permits2 otherwise the rifles are stacked 7par4 #aae7 by command after being inspected4 ,the pistols are then inspected1 after which take arms 7par4 #aaf7 is executed before the troopers are dismissed4 ,,part ,,ii--,,elementary ,,collective ,,instruction4 ,section #e4 ,elementary collective instruction4 ,,general ,,provisions4 #cba4 ,the elementary collective instruction of the trooper includes the instruction in the ,school of the ,squad and in the mechanism of the movements prescribed in the ,school of the ,platoon4 ,this latter instruction is given as prescribed in par4 #ddd4 ,section #f4 ,basic principles of the drill4 #cbb4 ,the following provisions apply generally to the ,school of the ,squad and to all subsequent drill4 ,previous provisions of a similar general character are to be found in pars4 #dc-di4 #cbc4 ,leading3 ,a commander leading his unit marches in the direction and at the gait desired4 ,he is followed at a specified distance by the base 7,def471 which conforms to his gait and direction4 ,the commander thus controls the movements of the base1 and may at any time by his indication conveyed in the most convenient way 7as by his own movements1 his commands1 or signals7 cause the base to change its direction or to increase or decrease the pace or gait or to halt1 according to the object in view4 ,elements of the same kind as the base regulate upon the latter conforming to its gait and direction4 #cbd4 ,directing leader1 directing guide3 ,a commander who desires to become temporarily free in his movements may leave his position as leader1 first indicating3 ,,disregard 7see ,signals7 for the information of the leader of the base unit1 who then becomes the directing leader 7,def474 ,the latter then ceases to follow in the trace of the commander and temporarily conducts the march4 ,in the absence of other indication from the leader he maintains the existing direction and gait4 ,when necessary the conduct of the march of a group 7e4g41 a platoon7 having no subordinate leader may similarly be intrusted to the guide4 ,the latter then becomes the directing guide 7,def474 #cbe4 ,whenever a change of formation involves a break in the continuity of the leading the leader habitually moves at once to his new position1 so as to resume leadership with the least practicable delay4 ,he usually starts at the command of execution for the movement4 ,should he start for his new position before the command of execution he first cautions or ,signals3 ,,disregard for the information of the base4 #cbf4 ,change of directing unit 7base73 ,whenever a change of formation results in a change of the base1 the base of the formation from which the movement is executed continues1 in the absence of specific indication to the contrary1 to be the base until the new base is indicated4 ,in movements from line by which column is formed directly to a flank1 the element of the column on the flank toward which the column is formed is the base upon which other similar elements regulate during the formation of the column as well as after the column is formed4 #cbg4 ,changes of direction3 ,any movement may be executed either from the halt or when marching1 unless otherwise prescribed4 ,if executed from the halt the command forward need not be prefixed to any other preparatory command that indicates a direction of march2 thus1 being at a halt1 #a4 ,column right1 #b4 ,,march2 but1 #a4 ,forward trot1 #b4 ,,march4 #cbh4 ,to insure certainty of prompt execution1 commands 7and signals7 must be so given that their meaning is unmistakable4 ,the preparatory command must be given at such an interval of time before the command of execution as will admit of the former being properly understood1 and should be followed by a distinct pause that properly varies in length with the size of the body of troops that is to execute the movement4 ,the command of execution should be given the instant the movement is to begin4 #cbi4 ,all changes of direction are simply applications of the principle of leading as explained in pars4 #cbc and #cfg4 7a7 ,the turn 7par4 #chf7 and half turn 7par4 #chh7 are special cases of the change of direction in line in that they involve a change of direction of #ij and #de1 respectively2 as executed by the platoon and squad1 they differ further from the general case of the change of direction in that the leader follows a specially prescribed arc during the turn 7par4 #chg72 in the troop and larger units1 the leader in each case regulates the arc upon which he moves during the turn in accordance with the length of the front and the requirements of the special case4 7b7 ,for a change of direction in any column formation1 the elements of the column successively change direction on the same ground1 the change in each successive element being made in accordance with the principles that regulate the change of direction in line 7a74 ,in each successive element the leader 7if any7 and the guide move over the same path that is followed by the leader at the head of the column4 #ccj4 ,the principles and methods laid down in the ,school of the ,trooper 7dismounted and mounted7 are1 except as may otherwise be indicated1 or where clearly applicable only to individual instruction1 to be followed in corresponding instruction in the ,school of the ,squad and in all subsequent training4 ,the same commands apply unless otherwise stated4 ,certain modifications in the execution of some of the movements1 incident to their use in collective instruction1 are noted in appropriate places in the ,school of the ,squad4 #cca4 ,column of twos and of troopers3 ,movements1 involving the use of column of twos or troopers1 although simple in principle1 are not adapted to execution as movements of precision1 and the details of their execution will be regulated accordingly 7pars4 #cic-djj74 ,familiarity with the practical use of these formations must be insisted upon1 but they will be taken in the simplest manner consistent with efficiency in their use4 #chb4 ,to avoid repetition the detailed descriptions and explanations of collective movements are1 as a rule1 based only upon the execution of the mounted movements4 #chc4 ,gaits for mounted movements4--,all mounted movements not specially excepted may be executed at the trot or gallop 7par4 #bci74 ,for the execution of a movement at the trot or gallop the command trot or gallop precedes the command march unless marching at the gait desired or unless it be otherwise prescribed4 ,when the indication for the trot or gallop is included in the command for the movement it precedes the command march2 thus1 #a4 ,forward1 trot2 #b4 ,,march4 #ccd4 ,when the troopers of any element 7,def47 move at different gaits1 if the gait of such element be referred to1 the gait of its base is to be understood4 #cce4 ,a gait is said to be correspondingly faster or correspondingly slower than another gait when there is a difference of one degree between the two 7par4 #bci74 #ccf4 ,in the rules included in pars4 #ccc to #ccg the expression other elements 7,def47 means in each case elements of the same kind as the base4 #ccg4 7a7 ,in movements from the halt the base moves at the walk unless another gait be stated in the command or indicated by the leader's movements4 7b7 ,in forming line to the front from column the other elements 7par4 #ccf7 take1 without command1 a correspondingly faster gait than the base4 ,if gallop be commanded at any time1 it applies only to the other elements 7f74 ,the base 7leading element7 habitually preserves the gait of march 7a74 ,the leader controls the movements of the base according to the object in view4 ,he may diminish its pace or gait or halt it to hasten the formation4 ,a command to decrease the gait or to halt1 given during the execution of the movement1 applies only to those elements that have already completed the movement4 ,the leader habitually so controls the base that elements in rear need not move faster than a maneuver gallop in order to execute the movement4 7c7 ,column to the front is formed from line on the base at the gait of march 7a7 or at the gait ordered 7e74 ,the other elements 7par4 #ccf7 take or maintain a correspondingly slower gait 7or1 if halted1 remain so7 until they can move at the gait of the base to take their places in the column4 ,if an increased gait be commanded at any time1 it is taken at first only by the leader and base or by the leader and those elements that have already moved to enter the column 7f7 7d7 ,in cases not covered by 7b7 or 7c71 if the base and other elements have equal distances to go they move at the gait of march or at that indicated in the command 7e4g41 #a4 ,platoons right turn1 trot2 #b4 ,,march74 7e7 ,in cases not covered by 7b71 7c71 or 7d7 7e4g41 assemble from foragers1 par4 #dad71 or by some special provision in the description of the corresponding movement 7e4g41 echelon1 par4 #gjb7 the base maintains the gait of march 7a7 or takes that of the leader2 the other elements move at a correspondingly faster or slower gait as may be necessary for the execution of the movement and on arriving at their places take the gait of the base 7par4 #cch74 ,if a special gait be commanded1 it is taken by the base or by the other elements1 in accordance with the principle stated in 7f74 7f7 ,when the commander indicates a special gait1 whether in the preparatory command or during the execution of the movement1 the effect is always to1 hasten the completion of the movement4 ,this principle will assist in applying the rules in 7b71 7c71 and 7e74 7g7 ,changes of gait made by elements1 without command1 in accordance with the above rules1 are1 except as specially indicated in the commands1 changes of one degree4 #cch4 ,any exceptions to the above rules are noted where they occur4 #cci4 ,gaits for movements on foot4--7a7 ,the general principles of gaits for mounted movements apply to movements on foot with the modifications noted in 7b7 to 7g71 below1 and such others as are to be readily inferred from the application of the principles of the ,school of the ,trooper1 ,dismounted4 7b7 ,no element moves in double time unless the movement be executed when marching in double time or double time be commanded 7par4 #dg7 or otherwise indicated by the leader4 ,no trooper increases the length of the step or the cadence unless specially so prescribed4 7c7 ,the leader so controls the movements of the base as to facilitate the execution of the movement in accordance with 7b71 above4 ,this will involve halting the base whenever certain movements 7e4g41 those from column into line7 are executed in quick time4 7d7 ,if double time be included in the preparatory command for a movement1 the indication is obeyed in accordance with the principles of par4 #ccg4 7e7 ,in movements from line into column1 and in other similar movements1 if executed at attention1 the troopers while waiting to take their places in the column do not halt unless halt be commanded by a platoon 7or troop7 commander4 ,they mark time instead if necessary for the execution of the movement4 7f7 ,in applying the rules for mounted movements to movements on foot quick time will be understood where walk is referred to and double time where any faster gait is referred to4 7g7 ,any exceptions to the above rules are stated where they occur4 ,section #g4 ,the ,school of the ,squad4 #cdj4 ,as soon as the troopers are sufficiently advanced in their instruction in the ,school of the ,trooper they will be grouped into temporary squads for elementary collective instruction4 ,this instruction will be conducted in accordance with the general principles indicated in par4 #db2 progress therein should be so regulated that no collective movement will be taken up until the trooper1 by previous individual instruction1 has been properly prepared for its execution4 #cda4 ,instruction in the ,school of the ,squad is intended primarily to teach recruits the elementary movements upon which the entire drill is based4 ,it may be recurred to whenever necessary in cases where troopers evidence the need of further elementary work4 #cdb4 ,for elementary collective instruction groups of not to exceed six or eight men can be used to best advantage4 ,the actual instruction of each group should be conducted by a noncommissioned officer1 but the instruction must be closely supervised by a commissioned officer 7par4 #cg74 #cdc4 ,the system of drill contained in these regulations is based largely upon the actual leading of units by their respective chiefs or commanders4 ,during the elementary instruction of recruits1 both mounted and dismounted1 leading will be emphasized as indicated in par4 #cdd4 ,thereafter the application of leading will conform to pars4 #ddh to #def4 #cdd4 ,the first collective instruction will1 therefore1 be in conforming to the march of a leader1 thus confirming and extending the instruction given in the ,school of the ,trooper 7pars4 #bie1 #bih72 and reasonable proficiency in this instruction must be secured before any attempt is made to utilize either commands or signals in the execution of collective movements1 except1 as prescribed in par4 #cfc4 #cde4 ,it is difficult for a leader to lead the squad properly and at the same time to supervise the march and correct the errors of individual troopers4 ,for this reason it is desirable1 especially in the earlier collective drills1 that the instructor have as an assistant another noncommissioned officer or a well-instructed trooper4 ,the instructor then leads the squad and requires his assistant 7who takes the positions best adapted for the purpose in view7 to supervise closely the movements of the troopers and to correct errors by means of cautions addressed quietly by name to the individual man or men concerned4 ,later the instructor similarly supervises the execution of the march while requiring his assistant to lead the squad4 ,as the troopers advance in the instruction the instructor should give each of them such practice in leading the squad as the progress of the individual trooper concerned may appear to justify4 #cdf4 ,when instruction in leading 7par4 #cfg7 has advanced to the point where the guide can preserve his proper distance from the leader and conform promptly and smoothly to the latter's movements1 the other troopers meantime preserving their interval and alignment without undue constraint or unnecessarily abrupt changes of gait or pace1 the instruction is extended progressively to include1 in accordance with the methods prescribed in par4 #cdg1 the execution of the movements prescribed for the squad4 #cdg4 ,throughout the instruction prescribed by par4 #cdf the squad will continue as before to be led4 ,in teaching each new movement the example and movements of the instructor as leader will be supplemented at first by oral commands only1 then by oral commands accompanied by the corresponding arm signals for those movements for which such signals are provided 7see ,signals1 pars4 #ihh-iif71 then by signals alone4 ,the commands and signals will be given by the actual leader4 ,when the instructor is not actually leading 7par4 #cde7 he may either indicate to the leader the movements to be executed or else leave to him the selection of such movements4 #cdh4 ,after the oral commands and arm signals are thoroughly understood the instructor will practice the squad in passing from one formation to another1 using oral commands for some movements1 signals for some1 and causing some 7e4g41 changes of direction7 to be executed by conforming to the movements of the leader without the additional indication of either oral commands or signals4 #cdi4 ,the troopers must be accustomed to conforming1 without the assistance of any command or signal given to the squad as a whole1 to simple movements 7e4g41 movements front into line7 initiated at the head of a column formation by a command so given as to be heard by only the leading troopers4 ,with reasonable practice the more essential changes of formation that are executed toward the direction of march can readily be taken by the squad by conforming1 without other indication1 to the movements of the troopers nearest the leader4 ,as many movements in service must be executed under conditions of noise1 dust1 etc41 that will render it difficult for the commands or signals of the leader to be understood except by those near him1 practice1 in conforming promptly and intelligently to the movements of the elements nearest the leader is important and must be given careful attention4 ,the object ultimately to be sought in the instruction is the quiet1 rapid1 and effective handling of the squad with a minimum of either oral commands or signals4 ,the squad is required to pass rapidly from one formation to another1 a new movement being occasionally initiated before the execution of the one preceding it has been completed4 ,,to ,,form ,,the ,,squad1 ,,mounted4 #cej4 ,to form the squad in line 7par4 #cfh-;a71 the leader 7instructor7 designates a trooper to act as the base of the formation1 indicates to such trooper the point where the right of the squad is to rest and the direction in which the line is to face1 takes position at a convenient distance in front of and facing the point where the center of the squad is to rest1 and commands3 ,,lead ,,into ,,line4 ,the base trooper leads out 7par4 #ahh7 and takes position as indicated2 the other troopers lead out so as to approach the line successively directly from the rear and in single rank form on the line established by the base trooper1 in order from right to left4 ,the troopers form at stand to horse 7par4 #ahg7 with intervals of #ah inches between horses4 ,the line having thus formed1 the leader calls the roll and commands1 ,,count ,,fours 7par4 #hd74 ,where there is an incomplete four the troopers in it are cautioned as to the numbers finally assigned them 7par4 #cfh-;b74 ,when but a single trooper is available for an incomplete four the four is habitually broken up and a trooper is placed as an extra file closer4 ,this rule may1 however1 be modified in connection with the instruction of recruits4 ,the squad having counted fours1 the leader causes the squad to mount 7par4 #ceh74 #cea4 ,the formation in column of fours1 twos1 or troopers 7par4 #cfh-;b1 c1 d7 is similarly executed4 ,the leader commands3 ,,lead ,,into ,,column 7,,column ,,of ,,twos1 ,,column ,,of ,,troopers74 ,the trooper upon whom the formation is based 7par4 #cej7 becomes ,no4 #a of the leading four4 ,the elements of the column form1 in order from front to rear1 with distances of #d feet between successive1 fours1 twos1 or troopers4 ,in column of fours or twos each four or two forms on its right trooper as in line4 ,when the formation is in column of fours the command ,,count ,,fours is omitted4 ,the leader cautions3 ,,note ,,your ,,numbers4 #ceb4 ,the squad may also form in similar manner after the troopers mount4 ,in this case the leader causes the troopers to mount individually after saddling and commands3 ,,ride ,,into ,,line 7,,column1 ,,column ,,of ,,twos1 ,,column ,,of ,,troopers74 ,the interval between the mounted troopers is #f inches from knee to knee4 ,,to ,,form ,,the ,,squad1 ,,dismounted4 #cec4 ,for the dismounted formation of the squad1 in line1 when not armed with the rifle1 the leader designates the trooper to act as the base1 indicates the latter's position1 and takes his own position as described in par4 #cej1 above4 ,he then commands3 ,,fall ,,in4 ,the troopers form as in pars4 #eg and #eh4 ,the leader then calls the roll and causes the squad to count fours4 ,if armed with the rifle1 the troopers fall in with rifles at the order4 ,as soon as the line or column is formed the leader commands3 #a4 ,inspection1 #b4 ,,arms1 #c4 ,right shoulder1 #d4 ,,arms 7par4 #ia-b;d71 and calls the roll4 ,each man1 as his name is called1 answers here and executes order arms4 ,the formation in column of fours1 twos1 or troopers is conducted in accordance with the modifications indicated4 ,the commands of the leader are3 ,,fall ,,in1 ,,in ,,column 7,,column ,,of ,,twos1 ,,column ,,of ,,troopers74 ,the distance between successive fours is #ib inches2 between successive twos1 #dj inches2 between successive troopers1 #ad inches4 ,,to ,,mount ,,and ,,dismount4 #ced4 ,the squad being in line1 at stand to horse1 the habitual commands for mounting are3 #a4 ,prepare to mount1 #b4 ,,mount2 #c4 ,form1 #d4 ,,rank4 ,at the first command the odd numbers lead out #d yards directly to the front1 and all execute the movements and take the final positions prescribed in par4 #aia-;a4 ,at the second command all the troopers complete1 simultaneously1 the movements of mounting as prescribed in par4 #aia-;b4 ,at the fourth command the even numbers move up into their intervals in the line4 ,if the squad has dismounted from line and has formed rank 7par4 #cef71 the odd numbers stand fast at the command ,prepare to mount and all mount in place4 ,if the squad be mounted in column of fours2 the third and fourth commands are omitted4 ,at the first command the troopers of each four open out fanwise1 ,nos4 #a and #b to the right1 ,nos4 #c and #d to the left4 ,nos4 #a and #d open out a little more than ,nos4 #b and #c1 all opening only enough to permit the troopers to mount without interfering with each other4 ,the troopers habitually straighten their horses in the column as soon as they have mounted1 but this requirement may be relaxed whenever mounting in unison is not required 7par4 #ceh74 ,the squad in column of twos is mounted by commands and methods conforming to those used for mounting from column of fours4 #cee4 ,the preparatory oral command for mounting may be omitted4 ,the squad then executes at the command ,,mount all the movements prescribed in par4 #ced for the commands1 #a4 ,prepare to mount1 #b4 ,,mount4 ,the troopers mount promptly1 but not in unison4 ,the preparatory signal for mounting1 when followed immediately by the signal of execution1 will be understood as equivalent to the oral command ,,mount1 and will be executed accordingly4 #cef4 ,the squad being in line1 the habitual commands for dismounting are3 #a4 ,prepare to dismount1 #b4 ,,dismount2 #c4 ,form1 #d4 ,,rank4 ,at the first command the odd numbers ride #d yards directly to the front1 regulating on the right1 and all the troopers execute the movements and take the final position prescribed in par4 #aib-;a4 ,at the second command the troopers execute1 simultaneously1 the movements prescribed in par4 #aib-;b4 ,at the fourth command the even numbers lead into their intervals in the rank4 ,the third and fourth commands are given only in case it is desired to form rank4 ,the squad may be dismounted and1 without forming rank1 execute rest or at ease 7par4 #cei71 or be inspected1 mounted1 or dismissed4 ,the modifications indicated for dismounting in column of fours and column of twos correspond to those prescribed in par4 #ced for mounting from the corresponding formation1 except that the horses are not habitually straightened in the column after dismounting unless the dismounted squad moves forward 7the troopers leading their horses74 #ceg4 ,the preparatory oral command for dismounting1 may be omitted4 ,the squad then executes at the command ,,dismount all the movements prescribed in par4 #cef for the commands3 #a4 ,prepare to dismount1 #b4 ,,dismount4 ,the troopers dismount promptly but not in unison4 ,the preparatory signal for dismounting1 when followed immediately by the signal of execution1 will be understood as equivalent to the oral command ,,dismount1 and will be executed accordingly4 #ceh4 ,until the individual instruction of recruits has advanced to a point where they have acquired reasonable proficiency in mounting and dismounting1 these movements will be executed at collective as well as at individual instruction by the commands and methods indicated in pars4 #cee and #ceg4 ,after such proficiency has been acquired1 mounting and dismounting at close-order drills1 at ceremonies1 and at all occasions of a ceremonial nature will habitually be executed in unison by the commands and methods prescribed in pars4 #ced and #cef1 respectively4 ,the commands and methods prescribed in pars4 #cee and #ceg1 respectively1 may1 in the discretion of the commander1 continue to be employed on all other duty4 ,,the ,,rests ,,and ,,route ,,order4 #cei4 ,the mounted squad executes the rests and route order as prescribed in par4 #bba4 ,after dismounting from line1 rest or at ease may be given either before or after forming rank4 ,the dismounted squad executes the rests and route order as prescribed in pars4 #fj and #fa4 ,,to ,,dismiss ,,the ,,squad4 #cfj4 ,the squad1 in column of troopers1 is dismissed as prescribed for that formation in par4 #bbb4 ,the squad in column of fours is dismissed at the same command4 ,the trooper on the right of the leading four leads out as indicated in par4 #bbb and is followed1 in turn1 by the other troopers of that four1 then by the troopers of the next four1 and so on successively to the rear of the column4 ,in each four the troopers lead out in order from right to left4 ,the dismissal from column of twos is similarly executed4 ,the squad being in line is dismissed by the commands and methods prescribed in par4 #bbb for a line with intervals1 except that the troopers1 in order to have their proper distance1 move out successively from right to left instead of simultaneously4 ,at the commands3 #a4 ,by the right and left1 #b4 ,,fall ,,out1 the movement is executed in a similar manner from both flanks of the line4 ,after having dismounted from line the squad may be dismissed without forming rank4 ,dismounted1 without horses and not under arms1 the command is ,,dismissed4 ,dismounted1 without horses but armed with the rifle1 the squad is dismissed as in par4 #aad4 ,,alignments4 #cfa4 ,at the preliminary instruction 7conducted without formal command7 the instructor has two troopers on the right of the rank move forward a convenient distance and halt4 ,he then aligns these two troopers carefully1 with the proper interval as in line 7par4 #cfh-;a71 and causes the other troopers to note the details of the alignment4 ,the other troopers are then required to move up one at a time and align themselves1 with the correct interval1 on the line thus established4 ,the troopers move forward1 in order from right to left1 at successive repetitions by the instructor of the caution ,,next4 ,each trooper1 when on or near the line1 executes eyes right 7par4 #fd71 aligns himself accurately on the line established by the trooper or troopers on his right1 and looks to the front as soon as he thinks himself correctly aligned4 ,the instructor explains and corrects any errors4 ,similar instruction is given the troopers in aligning themselves to the left4 ,as soon as reasonable proficiency is attained but a single trooper is moved forward1 and the alignment is made in the same manner upon the single trooper established as the base4 ,the instruction is similarly given with the center trooper moved to the front as a base4 ,two troopers1 one on the right1 the other on the left of the base1 then move forward at each repetition of the caution ,,next4 ,the instructor observes in the mounted instruction3 ,that each trooper moves his horse promptly and halts with his horse correctly disposed2 that he sits squarely on his horse without advancing either shoulder or leaning his body to the front or rear2 that he dresses promptly as he arrives on the line2 and that he makes proper use of the aids 7pars4 #bjj to #bjh74 ,in the first drills the basis of the alignment is established parallel to the front of the section2 afterwards in oblique directions4 #cfb4 ,when the troopers have acquired reasonable proficiency in aligning themselves1 as above1 the alignment is executed at the command ,,dress1 given by the instructor from his position as leader4 ,the trooper designated as the guide 7par4 #cga7 is always the base trooper of the alignment and places himself accurately #c yards in rear of the leader4 ,all the other troopers align themselves promptly on the base trooper1 continuing to look toward him until the command1 ,,front4 ,at this last command1 given when the alignment is completed1 all turn the head and eyes quickly to the front and take the position of attention 7pars4 #ei1 #aih74 ,movements in the rank then cease4 ,the instructor then habitually faces the squad or goes to either flank to verify the accuracy of the dressing1 first cautioning the guide to remain in place4 #cfc4 ,the troopers and their mounts must be so trained as to enable alignment and interval to be kept with sufficient accuracy to maintain cohesion in the mounted charge and to1 present a creditable appearance at ceremonies and at other occasions of a formal or ceremonial character4 ,a disproportionate amount of time and energy will not be devoted to this detail4 #cfd4 ,the use of dressing by command is ordinarily confined to elementary instruction 7as preparation for the march in line7 and to formations of a distinctly ceremonial character4 ,at all other times the troopers are required habitually to align themselves on the base trooper without special command and to look to the front as soon as aligned4 ,formal dressing is employed only when the squad is at a halt4 #cfe4 ,the caution3 ,,dress1 may1 if necessary1 be given to the squad when marching 7par4 #cfg72 but it will not be employed when it is practicable to use instead cautions addressed by name to the individual trooper or troopers who are at fault4 #cff4 ,alignments1 dismounted1 are executed by the same general methods as when mounted4 ,at the command3 ,,dress1 the hand is placed upon the hip to verify the interval 7par4 #eg74 ,each trooper in dressing so places himself that his right arm rests lightly against the arm of the man on his right and that his eyes and shoulders are in line with those of the man on his right4 ,the left hand is dropped to the side at the command ,,front4 ,,leading ,,the ,,squad4 7,see also pars4 #cbb-ccb47 #cfg4 ,the squad being in line at a halt1 the instructor directs the guide 7par4 #cga7 to maintain a position at a distance of #c yards 7about one horse length7 in rear of him and to follow accurately in his path1 whether such path be a straight line or a curve4 ,he explains to the other troopers that in marching they are so to regulate on the guide as to preserve as nearly as practicable their alignment and interval in the rank1 individually increasing and decreasing the gait or pace 7,def47 as may be necessary to do this4 ,all are cautioned that they must learn to keep their proper positions in the rank without unnecessary rigidity without making sudden changes in gait or pace and without keeping their eyes constantly fixed on the guide4 ,they are instructed that while riding with the head and eyes habitually directed as in par4 #aih they will keep an alert lookout over the ground in front1 cast frequent glances toward the leader so as to observe the latter's movements1 and glance occasionally toward the guide to assure that the alignment is being correctly maintained4 ,having given these instructions1 the leader places himself1 facing to the front1 #c yards in front of the guide1 commands3 ,,follow ,,me1 and moves forward4 ,the leader must be1 careful to march steadily1 so regulating his direction and gait at first as to enable the guide to conform without difficulty4 ,each trooper keeps his horse straight in the rank1 maintaining his alignment with the guide and his proper interval 7par4 #cfh-;a7 from the man next him on the side of the guide4 ,the troopers yield to pressure from the side of the guide and resist pressure from the opposite direction4 ,all adjustments are made gradually without crowding or confusion4 ,in the beginning the leader moves at a walk and makes only slight changes of direction4 ,as the instructor completes each change of direction he indicates the new direction of march by extending his arm as in signal forward 7par4 #iij71 dropping the hand to the side when the guide's horse is straightened in the new direction4 ,when the troopers have become sufficiently practiced in adjusting themselves to the movements of the instructor1 the latter makes the changes of direction more marked1 and moves1 during such changes1 on the arcs of smaller circles4 ,finally1 he requires the squad to apply the principles of leading in the manner indicated in pars4 #cdf-cdi4 ,as each movement is taken up the principles of leading that apply are explained in detail1 so that all may understand clearly the identity and position of the base4 ,the base trooper 7guide7 must clearly understand his duties4 7,fig4 #ca47 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #cg1 par4 #cfg4 ,,squad ,,formations4 ,the formations of the squad for drill1 march1 or combat are as follows3 ,,close ,,order4 #cfh4 7a7 ,line3 ,the troopers are abreast of each other with intervals 7,def47 of #f inches 7mounted7 or #d inches 7dismounted7 between troopers4 7b7 ,column of fours3 ,the troopers of each four are arranged as in line4 ,the fours follow successively one behind another with distances 7,def47 between ,successive fours of #d feet1 mounted1 or #ib inches1 dismounted4 ,when a four includes less than four troopers it is an incomplete four4 ,places in an incomplete four are habitually filled in the following order3 ,no4 #b1 ,no4 #c1 ,no4 #d1 ,no4 #a 7par4 #cgd74 7c7 ,column of twos3 ,the troopers of each two are arranged as in line1 the twos following successively1 one behind another1 with distances between successive twos of #d feet1 mounted1 or #dj inches1 dismounted4 ,if any two have but a single trooper the latter takes the position corresponding to the right trooper of the incomplete two 7par4 #cgd74 7d7 ,column of troopers3 ,the troopers of each four follow successively1 one behind another1 with distances between consecutive troopers of #d feet when mounted1 or #ad inches when dismounted4 ,,extended ,,order4 7e7 ,foragers3 ,the troopers are abreast of each other1 with intervals of #c yards between troopers1 unless some other interval be specially designated4 ,the dismounted formation corresponding to foragers is skirmishers4 ,the interval between troopers in line of skirmishers is one-half pace unless some other interval be designated4 ,in the employment of a squad or other small detachment the designation of a greater interval than one-half pace is habitual rather than exceptional 7par4 #djh74 ,in a line of skirmishers at one-half pace interval each man may be considered as occupying1 including his interval1 about #a yard of front4 ,the squad may also be extended in depth as prescribed in par4 #dac4 ,,order ,,in ,,the ,,squad4 #cfi4 ,when it is said that a unit is in order in any formation it is meant that the arrangement and condition of the component elements is such that the unit is ready to execute1 in the accustomed manner1 any movement that is intended to be executed from the formation in question4 ,the conditions essential to order in each formation of the squad are stated in paragraph #cgj4 ,the squad1 in line1 for example1 would not be in order if the troopers did not know their numbers1 for it could then execute no movement based upon the division into fours1 twos1 or troopers4 #cgj4 ,the squad in line1 column of fours1 or foragers is in order when the troopers of each four are arranged1 from right to left in the four1 in the order of their respective numbers1 and each knows his number4 ,the squad in column of twos is in order when the twos of each four are next to each other in the column1 odd numbers on the right1 and each trooper knows his number4 ,when the two composed of #a and #b is in front1 the column is said to be right in front2 when the two composed of #c and #d is in front1 the column is said to be left in front4 ,the squad in column of troopers is in order when the troopers of each four are next to one another in the column1 are arranged from front to rear in the order #a1 #b1 #c1 #d1 or #d1 #c1 #b1 #a1 and each trooper knows his number4 ,when the order is #a1 #b1 #c1 #d1 the column is said to be right in front2 when the order is #d1 #c1 #b1 #a1 left in front4 ,it is not necessary to order in the squad1 in any of the above formations1 that a particular trooper or troopers be in any designated four1 nor that the fours have any special relative order from right to left or front to rear4 ,,guide ,,of ,,the ,,squad4 7see also ,def4 ,base1 and par4 #cbf47 #cga4 ,at the original formation of the squad in line1 the leader designates a trooper by name as guide of the squad4 ,the guide of the squad in line and foragers is habitually a trooper at or near the center of the squad2 any trooper may1 however1 be designated as guide4 #cgb4 ,a trooper having once been designated as guide of the squad in line continues to act as such1 in line or foragers1 until another trooper be specifically designated as guide4 ,with a view1 however1 to avoiding possible doubt as to the identity of the guide1 the leader at each change of formation that terminates in line or foragers habitually indicates the guide of the new formation4 #cgc4 ,to designate the guide the leader cautions3 7,so-and-so7 ,,the ,,guide1 and habitually places himself #c yards in front of the trooper named if not already in that position4 ,a trooper designated as guide will1 at the time of the designation1 raise his hand or weapon to a position vertically above his head1 hold the position for a moment1 and then lower his arm to his side without further command4 ,the leader or his assistant may at any time cause the guide thus to indicate his identity to the other troopers by cautioning3 ,,guide4 ,the leader may change the guide of the squad in line at any time by indicating disregard 7par4 #iij71 placing himself in front of another trooper and designating the latter as guide in the manner prescribed above4 #cgd4 ,the base of the squad in each of the column formations is the leading element 7four1 two1 or trooper1 respectively74 ,the guide of the leading 7base7 element is also the guide of the squad4 ,in each four ,no4 #b is the guide2 in each two the right trooper 7,no4 #a or ,no4 #c74 ,in an incomplete four or two the position of the guide is always filled4 ,the guide of each element in rear of the base follows in the trace of the guide of the base 7leading7 element at the prescribed distance4 #cge4 ,whenever in the execution of any movement a four or two moves to its new position by an oblique 7or movement approximating an oblique7 the trooper on the side toward which the oblique is made acts as guide of the element during the oblique4 ,at all other times the guide in a four or two is as indicated in par4 #cgd unless specially otherwise stated4 #cgf4 ,the guide of the squad habitually follows the leader at #c yards distance1 but the leader may designate a greater distance1 in which case the guide marches accordingly4 #cgg4 ,when a guide temporarily is directing guide 7par4 #cbd71 it is necessary that he continue accurately in the direction of march or in the direction indicated for him by the leader4 ,this is an application of the marching upon fixed points prescribed in the ,school of the ,trooper 7par4 #bcb74 ,,movements ,,executed ,,by ,,the ,,squad4 #cgh4 ,any formation 7close or extended order7 prescribed for the squad may be taken directly from any other close-order formation4 ,being in extended order the squad1 to pass directly to close order1 must execute the assembly or rally4 #cgi4 ,subject to such modifications as are indicated under the respective paragraphs describing the movements1 the dismounted squad executes1 at the same commands as prescribed for the mounted squad1 such movements as are not obviously inapplicable to dismounted duty4 ,the execution of the dismounted movements will1 where differences in the mounted and dismounted methods necessarily exist1 be in accord with the principles explained in the ,school of the ,trooper1 ,dismounted1 corresponding changes in the details of execution being made4 #chj4 ,the general principles regulating gait and pace for both mounted and dismounted movements are stated in pars4 #ccc-cci4 ,modifications of those principles1 if any1 are stated under the corresponding paragraphs in the ,school of the ,squad4 ,,commands ,,and ,,corresponding ,,arm ,,signals4 #cha4 ,following is a list of the principal commands employed in the ,school of the ,squad1 together with the corresponding arm signals1 if any4 ,the list includes only a few of the commands also found in the ,school of the ,trooper 7mounted or dismounted47 ,the commands are arranged alphabetically for convenient reference4 ,the description of the signals will be found in par4 #iij4 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------- ,,commands4 ,,pars4 ,,arm ,,signals4 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------- #a4 ,assemble1 #b4 ,,march #dad ,assemble4#g #a4 ,backward1 #b4 ,,march #chd ,none4 #a4 ,by the right 7left7 flank1 #b4 ,,march #daa ,march to the flank4#g ,,circle ,,horses #dbh ,none4 #a4 ,column1 #b4 ,,march #cii ,column4#g #a4 ,column half right 7left71 #b4 ,,march #cif ,change direction4#g 7,see par4 #chf47 #a4 ,column of twos1 #b4 ,,march #cii ,column--twos4#h #a4 ,column right 7left71 #b4 ,,march #cif ,change direction4#g 7,see par4 #chf47 ,,couple ,,head ,,and ,,tail #dbg ,none4 ,,dismount #ceg ,prepare to dismount4#g 7,given as explained in par4 #ceg47 #a4 ,foragers1 #b4 ,,march #djh ,foragers4#g #daj #a4 ,forward1 #b4 ,,march #chb ,forward4#g #dab #a4 ,fours right 7left71 #cia ,march to the flank4#g #b4 ,,march #djj #a4 ,fours right 7left7 about1 #dja ,to the rear#g 7left about #b4 ,,march #djb only74 #a4 ,fours right 7left71 #djc-;c ,none4 column left 7right72 #b ,,march4 #a4 ,fours 7twos or troopers7 #dac ,none4 at so many yards distance1 #b4 ,,march4 #a4 ,gallop1 #b4 ,,march #chb ,from the trot only3 ,increase the gait4#gi ,,horses ,,back #dcb ,none ,,incline ,,to ,,the ,,right #cij ,none #cif #a4 ,nos4 #a1 #b1 and #d2 #dcf ,none4 #b4 ,,form ,,on ,,foot ,,mount #cee ,prepare to mount4 7,given as explained in par4 #cee47 #a4 ,prepare to dismount1 #cef ,prepare to dismount4#g #b4 ,,dismount #ceh #a4 ,prepare to mount1 #ced ,prepare to mount4#g #b4 ,,mount #ceh ,,rally #daf ,rally 7no preparatory signal74 ,oral command habitually accompanies signal4 #a4 ,right 7left7 by fours1 #djc-;a ,none4 #b4 ,,march #a4 ,right 7left7 by troopers1 #cic-;b ,none4 #b4 ,,march #djc-;b #a4 ,right 7left7 by twos1 #cic-;a ,none #b4 ,,march #djc-;b #a4 ,right 7left7 forward1 #djc-;d ,none4 fours right 7left72 #b4 ,,march4 #a4 ,right 7left7 half turn1 #chh ,change direction4#g ,the #b4 ,,march2 #c4 ,forward1 signal of execution for the #d4 ,,march2 or #c4 ,squad1 change of direction is #d4 ,,halt4 followed by forward or halt#g 7par4 #chf74 #a4 ,right 7left7 front into #dji ,none4 foragers 7or skirmishers71 #b4 ,,march4 #a4 ,right 7left7 front into #cig ,none4 line1 #b4 ,,march #a4 ,right 7left7 turn1 #chf ,change direction4#g ,the #b4 ,,march2 #c4 ,forward signal of execution for the #d4 ,,march2 or #c4 ,squad1 change of direction is #d4 ,,halt followed by forward#g or halt4#g #a4 ,skirmishers1 #b4 ,,march #djh ,skirmishers4#g #daj #a4 ,squad1 #b4 ,,halt #chc ,halt4#g ,,to ,,fight ,,on ,,foot4 ,when given #dcj ,to fight on foot4 7,no orally the indication ,,action preparatory signal47 ,,right 7,,left1 ,,front7 is habitually added to the above command4 ,,fire ,,at ,,will may also immediately follow the above command 7par4 #dcj74 #a4 ,to the rear1 #b4 ,,march #dab ,to the rear4#g #a4 ,troopers right 7left7 #djb ,to the rear#g 7left about about1 #b4 ,,march4 7,given only74 only from column of troopers47 #a4 ,troopers right 7left7 #che ,none4 oblique1 #b4 ,,march4 #a4 ,trot1 #b4 ,,march #bci ,from the walk3 ,increase the gait4#gi ,from the gallop3 ,decrease the gait4#gi #a4 ,twos right 7left71 #djj ,march to the flank4#g #b4 ,,march4 7,given only from column of twos and as an exceptional movement47 #a4 ,twos right 7left7 about1 #djb ,to the rear#g 7left about #b4 ,,march4 7,given only from only74 column of twos47 #a4 ,walk1 #b4 ,,march #bci ,from the trot only3 ,decrease the gait4#gi ---------------------------------------- ----------------------------- ,footnote #g3 ,signals marked thus are preparatory signals2 the signal of execution in each case is made as prescribed in par4 #iij4 ,footnote #h3 ,in signals marked thus 7combination signals7 the preparatory signal consists of more than one element2 the signal of execution follows the last element of the preparatory signal4 ,footnote #i3 ,see pars4 #bci1 #ccc4 ,when a gait signal is added to the preparatory command the resulting signal is given as a combination signal4 ,,detailed ,,description ,,of ,,movements1 ,,close ,,order4 #chb4 ,being in line at a halt1 to march to the front3 #a4 ,forward1 #b4 ,,march4 ,the leader moves forward1 followed at a distance of #c yards by the guide 7par4 #cga74 ,the other troopers conform to the march of the guide as explained in par4 #cfg4 ,being at a halt1 to move forward at a trot or gallop1 the commands are 7par4 #ccc73 #a4 ,forward1 trot1 or #a4 ,forward1 gallop2 #b4 ,,march4 ,increases of gait are habitually made progressively 7par4 #bci74 ,the march of the squad in line1 dismounted1 is conducted in accordance with the provisions of pars4 #fh-gd4 #chc4 ,marching in line1 to halt3 #a4 ,squad1 #b4 ,,halt4 ,all halt at the second command4 ,the troopers1 if not already aligned1 align themselves without command on the guide as they halt 7par4 #cfd74 ,movement in the rank then ceases4 ,if marching at the trot or gallop1 the gait is ordinarily decreased progressively1 the halt being executed from the walk 7par4 #bci74 #chd4 ,being in line at a halt1 to march backward3 #a4 ,backward1 #b4 ,,march4 ,all the troopers rein back 7par4 #bhj71 regulating on the guide1 who maintains his distance from the leader4 ,the execution of the march backward as a collective movement is habitually limited to cases where the movement may be necessary2 it is then executed for short distances only4 ,it is not executed at an increased gait4 #che4 ,being in line1 to oblique and resume the original direction3 #a4 ,troopers right 7left7 oblique1 #b4 ,,march4 ,executed by each trooper as in par4 #bcj4 ,during the oblique march the right knee of each trooper should be just in rear of the left knee of the trooper on his fight2 the trooper on the flank toward which the oblique is made acts temporarily without special indication as directing guide 7,def47 of the squad4 ,the line during the oblique march should be parallel to its original direction4 ,the leader does not take position in front of the flank trooper during the oblique4 ,halting the mounted squad while at the oblique should be avoided4 ,if the squad has to be halted thus1 the troopers upon halting turn their horses to the original front in so far as practicable4 ,to resume the original direction by similar means1 the commands are3 #a4 ,forward1 #b4 ,,march4 ,in executing the oblique by trooper1 dismounted1 each trooper preserves his relative position1 keeping his shoulders parallel to those of the directing guide and so regulating his step that the rank may remain parallel to its original front4 ,in resuming the original direction1 the troopers half face to the left in marching1 then move straight to the front4 ,if at half step or mark time while obliquing1 the oblique march is resumed by the commands3 #a ,oblique1 #b4 ,,march4 ,should the halt be commanded while the squad is obliquing1 the troopers halt faced to the front 7fig4 #cb74 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ch1 par4 #che4 #chf4 ,being in line1 to turn to the right or left3 #a4 ,right 7left7 turn1 #b4 ,,march2 #c4 ,forward1 #d4 ,,march2 or #c4 ,squad1 #d4 ,,halt4 ,the principle of the movement is explained in par4 #cbi-;a4 ,the form of the third and fourth commands is determined by whether the turn is to terminate with the advance in line or with the halt4 ,in the turn the squad is led by its leader 7par4 #cfg7 through a change of direction of #ij4 ,the leader 7and1 therefore1 the guide7 are restricted not only to this particular change of direction but also to a particular arc or path during the turn 7par4 #chg74 ,there is no special arm signal for the turn as such2 but1 as the turn is a change of direction1 the signal for the latter movement is applicable4 ,the signal for the change of direction does not in itself indicate the degree of the turn1 but the leader's subsequent signal forward or halt indicates when the change of direction is to cease4 ,in the turn1 as in any case of the march in line1 the leader1 subject to the restrictions just indicated1 regulates the direction and gait of march1 the guide conforms to the movements of the leader1 and all the other troopers regulate their alignment and interval on the guide4 ,the rate of march of the leader and the guide should not be so rapid as to make it impracticable for the troopers on the marching flank of the squad to preserve their alignment on the guide during the turn4 ,the guide moves in the trace of the leader during the turn1 as well as before and after the turn4 ,when the turn is executed by the marching squad the leader gives the command after he has begun to change direction and at the moment when the guide arrives at the point where the leader straightened his horse in the new direction 7par4 #dga74 ,when executed from a halt the second command can not be given as above indicated4 ,the leader in that case begins to turn at the command of execution1 while the guide1 instead of beginning the actual turn at once1 moves forward so as to move1 during the turn1 in the trace of the leader 7par4 #cfg74 ,in executing the turn dismounted the leader so regulates the length of step of the guide that the trooper on the marching flank can keep the regular step corresponding to the gait at which the turn is made4 ,the other troopers lengthen or shorten the step accordingly1 maintaining the cadence and their alignment and interval with respect to the guide4 ,if the turn be terminated by the commands3 #c4 ,forward1 #d4 ,,march1 all the troopers resume the regular step at the fourth command4 #chg4 ,in executing the turn in a squad or platoon1 the leader1 followed by the guide1 so turns on the arc of a circle that the pivot trooper1 in conforming to the guide's movements1 marches on the arc of a circle whose radius varies with the gait of the guide1 this radius being #b yards at a walk1 #d yards at a trot1 and #f yards at a gallop4 ,when the turn is executed dismounted the corresponding radius1 in either quick or double time1 is #a yard4 #chh4 ,at the command3 #a4 ,right 7left7 half turn1 #b4 ,,march2 #c4 ,forward1 #d4 ,,march2 or #c4 ,squad1 #d4 ,,halt1 a change of direction of #de may be made in accordance with the principles explained in pars4 #chf and #chg4 ,the arm signal for the half turn follows the rule indicated for the full turn 7par4 #chf74 #chi4 ,in all movements in these regulations in the course of which fours1 twos1 or troopers execute a turn or half turn this last movement is made by each element in accordance with the principles explained in pars4 #chf and #chg1 except that the commands #c4 ,forward1 #d4 ,,march1 are omitted and each element continues the march in the new direction1 upon completion of the turn1 unless the commands3 #c4 ,squad1 #d4 ,,halt1 are given4 ,the guide of a four in the turn is always ,no4 #b2 the guide of a two the right trooper4 #cij4 ,where only a slight change in the direction of march is desired2 it is habitually accomplished by leading without any special command or signal therefor4 ,the leader may caution3 ,,incline ,,to ,,the ,,right 7,,left74 ,the execution of this movement1 like that of the turn1 is a special case of leading applied to the march in line4 ,the leader slightly alters the direction of march1 the guide conforms to the leader's movements1 and the other troopers conform to the movements of the guide4 #cia4 ,being in line1 to form column of fours to a flank3 #a4 ,fours right 7left71 #b4 ,,march4 ,the fours move simultaneously1 each executing right turn and taking up the march in the new direction 7par4 #chi74 ,no4 #b of the four on the flank toward which the movement is executed is the guide upon whom the other ,nos4 #b regulate during the movement 7par4 #cbf71 as well as the guide of the resulting column 7par4 #cgd74 ,the leader promptly takes position in front of the guide 7par4 #cbe74 ,gaits are regulated as in par4 #ccg-;d4 ,the movement dismounted is executed on the same principles except that ,no4 #b of each four regulates his step and path as indicated for the dismounted turn 7pars4 #chf1 #chg74 7,fig4 #cc47 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ci1 par4 #cia4 #cib4 ,column of twos is not formed directly to a flank from line4 ,column of twos may be formed to the front as explained in pars4 #cic and #djc1 and the head of the column be at once marched in any desired direction4 ,the same principle regulates the formation of column of troopers to a flank4 #cic4 ,being in column of fours1 to form column of twos or troopers3 7a7 ,to form column of twos3 #a4 ,right 7left7 by twos1 #b4 ,,march4 ,the right two of the leading four is the base4 ,the other twos enter the column successively1 the right two of each four being followed immediately by the left two of the same four1 the left two obliquing to enter the column 7par4 #cca74 ,all distances are #d feet 7par4 #cfh74 ,gaits are regulated as in movements from line into column 7par4 #ccg-;a1 c74 7b7 ,column of troopers is formed on the same principles at the commands3 #a4 ,right 7left7 by trooper1 #b4 ,,march4 ,the right trooper of the leading four is the base4 ,column of troopers from column of twos is formed by the same commands as from column of fours and in accordance with the same principles4 ,the movements described in this paragraph are among those referred to in par4 #dfh-;b4 #cid4 ,in executing any movement by which a column2 of twos or troopers is formed1 a four composed of less than three troopers 7par4 #cfh-;b7 acts temporarily as a two--on the right of the four if the column of twos is formed right in front 7par4 #cgj72 on the left of the four if the column of twos is formed left in front4 ,when the column of fours is re-formed the troopers take their proper places in column as indicated in par4 #cfh-;b4 #cie4 ,the squad in column of fours1 twos1 or troopers is marched to the front1 halted1 marched backward1 marched in an oblique direction1 and marched again to the original front by the same commands as the squad in line1 each element of the column conforming to the principles indicated for the squad in line 7pars4 #cbi1 #cgd74 #cif4 ,being in column of fours1 twos1 or troopers1 to change direction4 ,the movement is executed as explained in par4 #cbi1 the fours 7twos1 troopers7 successively changing on the same ground1 the guide of each element moving in the trace of the leader4 ,in changing direction in column of fours1 mounted1 the guide of each rear four slightly diminishes the pace when #d feet from the turning point1 correspondingly increasing the pace during the actual change of direction so as to have the proper distance of #d feet from the four next in front when the turn is completed4 ,this provision does not apply to the corresponding dismounted movement1 nor to the column of twos1 or troopers4 ,to indicate1 for any column1 a change of direction of #ij or #de1 the leader may command1 respectively3 #a4 ,column1 right 7left71 or #a4 ,column half right 7left72 #b4 ,,march4 ,the leader may indicate a slight change of direction by the caution3 ,,incline ,,to ,,the ,,right4 ,the dismounted execution of the change of direction conforms in each element of the column to the modifications noted in pars4 #chf and #chg for the execution of the turn dismounted4 ,the leader regulates the length of his own step accordingly during his actual change of direction1 and the guide of each successive element does the same when he reaches the turning point4 #cig4 ,being in column of fours1 twos1 or troopers1 to form line to the front3 #a4 ,right 7left7 front into line1 #b4 ,,march4 ,the leading element 7four1 two1 or trooper7 of the column is the base of the movement and moves forward4 ,each element in rear of the base1 leaves the column by a movement approximating a right oblique and proceeds 7par4 #cge7 to a place abreast of the leading element1 the elements taking successively1 from left to right in the new line1 positions in the same order as that in which they previously appeared from head to rear in the column4 ,the guide of the leading element1 when the movement begins1 acts as directing guide 7,def47 of the squad from the moment the leader starts to his new position until he indicates the guide of the new line 7pars4 #cbf1 #cgc7 when all regulate on the latter guide4 ,gaits are regulated as in pars4 #ccg-;a1 b4 7,fig4 #cd47 ,this is one of the movements referred to in par4 #dfh-;b4 ,in the dismounted execution of the movement at quick time the leader commands3 #a4 ,squad1 #b4 ,,halt1 as soon as the leading element has advanced to the point where it is desired that the line shall form 7par4 #cci-;a1 b1 c74 ,only the leading 7base7 element halts at the command1 each rear element halting as it arrives on the line 7par4 #ccg-;f74 ,if executed while marching in double time1 the leader similarly commands3 #a4 ,quick time1 #b4 ,,march1 the reduced gait being taken successively by the elements as they reach their positions 7par4 #ccg-;f74 ,if marching in quick time1 and double time be included in the command1 the command for the increased gait applies only to the rear elements 7par4 #ccg-;f74 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dj1 par4 #cig4 #cih4 ,to prevent the inversion of twos or troopers in their respective fours the squad in column of twos or column of troopers should form line to the left front when the squad is right in front 7par4 #cgj71 and vice versa4 #cii4 ,being in column of twos or troopers1 to form column of fours3 #a4 ,column1 #b4 ,,march4 7,see ,def4 ,column47 ,the leading element is the base and follows the leader4 ,if in column of twos the rear two of the leading four obliques at a correspondingly faster gait 7par4 #cce7 and takes its proper place abreast of1 and to the right or left of1 the leading two of that four1 so that the troopers of the four shall appear from right to left1 in the order of their respective numbers4 ,all the other twos take up a correspondingly faster gait than the leading two1 and the fours form successively from head to rear in the column in the manner indicated above 7par4 #cca74 ,the leading two of each four1 other than the leading four1 takes the gait of the head of the column 7or halts7 when at #d feet from the corresponding two of the four next in front4 ,in each four the rear two begins to oblique as the leading two of that four approaches the position where it decreases the gait 7or halts74 ,the leader takes position in front of the guide of the column 7,no4 #b74 ,gaits are further regulated as in movements from column into line 7par4 #ccg-;a1 b74 ,column of fours1 from column of troopers is formed by the same commands and in accordance with the same principles4 ,column of twos from column of troopers is formed in a similar manner at the commands3 #a4 ,column of twos1 #b4 ,,march4 ,the column of twos will be right in front or left in front 7par4 #cgj71 according as the column of troopers was right in front or left in front prior to the movement4 ,in the dismounted execution of the above movements in quick time the leader habitually commands3 #a4 ,squad1 #b4 ,,halt1 immediately following the command of execution 7par4 #cci-;b1 c74 ,only the leading element halts 7par4 #cci-;f71 each of the rear elements halting when it reaches its prescribed position in the column4 ,if executed in double time the leader similarly follows the command of execution by the command for quick time 7par4 #cci-;b1 c71 which is successively taken by the elements1 as above4 ,if marching in quick time1 and double time be commanded1 only the rear elements take the increased gait1 each taking quick time on arriving in its place4 7,fig4 #da47 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #da1 par4 #cii4 #djj4 ,being in column of fours1 twos1 or troopers1 to form line to a flank3 #a4 ,fours right 7left71 #b4 ,,march4 ,each1 four turns to the right 7par4 #chi74 ,each rear four regulates on the leading four until the fours unite in line 7par4 #cbf71 when1 unless the leader halts the squad1 all take up the march in the new direction without further command1 regulating on the new guide 7pars4 #cbe1 #cgb74 ,if the squad is to form line without advancing in the new direction1 the leader gives the preparatory indication for the halt immediately following the second command1 so as to add the command halt as the four unite in line4 ,in an emergency a similar movement may be executed from columns of twos at the commands3 #a4 ,twos right 7left71 #b4 ,,march4 ,loss of order may result4 ,in the absence of other indication1 intervals are closed toward the guide 7par4 #cgb74 ,a similar movement executed from column of troopers results in a line of foragers1 which may be assembled or rallied to form line 7pars4 #dad1 #daf74 ,gaits are regulated as in par4 #ccg-;d4 7,fig4 #cf47 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #db1 par4 #djj4 #dja4 ,being in line1 to face or march the line to the rear3 #a4 ,fours right 7left7 about1 #b4 ,,march4 ,when the movement is executed by signal the elements of the column always turn to the left about4 ,the oral command fours right about is not accompanied by an arm signal4 ,each four turns #ahj degrees in the direction indicated 7par4 #chi74 ,the leader1 passing around a flank of the squad1 promptly takes position in front of the guide so as to lead the squad in the new direction 7pars4 #cbe1 #cgb74 ,to face to the rear1 the squad is halted as the fours unite in line4 ,the modifications incident to the execution of the dismounted movement are indicated in par4 #cia4 ,gaits are regulated as in par4 #ccg-;d4 ,a dismounted squad may also be marched a short distance to the rear by the oral command and methods indicated in par4 #hb4 #djb4 ,being in column of fours1 twos1 or troopers1 to face or march the column to the rear3 #a4 ,fours 7twos1 troopers71 right 7left7 about1 #b4 ,,march4 ,the provision in the preceding paragraph regarding the execution of the movement by signal applies equally to this paragraph4 ,each four 7two1 trooper7 turns #ahj degrees in the direction indicated 7par4 #chi74 ,the leader promptly takes position in front of the guide of the column 7par4 #cbe74 7,fig4 #cg47 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dc1 par4 #djb4 #djc4 ,being in line to form column of fours1 twos1 or troopers to the front3 #a4 ,right 7left7 by fours 7twos1 troopers71 #b4 ,,march4 ,the formation is a successive one4 ,the right element 7four1 two1 or trooper1 according to the command7 is the base2 it moves forward and follows the leader1 becoming the leading element of the column4 7a7 ,in forming column of fours each four to the left of the base successively obliques to the right 7par4 #che7 at the gait of the base as soon as it has sufficient space1 and resumes the direct march so as to enter the column at #d feet distance4 ,to avoid losing distance the oblique must be begun in each four when the heads of its horses are opposite the croups of the horses of the four on its right4 ,gaits are regulated as in pars4 #chg-;a1 c4 7,fig4 #dd47 7b7 ,in forming column of twos or troopers only the elements of the right four move in the manner indicated above4 ,each of the other elements successively turns to the right 7par4 #chi7 and then1 after advancing in the new direction1 turns to the left so as to enter the column at #d feet distance 7par4 #cca74 ,gaits are regulated as in pars4 #ccg-;a1 c4 ,the movements described in 7a7 and 7b7 are among those referred to in par4 #dfh-;b4 7,fig4 #de47 7c7 ,right 7left7 by fours is ordinarily unsuited to execution in groups of any size4 ,should it be necessary to break to the front from the flank of such a unit1 column of fours to the front may be formed by executing fours right 7left7 and then changing the direction of march of the head of the column4 ,the oral commands3 #a4 ,fours right 7left71 column left 7right71 #b4 ,,march1 and #a4 ,fours right 7left71 column half left 7right71 #b4 ,,march1 are authorized for this purpose4 ,gaits are regulated as in par4 #ccg-;d4 7d7 ,for cases that are not suitably met by 7a7 or 7c7 of this paragraph the commands3 #a4 ,right 7left7 forward1 fours right 7left71 #b4 ,,march1 are authorized4 ,the right four is the base and moves forward following the leader1 who promptly takes position in front of the guide of the column 7pars4 #cbe1 #cgd74 ,the second four from the right starts to move as in fours right 7par4 #cia71 its guide decreasing the pace until the right four has partly cleared the second four1 when the latter four1 by a movement approximating an oblique1 enters the column so as to follow in the trace of the leading 7original right7 four at #d feet distance4 ,the other fours execute fours right 7each slightly decreasing the pace during the turn71 and then column left1 so as to follow the second four at the proper distance4 ,the fours move simultaneously and1 except as noted above1 all at the same gait 7par4 #ccg-;d74 ,in the execution of the movement dismounted the right four moves forward2 the remainder of the squad executes fours right1 column left1 and follows the right 7leading7 four at #ib inches distance4 ,the right four takes four short steps just after it1 clears the four next on its left1 then resumes the full step4 7,fig4 #df47 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dd1 par4 #djc 7a74 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #de1 par4 #djc 7b74 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #df1 par4 #djc 7d74 ,,extended ,,order4 #djd4 ,in extended-order drills the troopers habitually march at ease1 but keep on the alert so as promptly to conform to the indications of the leader and the movements of the guide4 ,the rifles of dismounted troopers in extended order are carried as in par4 #fa4 #dje4 ,foragers may be formed when the squad is in any authorized formation 7par4 #dfh7 or in disorder1 when it is moving at any gait or is halted4 ,the extension is effected toward the direction of march4 ,when possible the deployment should be made upon ground protected from hostile view and fire4 ,whatever the method employed for the extension1 the leader controls the movements of the base 7par4 #cbc74 ,the other troopers1 moving at a gallop1 form foragers in accordance with the methods indicated4 ,the squad1 deployed as foragers1 is marched to the front and halted1 obliques1 resumes the original direction1 executes changes in gait and changes of direction1 by the commands and methods prescribed for the squad in line4 #djf4 ,the appropriate substitution of skirmishers for foragers1 is made in the commands for movements in extended order1 dismounted 7par4 #cfh-;c74 ,the skirmishers move at a run to their positions on the line of foragers4 #djg4 ,a greater or less interval than #c yards between foragers may be ordered1 the words at 7so many7 yards being added to the preparatory command so as immediately to follow the word foragers or skirmishers4 #djh4 ,being in line1 to form foragers3 #a4 ,foragers1 #b4 ,,march4 ,the guide continues to be the base and advances 7par4 #dje7 at the gait of march unless the leader indicates otherwise 7pars4 #ccg-;f1 #dje74 ,the troopers to the right of the guide move at a gallop obliquely to the right front2 those to the left obliquely to the left front4 ,the troopers take position abreast of the base in the same order as in line and at intervals of #c yards measured from the side of the base4 ,should the right trooper be the guide1 all oblique to the left2 should the left trooper be the guide1 all oblique to the right4 ,in the execution of the corresponding dismounted movement 7commands3 #a4 ,skirmishers1 #b4 ,,march--par4 #djf7 the troopers move to their places at a run1 taking intervals of one-half pace1 unless some other interval be indicated 7pars4 #cfh-;e1 #djg47 7,fig4 #cg47 #dji4 ,being in column of fours1 twos1 or troopers1 to form foragers3 #a4 ,right 7left7 front into foragers1 #b4 ,,march4 ,the left trooper of the leading element of the column as the base of the deployment advances at the gait of march 7par4 #ccg-;a7 unless the leader indicates otherwise 7pars4 #ccg-;f1 #dje71 the other troopers of the leading element deploying as indicated in par4 #djh4 ,the remaining troopers move obliquely to the right front at a gallop and extend the line in similar1 manner1 the order of the successive elements being the same1 from left to right in line1 as it formerly was from head to rear in the column4 ,the possibility of the inversion of troopers in the fours as a result of forming foragers from column of twos or troopers should be kept in mind4 ,no such inversion can occur in movements executed from column of fours4 ,the movement described in this paragraph is one of those referred to in par4 #dfh-;b4 7,fig4 #da47 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dg1 par4 #dji4 #daj4 ,being in disorder1 to form foragers3 ,foragers may be formed from any condition of dispersion or disorder by methods similar to those indicated in pars4 #djh and #dji4 ,at the command3 #a4 ,foragers1 #b4 ,,march1 the troopers nearest the leader ride toward him at a gallop4 ,the leader indicates the guide 7par4 #cgc71 who follows the leader2 the other troopers1 moving at a gallop1 take position1 with the proper interval1 on the right and left of the guide1 without regard to order4 ,line of foragers from a condition of disorder may also be formed by first rallying the squad 7par4 #daf7 and then forming foragers4 ,dismounted1 skirmishers may similarly be formed4 #daa4 ,being deployed as foragers1 to march to a flank3 #a4 ,by the right 7left7 flank1 #b4 ,,march4 ,each trooper turns #ij to the right and marches in the new direction 7par4 #chi74 ,a column of troopers at #d feet distance results4 ,the line of foragers may be resumed by again marching to the flank by the use of corresponding commands and methods4 ,gaits are regulated as in par4 #ccg-;d4 ,dismounted1 each trooper moves as in par4 #ha4 ,if at a halt1 the movement of the foragers by the flank is executed by the same commands as when marching4 #dab4 ,being deployed as foragers1 to march to the rear3 #a4 ,to the rear1 #b4 ,,march4 ,each trooper executes an about to the left 7pars4 #chi1 #dhf74 ,to march again to the front the commands3 #a4 ,forward1 #b4 ,,march1 are given4 ,each trooper executes another about to the left4 ,if a line of foragers be halted while marching to the rear1 each trooper turns to the left about and halts1 faced to the front 7par4 #dgd74 ,gaits are regulated as in par4 #ccg-;d4 ,dismounted1 each trooper executes to the rear 7par4 #hb74 ,if at a halt1 the movement of the foragers to the rear is executed by the same commands as when marching4 #dac4 ,the squad may be extended in depth as well as in front4 ,the commands are3 #a4 ,fours 7twos1 or troopers7 at so many yards distance1 #b4 ,,march4 ,this movement may be used to cross a fire-swept area when such a course is necessary4 ,the leader indicates the point where the squad is to be reassembled4 ,the fours 7twos or troopers7 move out successively from head to rear in column or right to left in line4 ,each element may extend laterally on its guide4 ,the gait is the gallop4 #dad4 ,being deployed as foragers and in order 7par4 #dgj7 to assemble3 #a4 ,assemble1 #b4 ,,march4 ,the guide advances and follows the leader4 ,the other troopers close in on the guide and form in line upon him in the same relative order in which they were at the moment the assembly was commanded4 ,the leader halts the guide at any time if it is desired to assemble without gaining further ground in the direction of march4 ,the leader1 by moving in any desired direction1 may regulate the direction toward which the assembly is executed4 ,gaits are regulated as in par4 #ccg-;e1 the elements other than the base taking a correspondingly faster gait4 ,the assembly in each unit is explained for that unit 7par4 #dfh-;b74 ,the leader may1 by prior designation of any trooper 7e4g41 a flank trooper7 as guide 7par4 #cgc71 cause the assembly to be executed on that trooper by the commands and methods just indicated4 ,the troopers always start to assemble in line1 but when an assembly in column is desired it may virtually be accomplished1 by the leader's designation of a flank trooper as the guide before ordering the assembly and cautioning3 ,,column as soon as the assembly begins4 ,the fours1 as they successively assemble toward the base1 then take their places in column of fours instead of in line2 the leader takes post in front of ,no4 #b 7par4 #cbe74 ,if there be not space to advance in column of fours1 the assembly in column of twos or troopers may be accomplished by corresponding commands and methods4 ,the squad executes assemble only when deployed as foragers and in order4 ,under other conditions the rally 7par4 #daf71 followed1 by count fours1 more easily accomplishes the purposes of the assembly 7,def474 ,in executing the assembly dismounted the troopers close in on the guide in double time without special command if the guide and leader continue to advance 7par4 #cci-;g72 otherwise they close in at quick time unless double time be commanded 7par4 #cci-;b74 7,fig4 #db47 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #dh1 par4 #dad4 #dae4 ,if to the rear 7par4 #dab7 be executed by the squad1 a temporary loss of order occurs4 ,if it be desired to pass to close order without resuming the march to the front and assembling 7par4 #dad71 the squad may rally 7par4 #daf7 and count fours4 #daf4 ,being in any formation1 or not formed1 or in disorder1 to rally2 ,,rally4 ,when the rally is ordered the signal is habitually accompanied by the oral command1 both the signal and the oral command1 being repeated until understood and obeyed4 ,the signal is obeyed at once1 there being no preparatory command for this movement4 ,the leader takes position at any point or moves in any desired direction1 and at any gait that will permit the movement to be executed4 ,the troopers ride toward the leader at an extended gallop and1 in the absence of other indication1 form in rear of the leader in line4 ,the leader promptly designates the guide 7pars4 #cga1 #cgc71 who follows the leader4 ,the other troopers form1 as they come up1 on the right and left of the guide extending the line4 ,the leader may caution3 ,,column1 as the leading troopers approach4 ,the troopers then form in column of fours instead of in line4 ,the leading element forms first2 the other troopers1 as they arrive1 successively form fours1 extending the column to the rear4 ,the leader designates the guide 7pars4 #cgc1 #cgd7 and cautions3 ,,note ,,your ,,numbers4 ,the rally in column is exceptional and is intended for use only on occasions when a narrow road or other circumstances of the terrain prevent the rally in line4 ,should the route along which the leader is moving when the rally is ordered be too narrow to permit the formation of column of fours1 the leader may caution3 ,,column ,,of ,,twos 7,,column ,,of ,,troopers7 as the leading troopers approach4 ,the movement is executed as explained for the rally in column of fours4 ,fours should be counted at once4 ,the rally in columns of twos or troopers is to be regarded as very exceptional4 ,the squad being rallied in line1 though ordinarily not in order until fours are counted 7par4 #dgj71 is available at once to charge or to execute any movement that does not involve a knowledge of their respective numbers on the part of the individual troopers4 ,unless the charge is to be executed at once1 fours should be counted without delay after rallying1 so that the squad1 may be in order and ready to execute any movements whatever that conditions may demand4 ,the rally dismounted1 is always executed at a run4 7,fig4 #di47 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #di1 par4 #daf4 ,,the ,,mounted ,,attack4 #dag4 ,the mounted attack is made with the pistol or saber in accordance with the principles indicated in pars4 #efb-efe4 ,the typical saber charge is executed in line4 ,under some circumstances1 as in the attack of a dispersed enemy1 etc41 a saber charge may be made by troopers deployed as foragers4 ,the pistol attack is usually made in foragers4 ,in exceptional circumstances 7as in breaking out from an ambush1 attacking in a narrow road1 etc47 it may be made in line or in column of fours1 twos1 or troopers4 #dah4 ,cohesion in the line and vigor in the shock are essential to the success of the saber charge4 ,high speed is necessary for the desired shock2 and in the saber charge1 as executed in combat1 the horses are1 at the culmination of the charge1 habitually turned loose and urged to the highest speed4 ,this1 except with men and horses that are highly trained1 necessarily involves loss of control over the horse on the part of the trooper4 ,the saber charge1 executed with poorly trained horsemen1 especially if on imperfectly trained or excitable house's1 is apt to be futile as regards the instruction of the trooper and to result in more or less permanent loss of control over the horses4 ,control of the mount by the trooper is essential during the execution of the pistol attack 7ordinarily made in line of foragers71 and is1 of course1 necessary during march and maneuver4 ,for these reasons it is considered advisable that the first instruction of the recruit in the actual saber charge be deferred until after platoon instruction and that it be given then only after the troop commander is satisfied that the recruit's progress in horsemanship and in the use of his weapon has advanced to a point when the exercise will be of value4 #dai4 ,the work in the squad1 with a view to preparing the recruit for the mounted attack with the saber and pistol1 will therefore be limited to those exercises in which the horse is controlled4 ,it should consist1 in substance1 of an extension to collective work of the individual instruction described in par4 #big1 and should include occasional practice in advancing as rapidly as can be done while maintaining a close formation and control of the mount4 ,the increase in speed should be made quietly and progressively1 be continued but a short distance1 and invariably be terminated by the quiet resuming of a slow gait4 ,as the recruit gets more skill and confidence the exercise will be conducted with sabers drawn1 the troopers taking the charging position 7par4 #bea7 when the instructor does so and returning to the carry with him4 ,similar exercises will be conducted with the pistol1 with especial attention to directing the horses through lines of silhouette targets and to drawing1 returning1 and manipulating the pistol4 ,the exercises with the pistol will usually be conducted in foragers and may be extended to include the actual execution of the pistol attack as described in the ,school of the ,platoon4 ,in campaign any small group executes the mounted attack as explained for the platoon4 #dbj4 ,in combat of every kind skill on the part of the individual trooper in the use of the weapon or weapons employed is essential4 ,so important is this part of the training that where time for the training of the troopers is limited all but the most essential portions of close-order drill should be deferred or omitted in order that the training of the trooper in the use of his weapons may be thorough and efficient4 ,section #h4 ,tent pitching4 ,,to ,,pitch ,,all ,,types ,,of ,,army ,,tents1 ,,except ,,shelter ,,and ,,conical ,,wall ,,tents4 ,to pitch all types of ,army tents1 except shelter and conical wall tents3 ,mark line of tents by driving1 a wall pin on the spot to be occupied by the right 7or left7 corner of each tent4 ,for pyramidal tents the interval between adjacent pins should be about #cj feet1 which will give a passage of #b feet between tents4 ,spread tripod on the ground where the center of tent is to be1 if tripod is used4 ,spread the tent on the ground to be occupied1 door to the front1 and place the right 7or left7 front wall loop over the pin4 ,the door 7or doors1 if more than one7 being fastened and held together at the bottom1 the left 7or right7 corner wall loop is carried to the left 7or right7 as far as it will go and a wall pin driven through it1 the pin being placed in line with the right 7or left7 corner pins already driven4 ,at the same time the rear corner wall loops are pulled to the rear and outward so that the rear wall of the tent is stretched to complete the rectangle4 ,wall pins are then driven through these loops4 ,each corner pin should be directly in rear of the corresponding front corner pin1 making a rectangle4 ,unless the canvas be wet1 a small amount of slack should be allowed before the corner pins are driven4 ,according to the size of the tent1 one or two men1 crawling under the tent if necessary1 fit each pole or ridge or upright into the ring or ridge-pole holes1 and such accessories as hood1 fly1 and brace ropes are adjusted4 ,if a tripod be used an additional man will go under the tent to adjust it4 ,the tent1 steadied by the remaining men1 one at each corner guy rope1 will then be raised4 ,if the tent is a ward or storage type1 corner poles will now be placed at the four corners4 ,the four corner guy ropes are then placed over the lower notches of the large pins driven in prolongation of the diagonals at such distance as to hold the walls and ends of the tent vertical and smooth when the guy ropes are drawn taut4 ,a wall pin is then driven through each remaining wall loop and a large pin for each guy rope is driven in line with the corner guy pins already driven4 ,the guy ropes of the tent are placed over the lower notches1 while the guy ropes of the fly are placed over the upper notches1 and are then drawn taut4 ,brace ropes1 when used1 are then secured to stakes or pins suitably placed4 ,,conical ,,wall ,,tent4 ,drive the door pin and center pin #h feet #c inches apart4 ,using the hood lines1 with center pin as center1 describe two concentric circles with radii #h feet #c inches and #aa feet #c inches4 ,in the outer circle drive two door guy pins #c feet apart4 ,at intervals of about #c feet drive the other guy pins4 ,in other respects conical tents are erected practically as in the case of pyramidal tents4 ,,to ,,strike ,,common1 ,,wall1 ,,pyramidal1 ,,and ,,conical ,,wall ,,tents4 ,,strike ,,tents4 ,the men first remove all pins except those of the four corner guy ropes1 or the four quadrant guy ropes in the case of the conical wall tent4 ,the pins are neatly piled or placed in their receptacle4 ,one man holds each guy1 and when the ground is clear the tent is lowered1 folded1 or rolled and tied1 the poles or tripod and pole fastened together1 and the remaining pins collected4 ,,to ,,fold ,,tents4 ,for folding common1 wall1 hospital1 and storage tents3 ,spread the tent flat on the ground1 folded at the ridge so that bottoms of side walls are even1 ends of tent forming triangles to the right and left2 fold the triangular ends of the tent in toward the middle1 making it rectangular in shape2 fold the top over about #i inches2 fold the tent in two by carrying the top fold over clear to the foot2 fold again in two from the top to the foot2 throw all guys on tent except the second from each end2 fold the ends in so as to cover about two-thirds of the second cloths2 fold the left end over to meet the turned-in edge of the right end1 then fold the right end over the top1 completing the bundle2 tie with the two exposed guys4 ,,method ,,of ,,folding ,,pyramidal ,,tent4 ,the tent is thrown toward the rear and the back wall and roof canvas pulled out smooth4 ,this may be most easily accomplished by leaving the rear-corner wall pins1 in the ground with the wall loops attached1 one man at each rear-corner guy1 and one holding the square iron in a perpendicular position and pulling the canvas to its limit away from the former front of the tent4 ,this leaves the three remaining sides of the tent on top of the rear side1 with the door side in the middle4 ,now carry the right-front corner over and lay it on the left-rear corner4 ,pull all canvas smooth1 throw guys toward square iron1 and pull bottom edges even4 ,then take the right-front corner and return to the right1 covering the right-rear corner4 ,this folds the right side of the tent on itself1 with the crease in the middle and under the front side of tent4 ,next carry the left-front corner to the right and back as described1 above2 this when completed will leave the front and rear sides of the tent lying smooth and flat and the two side walls folded inward1 each on itself4 ,place the hood in the square iron which has been folded downward toward the bottom of the tent1 and continue to fold around the square iron as a core1 pressing all folds down flat and smooth and parallel with the bottom of the tent4 ,if each fold is compactly made and the canvas kept smooth1 the last fold will exactly cover the lower edge of the canvas4 ,lay all exposed guys along the folded canvas except the two on the center width1 which should be pulled out and away from bottom edge to their extreme length for tying4 ,now1 beginning at one end1 fold toward the center on the first seam 7that joining the first and second widths7 and fold again toward the center1 so that the already folded canvas will come to within about #c inches of the middle width4 ,then fold over to the opposite edge of middle width of canvas4 ,then begin folding from opposite end1 folding the first width in half1 then making a second fold to come within about #d or #e inches of that already folded2 turn this fold entirely over that already folded4 ,take the exposed guys and draw them taut across each other1 turn bundle over on the under guy1 cross guys on top of bundle1 drawing tight4 ,turn bundle over on the crossed guys and tie lengthwise4 ,when properly tied and pressed together this will make a package #aa by #bc by #cd inches1 requiring about #h1hee cubic inches to store or pack4 ,stencil the organization designation on the lower half of the middle width of canvas in the back wall4 ,,chapter ,,vi4 ,,field ,,service4 ,section #a4 ,principles of training4 ,inaction gives every advantage to the enemy4 ,the offensive alone gives decisive results4 ,a quick and energetic offensive minimizes losses4 ,an advance against the enemy's position once entered upon must be continued4 ,to go back under fire is to die4 ,the best way to hold down the fire of the enemy and to diminish his power to inflict losses is to bring the position he occupies under well-conducted and continued fire4 ,present as small a target as possible to the enemy by utilizing every bit of cover the ground affords4 ,individual skill in marksmanship is an advantage in battle only when united with fire discipline and control4 ,constant movement to the front lessens the effect of the enemy's fire4 ,modern battles fought in the open show that the heaviest losses are in the mid and long ranges4 ,when close range is reached the losses diminish rapidly4 ,the best protection against artillery fire is a constant but irregular movement to the front4 ,when close to the enemy's position his fire is least effective4 ,a knowledge of how to use the bayonet and the will to use it must often be the deciding factors in battle4 ,finally3 ,in training we can not go far wrong or fail to accomplish the best results if we keep before our minds the spirit as well as the wording of paragraph #ceb of the ,infantry ,drill ,regulations3 ,the duties of infantry are many and difficult4 ,all infantry must be fit to cope with all conditions that may arise4 ,modern war requires but one kind of infantry--good infantry4 ,cavalry1 dismounted1 should be as efficient as infantry under all conditions of service4 ,section #b4 ,combat4 ,the field of battle is the final test of the instruction1 discipline1 and efficiency of the fighting force of any army4 ,the squadron is the attack unit or the defense unit1 whether operating alone or as part of a regiment4 ,the troops constitute the firing line and the support4 ,an individual soldier is concerned only with the enemy in his immediate front1 in obeying orders1 and instinctively doing what he has been trained to do4 ,the one requisite necessary to win the battle is intelligent team work4 ,the army is handled just like a football team4 ,a part is on the first line facing the enemy4 ,another part1 like the half backs1 is held back as supports4 ,another part1 like the full backs1 is held as a reserve4 ,each unit1 like each player1 has a certain duty to perform4 ,when the signal is given1 all work together--all play the game--team work4 ,the players consist of all branches of the service4 ,the same rule holds true down to the smallest unit and even to the individual enlisted man4 ,each regiment1 is a team composed of three players--each a squadron4 ,each squadron is a team of four players--each a troop4 ,in the same manner each troop is a team of two or more platoons2 each platoon a team of two sections2 and last1 but not least1 each section is a team of from #f to #ad players4 ,the one question that always presents itself on the battle field every minute of the time to every person1 whether he be a general or a private1 is1 ,what play has my team captain ordered1 and how best may ,i act so as to work in conjunction with the other players to bring about the desired result8--team play4 ,to the trooper this means-- ,first4 ,prompt and loyal obedience to the section leader4 ,every section always has a team captain4 ,if the section leader and corporal are killed or disabled1 other players previously designated take their places4 ,if no one was designated1 then the private with the longest service takes command4 ,when the section leader gives the command for a certain play1 don't stop to think if the play is a good one1 but do your very best to carry out the play as ordered4 ,a poor play in which every player enters with his whole heart 7team work7 will often win1 while1 on the other hand1 the best play in which some of the players are skulkers and shirkers will probably fail4 ,second4 ,never lose touch with your section4 ,every individual1 as well as every unit1 should always be acting under the control of some higher commander4 ,this is necessary if there is to be any unity of action4 ,therefore if you lose your section or it becomes broken up1 join the first section you can find and obey your new section leader as loyally and as cheerfully as you did your own4 ,while yet several miles from the enemy's position the troops may come under artillery fire4 ,on green men entering upon their fight1 the sound of the projectile whistling through the air1 the noise1 flash1 and smoke on the burst of the shrapnel1 and the hum of the various pieces thereafter1 all produce a very terrifying effect1 but old soldiers soon learn to pay little attention to this1 as the danger is not great4 ,,the ,,mounted ,,attack4 ,,the ,,troop ,,acting ,,alone4 #fci4 ,when the troop acting alone charges it is ordinarily divided into two parts1 viz1 the attacking line and the reserve1 but a platoon is never kept in rear except when the captain so directs4 ,if the attacking line1 or reserve1 consists of only one platoon1 it is led by its chief2 if it consists of two or more platoons1 it is led by the senior chief of platoon or by the captain4 ,when a chief of platoon takes post as leader of two or more platoons1 his place as platoon leader is taken by the corresponding file closer4 ,whenever the rally or assembly is ordered1 the captain may cause the guidon to be displayed at the rallying or assembly point indicated4 #fdj4 ,in instruction exercises the enemy must always be outlined or represented by troopers1 who may carry flags1 under command of an officer or noncommissioned officer4 ,in the beginning of this instruction these men will occupy fixed positions2 later they will be instructed to ride so as to represent the movements of an aggressive enemy4 ,the captain will explain to the commander the object of the exercise and tell him what to do4 #fda4 ,the platoons of the attacking line may attack in one line or successively1 as from column of platoons with extended distances4 ,the captain1 in addition to designating a reserve1 may direct one or more platoons to execute any special mission4 ,in the absence of special instructions from the captain the leader of each platoon1 or combination of platoons1 that is acting separately uses his discretion1 endeavoring so to employ his command as best to assist in carrying out the general plan indicated by the captain's orders4 #fdb4 ,the reserve1 in the absence of special instructions1 follows the attacking line at from #ajj to #aej yards in readiness to support the attacking line1 meet a counter attack1 or press the pursuit1 as occasion may require4 ,a platoon designated for a flank attack is so conducted by its leader as to fall opportunely upon the enemy's flank4 ,if a flank platoon be so designated1 it attacks from that flank unless otherwise directed4 ,to guard against a flank attack or an enveloping attack the captain may detach a platoon to move to the threatened flank so as to take an enveloping attack in flank or meet a flank attack4 ,if a flank platoon be so designated1 it acts on the corresponding flank unless otherwise directed4 ,when no platoon is specially designated for flank guard1 the corresponding duties fall upon the reserve4 #fdc4 ,the captain's commands should include an indication of the objective1 unless the latter is obvious1 designate the elements of the attack1 and state any special mission that is assigned to any element4 ,the captain's orders also usually include an indication of the weapon to be used by the several elements of the attack and may prescribe the formations to be employed4 ,all details not prescribed by the captain are left to the discretion of the commanders of the several elements into which the attack is divided4 ,where the same weapon is to be used by all it is ordinarily drawn at the captain's orders before the instructions for the attack are given4 ,otherwise1 each commander gives the proper orders for drawing saber or raising pistol4 #fdd4 ,the troop being1 for example1 in line1 marching at a gallop with sabers drawn1 the captain may command3 ,objective1 ,cavalry in front2 ,second and ,third platoons1 to the charge2 ,first platoon1 flank attack2 ,fourth platoon1 reserve4 ,each element of the attack proceeds at once to carry out its orders4 ,the leader of the attacking line 7whether the captain or a lieutenant7 directs the leader of the base platoon to close on him before charge is ordered 7par4 #efc74 ,in other respects1 the charge is conducted as explained for the platoon 7pars4 #efb-efd74 ,the troop being1 for example1 in column of platoons1 marching at a gallop1 no weapon drawn1 the captain may command 7the objective being obvious73 ,first and ,second platoons1 pistol attack2 ,third platoon1 reserve2 ,fourth platoon1 left flank guard4 ,the leader of the attacking line commands3 #a4 ,as foragers1 #b4 ,,march1 and attacks with the pistol according to the principles explained for the platoon 7pars4 #eff-efh7 as soon as the second platoon completes its deployment on the left of the first platoon4 ,the commanders of the third and fourth platoons move to their positions1 drawing saber or raising pistol in their discretion4 ,should the captain command1 for example3 ,first and ,second platoons1 pistol attack in two lines2 ,third platoon1 charge enemy's right flank2 ,fourth platoon1 reserve1 the third platoon may charge with the saber4 ,should the captain cause pistols to be raised before ordering the attack all use the pistol4 ,the above are only examples to indicate the character of the captain's commands4 ,the actual orders must meet the situation presented4 #fde4 ,at the first indication for the charge the ground scouts move out from the flanks of the attacking line 7par4 #efi7 unless otherwise specially directed4 ,the captain usually sends out any necessary combat patrols2 but each leader of a separate group is responsible that any further steps necessary for the immediate protection of his own flanks are taken4 ,,the ,,troop ,,in ,,the ,,squadron4 #fdf4 ,the troop in squadron1 in mounted attack1 has no reserve1 but may have a support in the discretion of the major4 ,if on the flank of the squadron1 its own flank defense must be provided by the captain in the absence of instructions4 ,,passing ,,from ,,mounted ,,action ,,to ,,dismounted ,,action4 #fdg4 ,the movements are executed by commands and methods corresponding to those already explained for the squad and platoon1 with the following modifications and additions thereto3 ,the horses of the captain and of one bugler who accompanies the captain are held by the other bugler or by a man specially designated in advance for that duty4 ,the horses of the first sergeant and other men out of ranks1 and not otherwise specially provided for1 are secured in the same manner indicated in the corresponding provisions for the squad and platoon4 #fdh4 ,the guidon1 in the absence of instructions to the contrary1 takes general charge of the led horses and performs the duties prescribed for the trooper in charge of the horse-holders and horses 7par4 #dca74 ,should one of the platoon file closers be senior to the guidon1 the first sergeant cautions such file closer and the guidon in advance that the senior will have general charge of the led horses of the troop while such senior remains with the horses4 ,in the absence of other special instructions1 the file closer of each platoon reports the additional troopers of his platoon to the troop commander after ,nos4 #b dismount4 ,the guidon remains in general charge of the other horse-holders and the horses1 a designated trooper having1 under the guidon1 immediate charge of the horse-holders and horses of each platoon4 #fdi4 ,the captain gives any desired special instructions to the guidon and sees that proper measures for security are taken4 ,on dismounting1 the first sergeant remains near the horses long enough to see that the designated noncommissioned officer is in charge and is making proper provision as regards the horses2 he then joins the captain4 ,any sergeants who may be extra file closers without special assignment of duties join the captain2 other extra file closers not specially assigned join the platoons with which they were riding4 ,the captain1 on dismounting1 takes position at the point where he desires the base platoon to form or otherwise indicates that position to the leader of the base platoon4 ,the platoon that was the base when the troop dismounted remains the base of the dismounted formation in the absence of other indication4 ,its leader takes position at once in rear of the captain1 or as indicated by the latter1 and the dismounted platoon forms in double column or as directed4 ,the other platoons form so as to extend the formation in line of double columns1 or as the captain orders1 in accordance with the principles governing the assembly of the troop4 ,the captain may direct the platoon leaders to proceed at once to designated positions without forming the troop as a unit4 ,in all cases the measures taken must be such as to prevent unnecessary exposure of men or horses to hostile view or fire4 ,,dismounted ,,combat 7,,the ,,troop74 ,,general ,,considerations4 #fej4 ,when the troop1 acting alone1 dismounts to engage in deliberate fire action the captain makes provisions for the led horses 7par4 #fdi7 and at once sends out scouts 7usually two experienced men detailed and trained as such7 to the front to reconnoiter4 ,the captain reconnoiters usually in rear of1 but in touch with the scouts1 and accompanied by platoon commanders and the first sergeant2 he explains to them the purpose of the attack1 gives them all the information he has about the enemy and about our own troops in the vicinity1 points out to them the objective of each platoon if they are to advance1 or indicates the part of the line to be held by each if to take the defensive4 #fea4 ,the advance of a troop after dismounting1 in anticipation of fire action either in attack or defense is made in close order1 preferably in columns of fours or twos1 until the probability or the actual encountering of hostile fire makes it advisable to deploy4 ,after such deployment the advance 7now designated the approach7 may be continued in line of skirmishers or other suitable formation before opening fire4 ,the approach dismounted may often be facilitated1 better advantage taken of cover1 and losses minimized by using formations such as line of platoons each in column of twos or troopers1 or a succession of thin lines at varying distances1 one directly behind the other or echeloned4 ,the choice of a formation would depend upon conditions1 such as the effectiveness of the enemy's fire1 cover afforded by folds of the ground1 or by natural obstacles4 ,if the deployment is found to be premature1 it will generally be better to assemble the troop and resume the advance in close order4 ,the formations mentioned as facilitating the advance1 viz1 line of platoons in column of twos or troopers1 or a succession of thin lines find application most frequently in the approach when the ground is so difficult or the cover so limited as to make it desirable to take advantage of the few favorable routes on which to move forward4 #feb4 ,the approach in a succession of thin lines is1 if possible1 made by sections under the immediate direction of platoon commanders with wide intervals between skirmishers4 ,by so advancing continuous control of the line is assured4 ,if that method is not practicable1 then the successive lines are made up of one or more men from each four of a platoon on the skirmish line1 the command being3 #a4 ,numbers #a 7or such number or numbers71 first 7or such7 platoon1 forward2 #b4 ,,march4 ,the captain having pointed out in advance the selected position in front of the lines which are to be occupied1 the designated numbers move to the front4 ,the line thus formed preserves the original intervals as nearly as practicable2 when this line has advanced to the indicated position1 a second line is sent forward by similar commands1 and so on at irregular distances until the whole line has advanced4 ,upon arriving at the indicated position the first line is halted4 ,successive lines upon arriving halt on line with the first1 and the men take their proper places in the skirmish line4 ,ordinarily each line is made up of one man or more from each four of a platoon1 and the men of a four are sent forward in order from right to left4 ,the first line is led by the platoon leader of that platoon1 the second by its file closer1 and so on4 ,under favorable conditions the successive lines may be made up from all of the platoons which are deployed as skirmishers4 ,the movement is conducted in quick time unless conditions make double time necessary4 ,after the entire troop has reached the line a further advance in the same manner may be found advisable4 ,the movement in a succession of thin lines is used to cross a wide stretch swept or likely to be swept by artillery fire or heavy long-range rifle fire which can not profitably be returned4 ,its purpose is the building up of a strong skirmish line preparatory to engaging in a fire fight4 ,this method of advancing by thin lines results in serious1 though temporary1 loss of control over the successive platoons of the troop4 ,its advantages lie in the fact that it offers a less definite target1 hence is less likely to draw fire4 #fec4 ,these are merely suggested methods of advancing preliminary to opening the fire attack2 other formations better adapted to particular occasions or terrain may be devised4 ,the best formation is that which advances the line the farthest without drawing the enemy's fire1 or1 if he does open fire1 then with the least loss of men1 time1 and control4 ,,the ,,fire ,,attack4 #fed4 ,the principles involved in the fire attack are discussed under ,dismounted ,fire ,action1 the ,squadron 7par4 #gaf71 and necessary modifications as to details made under ,dismounted ,action1 the ,regiment 7par4 #gfj74 ,when the enemy's fire makes it impracticable for the troop to move forward in one of the above-mentioned formations1 it may advance by rushes4 ,being in skirmish line3 #a4 ,by platoon 7section7 from the right 7left71 #b4 ,,rush4 ,the platoon leader on the indicated flank arranges the details for a prompt and vigorous execution of the rush and puts it into effect as soon as practicable4 ,if necessary he designates the leader for the indicated unit4 ,when about to rush he causes the men of the indicated unit to suspend firing and to hold themselves flat on the ground but in readiness to spring forward instantly4 ,the leader of the rush 7at the signal of the platoon leader if the latter is not the leader of the rush7 commands1 ,follow me1 and1 running at top speed1 leads the fraction to the new line1 where he halts it and causes it to open fire4 ,the leader of the rush selects the new line if it has not been previously designated4 ,the first fraction having established itself on the new line1 the next like fraction is sent forward by its platoon leader without further command from the captain1 and so on1 successively1 until the entire troop is on the line established by the first rush4 ,the men must be trained to lie perfectly still until the command 7since any movement might warn the enemy of the rush to follow71 then at command to spring instantly and together to their feet1 run at top speed1 and drop together at command4 #fee4 ,in an advance by rushes1 leaders of platoons in firing positions are responsible for the delivery of an effective fire to cover the advance of each rushing fraction4 ,troops are cautioned so to fire as not to endanger the flanks of advanced portions of the firing line4 ,the husbanding of ammunition for the final stages of the fire attack must be constantly impressed on the men4 ,the rush of a troop as a whole is conducted by the captain on the same principle as described for the platoon4 ,the captain leads the rush1 platoon leaders lead their respective platoons1 and file closers follow the line to insure prompt and orderly execution of the advance4 ,when the foregoing method of rushing1 by running1 becomes impracticable1 any method of advance that carries the attack closer to the enemy1 such as crawling1 should be employed4 ,the charge corresponds to that described in the squadron4 ,when a leader in command of a platoon or section receives an order or signal to rush1 he should cause his men to suspend firing and to hold themselves flat but ready for a sprinter's start4 ,he selects the point1 as far as possible with reference to cover1 to which he intends to carry his unit forward4 ,he then gives the command ,,rush1 springs forward1 and running at full speed about three paces ahead of his men1 leads them in the rush4 ,arriving at the position he has selected1 he throws himself prone1 and the men drop on either side of him4 ,all crawl forward to good firing positions1 considering the cover also1 and the leader gives the necessary orders for resuming the fire4 ,the latter will include giving the range again1 the length of the rush being subtracted from the sight setting ordered at the last position4 ,the original platoon and section divisions of the troop in the firing line should be maintained1 if possible1 and should only be broken up if the mingling of reinforcements renders it unavoidable4 ,upon joining the firing line1 officers and noncommissioned officers accompanying a reinforcement take over the duties of others of like grade who have been disabled1 or they distribute themselves so as best to exercise their normal functions4 ,conditions vary and no exact rules can be prescribed4 ,it is essential that all assist in mastering the increased difficulties of control4 ,,fire4 #feg4 ,ordinarily rifles are loaded and extra ammunition in bandoliers is distributed before the troop deploys for combat4 ,in close order the troop executes the firings at the command of the captain1 who posts himself in rear of the center4 ,firings in close order are exceptional4 #feh4 ,signals during fire action3 ,the voice is generally inadequate for giving commands during firing1 and must be replaced by signals of such character that proper fire direction and control are assured 7par4 #ihi74 ,to attract attention signals must usually be preceded by the whistle signal 7short blast74 ,a fraction of the firing line about to rush should avoid using the long blast signal as an indication to suspend firing4 ,officers and men behind the firing line can not ordinarily move freely along the line1 but each must depend on the other's watchfulness1 in addition to his own1 and make use of prescribed signals 7par4 #iig1 ,cav4 ,drill ,reg41 #aiaf74 ,all should place themselves so as to see their immediate superiors and subordinates4 ,the bugler with the captain assists by observing the enemy1 the target1 and the fire effect1 and by watching for and transmitting commands4 ,the effect of fire and the influence of the ground in relation thereto1 and the individual and collective instruction in marksmanship are treated in the ,small-,arms ,firing ,manual4 #fei4 ,volley fire has limited application4 ,it has a moral effect both on the troops employing it and on those subjected to it4 ,it may be employed to restore control4 ,in defense it may be used in the early stages of the action if the enemy presents a large compact target4 ,it may be used by troops especially posted on the flank or in a dominant position in rear of an attacking force for the purpose of aiding the advance by so-called fire of position4 ,when the ground near the target is such that the strike of bullets can be seen from the firing line1 ranging volleys may be used to correct the sight setting4 ,in combat1 volley firing1 if used1 is executed habitually by platoon4 #ffj4 ,fire at will is the class of fire normally employed in attack or defense4 #ffa4 ,clip fire has limited application4 ,it is principally used 7a7 in the early stages of combat to steady the men by habituating them to brief pauses in firing2 7b7 to produce a short burst of fire4 ,,fire ,,direction4 #ffb4 ,when the troop is large enough to be divided into platoons1 it is impracticable for the captain to command it in combat4 ,his efficiency in managing the firing line is measured by his ability to enforce his will through the platoon leaders4 ,having indicated clearly what he desires them to do1 he avoids interfering except to correct serious errors or omissions4 ,the captain directs the fire of his troop or of designated platoons4 ,he designates the target and1 when practicable1 allots a part of the target to each platoon4 ,before beginning the fire action he determines the range1 announces the sight setting1 and indicates the class of fire to be employed and the time to open fire4 ,thereafter he observes the fire effect1 corrects material errors in sight setting1 prevents exhaustion of the ammunition supply1 and causes the distribution of such extra ammunition as may be received4 ,,fire ,,control4 #ffc4 ,in combat the platoon is the fire unit4 ,from #bj to #ce rifles are as many as one leader can control effectively4 ,each platoon leader puts into execution the commands or directions of the captain1 having first taken such precautions to insure correct sight setting and clear description of the target or aiming point as the situation permits or requires 7par4 #ada72 thereafter he gives such additional commands or directions as are necessary to exact compliance with the captain's will4 ,he corrects the sight setting when necessary4 ,when the target can not be seen with the naked eye1 he designates an aiming point 7by one of the methods described in par4 #ada if necessary7 and orders fire upon it1 first announcing the proper sight setting to correct the error of aim4 ,in general1 platoon leaders observe the target and the effect of the fire and are on the alert for the captain's commands2 they observe and regulate the rate of fire4 ,the file closers watch the firing line and check every breach of fire discipline4 ,chiefs of section transmit commands when necessary1 observe the conduct of their sections and abate excitement1 assist in enforcing fire discipline1 and participate in the firing unless otherwise directed by the platoon commanders4 ,the best troops are those that submit longest to fire control4 ,to avoid or delay such loss of control should be the constant aim of all4 ,fire control implies the ability of the commander to stop the firing1 change the sight setting and target1 and resume a well-directed fire4 ,,fire ,,discipline4 #ffd4 ,fire discipline implies1 besides an unquestioning habit of obedience to commands1 a control of the rifle by the soldier 7the result of training71 which will enable him in action to make hits instead of misses4 ,it embraces taking advantage of the ground2 proper understanding of orders as to target designation2 care in setting the sight and delivery of fire2 constant attention to the orders of the leaders1 and careful observation of the enemy2 an increase of fire when the target is favorable1 and a cessation of fire when the enemy disappears2 economy of ammunition4 ,orderly and regular methods on the part of leaders aid fire discipline4 ,self possession and a confident tone in giving commands and instructions are indispensable4 ,in combat1 shots which graze the enemy's trench or position1 and thus reduce the effectiveness of his fire1 have the approximate value of hits2 such shots only1 or actual hits1 contribute toward fire superiority4 ,fire discipline implies that1 in a firing line without leaders1 each man retains his presence of mind and directs effective fire upon the proper target4 #ffe4 ,to create a correct appreciation of the requirements of fire discipline1 men are taught that the rate of fire1 having constantly in view the available ammunition supply1 should be as rapid as is consistent with accurate aiming2 that the rate will depend upon the visibility1 proximity1 and size of the target2 and that the proper rate will ordinarily suggest itself to each trained man usually rendering cautions or commands unnecessary4 #fff4 ,in attack1 ammunition must be used with extreme caution in order that the highest rate of fire may be employed at the halt preceding the assault and in pursuing fire4 #ffg4 ,in defense1 when the target disappears behind cover1 platoon leaders suspend fire1 prepare their platoons to fire upon the point where it is expected to reappear1 and greet its reappearance instantly with a vigorous burst of fire4 ,in defense the available ammunition supply is not ordinarily so limited as in the attack4 #ffh4 ,for communication between the firing line and the reserve or commander in rear certain signals are prescribed 7par4 #iig74 ,in transmission their concealment from the enemy's view should be insured4 ,in the absence of signal flags the headdress or other substitute may be used4 ,,ranges4 #ffi4 ,for convenience of reference1 ranges are classified as follows3 #j to #fjj yards1 close range4 #fjj to #a1bjj yards1 effective range4 #a1bjj to #b1jjj yards1 long range4 ,over #b1jjj yards1 distant range4 ,the distance to the target must be determined as accurately as possible and the sights set accordingly4 ,aside from training and morale1 this is the most important single factor in securing effective fire at the longer ranges4 ,except in a deliberately prepared defensive position1 the most accurate and only practicable method of determining the range1 in absence of a suitable mechanical range finder1 will generally be to take the mean of several estimates made independently4 ,estimation of ranges4--,five or six officers and men1 selected from the most accurate estimators in the troop and designated as range estimators1 should be specially trained in estimating distances4 ,whenever necessary and practicable1 the captain assembles the range estimators1 points out the target to them1 and adopts the mean of their estimates4 ,the range estimators then take their customary posts4 ,when a range is announced1 the men at once set their sights to correspond1 and whenever practicable an examination of the pieces is made in order to verify the sight setting4 7,c4 ,c4 ,d4 ,r41 ,no4 #a1 ,apr4 #bf1 #aiag47 ,firing is delayed as long as possible for three reasons1 viz3 7a7 ,at the extreme ranges little damage can be done on the enemy1 and ineffective firing always encourages him2 7b7 halting to fire delays the advance1 and the great object to be accomplished is to close in on the enemy where you can meet him on better terms2 7c7 plenty of ammunition will be required at the decisive stage of the fight1 and it is very difficult to send extra ammunition up to the firing line4 ,therefore never fire until ordered to do so1 and then never fire more than the number of rounds designated4 ,never fire after the command cease firing is given4 ,ammunition in the bandoleers will ordinarily be expended first4 ,thirty rounds in the right pocket section of the belt will be held as a reserve1 to be expended only when ordered by an officer4 ,soon1 however1 it will be necessary to halt and open fire on the enemy in order to cause him some loss1 to make his riflemen keep down in their trenches1 and to make them fire wildly4 ,it is probable that at this time and until you arrive much closer you will not see any of the enemy to fire at4 ,you may not even see any trenches nor know just where the enemy is4 ,your higher officers1 however1 with their field glasses and the messages they receive1 will know4 ,each troop will be assigned a certain front to cover with its fire4 ,therefore be careful to fix your sights at the designated range and fire only at the designated target4 ,this means team work in firing1 which is one of the most important elements of success4 ,the firing line advances from position to position by means of rushes4 ,at long range the entire line may rush forward at the same time1 but as the range decreases one part of the line rushes forward while the remainder keeps up a hot fire on the enemy4 ,the number taking part in each rush decreases as the fire of the enemy becomes warmer1 until perhaps only one squad1 or even less1 rushes or crawls forward at a time1 protected by the fire of the rest of the company4 ,the distance covered by each rush also becomes less and less4 ,after any rush no part of the line again advances until the rest of the line is up4 ,in making a rush1 the leader of the unit gives the signal and leads the way4 ,the rest follow4 ,no attempt is made to keep a line1 but each man rushes forward at a run1 seeking only to reach the new halting position as quickly and with as little exposure as possible4 ,when halted1 the skirmishers need not be in a perfect line1 but every advantage should be taken of the ground for concealment and protection4 ,it is necessary only that no man or group of men should interfere with the fire of other parts of the firing line4 ,the noise on the firing line will be great4 ,leaders will be disabled and new men will take their places4 ,reinforcements coming up will cause units to become mixed4 ,to the green man everything may appear to be in confusion1 but this is not so4 ,this is war as it really is4 ,if you have lost your section or your section leader1 join the leader nearest to you4 ,this is the way the game is played4 ,as long as the fight lasts every available rifleman must be kept in the firing line4 ,the first and last consideration is to win the battle4 ,therefore1 under no circumstances will any soldier be permitted to go to the rear1 either for ammunition or to assist the wounded4 ,if the attacking force can no longer advance1 it is much safer to throw up hasty intrenchments and await the arrival of reinforcements or darkness than it is to retreat4 ,retreating troops are the ones that suffer the greatest4 ,this lesson is taught by every great war4 ,therefore1 always remember that the safest thing to do is to stick to the firing line4 ,troops on the firing line1 when not actually engaged in firing at the enemy1 busy themselves throwing up shelter trenches4 ,it only requires a few minutes to construct a trench that gives great protection4 ,therefore1 never get separated from your intrenching tool4 ,concealment is no less important than protection4 ,therefore1 when conditions permit1 as is generally the case when on the defensive1 every effort should be made to hide intrenchments by the use of sod1 grass1 weeds1 bushes1 etc4 ,in making an attack the infantry is always supported when possible by its own artillery1 which continues to fire over its head until the infantry arrives very close to the enemy's trenches4 ,this fire is helping you a great deal by keeping down the fire of the enemy's infantry and artillery4 ,therefore1 don't think you are being fired into by your own artillery because you hear their shells and shrapnel singing through the air or bursting a short distance in your front1 but rather be thankful you are receiving their help up to the very last minute4 ,in the last rush which carries the enemy's position there is always much mixing of units4 ,the firing line does not continue rushing madly as individuals after the enemy1 but halts and fires on him until he gets out of good range4 ,the pursuit is taken up by formed troops held in reserve or by the firing line only after its units are again gotten together4 ,as the fighting often lasts all day1 and great suffering is caused from thirst1 don't throw away your canteen when the fight commences4 ,it may also be impossible to get rations up to the line during the night4 ,therefore1 it is advisable to hold onto at least one ration4 ,as the recent war has shown the possibility of hand-to-hand fighting1 especially at night1 each soldier should be schooled in the use of the bayonet4 ,the following has particular reference to the duties of platoon and section leaders and to the teamwork of the platoon in combat3 ,attacking troops must first gain fire superiority in order to reach the hostile position4 ,by gaining fire superiority is meant making one's fire superior to that of the enemy in volume and accuracy1 and it depends upon the number of rifles employed1 the rate of fire1 the character of the target1 training and discipline1 and fire direction and control4 ,when the fire of the attackers becomes effective and superior to that of the defenders the latter are no longer able to effectively and coolly aim and fire at the former1 and1 as a consequence1 the attackers are able to inaugurate a successful rush or advance which carries them nearer to the enemy's position4 ,when a trained organization has been committed to the attack1 the gaining of fire superiority depends upon the way in which fire direction and fire control are exercised4 ,the captain directs the fire of the troop4 ,he indicates to the platoon commanders the target 7enemy7 which the troop is to fire and advance upon1 and tells each upon which part of this target he is to direct the fire of his platoon4 ,when he desires the fire to be opened1 he gives the necessary commands or signals1 including the range at which the sights are to be set4 ,when the fire fight has once started1 it becomes to a great extent a fight of a number of platoons4 ,the platoon is the largest organization which can be controlled by a single leader in action4 ,the platoon commander 7lieutenant or sergeant7 controls its fire in order to gain the maximum fire effect and to avoid wasting ammunition4 ,he must try his best to make the fire of his platoon effective1 to get it forward1 and to support neighboring platoons in their effort to advance4 ,at the same time he must hold himself subject to his captain's directions4 ,he should take advantage of every chance to carry his platoon forward unless otherwise ordered4 ,in all this he is assisted by his section chiefs 7sergeants7 and by his corporals4 ,at the commencement of an engagement the platoon commander will give the objective 7part of the enemy's line or aiming target7 at which his platoon is to direct its fire4 ,noncommissioned officers must be sure that they see and understand the objective1 and that all the men in their squads do likewise4 ,fire is then directed at this objective without further command until the platoon commander gives a new objective4 ,men should be instructed to aim at that part of the target assigned to their platoon which corresponds with their own position in their own platoon1 so that there will be no portion of the target which is not covered by fire4 ,a portion of the enemy's line not covered by fire means that that portion is able to coolly aim and fire at their opponents4 ,in an engagement the voice can seldom be heard over a few feet1 and the platoon commander will generally have to convey his orders by signals4 ,a sergeant may be able to shout orders to his section1 and orders may be repeated along a skirmish line by shouting4 ,care should be taken that orders intended for one platoon only are not thus conveyed to another platoon4 ,a short blast on the whistle1 given by the platoon commander1 means ,attention to ,orders4 ,all noncommissioned officers at once suspend firing and glance toward the platoon commander to see if the latter has any signals or orders for them4 ,if not1 they resume firing4 ,a long blast on the whistle means ,suspend ,firing4 ,when a noncommissioned officer hears this signal from his platoon commander1 he should at once shout ,suspend ,firing4 ,upon receiving a signal1 the noncommissioned officer for whom it is intended should at once repeat it back1 to be sure that it is correctly understood4 ,as a rule1 rushes should be started by a unit on one flank and should be followed in succession by the other units to the opposite flank4 ,each succeeding unit should halt on the line established by the unit which first rushed4 ,when a unit is about to rush1 leaders in charge of adjacent units should caution their men to be careful not to fire into the rushing unit as it bounds forward4 ,when one unit suspends fire for the purpose of rushing1 adjacent leaders should arrange to have a portion of their men turn their fire on the target of the rushing unit1 to the end that there may be no portion of the enemy's line not under fire and able to fire coolly on the rushing unit4 ,rushes should be made for as long a distance as possible1 due regard being had for the wind of the men and not to get beyond supporting distance of the other units4 ,long rushes facilitate an advance1 and quickly place a skirmish line close to the enemy's position1 where its fire will have more effect4 ,an attacking line suffers less from casualties at short ranges than it does at mid range4 ,every advantage should be taken to utilize the cover available4 ,the best kind of cover is that which1 while it masks the skirmishers from the sight and fire of the enemy1 affords favorable conditions for firing and for readily advancing4 ,in order to allow men to regain their wind1 or should the fire of the enemy be so effective as to prevent a further advance without reinforcement1 advantage may be taken to lie close in cover1 or hasty fire trenches may be thrown up in order to allow the line to maintain its position4 ,to go back under fire is to die4 ,when a platoon is firing1 all noncommissioned officers watch every opportunity to make the fire more effective4 ,the section chiefs and corporals should constantly watch the men to see that they do not become excited1 fire too hastily or without aim1 that their sights are set at the correct range1 that they are obviously firing at the designated target1 and that they assume steady firing positions and take advantage of cover4 ,in performing these duties it may be necessary for the section chiefs to be constantly crawling along the line4 ,a substitute chief assists the chief of his section by supervising the fire of the men near him1 firing when not actively engaged in that duty4 ,bayonets are fixed preparatory to a charge when armed with that weapon4 ,this command is usually given by the bugle4 ,only two or three men in each section should fix their bayonets at the same time1 in order that there may be no marked pause or diminution in the fire at this critical stage of the engagement4 ,in order to be effective in combat1 the platoon must be thoroughly trained to work as a team4 ,each noncommissioned officer must be conversant with the signals and commands and the proper methods for instantly putting into effect the orders of his platoon commander4 ,each private must be trained until he instinctively does the right thing in each phase of the action4 ,section #c4 ,patrolling4 ,the designation of a patrol indicates the nature of the duty for which it is detailed1 as1 for example1 visiting1 reconnoitering1 exploring1 flanking1 combat1 harassing1 pursuing1 etc4 ,an ,infantry patrol consists1 as a rule1 of from #c to #af men1 a ,cavalry patrol generally of from #d to #aj men4 ,reconnoitering patrols are habitually small and seek safety in concealment or flight1 fighting only when their mission demands it4 ,the most skillful reconnoissance is where patrols accomplish their mission and return without being discovered by the enemy4 ,when resistance is expected stronger detachments are required4 ,these cover themselves with small patrols of two to four men1 the remainder acting as support4 ,the commander determines the number and strength of patrols and when they are to be sent out4 ,it is a cardinal principle to send out patrols of such strength only as will accomplish the object4 ,the officer sending out the patrol verifies the details1 designates a second in command1 and gives the necessary instruction4 ,the orders or instructions for a patrol1 or for any detachment going on reconnoissance1 must state clearly where the enemy is or is supposed to be1 what information is desired1 what features are of special importance1 the general direction to be followed1 whether friendly patrols are liable to be encountered1 and where messages are to be sent or the patrol is to report4 ,important and comprehensive instructions should be in writing1 but precautions against capture of papers must be taken4 ,an officer sending out a patrol must be certain that his orders are understood4 ,detailed instructions are1 as a rule1 avoided4 ,when necessary the time of return is stated4 ,the patrol leader should be selected with care4 ,he should be an excellent horseman1 have good judgment1 courage1 be able to read maps1 make sketches1 and send clear and concise messages4 ,in addition to his ordinary equipment1 he should have a map of the country1 a watch1 field glass1 compass1 whistle1 message blanks1 and pencils4 ,the leader of a patrol should carefully inspect the men and horses before starting out4 ,he should see that the horses are well shod and in good working condition4 ,nervous horses or those that neigh when left alone should not be taken4 ,the equipment of each man should be complete and so arranged as to prevent rattling4 ,articles that are liable to glitter in the sunlight should be covered4 ,nothing should be taken along that would be of information to the enemy if any members of the patrol were captured1 for example1 copies of orders1 maps with positions of troops marked thereon1 letters1 newspapers1 or collar ornaments4 ,the leader then gives his patrol information and instructions4 ,these embrace instructions from higher authority2 his detailed plans2 information of the country and enemy2 the countersign1 if any2 the point where the patrol will assemble if scattered4 ,he will see that the men understand the prescribed signals4 ,it must always be remembered that it makes no difference1 how valuable may be the information that the patrol gets1 it is worthless if not sent back in time to be of service4 ,herein is where most patrols fail4 ,this applies particularly to the information obtained by patrols acting as a point or flankers of advance1 rear1 and flank guards4 ,whenever the patrol gets any information1 the leader must think whether the commanding officer would change his plans or issue new orders if he had the information4 ,if he would1 the information should be sent back at once4 ,if the distance is great or the inhabitants are hostile1 it is well to send two men with the message4 ,these men should not travel side by side1 but as a patrol of two men4 ,if the information is very important1 and the danger of capture is considerable1 the message should be sent by two parties1 each traveling by a different route4 ,the gaits should be specified4 ,a message from a patrol should always show 7a7 the place from which it is sent2 7b7 the time it is sent 7date1 hour1 and minute72 7c7 to whom it is sent2 7d7 the message itself2 7e7 what the patrol intends doing after sending the message2 7f7 the name of the sender4 ,under 7d7 care must be taken to separate what has actually been seen by the patrol from information received from other sources4 ,care must also be taken not to exaggerate what is seen1 but to report only the exact facts4 ,whether moving or halted1 patrols exercise the greatest vigilance to prevent discovery4 ,no formal formation is or should be prescribed4 ,under the leader's guidance it moves so as to guard against surprise1 usually with point and flankers4 ,to extend the sphere of its observation1 still smaller patrols 7one or two men7 may be sent out for short distances1 communication with the leader being maintained by signals4 ,whatever the formation adopted1 it should favor the escape of at least one man in case of surprise4 ,in patrols of two to five men the commander generally leads4 ,in this formation few signals are necessary1 the men simply regulating their movements by his4 ,in questioning civilians caution is observed not to disclose information that may be of value to the enemy4 ,strangers are not allowed to precede the patrol4 ,patrol leaders are authorized to seize telegrams and mail matter1 and to arrest individuals1 reporting the facts as soon as possible4 ,patrols should observe everything for signs of the enemy4 ,even apparent trifles may be of great value4 ,the finding of a collar ornament showing a man's regiment may enable the chief of staff to determine that the enemy has been reenforced4 ,patrols should not travel on the main roads if they can observe them and at the same time make the necessary progress by moving some distance to the side of the roads4 ,except in case of attack or of great personal danger1 no member of the patrol should fire on hostile troops without orders from the patrol leader4 ,when sent out to gain information1 patrols should avoid fighting unless it is absolutely necessary in order to carry out their orders4 ,if the leader determines to fight1 he should quickly decide whether he will attack mounted with the saber and thus dispose pf the enemy without the noise of fire action4 ,cases will arise where a quick mounted pistol attack will obtain the best results4 ,if discovered1 the patrol would dismount only as a last resort4 ,the leader should always have in mind1 as he rides long1 what he will do if he meets the enemy4 ,villages and inclosures involving danger of surprise are entered with precaution1 and for brief periods only4 ,halts are made at points affording good view1 and the country is studied in all directions1 landmarks to the rear being impressed on the minds of the men so that the way back can be readily found2 the leader consults his map and locates himself thereon4 ,when a patrol is scattered it reassembles at some place previously selected2 if checked in one direction1 it takes another2 if cut off it returns by a detour or forces its way through4 ,as a last resort it scatters so that at least one man may return with information4 ,patrols nearing their own lines should march at a walk unless pressed by the enemy4 ,occasionally it is advisable for the leader to conceal his patrol and continue the reconnaissance with one or two companions4 ,patrols far from their commands or in contact with the enemy often remain out overnight4 ,in such cases they seek a place of concealment1 proceeding thereto after nightfall or under cover4 ,when the enemy is encountered it is very necessary to locate his main force4 ,information is particularly desired of his strength1 whether he has infantry1 cavalry1 and artillery1 the route and direction of his march1 or the location of his camp and line of outposts4 ,dust clouds indicate moving bodies4 ,infantry raises a low1 thick cloud2 cavalry a high1 thin cloud2 artillery and wagons a broken cloud4 ,the kind of troops1 direction of march1 and approximate strength may thus sometimes be roughly estimated4 ,if from some position a body of troops can be seen marching along in column1 the exact time in minutes and seconds it requires for them to pass a certain point should be noted1 together with the formation they are in1 thus3 ,infantry1 column of squads1 three minutes and twelve seconds2 cavalry1 columns of twos at a trot1 one minute and twenty seconds2 wagons1 four-mule1 five minutes4 ,from this information the strength can be determined by the following rule3 ,assuming that infantry in column of squads occupy half a yard per man1 cavalry in column of fours #a yard per man1 and artillery and wagons in single column #bj yards per gun1 caisson1 or wagon1 a given point would be passed in one minute by about-- #age infantry4 #aaj cavalry at a walk4 #bjj cavalry at a trot4 #e guns1 caissons1 or wagons4 ,for troops in column of twos1 take one-half of the above estimate4 ,patrols should always observe the country marched over1 with a view to making a report on the same4 ,the following information is always of value3 ,roads4--,direction2 kind1 whether dirt1 gravel1 macadam1 etc42 width1 whether suitable for column of squads1 etc42 border1 whether fenced with stone1 barbed wire1 rails1 etc42 steepness in crossing hills and valleys2 where they pass through defiles and along commanding heights1 etc42 crossroads4 ,surrounding country4--,whether generally open and passable for infantry1 cavalry1 and artillery1 or whether broken and impassable1 due to fences1 woods1 crops1 ravines2 whether good grazing is available1 etc4 ,railroads4--,single or double track1 narrow or broad gauge1 tunnels1 bridges1 cuts1 direction1 stations1 etc4 ,bridges4--,material1 wood1 stone1 steel1 etc42 length and breadth2 number and kind of piers or supports4 ,rivers4--,direction2 width1 depth2 kind of bottom1 such as mud1 sand1 rocky1 etc42 banks1 steep or gentle1 open or wooded2 rapidity of current2 variations in depth at different times as indicated by driftwood and high-water marks2 islands2 heights in vicinity commanding streams4 ,woods4--,extent and shape2 kind of trees2 free from underbrush or not2 clearings1 roads1 swamps1 ravines1 etc4 ,telegraph lines4--,number of wires1 along roads or railroads1 stations1 etc4 ,villages4--,size1 kind of houses1 nature of streets1 means of defense1 etc4 ,hills and ridges4--,whether scopes are gentle or steep2 whether top is narrow or wide2 whether ground is broken or smooth1 wooded or clear2 whether difficult or easy to cross1 etc42 whether commanded by other hills4 ,defiles4--,their direction1 length1 and width2 whether surrounding heights are passable for infantry and artillery3 kind of country at each opening of the defile1 etc4 ,ravines1 ditches1 etc4--,width and depth2 banks1 whether passable for infantry1 cavalry1 and wagons2 whether suitable for trenches1 or for movement of troops therein1 etc4 ,in general1 every soldier should be constantly on the lookout to obtain information that might be of some military value4 ,remember that information of the enemy and of the country is worthless unless made known to the proper officials in time to be of use4 ,every soldier should be able to find his way in a strange country2 should know how to use a compass2 should know how to locate the ,north ,star2 should be able to travel across country1 keeping a given direction1 both by day and by night1 and by observing landmarks he should be able to return to the starting point either over the same route or by a more circuitous one4 ,this can easily be learned by a little practice4 ,it adds a great deal to the value of a soldier if he knows how to use a map to find his way4 ,if he knows how to make a rough sketch of the country showing the position of roads1 streams1 woods1 railroads1 bridges1 houses1 villages1 fields1 fences1 hills1 etc41 he has added to his value as a soldier very much1 indeed1 because a rough sketch of a country will give more and better information at a glance than can be obtained by reading many pages of written description4 ,patrolling is one of the most important duties a soldier can learn4 ,any enlisted man who understands thoroughly his duties as a member of a patrol will understand also most of his duties when with advance or rear guards or when on outpost duty4 ,patrolling can not be learned merely by reading books nor by work indoors4 ,thoroughness comes only by actually going out in the country and acting as a patrol4 ,in carrying out this idea the following scheme is recommended3 ,let four or more men and a noncommissioned officer act as a patrol4 ,they assemble at a certain time1 at a convenient point on some country road4 ,an officer1 whom we will call ,captain ,a1 acts as the director2 the noncommissioned officer1 whom we will call ,sergeant ,b1 acts as patrol leader2 and the others 7,privates ,c1 ,d1 ,e1 etc47 act as members of ,sergeant ,b's patrol4 ,assume that the troop 7squadron1 etc47 has just made camp in this vicinity and that the inhabitants are friendly 7or hostile74 ,captain ,a indicates to the rest of the men where the camp is situated and points out where the various sentinels are posted4 7,this in itself affords an opportunity for much discussion and for teaching many valuable lessons47 ,captain ,a then calls up ,sergeant ,b and tells him-- 7a7 ,just what information ,captain ,a has of the enemy1 and also any information of the country or of friendly troops in the vicinity that might be of service to ,sergeant ,b4 7b7 ,how many men he shall take for the patrol 7this is another problem for ,captain ,a to solve74 ,any men present not used as part of the patrol ride along with ,captain ,a as observers4 7c7 ,how far he shall go and what country he shall cover with the patrol4 7d7 ,just what information it is particularly desired he shall obtain4 7e7 ,where he shall send his messages and when he shall return4 ,example #a3 ,sergeant ,b1 it has just been reported to me that a company of hostile infantry was in camp last night at ,x1 about #e miles from here on this road4 ,take #e men and proceed toward ,x and find out whether the enemy is still there1 and if not1 when he left and where he went4 ,send messages to me here1 and return by #h o'clock this evening4 ,example #b3 ,sergeant ,b1 ,i think ,i heard the firing of field guns over in that direction a short while ago4 ,take #f men and proceed to that high hill you see over there about #d miles away4 ,send a message to me here when you reach there4 ,you may go farther if you then think it advisable1 but return before daylight4 ,i desire particularly to know if there are any hostile troops in this vicinity1 especially artillery4 ,i shall send ,sergeant ,x with #c men to observe the country from that hill you see over there farther to the south4 ,he will remain there till dark4 ,send messages to me here4 ,if the troop is not here on your return you will find a note for you underneath this rail4 ,example #c3 ,sergeant ,b1 this friendly country boy has just reported that four hostile cavalrymen stopped about half an hour ago at his father's house1 which he says is about #b miles up this road4 ,one of the men seemed to be very sick4 ,you will select eight men from your section and endeavor to capture these men4 ,if they have disappeared you will reconnoiter in that vicinity until dark4 ,this boy will accompany you as a guide4 ,he will ride ,private ,x's horse4 ,i desire particularly to learn the position1 strength1 and composition of any hostile troops in this vicinity4 ,send reports to me here4 ,return before daylight4 ,example #d3 ,sergeant ,b1 here is a map of the country in this vicinity on a scale of #a inch to the mile4 ,here is where we are camped indicating position on the map4 ,i have just learned that foraging parties of the enemy are collecting supplies over here at ,x indicating point on map1 which is #aj miles off in that direction pointing across country toward ,x4 ,it is reported that this bridge over this stream indicating same on the map1 which is about #c miles down this road indicating road and direction on the ground1 has been destroyed4 ,you will take three men from your platoon and verify this report4 ,you will also reconnoiter the stream for a distance of #c miles both above and below the bridge for fords suitable for infantry4 ,messages will reach me here4 ,return by #h o'clock to-night4 ,sergeant ,b then inspects his horses and men and gives them their instructions4 ,the patrol is then formed and moves out exactly as it would under actual war conditions4 ,captain ,a may halt 7and assemble if desirable7 the patrol at intervals in order to discuss the formation used and the movement of any members of the patrol1 their route1 use of cover1 etc41 with the reasons therefor1 and compare the same with suggested modifications of the formations1 etc4 ,after the discussion1 the patrol is again set in motion4 ,captain ,a may accompany any part of the patrol4 ,from time to time he presents certain situations to some member of the patrol1 being very careful to assume only such situations as might naturally occur4 ,thus1 take ,example #a3 ,captain ,a is with ,sergeant ,b1 who1 with ,private ,c1 is marching along the road as the point of the patrol4 ,the other members of the patrol are distributed to suit the nature of the country over which the patrol is marching4 ,the point has just reached a ridge beyond which the country is open and cultivated for about half a mile4 ,beyond this the road enters a woods4 ,captain ,a now says3 ,sergeant ,b1 from this point you see two soldiers in khaki on the road there at the beginning of that cornfield about #bjj yards from the woods points out same4 ,they are moving in this direction4 ,about #bjj yards to the right of these and somewhat farther to their rear you see two more men moving along that rail fence4 ,sergeant ,b now does exactly as he would do in actual war4 ,how does he signal to his patrol8 ,does he assemble his men8 ,if so1 how and where8 ,does he send a message back to camp2 and if so1 by whom1 and is it written or verbal8 7,if written1 ,sergeant ,b actually writes it and delivers it to ,private ----1 with the necessary instructions4 ,if verbal1 it is actually given to ,private ---- with instructions47 ,captain ,a must in this case make notes of what the message was4 ,in either case1 ,private ---- ceases to be a member of the patrol and joins ,captain ,a as an observer4 ,he should1 however1 at some later time be required to repeat his message to ,captain ,a1 on the assumption that he had reached camp with the same4 ,the message1 whether oral or written1 should be thoroughly analyzed and discussed4 ,was it proper to send a message at this time8 ,does ,sergeant ,b intend to remain in observation2 if so1 how long8 7,captain ,a can give such information from time to time concerning the hostile patrol as ,sergeant ,b might reasonably be supposed to learn in view of his dispositions4 ,in order that ,captain ,a may present natural assumptions1 it is very essential that in his own mind he should1 at the outset1 assume a situation for the hostile forces and that he should consider himself as in command of all hostile troops4 ,in this particular case he should assume himself to be in command of the hostile patrol1 acting under certain specified orders similar to examples given1 and he should conduct this patrol in his own mind in accordance with these orders1 giving ,sergeant ,b only such information as he might reasonably be expected to obtain in view of whatever action ,sergeant ,b takes47 ,will ,sergeant ,b attempt to capture this patrol8 ,if so1 how8 ,will he avoid fighting and attempt to pass it unobserved2 and if so1 how and why8 ,in this manner the exercise is continued4 ,care must be taken not to have the patrol leader or members state what they would do1 but they must actually do it4 ,explanations and discussions may take place later4 ,in a similar manner the director may inform ,sergeant ,b 7or any member of the patrol7 that this hostile patrol is followed by a squad 7on the assumption that it is the leading unit of an advance guard71 and the exercise is then continued along these lines4 ,the following are examples of assumption that might be made and carried out3 7a7 ,that the patrol is unexpectedly fired upon4 7b7 ,that one or more of the patrol is wounded4 7c7 ,that a prisoner is captured 7let an observer act as prisoner74 7d7 ,that a friendly inhabitant gives certain information4 7e7 ,that a dust cloud is seen in the distance over the trees4 7f7 ,that a column of troops can be seen marching along a distant road4 7g7 ,that an abandoned camp is discovered and certain signs noted4 7h7 ,that the patrol is attacked by a superior force and compelled to scatter4 ,there is practically no end to the number of reasonable assumptions that may be made4 ,troop officers may use this method of instructing noncommissioned officers in patrolling1 advance and rear guard duty1 outposts1 and in squad leading1 in writing messages1 in selecting positions for trenches1 and in constructing and concealing same4 ,this form of instruction is called a tactical ride or1 if dismounted1 a tactical walk4 ,it is very greatly used by all foreign armies4 ,exercises along the same general lines are conducted for field and staff officers and even general officers1 and are called tactical rides and strategical rides1 depending upon their object4 ,after some proficiency has been attained as a result of these tactical rides1 the greatest interest and enthusiasm can be awakened in this work by sending out two patrols the same day1 one to operate against the other4 ,each should wear a distinctive uniform4 ,the strength of each patrol1 its starting point1 route to be followed1 and its orders should all be unknown to the other patrol4 ,if blank ammunition is used1 an officer should supervise its issue and carefully inspect to see that no man carries any ball cartridges4 ,one umpire should accompany the commander of each party4 ,each umpire should be fully informed of the strength1 orders1 and route of both patrols4 ,he must1 however1 carefully avoid giving suggestions or offering any information to the commander4 ,observers in these small maneuver problems are generally in the way and none should be permitted to be along4 ,these small maneuvers may be gradually developed by having one side establish an outpost or fight a delaying action1 etc4 ,it should always be remembered that there is no hard and fast rule prescribing how a patrol of three1 five1 or any number of men should march4 ,the same is equally true of advance guards1 and applies also to the establishment of outposts4 ,it is simply a question of common sense based on military knowledge4 ,don't try to remember any diagrams in a book4 ,think only of what you have been ordered to do and how best you can handle your men to accomplish your mission1 and at the same time save the men and horses from any unnecessary hardships4 ,never use two or more men to do what one can do just as well1 and don't let your men get beyond your control4 ,in addition to the signals prescribed in the ,cavalry ,drill ,regulations1 the following should be clearly understood by the members of a patrol3 ,enemy in sight in small numbers1 hold rifle above the head horizontally2 enemy in force1 same proceeding1 raising and lowering the rifle several times2 take cover1 a downward motion of the hand4 ,other signals may be agreed upon1 but they must be familiar to the men2 complicated signals are avoided4 ,signals must be used cautiously so as not to convey information to the enemy4 ,section #d4 ,advance guards4 ,the advance guard is a detachment of the main body which precedes and covers it on the march4 ,the primary duty of an advance guard is to insure the safe and uninterrupted march of the main body4 ,specifically its duties are3 #a4 ,to guard against surprise and furnish information by reconnoitering4 #b4 ,to push back small parties of the enemy and prevent their observing1 firing upon1 or delaying the main body4 #c4 ,to check the enemy's advance in force long enough to permit the main body to prepare for action4 #d4 ,when the enemy is encountered on the defensive1 to seize a good position and locate his lines1 care being taken not to bring on a general engagement unless the advance guard commander is empowered to do so4 #e4 ,to remove obstacles1 repair the road1 and favor in every way the steady1 march of the column4 ,the strength of the advance guard will vary with the proximity of the enemy and character of the country2 for a regiment it will generally consist of from two troops to a squadron1 for a squadron of one troop2 for a troop of from a section to a platoon4 ,the advance guard commander is responsible for the proper performance of the duties with which it is charged and for its conduct and formation4 ,the advance guard provides for its security and gains information by throwing out to the front and flanks smaller bodies3 ,each part must keep in touch with the unit from which it is sent out4 ,an advance guard is generally divided into a reserve and a support2 where it consists of less than a squadron1 the reserve is generally omitted4 ,the support sends forward an advance party1 which1 in turn1 sends forward a point4 ,in small advance guards the point precedes the advance party about #cej yards1 the advance party the support about #ejj yards1 and the support the main body about #fjj yards4 ,where advance guards are large enough to require a reserve these distances are increased about one-fourth1 the reserve following the support1 the main body following the reserve at a distance varying from #ejj to #hjj yards4 ,unless the country to the flanks is distinctly visible from the roads for a distance of what may be said to be effective rifle fire1 approximately #a1jjj yards1 flanking patrols of two or three men each should be sent out from the advance party1 and1 when in proximity of the enemy1 in addition from the support4 ,when the nature of the country is such that patrols may move across country1 without unduly delaying the march these patrols should march at a distance of from #ejj to #fjj yards from the flank of the body from which detached4 ,for the examination of any object1 such as a wood1 buildings1 etc41 examining patrols should be sent out from the main body4 ,the usual method of protecting the flanks1 particularly when the country is at all cut up or difficult1 is to send out patrols from time to time to some point from which a good outlook can be obtained1 or which will afford protection to the enemy4 ,these patrols remain in observation1 observer being dismounted1 his horse held by another trooper until the advance guard has passed1 when they rejoin the nearest subdivision1 as quickly as possible working their way to that to which they belong during the halts or by riding up the side of the road4 ,by sending out a succession of small patrols in this manner the flanks are protected4 ,should the advance party become depleted1 it must be reenforced from the support4 ,a squadron acting as advance guard would have two or three troops in reserve and one or two in support4 ,the support would send forward as advance party two platoons1 the advance party in turn sending forward as point one section4 ,a troop acting as advance guard would have no reserve and would send forward as advance party one platoon4 ,all ,of the above may be changed as circumstances warrant4 ,cases may arise when the best means of covering the head and flanks of the column will be by a line of skirmishers extended at intervals of from #e to #ej yards1 as1 for instance1 when passing through high corn1 underbrush1 etc4 ,it must always be remembered that the principal duty of the advance guard is to secure the uninterrupted march of the main body4 ,if the point is fired upon1 it should at once deploy and endeavor to advance fighting4 ,the flankers should assist in this and endeavor to locate the enemy's flank should there be such resistance that advance was impossible4 ,each succeeding body should march promptly forward1 and in turn be placed in action1 with the idea of clearing the way for the advance of the main body4 ,should this be impossible1 the commander of the entire body must determine what measures he will take4 ,section #e4 ,rear guards4 ,a rear guard is a detachment detailed to protect the main body from attack in rear4 ,cavalry is an excellent arm for rear guard duty on account of its mobility4 ,while part of the cavalry is using dismounted fire action1 the other part may gallop back and take up a new position4 ,in a retreat it checks pursuit and enables the main body to increase the distance between it and the enemy and to re-form if disorganized4 ,the general formation is that of an advance guard reversed4 ,its commander should take advantage of every favorable opportunity to delay the pursuers by obstructing the road1 or by taking up specially favorable positions from which to force the enemy to deploy4 ,in this latter case care must be taken not to become so closely engaged as to render withdrawal unnecessarily difficult4 ,the position taken should be selected with reference to ease of withdrawal and ability to bring the enemy under fire at long range4 ,section #f4 ,flank guards4 ,a flank guard is a detachment detailed to cover the flank of a column marching past1 or across the front of1 an enemy4 ,it may be placed in position to protect the passage1 or it may be so marched as to cover the passage4 ,the object of the flank guard is to hold the enemy in check long enough to enable the main body to pass1 or1 like the advance guard1 to enable the main body to deploy4 ,like all other detachments1 it should be no larger than is necessary1 and should not be detailed except when its protection is required4 ,when a flank guard consists of a regiment or less1 its distance from the main body should not be much over #e miles4 ,practicable communication must exist between it and the main body4 ,the flank guard is marched as a separate command2 that is1 with advance or rear guards1 or both1 as circumstances demand1 and with patrolling on the exposed flank4 ,section #g4 ,outposts4 ,troops not on the march provide for their security by outposts4 ,the general duties of an outpost are reconnoissance1 observation1 and resistance4 ,the specific duties are3 #a4 ,to protect the main body1 so that the troops may rest undisturbed4 #b4 ,in case of attack1 to check the enemy long enough to enable the main body to make the necessary dispositions4 ,during an advance the outposts are usually detailed from the advance guard4 ,during the retreat the outposts for the night usually forms the rear guard the next day4 ,if the command remains in bivouac1 the new outpost generally goes on duty at daybreak4 ,the vigilance of outpost troops must be unceasing1 but they should avoid bringing on combats or unnecessarily alarming the command4 ,firing disturbs the rest of troops and1 if frequently indulged in1 ceases to be a warning4 ,no trumpet signals except to arms or to horse are sounded1 and all unnecessary noises must be avoided4 ,as a rule an outpost will not exceed one-sixth the strength ,of a command4 ,for a single troop a few sentinels and patrols will suffice2 for a larger command a more elaborate system must be devised4 ,the troops composing the outpost are generally divided into a reserve and several supports4 ,at a proper distance in front of the camp of the main body a line which offers a good defensive position is selected4 ,this is called the line of resistance1 and should be so located that an advancing enemy will be held in check beyond effective rifle range in case of a small force1 artillery range in case of a large force1 of the main body until the latter can deploy4 ,the reserve is stationed at some point in rear of this line1 where it can be moved quickly to reinforce any point as needed4 ,the line of resistance is divided into sections1 the limits of each of which are clearly defined4 ,a support is assigned to each section1 which are numbered from right to left1 and occupies a position on or near the line1 having special regard to covering avenues of approach4 ,the position occupied should always be intrenched4 ,the reserve and supports proceed to their respective positions by the shortest routes1 providing for their own protection by sending out covering detachments4 ,generally speaking1 about one-half the ,infantry of the advance guard should be in the supports4 ,as each support arrives at its position it sends out observation groups1 varying in size from four men to a platoon1 to watch the country in the direction of the enemy4 ,these groups are called outguards4 ,for convenience they are classified as pickets1 sentry squads1 and cossack posts1 and should be sufficient in number to cover the front of the section occupied by the support and connect with the neighboring supports4 ,the horses of the outguards may be left at the position of the support4 ,a picket is a group consisting of one or two sections1 ordinarily not exceeding half a company1 posted in the line of outposts to cover a given sector4 ,it furnishes patrols and one or more sentinels1 sentry squads1 or cossack posts for observation4 ,pickets are placed at the more important points in the line of outguards1 such as road forks4 ,the strength of each depends upon the number of small groups required to observe properly its sector4 ,a sentry squad is a squad 7eight men7 posted in observation at an indicated point4 ,it posts a double sentinel in observation1 the remaining men resting near by and furnishing the reliefs of sentinels4 ,in some cases it may be required to furnish a patrol4 ,a cossack post consists of four men4 ,it is an observation group similar to a sentry squad1 but employs a single sentinel4 ,as a rule not more than one-third of the support should be on outguard duty4 ,as soon as they are sent out to their positions the support commander selects a defensive position on the line of resistance2 gives instruction for intrenching same2 establishes a sentinel to watch for and transmit signals from outguards2 sends out patrols to reconnoiter the country to the front of his section and1 if on the flank of the line1 the flank2 and then proceeds to make a careful reconnoissance of the section assigned him1 rectifying the position of outguards if necessary1 seeing that they understand their instructions in case of attack or when strangers approach their posts1 and pointing out their lines of retreat in case they are compelled to fall back on the support4 ,when the outguards are established1 the members of the support may stack arms and remove equipment except cartridge belts4 ,part of the horses may be unsaddled and groomed and fed at one time4 ,all girths should be loosened4 ,no fires will be built or smoking permitted unless specially authorized1 or no loud talking or other noise4 ,all patrolling to the front will be done1 as a rule1 from the support4 ,the support commander should locate the position of the adjacent supports and make arrangements with the commanders for the joint defense of the line of resistance4 ,at nights all roads and trails should be carefully covered and the country to the front and between adjacent outguards well patrolled4 ,horses should1 as far as possible1 be permitted to rest1 unsaddled1 at night4 ,the line occupied by the outguards is called the line of observation4 ,outguards move to their positions providing for their own protection and so as to conceal the movement from the enemy4 ,these positions are intrenched and are numbered from right to left in each support4 ,the duties of the outguard are to observe the enemy1 to guard the outpost from surprise1 and to make a preliminary resistance to the enemy's advance4 ,the strength of the outguard will vary according to its object4 ,when an important road1 which at night will afford a line of advance1 or a bridge is to be covered1 or when several posts are established from an outguard it should be of considerable strength1 a section or a platoon4 ,when mere observation and alarm are all that is required four men will suffice4 ,one corporal and seven privates are a good number to use as an outguard2 this will allow one double sentry post of three reliefs and one man in addition to the commander1 who may be used for messenger service4 ,the outguard should be carefully concealed4 ,the utmost quiet should be observed1 and there should be no cooking or smoking4 ,the intervals between outguards will depend upon the situation and the terrain4 ,the line of observation is not necessarily continuous1 but all avenues of approach must be carefully guarded4 ,the distance of the outguard from the support likewise is governed by the terrain1 but in general may be said to be from #cjj to #djj yards4 ,in thick country or at night outguards patrol along the line of observation between posts4 ,communication between outguards and the support is by signal and messenger1 in special cases by wire4 ,members of the outguard retain possession of their weapons and do not remove their equipment4 ,sentinels from the outguard are posted so as to avoid observation1 but so that they may have a clear lookout and be able to see1 if possible1 by day1 the sentinels of the adjacent outguards4 ,double sentinels are always posted near enough to each other to communicate easily in ordinary voice4 ,sentinels are generally on post two hours out of six4 ,for every sentinel and every patrol there should be three reliefs1 and outguards should be of a strength sufficient to allow this4 ,the position of a sentinel should be selected with reference to observation4 ,it may be advantageous to place a sentinel in a tree4 ,sentinels furnished by cossack posts or sentry squads are kept near their group4 ,those furnished by their pickets may be kept as far as #ajj yards away4 ,reliefs1 visiting patrols1 and inspecting officers approach sentinels from the rear4 ,a sentinel on the line of observation should always have the following instructions3 ,the names of villages1 streams1 and prominent features in sight and where the roads lead4 ,the number 7if any7 of his post1 and the number of his and of the adjoining outguards2 the position of the support2 the line of retreat to be followed if the outguard is compelled to fall back2 the position of advance detachments and whether friendly patrols are operating in front2 to watch to the front and flanks without intermission and devote special attention to unusual or suspicious occurrences2 if he sees indications of the enemy1 to at once notify his immediate superior2 in case of imminent danger1 or when an attack is made1 to give the alarm by firing rapidly2 by day to pass in or out officers1 noncommissioned officers1 and detachments recognized as part of the outposts1 and officers known to have authority to do so2 to detain all others and notify the outguard commander2 at night1 when persons approach his post1 to come to a ready1 halt them1 and notify the outguard commander2 the latter challenges1 ascertains their identity1 and acts accordingly4 ,when individuals fail to halt1 or otherwise disobey1 to fire upon them after a second warning1 or sooner if they attempt to attack or escape2 to require deserters to lay down their arms1 and remain until a patrol is sent out to bring them in2 to order deserters pursued by the enemy to drop their arms and to give an alarm2 if they fail to obey they are fired upon2 to require bearers of flags of truce and their escorts to halt and to face outward2 to permit them to hold no conversation and to see that they are then blindfolded and disposed of in accordance with instructions from the support commander2 if they fail to obey to fire upon them2 at night1 to remain practically stationary1 moving about for purposes of observation only2 not to sit or lie down unless authorized to do so2 in the daytime1 to make use of natural or artificial cover and assume such positions as to give him the best field of view2 to inform passing patrols of what he has seen2 to carry his weapon habitually loaded and locked and at will4 ,outpost patrols are divided into those which operate beyond the lines and those whose duty lies principally within the lines4 ,the former1 called reconnoitering patrols1 scout in the direction of the enemy2 the latter1 called visiting patrols1 maintain communication between the parts of the outpost and supervise the performance of duty on the line of observation4 ,reconnoissance should be continuous4 ,though scouts and detachments of cavalry remain in contact with the enemy1 or at least push forward to a considerable distance1 more detailed reconnoissance by infantry patrols in the foreground must not be neglected4 ,reconnoitering patrols are composed of at least two men and a skillful leader1 who1 in important cases1 would be an officer4 ,they obtain information1 ascertain the presence of the enemy1 or discover his approach4 ,all patrols1 when they cross the line of observation1 inform the nearest sentinel of the direction in which they are to advance2 on their return they similarly report what they have seen of the enemy2 signals are agreed upon so that they can be recognized when returning4 ,any ground near the line of observation which might afford cover for troops1 or for scouts or spies1 and the approach to which can not be observed by sentinels1 is searched frequently by patrols4 ,definite information concerning the enemy is reported at once4 ,patrols fire only in self-defense or to give the alarm4 ,supports on the flank of an outpost position patrol the country on the exposed flank4 ,visiting patrols and reliefs should not march in the open and thereby expose the position of sentinels4 ,during a march in the vicinity of the enemy when halts are made1 special measures for protection are taken4 ,when the halt is for a short period1 less than half an hour1 the advance party and support remain at ease1 the point and flankers move to positions from which they can obtain a good lookout1 and additional patrols may be sent out from advance parties and supports4 ,where the halt is for a period exceeding half an hour a march outpost should be formed4 ,with an advance guard consisting of a squadron1 one troop as support and three as reserve1 a suggested form of march outpost might be formed as follows3 ,the leading platoon moving to the front at a trot for #djj yards would be outguard ,no4 #b2 the next platoon in rear1 moving to the right at a trot for about #fjj to #hjj yards would be outguard ,no4 #a2 the next platoon1 moving to the left in the same manner would be outguard ,no4 #c2 and the #dth platoon would be the support of the march outpost4 ,the reserve 7#c troops7 would be the reserve of the march outpost4 ,on signal being given to resume the march1 the various units would close in at a trot or gallop1 and as soon as the support had assembled the march would be resumed4 ,section #h4 ,rifle trenches4 ,soldiers should remember that only by acting vigorously on the offensive can an army hope to gain the victory4 ,the defensive may delay or stop the enemy1 but it can never destroy him4 ,troops dig because they are forced to halt2 they do not halt to dig4 ,trenches will frequently be constructed1 without being used1 and soldiers must expect this as a feature of campaigning and accept cheerfully what at times may appear as unnecessary labor4 ,when intrenching under fire cover is first secured in the lying position1 each man scooping but a depression for his body and throwing the earth to the front4 ,in this position no excavation can be conveniently made for the legs1 but if time permits the original excavation is enlarged and deepened until it is possible to assume a sitting position1 with the legs crossed and the shoulder to the parapet4 ,in such apposition a man presents a smaller target to shrapnel bullets than in the lying trench and can fire more comfortably and with less exposure than in the kneeling trench4 ,from the sitting position the excavation may be continued until a standing trench is secured4 ,the accompanying plate shows some of the more common forms of trenches in profile4 ,figure #a is the simplest form of standing trench4 ,figure #b shows the same trench deepened in rear1 so as to allow men to walk along in the rear 7deeper7 portion of the trench without exposing their heads above the parapet4 ,figure #c shows a cover and firing trench1 with a chamber in which men can find shelter when under heavy artillery fire4 ,when the excavated earth is easily removed figure #d shows a good profile4 ,the enemy's infantry1 as well as his artillery1 will generally have great difficulty in seeing this type of trench4 ,the mound or bank of earth thrown up for shelter in front of a trench is called the parapet4 ,it should be at least #cj inches thick on top1 and the front should slope gradually1 as shown in the plate1 so that shells will tend to glance from it1 rather than penetrate and explode4 ,the top should be covered with sod1 grass1 or leaves1 so as to hide the newly turned earth1 which could be easily seen and aimed at by the enemy4 ,there should be no rocks1 loose stones1 or pebbles on top1 which might be struck by the bullets1 splintering and flying1 thus adding greatly to the number of dangerous projectiles1 and often deflecting bullets downward into the trench4 ,a stone wall is a very dangerous thing to be behind in a fight4 ,the portion of the ground in rear of the parapet and between the parapet and the trench not covered by the parapet is to rest the elbows on when firing1 the rifle being rested on top of the parapet4 ,to obtain head cover in a trench fill a gunny sack or other bag with sand or soil and place it on top of the parapet1 aiming around the right-hand side of it1 or dig a small lateral trench in the parapet1 large enough to hold the rifle4 ,roof it over with boards1 small logs1 or brush1 and heap dirt on top1 aiming through the small trench or resulting loophole4 ,figure #e shows the plan of a section of a rifle trench4#aj ,between the portions occupied by each squad there is often placed a mound of earth as high as the top of the parapet and projecting back into the trench4 ,this is called a traverse and protects the occupants of the trench from fire from a flank4 ,bullets from this direction hit a traverse1 instead of flying down into the trench and wounding several men4 ,footnote #aj3 ,the traverse should be at least #f feet wide instead of #c feet1 as shown in figure #e4 ,trenches are seldom continuous1 but are made in sections placed at the most advantageous points1 as shown in figure #f4 ,a company or battalion may occupy a single section4 ,the firing trenches have cover trenches in rear of them1 where the supports can rest undisturbed by the hostile fire until they are needed in the firing trench to repel a serious assault or to take part in a counter attack4 ,passages consisting of deep communicating trenches facilitate passage from the cover trenches to the firing trenches when under fire4 ,these communicating trenches are usually zigzag or traversed to prevent their being swept by hostile fire4 ,when troops are likely to remain in trenches for a considerable time drainage should be arranged for1 and latrines and dressing stations should be constructed in trenches4 ,water should be brought into the trenches and holes excavated in the front wall of the trench for extra ammunition4 ,in digging trenches men usually work in reliefs1 one relief digging while the others rest1 the proportion of shovelers to pickmen being about #c to #a4 ,if a plow can be obtained to turn the sod1 it will greatly facilitate the initial work of digging4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a1 ,fig4 #b1 ,fig4 #c1 ,fig4 #d1 ,fig4 #e1 ,fig4 #f1 ,plate ,v4 ,,chapter ,,vii4 ,,marching ,,and ,,camping4 ,section #a4 ,breaking camp and preparation for a march4 ,,the ,,evening ,,before ,,the ,,march4 ,when a command learns that it is to make a march on the following day1 presumably starting early in the morning1 certain details should be attended to the evening before4 ,all men should fill their canteens1 as there will probably be no time for this in the morning4 ,the mess sergeant should find out whether lunch or the reserve ration will be carried on the march1 and should attend to these details in the evening in order that the issue can be made promptly in the morning4 ,the stable sergeant will have the stable detail fill all of the feed bags for the morning's feed1 and the section leaders will see that each of their men has filled his grain bag with the noon feed for the following day4 ,the commander of the guard should be given a memorandum as to what time to awaken the cooks and where their tent is4 ,the member of the guard who does this should awaken them without noise1 so as not to disturb the rest of the remainder of the command4 ,the cooks should be instructed as to what time breakfast is to be served and what time to awaken the first sergeant4 ,the cooks or cooks' police must cut and split all firewood for the morning before #i p4 m4 ,there must be no chopping1 talking1 or rattling of pans before reveille which will disturb the rest of the command4 ,this applies to every morning in camp4 ,,the ,,morning ,,of ,,the ,,march4 ,cooks arise when called by the guard and start the preparation of breakfast without noise4 ,the first sergeant and stable sergeant are usually awakened by one of the cooks about half an hour before reveille in order that they may complete their toilets and breakfast early and be able to devote all their time to supervising the details of the morning's work4 ,if the officers desire to be awakened before reveille they will notify the first sergeant accordingly4 ,at first call the men turn out1 perform their toilets1 strike their shelter tents 7unless it has been directed to await the sounding of the general for this71 and make up their packs4 ,the stable detail feeds the horses4 ,at the sounding of assembly immediately after reveille each man must be in his proper place in ranks1 except the kitchen and stable details who are actually at work4 ,this assembly is under arms4 ,the first sergeant starts to call the roll or commands ,report at the last note of assembly4 ,arms are stacked before the troop is dismissed4 ,breakfast is served to the troop immediately after roll call4 ,immediately after breakfast each man will wash his mess kit in the hot water provided for that purpose at the kitchen and will at once pack the mess kit in his saddlebags4 ,the cooks will provide hot water for washing mess kits at the same time that breakfast is served4 ,immediately after breakfast the troop proceeds to the work of breaking camp and packing in accordance with a prearranged system similar to the following3 ,one section assists the cooks in packing the kitchen4 ,one section strikes and folds the officers' tents and brings them to the kitchen4 ,one section fills in the sink4 ,the sink should not be filled in earlier than is absolutely necessary4 ,the stable detail police the picket line and vicinity4 ,one section polices the camp within the company police limits4 ,one section is available for possible details from regimental headquarters4 ,officers and first sergeant supervise the work4 ,a permanent assignment of squads to these duties lightens the labor and decreases the time necessary for breaking camp4 ,boots and saddles should not be sounded before all of the above work has been completed1 and without confusion4 ,don't begin the day by nagging your men1 thereby making them grouchy during the march4 ,always be most careful to groom all parts of your horse that will be touched by the equipment before you begin to saddle up4 ,men should not start from camp thirsty1 but should drink all the water they want immediately after breakfast4 ,all canteens should be filled before marching4 ,section #b4 ,marches1 camps4 ,,general ,,provisions4 #igg4 ,the successful conduct of a march is one of the surest tests of the ability and good judgment1 not only of the commander1 but of all subordinate officers as well4 ,certain general principles and some exact rules are laid down to fit the case of a normal march1 but tactical considerations as well as the condition of roads and weather1 the necessary forage1 water and shelter1 sanitation1 and other circumstances render a march of any considerable body of mounted troops one requiring the most unremitting attention to details on the part of the commander and his subordinates4 ,a successful ,cavalry march whether in peace or war is one that places the men and horses at the time and place needed in the best possible condition for the service required4 ,failure of mounted troops to successfully carry out a mission is due as a rule to exhaustion or injuries to the horses rather than to the men4 ,the training of officers of all grades must be such that solicitude for the condition of horses on the march is second nature2 constant effort should be made1 however severe the work1 to stimulate the pride of the trooper in having and in keeping his mount in fit condition2 if such stimulus is ineffective then the remedy1 if the trooper is at fault1 lies in other directions4 ,under favorable conditions field service offers the best opportunity for conditioning the horses and hardening the men4 #igh4 ,preparation3 ,responsibility for the timely ordering of necessary preparations preliminary to leaving a permanent camp or station rests with the commander4 ,all probable needs of the command for the service on which ordered should be anticipated1 instructions prepared1 verified1 and issued once in complete form1 and no departure therefrom permitted4 ,the march order proper for the actual movement of the command conforms to the requirements of ,field ,service ,regulations4 ,an order or memorandum of service calls will be issued and distributed in ample time the night before beginning a march stating the hour for reville1 stables1 and breakfast and such other duties as can reasonably be anticipated4 ,except on account of imperative military reasons1 ,cavalry should not leave camp for an hour or more after daylight4 ,if grazing is depended upon1 this is especially necessary1 since horses as a rule graze more freely in the early morning when rested4 ,ample time should be allowed after reville for grooming and feeding and thereafter for the men to breakfast4 ,all stable duties should be done quietly and without hurry or confusion under the immediate supervision of troop and squadron commanders4 ,in each troop a man is detailed to walk the picket line while grain is being fed1 to look out for the horses generally and to take off the feed or the nose bag of a horse as soon as he has finished feeding4 ,the signals for striking tents 7the general71 for policing1 saddling1 and beginning the march should be ordered personally by the commanding officer and only when the duties pertaining to the previous signal are completed4 #igi4 ,the march1 its length and rate3 ,the average daily march of a ,cavalry column of the size of a squadron1 or larger1 is about #be miles when horses are in condition2 when starting on long-distance marches the rate per day for the first few days should be less than #bj miles and gradually increased4 ,these rules may necessarily be modified1 even when horses are not in fit condition1 by reason of emergencies1 character of roads or weather1 proximity of water1 grazing1 etc41 but1 with these exceptions1 the question of the length of the daily march is one of good judgment and experience on the part of the commander4 ,the gait and pace of the daily march are influenced by both the time the horse is to carry the load and the distance to be covered4 ,the quicker a march can be completed without forcing the less the fatigue to both horse and man4 ,where the footing is good1 the road level1 and other considerations do not hamper the column1 after the first or a subsequent halt1 may advance first by leading dismounted1 then mount and walk1 then trot1 a short gallop 7exceptional71 then the trot1 followed by the walk to the next halt4 ,no gait is to be maintained continuously long enough to weary either horse or man1 neither must it be changed too frequently in long columns2 but whatever pace or gait is taken it should conform to the standards 7par4 #bgi74 ,the officer setting the pace should occasionally drop back to observe its effect on the column1 and veterinarians1 if present1 should be habitually utilized for this purpose4 ,the walk1 if the footing is good1 should be at the rate of #d miles per hour1 exclusive of halts2 the trot at #h miles per hour1 so as to facilitate posting2 the gallop1 a very exceptional gait even for small commands1 should be not faster than the maneuvering gallop 7par4 #bcf71 and its practicability will depend upon the training and condition of the horses1 since on long marches1 unless accustomed to this gait with packed saddles1 the horses will soon break down4 ,very rarely1 however1 will the conditions allow the regular arrangement of gaits indicated above4 ,rolling country1 with ascents and descents1 stretches of hard or stony road or of mud1 dust1 or sand1 crossings of streams1 etc41 will ordinarily impose corresponding changes of gait or pace on each of the small elements of the column as it reaches them4 ,to provide for this the troops in route column1 when so directed1 take greater distances than prescribed in order to allow for closing up at checks4 ,the commander must give this matter unremitting attention1 since normal route-order distances in column frequently entail discomfort to the men and sometimes injuries to the horses which might have been avoided4 ,unless under exceptional circumstances1 the commander of a marching column will authorize each troop commander to so regulate the gait and pace of his troop as to conform to that next in front1 the gait and pace of the leading troop being regulated by the commander himself4 ,this results in each troop changing to the trot1 walk1 leading dismounted1 etc41 at the same place at which the leading troop did1 and although regulation distances1 are frequently exceeded1 the tendency on all stretches of good road is to close on the leading troop of the column4 ,with care this method of marching should result in enabling each troop in the column to move with almost the same regularity and freedom from checks as though it were in the lead4 ,the fast rate of march that can be expected of small detachments and of single riders can not be demanded of a long ,cavalry column1 and as the command increases in size the rate of march will decrease4 ,the regulation gaits being1 at the walk1 #d miles1 the trot1 #h miles1 ,cavalry should be able to make1 including halts1 #e miles per hour or better4 ,this rate can be maintained for daily marches of #be miles under ordinary conditions for a week at a time1 after which a day of rest should be allowed before continuing the march4 #ihj4 ,formations3 ,the habitual formation for marches is route order in column of fours 7par4 #ged74 ,when the roads are unsuitable or the command is small1 column of twos or troopers is permissible4 ,to economize road space in large commands double column or parallel columns should be used if practicable4 ,squadrons in regiment and troops in squadrons alternate in leading1 the rule being that the one in front one day automatically follows in rear the next day4 #iha4 ,halts3 ,the first half hour of a march should be made at a walk and the first halt of #aj or #ae minutes toward the end of the first hour after starting2 it should1 if possible1 be preceded by a short trot in order to make apparent any faulty adjustment of equipment4 ,this halt gives an opportunity for the horses to stale and for the troopers to attend to the calls of nature1 to tighten girths1 and to adjust saddles1 equipment1 and clothing4 ,other halts of #e to #aj minutes should be made at hourly intervals1 and1 if the march is to be prolonged into the afternoon1 a longer halt should be made at noon1 when girths are loosened1 bridles removed1 horses fed1 and the men eat their lunches4 ,an invariable rule on the march and in camp is to have all troopers dismount promptly on halting2 in other words1 never to permit a man to sit a moment in the saddle while his horse is standing still1 and under no circumstances to lounge in the saddle4 #ihb4 ,watering3 ,on the march horses should be watered whenever opportunity occurs1 conforming as far as practicable to the rule of watering before feeding and of removing the bit when by so doing the horse can drink more freely1 as when the stream or watering place is shallow4 ,public watering troughs should ordinarily be avoided on account of danger from infection4 ,the use of buckets or of portable1 collapsible canvas watering troughs 7articles of issue7 will often make watering places otherwise insufficient thoroughly satisfactory4 ,on the march and in camp watering is always done under supervision of an officer4 #ihc4 ,feeding3 ,in time of peace when a regular supply of grain and long forage can be counted on1 effort should be made to follow1 as far as practicable1 the routine to which horses have been accustomed in garrison4 ,in time of war regularity of supply of forage1 and especially of the long forage1 can not be expected1 and officers must neglect no opportunity of anticipating the needs of their animals when passing grain fields1 pastures1 or stacks of hay and other fodder4 ,a supply for the night can often be gathered and carried along on the wagons or it may be tied up compactly with the lariat and carried on the horse4 ,the trooper with habitual solicitude for his mount will1 if permitted1 be prompt to remove the bits to let his horse graze 7facing the wind in hot weather7 at every delay or check1 and he will miss no chance to pick up an extra feed of grain4 #ihd4 ,camps 7see also ,care of ,troops1 ,f4 ,s4 ,r473 ,the ground being suitable1 a troop encamps in line1 with first sergeant's cook and officers' tents on one flank1 the men's sink on the other1 and with picket line #ae yards in front of and parallel to the men's tents1 the open ends of the tents toward the picket line4 ,a squadron or regiment encamps in column of troops as above1 but with picket lines on the flank of the column on the side opposite the cook and officers' tents1 each in prolongation of its own company street4 ,intervals and distances should approximate those of the normal semipermanent camps 7,f4 ,s4 ,r471 if space is available4 ,for a shelter-tent camp in column of troops with picket lines stretched between the rows of tents the guidons which mark first sergeants' tents should not be less than #ae yards apart4 ,the squadron or regiment may encamp in line similarly to the troop if the ground is more favorable for such form of camp1 but ordinarily they encamp in column of troops with picket lines between the rows of tents4 #ihe4 ,on nearing the end of a day's march1 the regimental commander will send his adjutant and supply officer ahead to locate the camp and provide for the arrival of the column3 ,on approaching the camping place1 squadron adjutants and the guidon of each troop will be summoned by the colonel's bugler sounding adjutant's call followed by guidons 7or otherwise according to circumstances74 ,at these calls each squadron adjutant followed by the guidons of his squadron will move rapidly to the front and will join the regimental adjutant1 who indicates to each the ground which his squadron is to occupy4 ,if the available ground is sufficient to encamp the entire regiment as prescribed in the ,field ,service ,regulations1 the regimental adjutant causes the guidons to be aligned and planted at the prescribed intervals1 thereby marking the first sergeant's tent on the flank of each troop1 otherwise each squadron adjutant has the guidons of his squadron so placed on the ground allotted to his squadron as to conform1 as nearly as conditions will permit1 to the normal camp1 having in view the comfort of horses and men and convenience to supplies4 ,the object in marking off the camp as prescribed1 by establishing the guidons before the arrival of the column1 is to relieve the horse of his rider and pack as soon as possible4 ,to further minimize delay1 commanding officers1 unless under exceptional circumstances1 will1 immediately on reaching the ground1 direct majors to dismiss their squadrons and have their troop commanders proceed directly to their guidons1 dismount at once1 and pitch camp4 ,the foregoing principles will also1 in so far as applicable1 be enforced by commanders of all units smaller than the regiment4 ,the regimental supply officer has the drivers of the baggage section of the regimental train go direct to their proper troops and unhitch4 ,ordinarily1 for convenience in a one-night camp or bivouac the wagons of the baggage section are left between the cook tents and the troop officers' tents1 the supply section being parked outside by itself4 ,after arrival at the camping place a guard is at once placed over the source of supply of drinking water4 ,before pitching tents the rifles are stacked1 sabers1 rolls1 saddle bags1 and lariats removed from the saddles1 girths loosened 7the saddles being left on until backs are cooled71 and the horses either linked by section1 in circle 7par4 #dbh71 or coupled head and tail 7par4 #dbg71 and a man detailed to watch them until tents are pitched4 ,after pitching tents1 stacks are broken1 rifles placed in the tents1 horses unsaddled1 unbridled1 and tied on the line or herded1 saddles placed in a row in front of the tents and saddle blankets spread on them to dry1 fuel secured1 sinks dug1 and other necessary preparations made for the night4 ,the use of saddle blankets as bedding by the men will be permitted only under very exceptional conditions1 and special care must be exercised to keep them free from dirt and burs4 ,during evening stables1 troop commanders1 accompanied1 if practicable1 by a veterinarian1 inspect the backs and feet of their horses1 and in the morning they permit no trooper who is not specially authorized1 to saddle his horse before the call boots and saddles1 or to mount before the command for so doing4 #ihf4 ,herding3 ,in a hostile country camps should be selected1 if possible1 where grazing is good and beyond rifle range of cover for an enemy4 ,orders are issued as to places of assembly1 and in each troop men are detailed beforehand to go among the horses and quiet them in case of a night alarm4 ,in the event of a stampede1 men should mount the fastest animals within reach1 ride ahead of the herd1 and lead it back to camp4 ,sometimes the sounding of stable and water call will prevent or check a stampede4 ,in case it is necessary to graze the horses in an enemy's country1 they are sent out to herd under charge of an officer as soon as possible after making camp1 they being taken during daylight as far away as is safe so as to keep the grass nearer camp for the night4 #ihg4 ,forced and night marches3 ,to conduct a rapid march of a command of any magnitude successfully1 horses must be in condition 7pars4 #iej1 #iei7 and men must have been trained 7par4 #age72 if either is lacking1 the daily marches at first must be short4 ,a night march1 being slow and fatiguing to horses and men1 is seldom undertaken unless as a forced march to seize a position or to surprise an enemy by attacking him at dawn4 ,in a forced march frequently the gait1 if the footing is favorable1 and always the number of hours in the saddle1 are increased4 ,under favorable conditions a rate of #ej miles in #bd hours for three or four days can be maintained4 ,during such a march1 in addition to the usual hourly halts1 a halt of #b hours is made toward the end of the first half of each day's march1 during which bits are removed1 horses unsaddled1 watered1 fed1 and their legs hand rubbed2 the rate should be about #e miles an hour1 exclusive of halts4 ,under very favorable conditions a single march of #ajj miles can be made in from #bd to #cj hours4 ,during a march of this character1 in addition to the usual hourly halts1 halts of #b hours are made toward the end of the first and second thirds of the march1 during which bits are removed1 the horses unsaddled1 watered1 fed1 and their legs hand rubbed2 the rate of march should be from #e to #f miles an hour1 exclusive of halts4 ,,chapter ,,viii4 ,,target ,,practice4 ,section #a4 ,preliminary training in marksmanship4 ,effective rifle fire is generally what counts most in battle4 ,to have effective rifle fire1 the men on the firing line must be able to ,,hit what they are ordered to shoot at4 ,there is no man who can not be taught how to shoot4 ,it is not necessary or even desirable to begin instruction by firing on a rifle range4 ,a perfectly green recruit who has never fired a rifle may be made into a good shot by a little instruction and some preliminary drills and exercises4 ,before a man goes on the range to fire it is absolutely necessary that he should know-- #a4 ,how to set the rear sight4 #b4 ,how to sight or aim4 #c4 ,how to squeeze the trigger4 #d4 ,how to hold the rifle in all positions4 ,if he does not know these things it is worse than useless for him to fire4 ,he will not improve2 the more he shoots the worse he will shoot1 and it will become more difficult to teach him4 ,section #b4 ,sight adjustment4 ,men must be able to adjust their sights correctly and quickly4 ,an error in adjustment so small that one can scarcely see it on the sight leaf is sufficient to cause a miss at an enemy at #ejj yards and over4 ,notice your rear sight4 ,when the leaf is laid down the battle sight appears on top4 ,this sight is set for #edg yards and is not adjustable4 ,when the leaf is raised four sights come into view4 ,the extreme range sight for #b1hej yards at the top of the leaf is seldom used4 ,the open sight at the upper edge of the drift slide is adjustable from #a1djj to #b1gej yards4 ,to set it the upper edge of the slide is made to correspond with the range reading on the leaf1 and the slide is then clamped with the slide screw4 ,this sight also is seldom used4 ,the open sight at the bottom of the triangular opening in the drift slide is adjustable from #ajj to #b1dej yards4 ,to set it the index line at the lower corners of the triangle is set opposite the range graduation on the leaf and the slide clamped4 ,this and the peep sight just below it are the sights most commonly used4 ,to set the peep sight1 the index lines on either side of the peephole are set opposite the range desired and the slide clamped4 ,notice the scales for the various ranges on either side of the face of the leaf4 ,the odd-numbered hundreds of yards are on the right and the even on the left4 ,the line below the number is the index line for that range4 ,thus to set the sight for #ejj yards the index line of the slide is brought in exact line with the line on the leaf below the figure #e and the slide clamped4 ,to set for #eej yards the index lines of the slide are set halfway between the index lines on the leaf below the figure #e on the right side and the figure #f on the left side4 ,look at your sight carefully when setting it and take great pains to get it exact4 ,an error in setting the width of one of the lines on the leaf will cause an error of about #h inches in where your bullet will strike at #ejj yards4 ,the wind gauge is adjusted by means of the windage screw at the right front end of the base of the sight4 ,each graduation on the wind-gauge scale is called a point4 ,for convenience in adjusting the line of each third point on the scale is longer than the others4 ,if you turn the windage screw so that the movable base moves to the right1 you are taking right windage1 which will cause your rifle to shoot more to the right4 ,it is seldom that a rifle will shoot correctly to the point aimed at at a given range with the sights adjusted exactly to the scale graduations for that range4 ,if your sight is not correctly adjusted for your shooting and you wish to move it slightly to make it correct1 remember to move it in the direction you wish your shot to hit4 ,if you wish to shoot higher raise your sight4 ,if to the right1 move the wind gauge to the right4 ,always move your sight the correct amount in accordance with the following table3 ,section #c4 ,table of sight corrections4 ,showing to what extent the point of impact is moved by a change of #be yards in elevation or #a point in windage4 ----------------------------------- ,correction ,correction ,range4 by a change by a change in elevation in windage of #be yards4 of #a point4 ----------------------------------- ,yards4 ,inches4 ,inches4 #ajj #j4gb #d #bjj #a4fb #h #cjj #b4gi #ab #djj #d4bi #af #ejj #f4bb #bj #fjj #h4ei #bd #hjj #ae4dc #cb #a1jjj #be4jh #dj ----------------------------------- ,an easy rule to remember the windage correction by is3 ,a change of #a point of wind changes the point of impact #d inches for every #ajj yards of range4 ,copy this table and take it to the range with you4 ,example of sight adjustment3 ,suppose you are firing at #ejj yards4 ,the first two or three shots show you that your shots are hitting about a foot below and a foot to the right of the center of the bull's-eye4 ,from the above table you will see that if you will raise your sight #ej yards and move the wind gauge half a point to the left the rifle will be sighted so that if you aim correctly the bullets will hit well inside the bull's-eye4 ,section #d4 ,aiming4 ,open sight3 ,always align your sights with the front sight squarely in the middle of the ,u or notch of the rear sight1 and the top of the front sight even with the upper corners of the ,u4 7,see fig4 #a47 ,all the sights on the rifle except the peep sight are open sights4 ,illustration3 ,,figure #a4 ,peep sight3 ,always center the tip of the front sight in the center of the peephole when aiming with this sight4 7,see fig4 #b47 ,illustration3 ,,figure #b4 ,always aim below the bull's-eye4 ,never let your front sight appear to touch the bull's eye in aiming4 ,try to see the same amount of white target between the top of the front sight and the bottom of the bull's-eye each time4 ,the eye must be focused on the bull's-eye or mark and not on the front or rear sight4 ,look at figures #a and #b until your eye retains the memory of them1 then try to duplicate the picture every time you aim4 ,aim consistently1 always the same4 ,never change your aim2 change your sight adjustment if your shots are not hitting in the right place4 ,many shots have been wasted when the point of aim has been moved to what the firer thought was the necessary change on the target1 instead of changing the sights according to the table on page #aia4 ,section #e4 ,battle sight4 ,the battle sight is the open sight seen when the leaf is laid flat4 ,it is adjusted for a range of #edg yards4 ,it is intended to be used in battle when you get nearer to the enemy than #fjj yards4 ,always aim at the belt of a standing enemy1 or just below him if he is kneeling1 sitting1 or lying4 ,on the target range this sight is used for rapid fire4 ,with it the rifle shoots about #b feet high at ranges between #bjj and #djj yards1 so you must aim below the figure on the target ,d4 ,find out in your instruction practice just how much you must aim below to hit the figure4 ,section #f4 ,trigger squeeze4 ,use the first joint of the forefinger to squeeze the trigger4 ,it is the most sensitive and best controlled portion of the body4 ,as you place the rifle to your shoulder1 squeeze the trigger so as to pull it back about one-eighth of an inch1 thus taking up the safety portion or slack of the pull4 ,then contract the trigger finger gradually1 slowly and steadily increasing the pressure on the trigger while the aim is being perfected4 ,continue the gradual increase of pressure so that when the aim has become exact the additional pressure required to release the point of the sear can be given almost insensibly and without causing any deflection of the rifle4 ,put absolutely all your mind and will power into holding the rifle steady and squeezing the trigger off without disturbing the aim4 ,practice squeezing the trigger in this way every time you have your rifle in your hand until you can surely and quickly do it without a suspicion of a jerk4 ,by practice the soldier becomes familiar with the trigger squeeze of his rifle1 and knowing this he is able to judge at any time1 within limits1 what additional pressure is required for its discharge4 ,by constant repetition of this exercise he should be able finally to squeeze the trigger to a certain point beyond which the slightest movement will release the sear4 ,having squeezed the trigger to this point the aim is corrected1 and when true the additional pressure is applied and the discharge follows and the bullet flies true to the mark4 ,section #g4 ,firing positions4 ,when in ranks at close order the positions are those described in the ,cavalry ,drill ,regulations4 ,when in extended order or when firing alone these positions may be modified somewhat to better suit the individual4 ,the following remarks on the various positions are offered as suggestions whereby steady positions may be learned by the soldier4 ,standing position3 ,face the target1 then execute right half face4 ,plant the feet about #ab inches apart4 ,as you raise the rifle to the shoulder lean very slightly backward just enough to preserve the perfect balance on both feet which the raising of the rifle has somewhat disturbed4 ,do not lean far back and do not lean forward at all4 ,if your body is out of balance1 it will be under strain and you will tremble4 ,the right elbow should be at about the height of the shoulder4 ,the left hand should grasp well around the stock and handguard in front of the rear sight1 and the left elbow should be almost directly under the rifle4 ,the right hand should do more than half the work of holding the rifle up and against the shoulder1 the left hand only steadying and guiding the piece4 ,do not try to meet the recoil2 let the whole body move back with it4 ,do not be afraid to press the jaw hard against the stock2 this steadies the position1 and the head goes back with the recoil and insures that your face is not hurt4 ,kneeling position3 ,assume the position very much as described in the ,cavalry ,drill ,regulations4 ,sit on the right heel4 ,the right knee should point directly to the right2 that is1 along the firing line4 ,the point of the left elbow should rest over the left knee4 ,there is a flat place under the elbow which fits a flat place on the knee and makes a solid rest4 ,lean the body well forward4 ,this position is uncomfortable until practiced1 when it quickly ceases to be uncomfortable4 ,sitting position3 ,sit down half faced to the right1 feet from #f to #h inches apart1 knees bent1 right knee slightly higher than the left1 left leg pointed toward the target4 ,rest both elbows on the knees1 hands grasping the piece the same as in the prone position4 ,this is a very steady position1 particularly if holes can be found or made in the ground for the heels4 ,prone position and use of the gun sling3 ,to adjust the sling for firing1 unhook the straight strap of the sling and let it out as far as it will go4 ,adjust the loop so that when stretched along the bottom of the stock its rear end 7bight7 comes about opposite the comb of the stock4 ,a small man needs a longer loop than a tall man4 ,lie down facing at an angle of about #fj to the right of the direction of the target4 ,spread the legs as wide apart as they will go with comfort4 ,thrust the left arm through between the rifle and the sling1 and then back through the loop of the sling1 securing the loop1 by means of the keeper1 around the upper left arm as high up as it will go4 ,pass the hand under and then over the sling from the left side1 and grasp the stock and handguard just in rear of the lower band4 ,raise the right elbow off the ground1 rolling slightly over on the left side4 ,place the butt to the shoulder and roll back into position1 clamping the rifle hard and steady in the firing position4 ,the rifle should rest deep down in the palm of the left hand with fingers almost around the handguard4 ,shift the left palm a little to the right or left until the rifle stands perfectly upright 7no cant7 without effort4 ,the left elbow should rest on the ground directly under the rifle1 and right elbow on the ground about #e inches to the right of a point directly under the stock4 ,in this position the loop of the sling1 starting at the lower band1 passes to the right of the left wrist1 and thence around the left upper arm4 ,the loop should be so tight that about #ej pounds tension is placed on it when the position is assumed4 ,this position is uncomfortable until practiced1 when it quickly ceases to be uncomfortable4 ,it will be steadier if small holes can be found or dug in the ground for the elbows4 ,in this position the sling binds the left forearm to the rifle and to the ground so that it forms a dead rest for the rifle1 with a universal joint1 the wrist1 at its upper end4 ,also the rifle is so bound to the shoulder that the recoil is not felt at all4 ,this is the steadiest of all firing positions4 ,the gun sling can also be used in this manner with advantage in the other positions4 ,section #h4 ,calling the shot4 ,it is evident that the sights should be so adjusted at each range that the rifle will hit where you aim4 ,in order to determine that the sights are so adjusted1 it is necessary that you shall know each time just where you were aiming on the target at the instant your rifle was discharged4 ,if you know this and your rifle hits this point1 your rifle is correctly sighted4 ,if your shot does not hit near this point1 you should change your sight adjustment in accordance with the table of sight corrections on page #aia4 ,no man can hold absolutely steady4 ,the rifle trembles slightly1 and the sights seem to wabble and move over the target4 ,you try to squeeze off the last ounce of the trigger squeeze just as the sights move to the desired alignment under the bull's-eye4 ,at this instant1 just before the recoil blots out a view of the sights and target1 you should catch with your eye a picture1 as it were1 of just where on the target your sights were aligned1 and call to yourself or to the coach this point4 ,this point is where your shot should strike if your sights are correctly adjusted and if you have squeezed the trigger without disturbing your aim4 ,until a man can call his shots he is not a good shot1 for he can never tell if his rifle is sighted right or not1 or if a certain shot is a good one or only the result of luck4 ,section #i4 ,coordination4 ,good marksmanship consists in learning thoroughly the details of-- ,holding the rifle in the various positions4 ,aiming4 ,squeezing the trigger4 ,calling the shot4 ,adjusting the sights4 ,and when these have been mastered in detail then the coordination of them in the act of firing4 ,this coordination consists in putting absolutely all of one's will power into an effort to hold the rifle steadily1 especially in getting it to steady down when the aim is perfected2 in getting the trigger squeezed off easily at the instant the rifle is steadiest and the aim perfected2 in calling the shot at this instant2 and if the shot does not hit near the point called1 then in adjusting the sights the correct amount so that the rifle will be sighted to hit where you aim4 ,section #aj4 ,advice to riflemen4 ,before going to the range clean the rifle carefully1 removing every trace of oil from the bore4 ,this can best be done with a rag saturated with gasoline4 ,put a light coat of oil on the bolt and cams4 ,blacken the front and rear sights with smoke from a burning candle or camphor or with liquid sight black4 ,look through the bore and see that there is no obstruction in it4 ,keep the rifle off the ground2 the stock may absorb dampness1 the sights may be injured1 or the muzzle filled with dirt4 ,watch your hold carefully and be sure to know where the line of sight is at discharge4 ,it is only in this way that the habit of calling shots1 which is essential to good shooting1 can be acquired4 ,study the conditions1 adjust the sling1 and set the sight before going to the firing point4 ,look at the sight adjustment before each shot and see that it has not changed4 ,if sure of your hold and if the hit is not as called1 determine and make ,,full correction in elevation and windage to put the next shot in the bull's-eye4 ,keep a written record of the weather conditions and the corresponding elevation and windage for each day's firing4 ,less elevation will generally be required on hot days2 on wet days2 in a bright sunlight2 with a #f o'clock wind2 or with a cold barrel4 ,more elevation will generally be required on cold days2 on very dry days2 with a #ab o'clock wind2 with a hot barrel2 in a dull or cloudy light4 ,the upper band should not be tight enough to bind the barrel4 ,do not put a cartridge into the chamber until ready to fire4 ,do not place cartridges in the sun4 ,they will get hot and shoot high4 ,do not rub the eyes--especially the sighting eye4 ,in cold weather warm the trigger hand before shooting4 ,after shooting1 clean the rifle carefully and then oil it to prevent rust4 ,have a strong1 clean cloth that will not tear and jam1 properly cut to size1 for use in cleaning4 ,always clean the rifle from the breech1 using a brass cleaning rod when available4 ,an injury to the rifling at the muzzle causes the piece to shoot very irregularly4 ,regular physical exercise1 taken systematically1 will cause a marked improvement in shooting4 ,frequent practice of the ,position and aiming drills and gallery practice are of the greatest help in preparing for shooting on the range4 ,rapid firing3 ,success in rapid firing depends upon catching a quick and accurate aim1 holding the piece firmly and evenly1 and in squeezing the trigger without a jerk4 ,in order to give as much time as possible for aiming accurately1 the soldier must practice taking position1 loading with the clip1 and working the bolt1 so that no time will be lost in these operations4 ,with constant practice all these movements may be made quickly and without false motions4 ,when the bolt handle is raised1 it must be done with enough force to start the shell from the chamber2 and when the bolt is pulled back it must be with sufficient force to throw the empty shell well away from the chamber and far enough to engage the next cartridge4 ,in loading1 use force enough to load each cartridge with one motion4 ,the aim must be caught quickly1 and1 once caught1 must be held and the trigger squeezed steadily4 ,rapid firing1 as far as holding1 aim1 and squeezing the trigger are concerned1 should be done with all the precision of slow fire4 ,the gain in time should be in getting ready to fire1 loading1 and working the bolt4 ,firing with rests3 ,in order that the shooting may be uniform the piece should always be rested at the same point4 ,section #aa4 ,the course in small-arms firing4 ,the course in small-arms firing consists of-- 7a7 ,nomenclature and care of rifle4 7b7 ,sighting drills4 7c7 ,position and aiming drills4 7d7 ,deflection and elevation correction drills4 7e7 ,gallery practice4 7f7 ,estimating distance drill4 7g7 ,individual known-distance firing1 instruction practice4 7h7 ,individual known-distance firing1 record practice4 7i7 ,long-distance practice4 7j7 ,practice with telescopic sights4 7k7 ,instruction combat practice4 7l7 ,combat practice4 7m7 ,proficiency test4 ,the regulations governing these are found in ,small ,arms ,firing ,manual1 #aiac4 ,there should be several copies of this manual in every troop4 ,section #ab4 ,targets4 ,the accompanying plates show the details and size of the targets3 ,illustration3 ,,target ,a1 ,,target ,b1 ,,target ,c1 ,,target ,d4 ,section #ac4 ,pistol and revolver practice4#aa ,footnote #aa3 ,whenever in these regulations the word pistol appears the regulation applies with equal force to the revolver1 if applicable to that weapon4 #ace4ab ,nomenclature and care of the weapon2 handling and precautions against accidents4--,the soldier will first be taught the nomenclature of those parts of the weapon necessary to an understanding of its action and use and the proper measures for its care and preservation4 ,ordnance pamphlets ,nos4 #ahff 7description of the ,colt's automatic pistol71 #aiai1 and #aibg 7descriptions of the ,colt's revolver1 calibers 4#ch and 4#de1 respectively71 contain full information on this subject1 and are furnished to organizations armed with these weapons4 ,footnote #ab3 ,the numbers refer to paragraphs in the ,small ,arms ,firing ,manual1 #aiac4 ,careless handling of the pistol or revolver is the cause of many accidents and results in broken parts of the mechanism4 ,the following rules will1 if followed1 prevent much trouble of this character3 7a7 ,on taking the pistol from the armrack or holster1 take out the magazine and see that it is empty before replacing it2 then draw back the slide and make sure that the piece is unloaded4 ,observe the same precaution after practice on the target range1 and again before replacing the pistol in the holster or in the armrack4 ,when taking the revolver from the armrack or holster and before returning it to the same1 open the cylinder and eject empty shells and cartridges4 ,before beginning a drill and upon arriving on the range observe the same precaution4 7b7 ,neither load nor unlock the weapon until the moment of firing1 nor until a run in the mounted course is started4 7c7 ,always keep the pistol or revolver in the position of ,raise pistol 7par4 #adg1 ,cavalry ,drill ,regulations1 #aiaf71 except when it is pointed at the target4 7,the position of ,lower pistol is authorized for mounted firing only47 7d7 ,do not place the weapon on the ground where sand or earth can enter the bore or mechanism4 7e7 ,before loading the pistol1 draw back the slide and look through the bore to see that it is free from obstruction4 ,before loading the revolver1 open the cylinder and look through the bore to see that it is free from obstruction4 ,when loading the pistol for target practice place five cartridges in the magazine and insert the magazine in the handle2 draw back the slide and insert the first cartridge in the chamber and carefully lock the hammer4 ,in loading the revolver place five cartridges in the cylinder and let the hammer down on the empty chamber4 7f7 ,whenever the pistol is being loaded or unloaded1 the muzzle must be kept up4 7g7 ,do not point the weapon in any direction where an accidental discharge might do harm4 7h7 ,after loading do not cock the revolver or unlock the pistol until ready to fire4 7i7 ,keep the working parts properly lubricated4 #acf4 ,position1 dismounted3 ,stand firmly on both feet1 body perfectly balanced and erect and turned at such an angle as is most comfortable when the arm is extended toward the target2 the feet far enough apart to insure firmness and steadiness of position 7about #h to #aj inches72 weight of body borne equally upon both feet2 right arm fully extended1 left arm hanging naturally4 ,,remarks4--,the right arm may be slightly bent1 although the difficulty of holding the pistol uniformly and of keeping it as well as the forearm in the same vertical plane makes this objectionable4 #acg4 ,the grip3 ,grasp the stock as high as possible with the thumb and last three fingers1 the forefinger alongside the trigger guard1 the thumb extended along the stock4 ,the barrel1 hand1 and forearm should be as nearly in one line as possible when the weapon is pointed toward the target4 ,the grasp should not be so tight as to cause tremors of the hand or arm to be communicated to the weapon1 but should be firm enough to avoid losing the grip when the recoil takes place4 ,,remarks4--,the force of recoil of the pistol or revolver is exerted in a line above the hand which grasps the stock4 ,the lower the stock is grasped the greater will be the movement or jump of the muzzle caused by the recoil4 ,this not only results in a severe strain upon the wrist but in loss of accuracy4 ,if the hand be placed so that the grasp is on one side of the stock1 the recoil will cause a rotary movement of the weapon toward the opposite side4 ,the releasing of the sear causes a slight movement of the muzzle1 generally to the left4 ,the position of the thumb along the stock overcomes much of this movement4 ,the soldier should be encouraged to practice this method of holding until it becomes natural4 ,to do uniform shooting the weapon must be held with exactly the same grip for each shot4 ,not only must the hand grasp the stock at the same point for each shot1 but the tension of the grip must be uniform4 #ach4 7a7 ,the trigger squeeze3 ,the trigger must be squeezed in the same manner as in rifle firing4 7,see p4 #aic47 ,the pressure of the forefinger on the trigger should be steadily increased and should be straight back1 not sideways4 ,the pressure should continue to that point beyond which the slightest movement will release the sear4 ,then1 when the aim is true1 the additional pressure is applied and the pistol fired4 ,only by much practice can the soldier become familiar with the trigger squeeze4 ,this is essential to accurate shooting4 ,it is the most important detail to master in pistol or revolver shooting4 7b7 ,self-cocking action4--,the force required to squeeze the trigger of the revolver when the self-cocking device is used is considerably greater than with the single action4 ,to accustom a soldier to the use of the self-cocking mechanism1 and also to strengthen and develop the muscles of the hand1 a few minutes' practice daily in holding the unloaded revolver on a mark and snapping it1 using the self-cocking mechanism1 is recommended4 ,the use of the self-cocking device in firing is not recommended except in emergency4 ,by practice in cocking the revolver the soldier can become sufficiently expert to fire very rapidly1 using single action1 while his accuracy will be greater than when using double action4 #aci4 ,aiming4--,except when delivering rapid or quick fire1 the rear and front sights of the pistol are used in the same manner as the rifle sights4 ,the normal sight is habitually used 7see ,pl4 ,,vi71 and the line of sight is directed upon a point just under the bull's-eye at #f o'clock4 ,the front sight must be seen through the middle of the rear-sight notch1 the top being on a line with the top of the notch4 ,care must be taken not to cant the pistol to either side4#ac ,footnote #ac3 ,the instructor should take cognizance of the fact that the proper aiming point is often affected by the personal and fixed peculiarities of the firer1 and if unable to correct such abnormalities permit firer to direct sight at such point as promises effective results4 ,if the principles of aiming have not been taught1 the soldier's instruction will begin with sighting drills as prescribed for the rifle so far as they may be applicable4 ,the sighting bar with open sight will be used to teach the normal sight and to demonstrate errors likely to be committed4 ,to construct a sighting rest for the pistol 7see ,pl4 ,,vi7 take a piece of wood about #aj inches long1 #a-a_/d inches wide1 and #i_/af inch thick4 ,shape one end so that it will fit snugly in the handle of the pistol when the magazine has been removed4 ,screw or nail this stick to the top of a post or other object at such an angle that the pistol when placed on the stick will be approximately horizontal4 ,a suitable sighting rest for the revolver may be easily improvised4 #adj4 7a7 ,how to cock the pistol4--,the pistol should be cocked by the thumb of the right hand and with the least possible derangement of the grip4 ,the forefinger should be clear of the trigger when cocking the pistol4 ,some men have difficulty at first in cocking the pistol with the right thumb4 ,this can be overcome by a little practice4 ,jerking the pistol forward while holding the thumb on the hammer will not be permitted4 7b7 ,how to cock the revolver3 ,the revolver should be cocked by putting the thumb on the hammer at as nearly a right angle to the hammer as possible1 and by the action of the thumb muscles alone bringing the hammer back to the position of full cock4 ,some men with large hands are able to cock the revolver with the thumb while holding it in the position of aim or raise pistol4 ,where the soldier's hand is small this can not be done1 and in this case it assists the operation to give the revolver a slight tilt to the right and upward 7to the right74 ,particular care should be taken that the forefinger is clear of the trigger or the cylinder will not revolve4 ,jerking the revolver forward while holding the thumb on the hammer will not be permitted4 #ada4 ,position1 and aiming drills1 dismounted3 ,for this instruction the squad will be formed with an interval of #a pace between files4 ,black pasters to simulate bull's-eyes will be pasted opposite each man on the barrack or other wall1 from which the squad is #aj paces distant4 ,the squad being formed as described above1 the instructor gives the command3 #a4 ,raise1 #b4 ,pistol 7par4 #adg1 ,cavalry ,drill ,regulations71 and cautions1 ,position and aiming drill1 dismounted4 ,the men take the positions described in paragraph #acf1 except that the pistol is held at ,raise pistol4 ,illustration3 ,,plate ,,vi4 ,the instructor cautions1 ,trigger squeeze exercise4 ,at the command ,,ready1 cock the weapon as described in paragraph #adj4 ,at the command1 #a4 ,squad1 #b4 ,,fire1 slowly extend the arm till it is nearly horizontal1 the pistol directed at a point about #f inches below the bull's-eye4 ,at the same time put the forefinger inside the trigger guard and gradually feel the trigger4 ,inhale enough air to comfortably fill the lungs and gradually raise the piece until the line of sight is directed at the point of aim1 i4 e41 just below the bull's-eye at #f o'clock4 ,while the sights are directed upon the mark1 gradually increase the pressure on the trigger until it reaches that point where the slightest additional pressure will release the sear4 ,then1 when the aim is true1 the additional pressure necessary to fire the piece is given so smoothly as not to derange the alignment of the sights4 ,the weapon will be held on the mark for an instant after the hammer falls and the soldier will observe what effect1 if any1 the squeezing of the trigger has had on his aim4 ,it is impossible to hold the arm perfectly still1 but each time the line of sight is directed on the point of aim a slight additional pressure is applied to the trigger until the piece is finally discharged at one of the moments when the sights are correctly aligned upon the mark4 ,when the soldier has become proficient in taking the proper position1 the trigger squeeze should be executed at will4 ,the instructor prefaces the preparatory command by ,at will and give the command ,,halt at the conclusion of the exercise1 when the soldier will return to the position of ,raise pistol4 ,at first this exercise should be executed with deliberation1 but gradually the soldier will be taught to catch the aim quickly and to lose no time in beginning the trigger squeeze and bringing it to the point where the slightest additional pressure will release the sear4 ,,remarks4--,in service few opportunities will be offered for slow aimed fire with the pistol or revolver1 although use will be made of the weapon under circumstances when accurate pointing and rapid manipulation are of vital importance4 ,in delivering a rapid fire1 the soldier must keep his eyes fixed upon the mark and1 after each shot1 begin a steadily increasing pressure on the trigger1 trying at the same time to get the sights as nearly on the mark as possible before the hammer again falls4 ,the great difficulty in quick firing with the pistol lies in the fact that when the front sight is brought upon the mark the rear sight is often found to be outside the line joining the eye with the mark4 ,this tendency to hold the pistol obliquely can be overcome only by a uniform manner of holding and pointing4 ,this uniformity is to be attained only by acquiring a grip which can be taken with certainty each time the weapon is fired4 ,it is this circumstance which makes the position and aiming drills so important4 ,the soldier should constantly practice pointing the pistol until he acquires the ability to direct it on the mark in the briefest interval of time and practically without the aid of sights4 ,the soldier then repeats the exercises with the pistol in the left hand1 the left side being turned toward the target4 #adb4 ,to draw and fire quickly--,snap shooting4--,with the squad formed as described in paragraph #ada except that the pistol is in the holster and the flap1 if any1 buttoned1 the instructor cautions ,quick-fire exercise4 ,and gives the command1 #a4 ,,squad1 #b4 ,,fire4 ,at this command each soldier1 keeping his eye on the target1 quickly draws his pistol1 unlocks it1 thrusts it toward the target1 squeezes the trigger1 and at the instant the weapon is brought in line with the eye and the objective increases the pressure1 releasing the sear4 ,to enable the soldier to note errors in pointing1 the weapon will be momentarily held in position after the fall of the hammer4 ,efforts at deliberate aiming in this exercise must be discouraged4 ,remarks under paragraph #ada are specially applicable also to this type of fire4 ,when the soldier has become proficient in the details of this exercise1 it should be repeated at will2 the instructor cautions1 ,at will2 quick-fire exercise4 ,the exercise should be practiced until the mind1 the eye1 and trigger finger act in unison4 ,to simulate this type of fire mounted1 the instructor places the squad so that the simulated bull's-eyes are in turn1 to the ,,right1 to the ,,left1 to the ,,right ,,front1 to the ,,left ,,front1 to the ,,right ,,rear4 ,with the squad in one of these positions1 the instructor cautions1 ,position and aiming drill1 mounted4 ,at this caution the right foot is carried #bj inches to the right and the left hand to the position of the bridle hand 7par4 #ade1 ,cavalry ,drill ,regulations74 ,the exercise is carried out as described for the exercise dismounted1 using the commands and means laid down in paragraph #ada for firing in the several directions4 ,the exercise is to be executed at will when the squad has been sufficiently well instructed in detail4 ,when firing to the left the pistol hand will be about opposite the left shoulder and the shoulders turned about #de to the left2 when firing to the right rear the shoulders are turned about #de to the right4 ,when the soldier is proficient in these exercises with the pistol in the right hand1 they are repeated with the pistol in the left hand4 ,revolver or pistol range practice4--,the courses in range practice are given in paragraphs #adg to #aii1 ,small ,arms ,firing ,manual1 #aiac4 ,,chapter ,,ix4 ,,extracts ,,from ,,manual ,,of ,,interior ,,guard ,,duty4 ,,united ,,states ,,army1 #aiad4 ,the numbers refer to paragraphs in the ,manual4 ,section #a4 ,introduction4 #a4 ,guards may be divided into four classes3 ,exterior guards1 interior guards1 military police1 and provost guards4 #b4 ,exterior guards are used only in time of war4 ,they belong to the domain of tactics and are treated of in the ,field ,service ,regulations and in the drill regulations of the different arms of the service4 ,the purpose of exterior guards is to prevent surprise1 to delay attack1 and otherwise to provide for the security of the main body4 ,on the march they take the form of advance guards1 rear guards1 and flank guards4 ,at a halt they consist of outposts4 #c4 ,interior guards are used in camp or garrison to preserve order1 protect property1 and to enforce police regulations4 ,in time of war such sentinels of an interior guard as may be necessary are placed close in or about a camp1 and normally there is an exterior guard further out consisting of outposts4 ,in time of peace the interior guard is the only guard in a camp or garrison4 #d4 ,military police differ somewhat from either of these classes4 7,see ,field ,service ,regulations47 ,they are used in time of war to guard prisoners1 to arrest stragglers and deserters1 and to maintain order and enforce police regulations in the rear of armies1 along lines of communication1 and in the vicinity of large camps4 #e4 ,provost guards are used in the absence of military police1 generally in conjunction with the civil authorities at or near large posts or encampments1 to preserve order among soldiers beyond the interior guard4 ,section #b4 ,classification of interior guards4 #f4 ,the various elements of an interior guard classified according to their particular purposes and the manner in which they perform their duties are as follows3 7a7 ,the main guard4 7b7 ,special guards3 ,stable guards1 park guards1 prisoner guards1 herd guards1 train guards1 boat guards1 watchmen1 etc4 ,section #c4 ,details and rosters4 #g4 ,at every military post1 and in every regiment or separate command in the field1 an interior guard will be detailed and duly mounted4 ,it will consist of such number of officers and enlisted men as the commanding officer may deem necessary1 and will be commanded by the senior officer or noncommissioned officer therewith1 under the supervision of the officer of the day or other officer detailed by the commanding officer4 #h4 ,the system of sentinels on fixed posts is of value in discipline and training because of the direct individual responsibility which is imposed and required to be discharged in a definite and precise manner4 ,while the desirability of this type of duty is recognized1 it should only be put in practice to an extent sufficient to insure thorough instruction in this method of performing guard duty1 and should not be the routine method of its performance4 ,the usual guard duty will be performed by watchmen1 patrols1 or such method as in the opinion of the commanding officer may best secure results under the particular local conditions4 #i4 ,at posts where there are less than three companies the main guard and special guards may all be furnished by one company or by details from each company4 ,it is directed that whenever possible such guards shall be furnished by a single company1 for the reason that if guard details are taken from each organization at a post of two companies1 troops1 or batteries it will result in both being so reduced as to seriously interfere with drill and instruction1 whereas if details are taken from only one the other is available for instruction at full strength4 ,where there are three or more companies1 the main guard will1 if practicable1 be furnished by a single company1 and1 as far as practicable1 the same organization will supply all details for that day for special guard1 overseer1 and fatigue duty4 ,in this case the officer of the day and the officers of the guard1 if there are any1 will1 if practicable1 be from the company furnishing the guard4 #aj4 ,at a post or camp where the headquarters of more than one regiment are stationed1 or in the case of a small brigade in the field1 if but one guard be necessary for the whole command1 the details will be made from the headquarters of the command4 ,if formal guard mounting is to be held1 the adjutant1 sergeant major1 and band to attend guard mounting will be designated by the commanding officer4 #aa4 ,when a single organization furnishes the guard1 a roster of organizations will be kept by the sergeant major under the supervision of the adjutant4 7,see ,appendix ,b47 #ab4 ,when the guard is detailed from several organizations1 rosters will be kept by the adjutant1 of officers of the day and officers of the guard by name2 by the sergeant major under the supervision of the adjutant1 of sergeants1 corporals1 musicians1 and privates of the guard by number per organization2 and by first sergeants1 of sergeants1 corporals1 musicians1 and privates by name4 7,see ,appendix ,a47 #ac4 ,when organizations furnish their own stable1 or stable and park guards1 credit will be given each for the number of enlisted men so furnished as though they had been detailed for main guard4 #ad4 ,special guards1 other than stable or park guards1 will be credited the same as for main guard1 credited with fatigue duty1 carried on special duty1 or credited as the commanding officer may direct4 7,pars4 #f1 #bba1 #bdg1 and #cjj47 #ae4 ,captains will supervise the keeping of company rosters and see that all duties performed are duly credited4 7,see pars4 #cee-cfd1 ,a4 ,r41 for rules governing rosters1 and ,form #cdb1 ,a4 ,g4 ,o41 for instructions as to how rosters should be kept47 #af4 ,there will be an officer of the day with each guard1 unless in the opinion of the commanding officer the guard is so small that his services are not needed4 ,in this case an officer will be detailed to supervise the command and instruction of the guard for such period as the commanding officer may direct4 #ag4 ,when more than one guard is required for a command1 a field officer of the day will be detailed1 who will receive his orders from the brigade or division commander1 as the latter may direct4 ,when necessary captains may be placed on the roster for field officer of the day4 #ah4 ,the detail of officers of the guard will be limited to the necessities of the service and efficient instruction2 inexperienced officers may be detailed as supernumerary officers of the guard for purposes of instruction4 #ai4 ,officers serving on staff departments are1 in the discretion of the commanding officer1 exempt from guard duty4 #bj4 ,guard details will1 if practicable1 be posted or published the day preceding the beginning of the tour and officers notified personally by a written order at the same time4 #ba4 ,the strength of guards and the number of consecutive days for which an organization furnishes the guard will be so regulated as to insure privates of the main guard an interval of not less than five days between tours4 ,when this is not otherwise practicable1 extra and special duty men will be detailed for night guard duty1 still performing their daily duties4 ,when so detailed a roster will be kept by the adjutant showing the duty performed by them4 #bb4 ,the members of main guards and stable and park guards will habitually be relieved every #bd hours4 ,the length of the tour of enlisted men detailed as special guards1 other than stable or park guards1 will be so regulated as to permit of these men being held accountable for a strict performance of their duty4 #bc4 ,should the officer of the day be notified that men are required to fill vacancies in the guard1 he will cause them to be supplied from the organization to which the guard belongs4 ,if none are available in that organization1 the adjutant will be notified and will cause them to be supplied from the organization that is next for guard4 7,par4 #fc47 #bd4 ,the adjutant will have posted on the bulletin board at his office all data needed by company commanders in making details from their companies4 ,at first sergeant's call first sergeants will go to headquarters and take from the bulletin board all data necessary for making the details required from their companies2 these details will be made from their company rosters4 #be4 ,in order to give ample notice1 first sergeants will1 when practicable1 publish at retreat and post on the company bulletin board all details made from the company for duties to be performed4 #bf4 ,where rosters are required to be kept by this manual1 all details will be made by roster4 ,section #d4 ,commander of the guard4 #da4 ,the commander of the guard is responsible for the instruction and discipline of the guard4 ,he will see that all of its members are correctly instructed in their orders and duties and that they understand and properly perform them4 ,he will visit each relief at least once while it is on post1 and at least one of these visits will be made between #ab o'clock midnight and daylight4 #db4 ,he receives and obeys the orders of the commanding officer and the officer of the day1 and reports to the latter without delay all orders to the guard not received from the officer of the day2 he transmits to his successor all material instructions and information relating to his duties4 #dc4 ,he is responsible under the officer of the day for the general safety of the post or camp as soon as the old guard marches away from the guardhouse4 ,in case of emergency1 while both guards are at the guardhouse1 the senior commander of the two guards will be responsible that the proper action is taken4 #dd4 ,officers of the guard will remain constantly with their guards1 except while visiting patrols or necessarily engaged elsewhere in the performance of their duties4 ,the commanding officer will allow a reasonable time for meals4 #de4 ,a commander of a guard leaving his post for any purpose will inform the next in command of his destination and probable time of return4 #df4 ,except in emergencies1 the commander of the guard may divide the night with the next in command1 but retains his responsibility2 the one on watch must be constantly on the alert4 #dg4 ,when any alarm is raised in camp or garrison1 the guard will be informed immediately4 7,par4 #bcd47 ,if the case be serious1 the proper call will be sounded1 and the commander of the guard will cause the commanding officer and the officer of the day to be at once notified4 #dh4 ,if a sentinel calls3 ,the guard1 the commander of the guard will at once send a patrol to the sentinel's post4 ,if the danger be great1 in which case the sentinel will discharge his piece1 the patrol will be as strong as possible4 #di4 ,when practicable1 there should always be an officer or noncommissioned officer and two privates of the guard at the guardhouse in addition to the sentinels there on post4 #ej4 ,between reveille and retreat1 when the guard has been turned out for any person entitled to the compliment 7see pars4 #bbb and #bbd71 the commander of the guard1 if an officer1 will receive the report of the sergeant1 returning the salute of the latter with the right hand4 ,he will then draw his saber and place himself two paces in front of the center of the guard4 ,when the person for whom the guard has been turned out approaches he faces his guard and commands3 #a4 ,present1 #b4 ,,arms2 faces to the front and salutes4 ,when his salute is acknowledged he resumes the carry1 faces about1 and commands3 #a4 ,order1 #b4 ,,arms2 and faces to the front4 ,if it be an officer entitled to inspect the guard1 after saluting and before bringing his guard to an order1 the officer of the guard reports3 ,sir1 all present or accounted for2 or ,sir1 7so-and-so7 is absent2 or1 if the roll call has been omitted3 ,sir1 the guard is formed1 except that at guard mounting the commanders of the guards present their guards and salute without making any report4 ,between retreat and reveille the commander of the guard salutes and reports1 but does not bring the guard to a present4 #ea4 ,to those entitled to have the guard turned out but not entitled to inspect it no report will be made2 nor will a report be made to any officer unless he halts in front of the guard4 #eb4 ,when a guard commanded by a noncommissioned officer is turned out as a compliment or for inspection the noncommissioned officer1 standing at a right shoulder on the right of the right guide1 commands3 #a4 ,present1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,he then executes the rifle salute4 ,if a report be also required1 he will1 after saluting and before bringing his guard to an order1 report as prescribed for the officer of the guard4 7,par4 #ej47 #ec4 ,when a guard is in line1 not under inspection1 and commanded by an officer2 the commander of the guard salutes his regimental1 battalion1 and company commander by bringing the guard to attention and saluting in person4 ,for all other officers1 excepting those entitled to the compliment from a guard 7par4 #bbd71 the commander of the guard salutes in person1 but does not bring the guard to attention4 ,when commanded by a noncommissioned officer1 the guard is brought to attention in either case1 and the noncommissioned officer salutes4 ,the commander of a guard exchanges salutes with the commanders of all other bodies of troops2 the guard is brought to attention during the exchange4 ,present arms is executed by a guard only when it has turned out for inspection or as a compliment1 and at the ceremonies of guard mounting and relieving the old guard4 #ed4 ,in marching a guard or a detachment of a guard the principles of paragraph #ec apply4 ,eyes right is executed only in the ceremonies of guard mounting and relieving the old guard4 #ee4 ,if a person entitled to the compliment1 or the regimental1 battalion1 or company commander1 passes in rear of a guard1 neither the compliment nor the salute is given1 but the guard is brought to attention while such person is opposite the post of the commander4 ,after any person has received or declined the compliment1 or received the salute from the commander of the guard1 official recognition of his presence thereafter while he remains in the vicinity will be taken by bringing the guard to attention4 #ef4 ,the commander of the guard will inspect the guard at reveille and retreat1 and at such other times as may be necessary1 to assure himself that the men are in proper condition to perform their duties and that their arms and equipments are in proper condition4 ,for inspection by other officers1 he prepares the guard in each case as directed by the inspecting officer4 #eg4 ,the guard will not be paraded during ceremonies unless directed by the commanding officer4 #eh4 ,at all formations members of the guard or reliefs will execute inspection arms as prescribed in the drill regulations of their arm4 #ei4 ,the commander of the guard will see that all sentinels are habitually relieved every two hours1 unless the weather or other causes makes it necessary that it be done at shorter or longer intervals1 as directed by the commanding officer4 #fj4 ,he will question his noncommissioned officers and sentinels relative to the instructions they may have received from the old guard2 he will see that patrols and visits of inspection are made as directed by the officer of the day4 #fa4 ,he will see that the special orders for each post and member of the guard1 either written or printed1 are posted in the guardhouse and1 if practicable1 in the sentry box or other sheltered place to which the member of the guard has constant access4 #fb4 ,he will see that the proper calls are sounded at the hours appointed by the commanding officer4 #fc4 ,should a member of the guard be taken sick1 or be arrested1 or desert1 or leave his guard1 he will at once notify the officer of the day4 7,par4 #bc47 #fd4 ,he will1 when the countersign is used 7pars4 #baj to #baf71 communicate it to the noncommissioned officers of the guard and see that it is duly communicated to the sentinels before the hour of challenging2 the countersign will not be given to sentinels posted at the guardhouse4 #fe4 ,he will have the details for hoisting the flag at reveille and lowering it at retreat1 and for firing the reveille and retreat gun1 made in time for the proper performance of these duties4 7,see pars4 #cch1 #cdd1 #cde1 and #cdf47 ,he will see that the flags are kept in the best condition possible1 and that they are never handled except in the proper performance of duty4 #ff4 ,he may permit members of the guard while at the guardhouse to remove their headdress1 overcoats1 and gloves2 if they leave the guardhouse for any purpose whatever1 he will require that they be properly equipped and armed according to the character of the service in which engaged1 or as directed by the commanding officer4 #fg4 ,he will enter in the guard report a report of his tour of duty and1 on the completion of his tour1 will present it to the officer of the day4 ,he will transmit with his report all passes turned in at the post of the guard4 #fh4 ,whenever a prisoner is sent to the guardhouse or guard tent for confinement he will cause him to be searched1 and will1 without unnecessary delay1 report the case to the officer of the day4 #fi4 ,under war conditions1 if anyone is to be passed out of camp at night1 he will be sent to the commander of the guard1 who will have him passed beyond the sentinels4 #gj4 ,the commander of the guard will detain at the guardhouse all suspicious characters or parties attempting to pass a sentinel's post without authority1 reporting his action to the officer of the day1 to whom persons so arrested will be sent1 if necessary4 #ga4 ,he will inspect the guardrooms and cells1 and the irons of such prisoners as may be ironed1 at least once during his tour1 and at such other times as he may deem necessary4 #gb4 ,he will cause the corporals of the old and new reliefs to verify together1 immediately before each relief goes on post1 the number of prisoners who should then properly be at the guardhouse4 #gc4 ,he will see that the sentences of prisoners under his charge are executed strictly in accordance with the action of the reviewing authority4 #gd4 ,when no special prisoner guard has been detailed 7par4 #cjj71 he will1 as far as practicable1 assign as guards over working parties of prisoners sentinels from posts guarded at night only4 #ge4 ,the commander of the guard will inspect all meals sent to the guardhouse and see that the quantity and quality of food are in accordance with regulations4 #gf4 ,at guard mounting he will report to the old officer of the day all cases of prisoners whose terms of sentence expire on that day1 and also all cases of prisoners concerning whom no statement of charges has been received4 7,see par4 #bda47 #gg4 ,the commander of the guard is responsible for the security of the prisoners under the charge of his guard2 he becomes responsible for them after their number has been verified and they have been turned over to the custody of his guard by the old guard or by the prisoner guard or overseers4 #gh4 ,the prisoners will be verified and turned over to the new guard without parading them1 unless the commanding officer or the officer of the day shall direct otherwise4 #gi4 ,to receive the prisoners at the guardhouse when they have been paraded and after they have been verified by the officers of the day1 the commander of the new guard directs his sergeant to form his guard with an interval1 and commands3 #a4 ,prisoners1 #b4 ,right1 #c4 ,,face1 #d4 ,forward1 #e4 ,,march4 ,the prisoners having arrived opposite the interval in the new guard1 he commands3 #a4 ,prisoners1 #b4 ,,halt1 #c4 ,left1 #d4 ,,face1 #e4 ,right 7or left71 #f4 ,,dress1 #g4 ,,front4 ,the prisoners dress on the line of the new guard4 ,section #e4 ,sergeant of the guard4 #hj4 ,the senior noncommissioned officer of the guard always acts as sergeant of the guard and if there be no officer of the guard will perform the duties prescribed for the commander of the guard4 #ha4 ,the sergeant of the guard has general supervision over the other noncommissioned officers and the musicians and privates of the guard1 and must be thoroughly familiar with all of their orders and duties4 #hb4 ,he is directly responsible for the property under charge of the guard and will see that it is properly cared for4 ,he will make lists of articles taken out by working parties and see that all such articles are duly returned4 ,if they are not1 he will immediately report the fact to the commander of the guard4 #hc4 ,immediately after guard mounting he will prepare duplicate lists of the names of all noncommissioned officers1 musicians1 and privates of the guard1 showing the relief and post or duties of each4 ,one list will be handed as soon as possible to the commander of the guard2 the other will be retained by the sergeant4 #hd4 ,he will see that all reliefs are turned out at the proper time1 and that the corporals thoroughly understand1 and are prompt and efficient in the discharge of their duties4 #he4 ,during the temporary absence from the guardhouse of the sergeant of the guard1 the next in rank of the noncommissioned officers will perform his duties4 #hf4 ,should the corporal whose relief is on post be called away from the guardhouse1 the sergeant of the guard will designate a noncommissioned officer to take the corporal's place until his return4 #hg4 ,the sergeant of the guard is responsible at all times for the proper police of the guardhouse or guard tent1 including the ground about them and the prison cells4 #hh4 ,at first sergeant's call he will proceed to the adjutant's office and obtain the guard report book4 #hi4 ,when the national or regimental colors are taken from the stacks of the color line1 the color bearer and guard1 or the sergeant of the guard1 unarmed1 and two armed privates as a guard1 will escort the colors to the colonel's quarters1 as prescribed for the color guard in the drill regulations of the arm of the service to which the guard belongs4 #ij4 ,he will report to the commander of the guard any suspicious or unusual occurrence that comes under his notice1 will warn him of the approach of any armed body1 and will send to him all persons arrested by the guard4 #ia4 ,when the guard is turned out its formation will be as follows3 ,the senior noncommissioned officer1 if commander of the guard1 is on the right of the right guide2 if not commander of the guard1 he is in the line of file closers1 in rear of the right four of the guard2 the next in rank is right guide2 the next left guide2 the others in the line of file closers1 usually each in rear of his relief2 the field music1 with its left three paces to the right of the right guide4 ,the reliefs form in the same order as when the guard was first divided1 except that if the guard consists of dismounted ,cavalry and ,infantry1 the ,cavalry forms on the left4 #ib4 ,the sergeant forms the guard1 calls the roll1 and1 if not in command of the guard1 reports to the commander of the guard as prescribed in drill regulations for a first sergeant forming a troop or company2 the guard is not divided into platoons or sections1 and1 except when the whole guard is formed prior to marching off1 fours are not counted4 #ic4 ,the sergeant reports as follows3 ,sir1 all present or accounted for1 or ,sir1 7so-and-so7 is absent2 or if the roll call has been omitted1 ,sir1 the guard is formed4 ,only men absent without proper authority are reported absent4 ,he then takes his place without command4 #id4 ,at night the roll may be called by reliefs and numbers instead of names2 thus1 the first relief being on post3 ,second relief2 ,no4 #a2 ,no4 #b2 etc42 ,third relief1 ,corporal2 ,no4 #a1 etc4 #ie4 ,calling the roll will be dispensed with in forming the guard when it is turned out as a compliment1 on the approach of an armed body1 or in any sudden emergency2 but in such cases the roll may be called before dismissing the guard4 ,if the guard be turned out for an officer entitled to inspect it1 the roll will1 unless he directs otherwise1 always be called before a report is made4 #if4 ,the sergeant of the guard has direct charge of the prisoners1 except during such time as they may be under the charge of the prisoner guard or overseers1 and is responsible to the commander of the guard for their security4 #ig4 ,he will carry the keys of the guardroom and cells1 and will not suffer them to leave his personal possession while he is at the guardhouse1 except as hereinafter provided4 7,par4 #ii47 ,should he leave the guardhouse for any purpose he will turn the keys over to the noncommissioned officer who takes his place4 7,par4 #he47 #ih4 ,he will count the knives1 forks1 etc41 given to the prisoners with their food1 and see that none of these articles remain in their possession4 ,he will see that no forbidden articles of any kind are conveyed to the prisoners4 #ii4 ,prisoners when paraded with the guard are placed in line1 in its center4 ,the sergeant1 immediately before forming the guard1 will turn over his keys to the noncommissioned officer at the guardhouse4 ,having formed the guard he will divide it into two nearly equal parts4 ,indicating the point of division with his hand1 he commands3 #a4 ,right 7or left71 #b4 ,,face1 #c4 ,forward1 #d4 ,,march1 #e4 ,guard1 #f4 ,,halt1 #g4 ,left 7or right71 #h4 ,,face4 ,if the first command be right face1 the right half of the guard only will execute the movements2 if left face1 the left half only will execute them4 ,the command halt is given when sufficient interval is obtained to admit the prisoners4 ,the doors of the guardroom and cells are then opened by the noncommissioned officer having the keys4 ,the prisoners will file out under the supervision of the sergeant1 the noncommissioned officer1 and sentinel on duty at the guardhouse1 and such other sentinels as may be necessary2 they will form in line in the interval between the two parts of the guard4 #ajj4 ,to return the prisoners to the guardroom and cells1 the sergeant commands3 #a4 ,prisoners1 #b4 ,right 7or left71 #c4 ,,face1 #d4 ,column right 7or left71 #e4 ,,march4 ,the prisoners1 under the same supervision as before1 return to their proper rooms or cells4 #aja4 ,to close the guard1 the sergeant commands3 #a4 ,left 7or right71 #b4 ,,face1 #c4 ,forward1 #d4 ,,march1 #e4 ,guard1 #f4 ,,halt1 #g4 ,right 7or left71 #h4 ,,face4 ,the left or right half only of the guard1 as indicated1 executes the movement4 #ajb4 ,if there be but few prisoners1 the sergeant may indicate the point of division as above1 and form the necessary interval by the commands3 #a4 ,right 7or left7 step1 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,guard1 #d4 ,,halt1 and close the intervals by the commands3 #a4 ,left 7or right7 step1 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,guard1 #d4 ,,halt4 #ajc4 ,if sentinels are numerous1 reliefs may1 at the discretion of the commanding officer1 be posted in detachments1 and sergeants as well as corporals required to relieve and post them4 ,section #f4 ,corporal of the ,guard4 #ajd4 ,a corporal of the guard receives and obeys orders from none but noncommissioned officers of the guard senior to himself1 the officers of the guard1 the officer of the day1 and the commanding officer4 #aje4 ,it is the duty of the corporal of the guard to post and relieve sentinels and to instruct the members of his relief in their orders and duties4 #ajf4 ,immediately after the division of the guard into reliefs the corporals will assign the members of their respective reliefs to posts by number1 and a soldier so assigned to his post will not be changed to another during the same tour of guard duty unless by direction of the commander of the guard or higher authority4 ,usually experienced soldiers are placed over the arms of the guard and at remote and responsible posts4 #ajg4 ,each corporal will then make a list of the members of his relief1 including himself4 ,this list will contain the number of the relief1 the name1 the company1 and the regiment of every member thereof and the post to which each is assigned4 ,the list will be made in duplicate1 one copy to be given to the sergeant of the guard as soon as completed1 the other to be retained by the corporal4 #ajh4 ,when directed by the commander of the guard1 the corporal of the first relief forms his relief1 and then commands3 ,,call ,,off4 ,commencing on the right1 the men call off alternately rear and front rank1 one1 two1 three1 four1 and so on2 if in single rank1 they call off from right to left4 ,the corporal then commands3 #a4 ,right1 #b4 ,,face1 #c4 ,forward1 #d4 ,,march4 ,the corporal marches on the left and near the rear file in order to observe the march4 ,the corporal of the old guard marches on the right of the leading file1 and takes command when the last one of the old sentinels is relieved1 changing places with the corporal of the new guard4 #aji4 ,when the relief arrives at six paces from a sentinel 7see par4 #afh71 the corporal halts it and commands1 according to the number of the post3 ,no4 7----74 ,both sentinels execute port arms or saber2 the new sentinel approaches the old1 halting about one pace from him4 7,see par4 #agb47 #aaj4 ,the corporals advance and place themselves1 facing each other1 a little in advance of the new sentinel1 the old corporal on his right1 the new corporal on his left1 both at a right shoulder1 and observe that the old sentinel transmits correctly his instructions4 ,the following diagram will illustrate the positions taken3 ,illustration3 ,a ,r - ,c ,d - ,b ,r is the relief2 ,a1 the new corporal2 ,b1 the old2 ,c1 the new sentinel2 ,d1 the old4 #aaa4 ,the instructions relative to the post having been communicated1 the new corporal commands1 ,post2 both sentinels then resume the right shoulder1 face toward the new corporal1 and step back so as to allow the relief to pass in front of them4 ,the new corporal then commands3 #a4 ,forward1 #b4 ,,march2 the old sentinel takes his place in rear of the relief as it passes him1 his piece in the same position an those of the relief4 ,the new sentinel stands fast at a right shoulder until the relief has passed six paces beyond him1 when he walks his post4 ,the corporals take their places as the relief passes them4 #aab4 ,mounted sentinels are posted and relieved in accordance with the same principles4 #aac4 ,on the return of the old relief1 the corporal of the new guard falls out when the relief halts2 the corporal of the old guard forms his relief on the left of the old guard1 salutes1 and reports to the commander of his guard3 ,sir1 the relief is present2 or ,sir1 7so-and-so7 is absent1 and takes his place in the guard4 #aad4 ,to post a relief other than that which is posted when the old guard is relieved1 its corporal commands3 #a4 7,such7 relief1 #b4 ,,fall ,,in2 and if arms are stacked1 they are taken at the proper commands4 ,the relief is formed facing to the front1 with arms at an order1 the men place themselves according to the numbers of their respective posts1 viz1 two1 four1 six1 and so on1 in the front rank1 and one1 three1 five1 and so on1 in the rear rank4 ,the corporal1 standing about two paces in front of the center of his relief1 then commands3 ,,call ,,off4 ,the men call off as prescribed4 ,the corporal then commands3 #a4 ,inspection1 #b4 ,,arms1 #c4 ,order1 #d4 ,,arms2 faces the commander of the guard1 executes the rifle salute1 reports3 ,sir1 the relief is present2 or ,sir1 7so-and-so7 is absent2 he then takes his place on the right at order arms4 #aae4 ,when the commander of the guard directs the corporal1 ,post your relief1 the corporal salutes and posts his relief as prescribed 7,pars4 #ajh to #aaa72 the corporal of the relief on post does not go with the new relief1 except when necessary to show the way4 #aaf4 ,to dismiss the old relief1 it is halted and faced to the front at the guardhouse by the corporal of the new relief1 who then falls out2 the corporal of the old relief then steps in front of the relief and dismisses it by the proper commands4 #aag4 ,should the pieces have been loaded before the relief was posted1 the corporal will1 before dismissing the relief1 see that no cartridges are left in the chambers or magazines4 ,the same rule applies to sentinels over prisoners4 #aah4 ,each corporal will thoroughly acquaint himself with all the special orders of every sentinel on his relief1 and see that each understands and correctly transmits such orders in detail to his successor4 #aai4 ,there should be at least one noncommissioned officer constantly on the alert at the guardhouse1 usually the corporal whose relief is on post4 ,this noncommissioned officer takes post near the entrance of the guardhouse1 and does not fall in with the guard when it is formed4 ,he will have his rifle constantly with him4 #abj4 ,whenever it becomes necessary for the corporal to leave his post near the entrance of the guardhouse1 he will notify the sergeant of the guard1 who will at once take his place1 or designate another noncommissioned officer to do so4 #aba4 ,he will see that no person enters the guardhouse or guard tent1 or crosses the posts of the sentinels there posted without proper authority4 #abb4 ,should any sentinel call for the corporal of the guard1 the corporal will1 in every case1 at once and quickly proceed to such sentinel4 ,he will notify the sergeant of the guard before leaving the guardhouse4 #abc4 ,he will at once report to the commander of the guard any violation of regulations or any unusual occurrence which is reported to him by a sentinel1 or which comes to his notice in any other way4 #abd4 ,should a sentinel call ,the ,guard1 the corporal will promptly notify the commander of the guard4 #abe4 ,should a sentinel call ,relief1 the corporal will at once proceed to the post of such sentinel1 taking with him the man next for duty on that post4 ,if the sentinel is relieved for a short time only1 the corporal will again post him as soon as the necessity for his relief ceases4 #abf4 ,when the countersign is used1 the corporal at the posting of the relief during whose tour challenging is to begin gives the countersign to the members of the relief1 excepting those posted at the guardhouse4 #abg4 ,he will wake the corporal whose relief is next on post in time for the latter to verify the prisoners1 form his relief1 and post it at the proper hour4 #abh4 ,should the guard be turned out1 each corporal will call his own relief1 and cause its members to fall in promptly4 #abi4 ,tents or bunks in the same vicinity will be designated for the reliefs so that all the members of each relief may1 if necessary1 be found and turned out by the corporal in the least time and with the least confusion4 #acj4 ,when challenged by a sentinel while posting his relief1 the corporal commands3 #a4 ,relief1 #b4 ,,halt2 to the sentinel's challenge he answers ,relief1 and at the order of the sentinel he advances alone to give the countersign1 or to be recognized4 ,when the sentinel says1 ,advance relief1 the corporal commands3 #a4 ,forward1 #b4 ,,march4 ,if to be relieved1 the sentinel is then relieved as prescribed4 #aca4 ,between retreat and reveille1 the corporal of the guard will challenge all suspicious looking persons or parties he may observe1 first halting his patrol or relief1 if either be with him4 ,he will advance them in the same manner that sentinels on post advance like parties 7,pars4 #aia to #aig71 but if the route of a patrol is on a continuous chain of sentinels1 he should not challenge persons coming near him unless he has reason to believe that they have eluded the vigilance of sentinels4 #acb4 ,between retreat and reveille1 whenever so ordered by an officer entitled to inspect the guard1 the corporal will call3 ,turn out the guard1 announcing the title of the officer1 and then1 if not otherwise ordered1 he will salute and return to his post4 #acc4 ,as a general rule he will advance parties approaching the guard at night in the same manner that sentinels on post advance like parties4 ,thus1 the sentinel at the guardhouse challenges and repeats the answer to the corporal1 as prescribed hereafter 7,par4 #bjj72 the corporal1 advancing at port arms1 says3 ,advance 7so-and-so7 with the countersign1 or to be recognized1 if there be no countersign used2 the countersign being correctly given1 or the party being duly recognized1 the corporal says3 ,advance 7so-and-so71 repeating the answer to the challenge of the sentinel4 #acd4 ,when officers of different rank approach the guardhouse from different directions at the same time1 the senior will be advanced first1 and will not be made to wait for his junior4 #ace4 ,out of ranks and under arms1 the corporal salutes with the rifle salute4 ,he will salute all officers1 whether by day or night4 #acf4 ,the corporal will examine parties halted and detained by sentinels1 and1 if he have reason to believe the parties have no authority to cross sentinel's posts1 will conduct them to the commander of the guard4 #acg4 ,the corporal of the guard will arrest all suspicious looking characters prowling about the post or camp1 all persons of a disorderly character disturbing the peace1 and all persons taken in the act of committing crime against the ,government on a military reservation or post4 ,all persons arrested by corporals of the guard or by sentinels will at once be conducted to the commander of the guard by the corporal4 ,section #g4 ,musicians of the guard4 #ach4 ,the musicians of the guard will sound calls as prescribed by the commanding officer4 #aci4 ,should the guard be turned out for national or regimental colors or standards1 uncased1 the field music of the guard will1 when the guard present arms1 sound1 ,to the color or ,to the standard2 or1 if for any person entitled thereto1 the march1 flourishes1 or ruffles1 prescribed in paragraphs #cge1 #cgf1 and #cgg1 ,a4 ,r4 ,section #h4 ,orderlies and color sentinels4 #adj4 ,when so directed by the commanding officer1 the officer who inspects the guard at guard mounting will select from the members of the new guard an orderly for the commanding officer and such number of other orderlies and color sentinels as may be required4 #ada4 ,for these positions the soldiers will be chosen who are most correct in the performance of duty and in military bearing1 neatest in person and clothing1 and whose arms and accouterments are in the best condition4 ,clothing1 arms1 and equipments must conform to regulations4 ,if there is any doubt as to the relative qualifications of two or more soldiers1 the inspecting officer will cause them to fall out at the guardhouse and to form in line in single rank4 ,he will then1 by testing them in drill regulations1 select the most proficient4 ,the commander of the guard will be notified of the selection4 #adb4 ,when directed by the commander of the guard to fall out and report an orderly will give his name1 company1 and regiment to the sergeant of the guard1 and1 leaving his rifle in the arm rack in his company quarters1 will proceed at once to the officer to whom he is assigned1 reporting3 ,sir1 ,private ----1 ,company ----1 reports as orderly4 #adc4 ,if the orderly selected be a cavalryman1 he will leave his rifle in the arm rack of his troop quarters and report with his belt on1 but without side arms unless specially otherwise ordered4 #add4 ,orderlies1 while on duty as such1 are subject only to the orders of the commanding officer and of the officers to whom they are ordered to report4 #ade4 ,when an orderly is ordered to carry a message1 he will be careful to deliver it exactly as it was given to him4 #adf4 ,his tour of duty ends when he is relieved by the orderly selected from the guard relieving his own4 #adg4 ,orderlies are members of the guard1 and their name1 company1 and regiment are entered on the guard report and lists of the guard4 #adh4 ,if a color line is established1 sufficient sentinels are placed on the color line to guard the colors and stacks4 #adi4 ,color sentinels are posted only so long as the stacks are formed4 ,the commander of the guard will divide the time equally among them4 #aej4 ,when stacks are broken1 the color sentinels may be permitted to return to their respective companies4 ,they are required to report in person to the commander of the guard at reveille and retreat4 ,they will fall in with the guard1 under arms1 at guard mounting4 #aea4 ,color sentinels are not placed on the regular reliefs1 nor are their posts numbered4 ,in calling for the corporal of the guard1 they call3 ,corporal of the guard4 ,color line4 #aeb4 ,officers or enlisted men passing the uncased colors will render the prescribed salute4 ,if the colors are on the stacks1 the salute will be made on crossing the color line or on passing the colors4 #aec4 ,a sentinel placed over the colors will not permit them to be moved except in the presence of an armed escort4 ,unless otherwise ordered by the commanding officer1 he will allow no one to touch them but the color bearer4 ,he will not permit any soldier to take arms from the stacks or to touch them except by order of an officer or noncommissioned officer of the guard4 ,if any person passing the colors or crossing the color line fails to salute the colors1 the sentinel will caution him to do so1 and if the caution be not heeded he will call the corporal of the guard and report the facts4 ,section #i4 ,privates of the ,guard4 #aed4 ,privates are assigned to reliefs by the commander of the guard1 and to posts usually by the corporal of their relief4 ,they will not change from one relief or post to another during the same tour of guard duty unless by proper authority4 ,section #aj4 ,orders for ,sentinels4 #aee4 ,orders for sentinels are of two classes3 ,general orders and special orders4 ,general orders apply to all sentinels4 ,special orders relate to particular posts and duties4 #aef4 ,sentinels will be required to memorize the following3 ,my general orders are3 #a4 ,to take charge of this post and all ,government property in view4 #b4 ,to walk my post in a military manner keeping always on the alert and observing everything that takes place within sight or hearing4 #c4 ,to report all violations of orders ,i am instructed to enforce4 #d4 ,to repeat all calls from posts more distant from the guardhouse than my own4 #e4 ,to quit my post only when properly relieved4 #f4 ,to receive1 obey1 and pass on to the sentinel who relieves me all orders from the commanding officer1 officer of the day1 and officers and noncommissioned officers of the guard only4 #g4 ,to talk to no one except in line of duty4 #h4 ,in case of fire or disorder to give the alarm4 #i4 ,to allow no one to commit a nuisance on or near my post4 #aj4 ,in any case not covered by instructions to call the corporal of the guard4 #aa4 ,to salute all officers1 and all colors and standards not cased4 #ab4 ,to be especially watchful at night1 and1 during the time for challenging1 to challenge all persons on or near my port and to allow no one to pass without proper authority4 ,,regulations ,,relating ,,to ,,the ,,general ,,orders ,,for ,,sentinels4 ,no4 #a3 ,to take charge of this post and all ,government property in view4 #aeg4 ,all persons1 of whatever rank in the service1 are required to observe respect toward sentinels and members of the guard when such are in the performance of their duties4 #aeh4 ,a sentinel will at once report to the corporal of the guard every unusual or suspicious occurrence noted4 #aei4 ,he will arrest suspicious persons prowling about the post or camp at any time1 all parties to a disorder occurring on or near his post1 and all1 except authorized persons1 who attempt to enter the camp at night1 and will turn over to the corporal of the guard all persons arrested4 #afj4 ,the number1 limits1 and extent of his post will invariably constitute part of the special orders of a sentinel on post4 ,the limits of his post should be so defined as to include every place to which he is required to go in the performance of his duties4 ,no4 #b3 ,to walk my post in a military manner1 keeping always on the alert and observing everything that takes place within sight or hearing4 #afa4 ,a sentinel is not required to halt and change the position of his rifle on arriving at the end of his post1 nor to execute to the rear1 march1 precisely as prescribed in the drill regulations1 but faces about while walking in the manner most convenient to him and at any part of his post as may be best suited to the proper performance of his duties4 ,he carries his rifle on either shoulder1 and in wet or severe weather1 when not in a sentry box1 may carry it at a secure4 #afb4 ,sentinels when in sentry boxes stand at ease4 ,sentry boxes will be used in wet weather only1 or at other times when specially authorized by the commanding officer4 #afc4 ,in very hot weather1 sentinels may be authorized to stand at ease on their posts1 provided they can effectively discharge their duties in this position2 but they will take advantage of this privilege only on the express authority of the officer of the day or the commander of the guard4 #afd4 ,a mounted sentinel may dismount occasionally and lead the horse1 but will not relax his vigilance4 ,no4 #c3 ,to report all violations of orders ,i am instructed to enforce4 #afe4 ,a sentinel will ordinarily report a violation of orders when he is inspected or relieved1 but if the case be urgent1 he will call the corporal of the guard1 and also1 if necessary1 will arrest the offender4 ,no4 #d3 ,to repeat all calls from posts more distant from the guardhouse than my own4 #aff4 ,to call the corporal of the guard for any purpose other than relief1 fire1 or disorder 7pars4 #afg and #agh71 a sentinel will call1 ,corporal of the guard1 ,no4 7--71 adding the number of his post4 ,in no case will any sentinel call1 ,never mind the corporal2 nor will the corporal heed such call if given4 ,no4 #e3 ,to quit my post only when properly relieved4 #afg4 ,if relief becomes necessary1 by reason of sickness or other cause1 a sentinel will call1 ,corporal of the guard1 ,no4 7----71 ,relief1 giving the number of his post4 #afh4 ,whenever a sentinel is to be relieved1 he will halt1 and with arms at a right shoulder1 will face toward the relief1 when it is #cj paces from him4 ,he will come to a port arms with the new sentinel1 and in a low tone will transmit to him all the special orders relating to the post and any other information which will assist him to better perform his duties4 ,no4 #f3 ,to receive1 obey1 and pass on to the sentinel who relieves me1 all orders from the commanding officer1 officer of the day1 and officers and noncommissioned officers of the guard only4 #afi4 ,during his tour of duty a soldier is subject to the orders of the commanding officer1 officer of the day1 and officers and noncommissioned officers of the guard only2 but any officer is competent to investigate apparent violations of regulations by members of the guard4 #agj4 ,a sentinel will quit his piece on an explicit order from any person from whom he lawfully receives orders while on post2 under no circumstances will he yield it to any other person4 ,unless necessity therefor exists1 no person will require a sentinel to quit his piece1 even to allow it to be inspected4 #aga4 ,a sentinel will not divulge the countersign 7,pars4 #bji to #bag7 to anyone except the sentinel who relieves him1 or to a person from whom he properly receives orders1 on such person's verbal order given personally4 ,privates of the guard will not use the countersign except in the performance of their duties while posted as sentinels4 ,no4 #g3 ,to talk to no one except in line of duty4 #agb4 ,when calling for any purpose1 challenging1 or holding communication with any person a dismounted sentinel armed with a rifle or saber will take the position of port arms or saber4 ,at night a dismounted sentinel armed with a pistol takes the position of raised pistol in challenging or holding communication4 ,a mounted sentinel does not ordinarily draw his weapon in the daytime when challenging or holding conversation2 but if drawn he holds it at advance rifle1 raise pistol1 or port saber1 according as he is armed with a rifle1 pistol1 or saber4 ,at night in challenging and holding conversation his weapon is drawn and held as just prescribed1 depending on whether he is armed with a rifle1 pistol1 or saber4 ,no4 #h3 ,in case of fire or disorder to give the alarm4 #agc4 ,in case of fire1 a sentinel will call1 ,fire1 ,no4 7----71 adding the number of his post2 if possible1 he will extinguish the fire himself4 ,in case of disorder he will call1 ,the ,guard1 ,no4 7----71 adding the number of his post4 ,if the danger be great1 he will in either case discharge his piece before calling4 ,no4 #aa3 ,to salute all officers and all colors and standards not cased4 #agd4 ,when not engaged in the performance of a specific duty1 the proper execution of which would prevent it1 a member of the guard will salute all officers who pass him4 ,this rule applies at all hours of the day or night1 except in the case of mounted sentinels armed with a rifle or pistol1 or dismounted sentinels armed with a pistol1 after challenging4 7,see par4 #aha47 #age4 ,sentinels will salute as follows3 ,a dismounted sentinel armed with a rifle or saber salutes by presenting arms2 if otherwise armed1 he salutes with the right hand4 ,a mounted sentinel1 if armed with a saber and the saber be drawn1 salutes by presenting saber2 otherwise he salutes in all cases with the right hand4 #agf4 ,to salute1 a dismounted sentinel1 with piece at a right shoulder or saber at a carry1 halts and faces toward the person to be saluted when the latter arrives within #cj paces4 ,the limit within which individuals and insignia of rank can be readily recognized is assumed to be about #cj paces1 and therefore at this distance cognizance is taken of the person or party to be saluted4 #agg4 ,the salute is rendered at six paces2 if the person to be saluted does not arrive within that distance1 then when he is nearest4 #agh4 ,a sentinel in a sentry box1 armed with a rifle1 stands at attention in the doorway on the approach of a person or party entitled to salute1 and salutes by presenting arms according to the foregoing rules4 ,if armed with a saber1 he stands at a carry and salutes as before4 #agi4 ,a mounted sentinel on a regular post1 halts1 faces1 and salutes in accordance with the foregoing rules4 ,if doing patrol duty1 he salutes1 but does not halt unless spoken to4 #ahj4 ,sentinels salute1 in accordance with the foregoing rules1 all persons and parties entitled to compliments from the guards 7,pars4 #bbd1 #bbg1 and #bbh72 officers of the ,army1 ,navy1 and ,marine ,corps2 military and naval officers of foreign powers2 officers of volunteers and militia officers when in uniform4 #aha4 ,a sentinel salutes as just prescribed when an officer comes on his post2 if the officer holds communication with the sentinel1 the sentinel again salutes when the officer leaves him4 ,during the hours when challenging is prescribed1 the first salute is given as soon as the officer has been duly recognized and advanced4 ,a mounted sentinel armed with a rifle or pistol1 or a dismounted sentinel armed with a pistol1 does not salute after challenging4 ,he stands at advance rifle or raise pistol until the officer passes4 #ahb4 ,in case of the approach of an armed party of the guard1 the sentinel will halt when it is about #cj paces from him1 facing toward the party with his piece at the right shoulder4 ,if not himself relieved1 he will1 as the party passes1 place himself so that the party will pass in front of him2 he resumes walking his post when the party has reached six paces beyond him4 #ahc4 ,an officer is entitled to the compliments prescribed1 whether in uniform or not4 #ahd4 ,a sentinel in communication with an officer will not interrupt the conversation to salute4 ,in the case of seniors the officer will salute1 whereupon the sentinel will salute4 #ahe4 ,when the flag is being lowered at retreat1 a sentinel on post and in view of the flag will face the flag1 and1 at the first note of the ,star-,spangled ,banner or to the color will come to a present arms4 ,at the sounding of the last note he will resume walking his post4 ,no4 #ab3 ,to be especially watchful at night and during the time for challenging1 to challenge all persons on or near my post1 and to allow no one to pass without proper authority4 #ahf4 ,during challenging hours1 if a sentinel sees any person or party on or near his post1 he will advance rapidly along his post toward such person or party and when within about #cj yards will challenge sharply1 ,halt1 who is there8 ,he will place himself in the best possible position to receive or1 if necessary1 to arrest the person or party4 #ahg4 ,in case a mounted party be challenged1 the sentinel will call1 ,halt1 ,dismount4 ,who is there8 #ahh4 ,the sentinel will permit only one of any party to approach him for the purpose of giving the countersign 7,pars4 #bjj to #bag71 or1 if no countersign be used1 of being duly recognized4 ,when this is done the whole party is advanced1 i4 e41 allowed to pass4 #ahi4 ,in all cases the sentinel must satisfy himself beyond a reasonable doubt that the parties are what they represent themselves to be and have a right to pass4 ,if he is not satisfied1 he must cause them to stand and call the corporal of the guard4 ,so1 likewise1 if he have no authority to pass persons with the countersign1 or when the party has not the countersign1 or gives an incorrect one4 #aij4 ,a sentinel will not permit any person to approach so close as to prevent the proper use of his own weapon before recognizing the person or receiving the countersign4 #aia4 ,when two or more persons approach in one party1 the sentinel1 on receiving an answer that indicates that some one in the party has the countersign1 will say1 ,advance one with the countersign1 and if the countersign is given correctly1 will then say1 ,advance 7so-and-so71 repeating the answer to his challenge4 ,thus if the answer be ,relief 7friend with the countersign1 patrol1 etc471 the sentinel will say1 ,advance one with the countersign2 then ,advance1 relief 7friends1 patrol1 etc474 #aib4 ,if a person having the countersign approach alone1 he is advanced to give the countersign4 ,thus if the answer be ,friend with the countersign 7or officer of the day1 or etc471 the sentinel will say1 ,advance1 friend 7or officer of the day1 or etc47 with the countersign2 then ,advance1 friend 7or officer of the day1 or etc474 #aic4 ,if two or more persons approach a sentinel's post from different directions at the same time1 all such persons are challenged in turn and required to halt and to remain halted until advanced4 ,the senior is first advanced1 in accordance with the foregoing rules4 #aid4 ,if a party is already advanced and in communication with a sentinel1 the latter will challenge any other party that may approach2 if the party challenged be senior to the one already on his post1 the sentinel will advance the new party at once4 ,the senior may allow him to advance any or all of the other parties2 otherwise the sentinel will not advance any of them until the senior leaves him4 ,he will then advance the senior only of the remaining parties1 and so on4 #aie4 ,the following order of rank will govern a sentinel in advancing different persons or parties approaching his post3 ,commanding officers1 officer of the day1 officer of the guard1 officers1 patrols1 reliefs1 noncommissioned officers of the guard in order of rank1 friends4 #aif4 ,a sentinel will never allow himself to be surprised1 nor permit two parties to advance upon him at the same time4 #aig4 ,if no countersign be used1 the rules for challenging are the same4 ,the rules for advancing parties are modified only as follows3 ,instead of saying ,advance 7so-and-so7 with the countersign1 the sentinel will say ,advance 7so-and-so7 to be recognized4 ,upon recognition he will say1 ,advance 7so-and-so47 #aih4 ,answers to a sentinel's challenge intended to confuse or mislead him are prohibited1 but the use of such an answer as ,friends with the countersign1 is not to be understood as misleading1 but as the usual answer made by officers1 patrols1 etc41 when the purpose of their visit makes it desirable that their official capacity should not be announced4 ,,special ,,orders ,,for ,,sentinels ,,at ,,the ,,post ,,of ,,the ,,guard4 #aii4 ,sentinels posted at the guard will be required to memorize the following3 ,between reveille and retreat to turn out the guard for all persons designated by the commanding officer1 for all colors or standards not cased1 and in time of war for all armed parties approaching my post1 except troops at drill and reliefs and detachments of the guard4 ,at night1 after challenging any person or party1 to advance no one but call the corporal of the guard1 repeating the answer to the challenge4 #bjj4 ,after receiving an answer to his challenge1 the sentinel calls1 ,corporal of the guard 7so-and-so71 repeating the answer to the challenge4 ,he does not in such cases repeat the number of his post4 #bja4 ,he remains in the position assumed in challenging until the corporal has recognized or advanced the person or party challenged1 when he resumes walking his post1 or1 if the person or party be entitled thereto1 he salutes and1 as soon as the salute has been acknowledged1 resumes walking his post4 #bjb4 ,the sentinel at the post of the guard will be notified by direction of the commanding officer of the presence in camp or garrison of persons entitled to the compliment4 7,par4 #bbd47 #bjc4 ,the following examples illustrate the manner in which the sentinel at the post of the guard will turn out the guard upon the approach of persons or parties entitled to the compliment 7,pars4 #bbd1 #bbg1 and #bbh71 ,turn out the guard1 commanding officer2 ,turn out the guard1 governor of a ,territory2 ,turn out the guard1 national colors2 ,turn out the guard1 armed party2 etc4 ,at the approach of the new guard at guard mounting the sentinel will call1 ,turn out the guard1 armed party4 #bjd4 ,should the person named by the sentinel not desire the guard formed1 he will salute1 whereupon the sentinel will call ,never mind the guard4 #bje4 ,after having called ,turn out the guard1 the sentinel will never call ,never mind the guard1 on the approach of an armed party4 #bjf4 ,though the guard be already formed he will not fail to call1 ,turn out the guard1 as required in his special orders1 except that the guard will not be turned out for any person while his senior is at or coming to the post of the guard4 #bjg4 ,the sentinels at the post of the guard will warn the commander of the approach of any armed body and of the presence in the vicinity of all suspicious or disorderly persons4 #bjh4 ,in case of fire or disorder in sight or hearing1 the sentinel at the guardhouse will call the corporal of the guard and report the facts to him4 ,section #aa4 ,countersigns and ,paroles4 #bji4 ,seventy-seventh article of war4--,any person subject to military law who makes known the parole or countersign to any person not entitled to receive it according to the rules and discipline of war1 or gives a parole or countersign different from that which he received1 shall1 if the offense be committed in time of war1 suffer death or such other punishment as a court-martial may direct4 7,see ,par4 #aga47 #baj4 ,the countersign is a word given daily from the principal headquarters of a command to aid guards and sentinels in identifying persons who may be authorized to pass at night4 ,it is given to such persons as may be authorized to pass and repass sentinels' posts during the night1 and to officers1 noncommissioned officers1 and sentinels of the guard4 #baa4 ,the parole is a word used as a check on the countersign in order to obtain more accurate identification of persons4 ,it is imparted only to those who are entitled to inspect guards and to commanders of guards4 ,the parole or countersign1 or both1 are sent sealed in the form of an order to those entitled to them4 #bab4 ,when the commander of the guard demands the parole1 he will advance and receive it as the corporal receives the countersign4 7,see ,par4 #acc47 #bac4 ,as the communications containing the parole and countersign must at times be distributed by many orderlies1 the parole intrusted to many officers1 and the countersign and parole to many officers and sentinels1 and as both the countersign and parole must1 for large commands1 be prepared several days in advance1 there is always danger of their being lost or becoming known to persons who would make improper use of them2 moreover1 a sentinel is too apt to take it for granted that any person who gives the right countersign is what he represents himself to be2 hence for outpost duty there is greater security in omitting the use of the countersign and parole1 or in using them with great caution4 ,the chief reliance should be upon personal recognition or identification of all persons claiming authority to pass4 ,persons whose sole means of identification is the countersign1 or concerning whose authority to pass there is a reasonable doubt1 should not be allowed to pass without the authority of the corporal of the guard after proper investigation2 the corporal will take to his next superior any person about whom he is not competent to decide4 #bad4 ,the countersign is usually the name of a battle2 the parole1 that of a general or other distinguished person4 #bae4 ,when they can not be communicated daily1 a series of words for some days in advance may be sent to posts or detachments that are to use the same parole or countersign as the main body4 #baf4 ,if the countersign be lost1 or if a member of the guard deserts with it1 the commander on the spot will substitute another for it and report the case at once to headquarters4 #bag4 ,in addition to the countersign1 use may be made of preconcerted signals1 such as striking the rifle with the hand or striking the hands together a certain number of times as agreed upon4 ,such signals may be used only by guards that occupy exposed points4 ,they are used before the countersign is given and must not be communicated to anyone not entitled to know the countersign4 ,their use is intended to prevent the surprise of a sentinel4 ,in the daytime signals such as raising a cap or a handkerchief in a prearranged manner may be used by sentinels to communicate with the guard or with each other4 ,section #ab4 ,guard ,patrols4 #bah4 ,a guard patrol consists of one or more men detailed for the performance of some special service connected with guard duty4 #bai4 ,if the patrol be required to go beyond the chain of sentinels1 the officer or noncommissioned officer in charge will be furnished with the countersign and the outposts and sentinels warned4 #bbj4 ,if challenged by a sentinel1 the patrol is halted by its commander1 and the noncommissioned officer accompanying it advances alone and gives the countersign4 ,section #ac4 ,watchmen4 #bba4 ,enlisted men may be detailed as watchmen or as overseers over prisoners1 and as such will receive their orders and perform their duties as the commanding officer may direct4 ,section #ad4 ,compliments from ,guards4 #bbb4 ,the compliment from a guard consists in the guard turning out and presenting arms4 7,see ,par4 #ej47 ,no compliments will be paid between retreat and reveille except as provided in paragraphs #cfa and #cfb1 nor will any person other than those named in paragraph #bbd receive the compliment4 #bbc4 ,though a guard does not turn out between retreat and reveille as a matter of compliment1 it may be turned out for inspection at any time by a person entitled to inspect it4 #bbd4 ,between reveille and retreat1 the following persons are entitled to the compliment3 ,the ,president2 sovereign or chief magistrate of a foreign country and members of a royal family2 ,vice ,president2 ,president and ,president pro tempore of the ,senate2 ,american and foreign ambassadors2 members of the ,cabinet2 ,chief ,justice2 ,speaker of the ,house of ,representatives2 committees of ,congress officially visiting a military post2 governors within their respective ,states and ,territories2 governors general2 ,assistant ,secretary of ,war officially visiting a military post2 all general officers of the ,army2 general officers of foreign services visiting a post2 naval1 marine1 volunteer1 and militia officers in the service of the ,united ,states and holding the rank of general officer2 ,american or foreign envoys or ministers2 ministers accredited to the ,united ,states2 chargs d'affaires accredited to the ,united ,states2 consuls general accredited to the ,united ,states2 commanding officer of the post or camp2 officer of the day4 #bbe4 ,the relative rank between officers of the ,army and ,navy is as follows3 ,general with admiral1 lieutenant general with vice admiral1 major general with rear admiral1 brigadier general with commodore1#ad colonel with captain1 lieutenant colonel with commander1 major with lieutenant commander1 captain with lieutenant1 first lieutenant with lieutenant 7junior grade71 second lieutenant with ensign4 7,a4 ,r4 #ab47 ,footnote #ad3 ,the grade of commodore ceased to exist as a grade on the active list of the ,navy of the ,united ,states on ,mar4 #c1 #ahii4 ,by section #g of the act of ,mar4 #c1 #ahii1 the nine junior rear admirals are authorized to receive the pay and allowances of a brigadier general of the ,army4 #bbf4 ,sentinels will not be required to memorize paragraph #bbd1 and1 except in the cases of general officers of the ,army1 the commanding officer and the officer of the day will be advised in each case of the presence in camp or garrison of persons entitled to the compliment4 #bbg4 ,guards will turn out and present arms when the national or regimental colors or standards1 not cased1 are carried past by a guard or an armed party4 ,this rule also applies when the party carrying the colors is at drill4 ,if the drill is conducted in the vicinity of the guardhouse1 the guard will be turned out when the colors first pass1 and not thereafter4 #bbh4 ,in case the remains of a deceased officer or soldier are carried past1 the guard will turn out and present arms4 #bbi4 ,in time of war all guards will turn out under arms when armed parties1 except troops at drill and reliefs or detachments of the guard1 approach their post4 7,see ,par4 #ec47 #bcj4 ,the commander of the guard will be notified of the presence in camp or garrison of all persons entitled to the compliment except general officers of the ,army1 the commanding officer1 and the officer of the day4 ,members of the guard will salute all persons entitled to the compliment and all officers in the military or naval service of foreign powers1 officers of the ,army1 ,navy1 and ,marine ,corps1 officers of volunteers1 and officers of militia when in uniform4 ,,general ,,rules ,,concerning ,,guard ,,duty4 #bcb4 ,eighty-fifth article of war4--99 99 99 ,any person subject to military law1 except an officer1 who is found drunk on duty shall be punished as a court-martial may direct4 #bcc4 ,all material instructions given to a member of the guard by an officer having authority will be promptly communicated to the commander of the guard by the officer giving them4 #bcd4 ,should the guard be formed1 soldiers will fall in ranks under arms4 ,at roll call each man1 as his name or number and relief are called1 will answer ,here1 and come to an order arms4 #bce4 ,whenever the guard or a relief is dismissed1 each member not at once required for duty will place his rifle in the arm racks1 if they be provided1 and will not remove it therefrom unless he requires it in the performance of some duty4 #bcf4 ,without permission from the commander of the guard1 members of the main guard1 except orderlies1 will not leave the immediate vicinity of the guardhouse4 ,permission to leave will not be granted except in cases of necessity4 #bcg4 ,members of the main guard1 except orderlies1 will not remove their accouterments or clothing without permission from the commander of the guard4 7,par4 #ff47 ,section #ae4 ,prisoners4 #bch4 ,articles of war #fi1 #gj1 #ga1 #gb1 and #gc have special reference to the confinement of prisoners and should be carefully borne in mind4 #bci4 ,the commander of the guard will place a civilian in confinement on an order from higher authority only1 unless such civilian is arrested while in the act of committing some crime within the limits of the military jurisdiction1 in which case the commanding officer will be immediately notified4 #bdj4 ,except as provided in the sixty-eighth article of war1 or when restraint is necessary1 no soldier will be confined without the order of an officer1 who shall previously inquire into his offense4 7,a4 ,r4 #icj47 #bda4 ,an officer ordering a soldier into confinement will send1 as soon as practicable1 a written statement1 signed by himself1 to the commander of the guard1 setting forth the name1 company1 and regiment of such soldier1 and a brief statement of the alleged offense4 ,it is a sufficient statement of the offense to give the number and article of war under which the soldier is charged4 #bdb4 ,a prisoner1 after his first day of confinement1 and until his sentence has been duly promulgated1 is considered as held in confinement by the commanding officer4 ,after due promulgation of his sentence1 the prisoner is held in confinement by authority of the officer who reviews the proceedings of the court awarding sentence4 ,the commander of the guard will state in his report1 in the proper place1 the name of the officer by whom the prisoner was originally confined4 #bdc4 ,enlisted men against whom charges have been preferred will be designated as awaiting trial2 enlisted men who have been tried will1 prior to the promulgation of the result be designated as awaiting result of trial2 enlisted men serving sentences of confinement not involving dishonorable discharge will be designated as garrison prisoners4 ,persons sentenced to dismissal or dishonorable discharge and to terms of confinement at military posts or elsewhere will be designated as general prisoners4 7,a4 ,r4 #ibh47 #bdd4 ,the sentences of prisoners will be read to them when the order promulgating the same is received4 ,the officer of the guard1 or the officer of the day if there be no officer of the guard1 will read them unless the commanding officer shall direct otherwise4 #bde4 ,when the date for the commencement of a term of confinement imposed by sentence of a court-martial is not expressly fixed by sentence1 the term of confinement begins on the date of the order promulgating it4 ,the sentence is continuous until the term expires1 except when the person sentenced is absent without authority4 7,a4 ,r4 #ifi47 #bdf4 ,when soldiers awaiting trial or the result of trial1 or undergoing sentence commit offenses for which they are tried1 the second sentence will be executed upon the expiration of the first4 #bdg4 ,prisoners awaiting trial by1 or undergoing sentence of1 a general court-martial and those confined for serious offenses will be kept apart1 when practicable1 from those confined by sentence of an inferior court or for minor offenses4 ,enlisted men in confinement for minor offenses1 or awaiting trial or the result of trial for the same1 will ordinarily be sent to work under charge of unarmed overseers instead of armed sentinels and will be required to attend drills unless the commanding officer shall direct otherwise4 #bdh4 ,prisoners1 other than general prisoners1 will be furnished with food from their respective companies or from the organizations to which they may be temporarily attached4 ,the food of prisoners will1 when practicable1 be sent to their places of confinement1 but post commanders may arrange to send the prisoners1 under proper guard1 to their messes for meals4 ,when there is no special mess for general prisoners1 they will be attached for rations to companies4 ,enlisted men bringing meals for the prisoners will not be allowed to enter the prison room4 7,see ,par4 #bhi47 #bdi4 ,with the exception of those specially designated by the commanding officer1 no prisoners will be allowed to leave the guardhouse unless under charge of a sentinel and passed by an officer or noncommissioned officer of the guard4 ,the commanding officer may authorize certain garrison prisoners and paroled general prisoners to leave the guardhouse1 not under the charge of a sentinel1 for the purpose of working outside under such surveillance and restrictions as he may impose4 #bej4 ,prisoners reporting themselves sick at sick call1 or at the time designated by the commanding officer1 will be sent to the hospital under charge of proper guard1 with a sick report kept for the purpose4 ,the recommendation of the surgeon will be entered in the guard report4 #bea4 ,the security of sick prisoners in the hospital devolves upon the post surgeon1 who will1 if necessary1 apply to the post commander for a guard4 #beb4 ,prisoners will be paraded with the guard only when directed by the commanding officer or the officer of the day4 #bec4 ,a prisoner under charge of a sentinel will not salute an officer4 #bed4 ,all serviceable clothing which belongs to a prisoner1 and his blankets1 will accompany him to the post designated for his confinement1 and will be fully itemized on the clothing list sent to that post4 ,the guard in charge of the prisoner during transfer will be furnished with a duplicate of this list1 and will be held responsible for the delivery of all articles itemized therein with the prisoner4 ,at least one serviceable woolen blanket will be sent with every such prisoner so transferred4 7,a4 ,r4 #ici47 #bee4 ,when mattresses are not supplied1 each prisoner in the guardhouse will be allowed a bed sack and #cj pounds of straw per month for bedding4 ,so far as practicable iron bunks will be furnished to all prisoners in post guardhouses and prison rooms4 7,a4 ,r4 #ajhd47 ,if the number of prisoners1 including general prisoners1 confined at a post justifies it1 the commanding officer will detail a commissioned officer as officer in charge of prisoners4 ,at posts where the average number of prisoners continually in confinement is less than #ab1 the detail of an officer in charge of prisoners will not be made4 ,section #af4 ,guarding ,prisoners4 #bii4 ,the sentinel at the post of the guard has charge of the prisoners except when they have been turned over to the prisoner guard or overseers4 7,pars4 #bdg and #cjj to #cjd47 7a7 ,he will allow none to escape4 7b7 ,he will allow none to cross his post leaving the guardhouse except when passed by an officer or noncommissioned officer of the guard4 7c7 ,he will allow no one to communicate with prisoners without permission from proper authority4 7d7 ,he will promptly report to the corporal of the guard any suspicious noise made by the prisoners4 7e7 ,he will be prepared to tell1 whenever asked1 how many prisoners are in the guardhouse and how many are out at work or elsewhere4 ,whenever prisoners are brought to his post returning from work or elsewhere1 he will halt them and call the corporal of the guard1 notifying him of the number of prisoners returning4 ,thus3 ,corporal of the guard1 7so many7 prisoners4 ,he will not allow prisoners to pass into the guardhouse until the corporal of the guard has responded to the call and ordered him to do so4 #cjj4 ,whenever practicable1 special guards will be detailed for the particular duty of guarding working parties composed of such prisoners as can not be placed under overseers4 7,par4 #bdg47 #cja4 ,the prisoner guard and overseers will be commanded by the police officer2 if there be no police officer1 then by the officer of the day4 #cjb4 ,the provost sergeant is sergeant of the prisoner guard and overseers1 and as such receives orders from the commanding officer and the commander of the prisoner guard only4 #cjc4 ,details for prisoner guard are marched to the guardhouse and mounted by being inspected by the commander of the main guard1 who determines whether all of the men are in proper condition to perform their duties and whether their arms and equipments are in proper condition1 and rejects any men found unfit4 #cjd4 ,when prisoners have been turned over to the prisoner guard or overseers1 such guards or overseers are responsible for them under their commander1 and all responsibility and control of the main guard ceases until they are returned to the main guard4 7,par4 #cjf47 #cje4 ,if a prisoner attempts to escape1 the sentinel will call ,halt4 ,if he fails to halt when the sentinel has once repeated his call1 and if there be no other possible means of preventing his escape1 the sentinel will fire upon him4 ,the following will more fully explain the important duties of a sentinel in this connection3 7,circular47 ,,war ,,department1 ,,adjutant ,,general',s ,,office1 ,washington1 ,november #a1 #ahhg4 ,by direction of the ,secretary of ,war1 the following is published for the information of the ,army3 ,,united ,,states ,,circuit ,,court1 ,,eastern ,,district ,,of ,,michigan1 ,,august #a1 #ahhg4 ,,the ,,united ,,states ,v4 ,,james ,,clark4 ,the circuit court has jurisdiction of a homicide committed by one soldier upon another within a military reservation of the ,united ,states4 ,if a homicide be committed by a military guard without malice and in the performance of his supposed duty as a soldier1 such homicide is excusable1 unless it was manifestly beyond the scope of his authority or was such that a man of ordinary sense and understanding would know that it was illegal4 ,it seems that the sergeant of the guard has a right to shoot a military convict if there be no other possible means of preventing his escape4 ,the common-law distinction between felonies and misdemeanors has no application to military offenses4 ,while the finding of a court of inquiry acquitting the prisoner of all blame is not a legal bar to a prosecution1 it is entitled to weight as an expression of the views of the military court of the necessity of using a musket to prevent the escape of the deceased4 99 99 99 99 99 ,by order of the ,secretary of ,war3 ,r4 ,c4 ,,drum1 ,adjutant ,general4 ,the following is taken from ,circular ,no4 #c1 of #ahhc1 from ,headquarters ,department of the ,columbia3 ,,vancouver ,,barracks1 ,w4 ,t41 ,april #bj1 #ahhc4 ,to the ,,assistant ,,adjutant ,,general1 ,department of the ,columbia4 ,sir3 99 99 99 99 99 ,a sentinel is placed as guard over prisoners to prevent their escape1 and1 for this purpose1 he is furnished a musket1 with ammunition4 ,to prevent escape is his first and most important duty4 99 99 99 99 99 ,i suppose the law to be this3 ,that a sentinel shall not use more force or violence to prevent the escape of a prisoner than is necessary to effect that object1 but if the prisoner1 after being ordered to halt1 continues his flight the sentinel may maim or even kill him1 and it is his duty to do so4 ,a sentinel who allows a prisoner to escape without firing upon him1 and firing to hit him1 is1 in my judgment1 guilty of a most serious military offense1 for which he should and would be severely punished by a general court-martial4 99 99 99 99 99 7,signed7 ,,henry ,a4 ,,morrow1 ,colonel ,twenty-first ,infantry1 ,commanding ,post4 ,third indorsement4 ,,office ,,judge ,,advocate1 ,,military ,,division ,,of ,,the ,,pacific1 ,may #aa1 #ahhc4 ,respectfully returned to the assistant adjutant general1 ,military ,division of the ,pacific1 concurring fully in the views expressed by ,col4 ,morrow4 ,i was not aware that such a view had ever been questioned4 ,that the period is a time of peace does not affect the authority and duty of the sentinel or guard to fire upon the escaping prisoner1 if this escape can not otherwise be prevented4 ,he should1 of course1 attempt to stop the prisoner before firing by ordering him to halt1 and will properly warn him by the words ,halt1 or ,i fire1 or words to such effect4 ,w4 ,,winthrop1 ,judge ,advocate4 ,fourth indorsement4 ,,headquarters ,,military ,,division ,,of ,,the ,,pacific1 ,may #aa1 #ahhc1 ,respectfully returned to the commanding general1 ,department of the ,columbia1 approving the opinion of the commanding officer1 ,twenty-first ,infantry1 and of the judge advocate of the division1 in respect to the duty of and method to be adopted by sentinels in preventing prisoners from escaping4 99 99 99 99 99 ,by command of ,maj4 ,gen4 ,schofield3 ,j4 ,c4 ,,kelton1 ,assistant ,adjutant ,general4 ,see also ,circular ,no4 #ec1 ,a4 ,g4 ,o41 ,december #bb1 #aijj4 #cjf4 ,on approaching the post of the sentinel at the guardhouse1 a sentinel of the prisoner guard or an overseer in charge of prisoners will halt them and call1 ,no4 #a1 7so many7 prisoners4 ,he will not allow them to cross the post of the sentinel until so directed by the corporal of the guard4 #cjg4 ,members of the prisoner guard and overseers placed over prisoners for work will receive specific and explicit instructions covering the required work2 they will be held strictly responsible that the prisoners under their charge properly and satisfactorily perform the designated work4 ,section #ag4 ,stable guards4 ,,stable ,,guards4 #cjh4 ,under the head of stable guards will be included guards for cavalry stables1 artillery stables and parks1 mounted infantry stables1 machine-gun organization stables and parks1 and quartermaster stables and parks4 ,where the words troop and cavalry are used1 they will be held to include all of these organizations4 #cji4 ,when troop stable guards are mounted they will guard the stables of the cavalry 7see ,par4 #ac74 ,when no stable guards are mounted the stables will be guarded by sentinels posted from the main guard under the control of the officer of the day4 ,the instructions given for troop stable guard will be observed as far as applicable by the noncommissioned officers and sentinels of the main guard when in charge of the stables4 ,,troop ,,stable ,,guards4 #caj4 ,troop stable guards will not be used except in the field1 or when it is impracticable to guard the stables by sentinels from the main guard4 #caa4 ,troop stable guards will be under the immediate control of their respective troop commanders2 they will be posted in each cavalry stable or near the picket line1 and will consist of not less than one noncommissioned officer and three privates4 ,stable guards are for the protection of the horses1 stables1 forage1 equipments1 and public property generally4 ,they will1 in addition1 enforce the special regulations in regard to stables1 horses1 and parks4 #cab4 ,sentinels of stable guards will be posted at the stables or at the picket lines when the horses are kept outside4 ,the troop stable guard may be used as a herd guard during the day time or when grazing is practicable4 #cac4 ,the troop stable guard1 when authorized by the post commander1 will be mounted under the supervision of the troop commander4 ,it will be armed1 at the discretion of the troop commander1 with either rifle or pistol4 #cad4 ,the tour continues for #bd hours1 or until the guard is relieved by a new guard4 #cae4 ,the employment of stable guards for police and fatigue duties at the stables is forbidden2 but this will not prohibit them from being required to assist in feeding grain before reveille4 #caf4 ,the troop stable guard will attend stables with the rest of the troop and groom their own horses1 the sentinels being taken off post for the purpose4 #cag4 ,neither the noncommissioned officer nor the members of the stable guard will absent themselves from the immediate vicinity of the stables except in case of urgent necessity1 and then for no longer time than is absolutely necessary4 ,no member of the guard will leave for any purpose without the authority of the noncommissioned officer of the guard4 #cah4 ,the noncommissioned officer and one member of the stable guard will go for meals at the proper hour2 upon their return the other members of the guard will be directed to go by the noncommissioned officer4 #cai4 ,when the horses are herded each troop will furnish its own herd guard4 7,par4 #ad47 #cbj4 ,smoking in the stables or their immediate vicinity is prohibited4 ,no fire or light1 other than electric light or stable lanterns1 will be permitted in the stables4 ,a special place will be designated for trimming1 filling1 and lighting lanterns4 ,,noncommissioned ,,officer ,,of ,,the ,,troop ,,stable ,,guard4 #cba4 ,the noncommissioned officer receives his orders from his troop commander1 to whom he will report immediately after posting his first relief1 and when relieved will turn over all his orders to his successor4 ,he instructs his sentinels in their general and special duties2 exercises general supervision over his entire guard2 exacts order and cleanliness about the guardroom2 prevents the introduction of intoxicants into the guardhouse and stables2 receives1 by count1 from his predecessor1 the animals1 horse equipments1 and all property 7both private and public7 pertaining thereto2 examines1 before relieving his predecessor1 all locks1 windows1 and doors1 and should any be found insecure he will report the fact to his troop commander when he reports for orders4 ,he will personally post and relieve each sentinel1 taking care to verify the property responsibility of the sentinel who comes off post1 and see that the sentinel who goes on post is aware of the property responsibility that he assumes4 #cbb4 ,that the noncommissioned officer may be more thoroughly informed of his responsibility1 all horses returning1 except those from a regular formation1 will be reported to him4 ,he will then notify the sentinel on post1 and1 in the absence of the stable sergeant1 will see that the horses are promptly cared for4 ,in case of abuse1 he will promptly report to the troop commander4 ,should the horse be the private property of an officer1 he will report such abuse to the owner4 #cbc4 ,the noncommissioned officer will report any unusual occurrence during his tour direct to his troop commander4 #cbd4 ,horses and other property for which the noncommissioned officer is responsible will not be taken from the stables without the authority of the post or troop commander4 #cbe4 ,the noncommissioned officer must answer the sentinel's calls promptly4 #cbf4 ,in case of fire1 the noncommissioned officer will see that the requirements of paragraph #ccd are promptly carried out4 #cbg4 ,whenever it becomes necessary for the noncommissioned officer to leave his guard1 he will designate a member of it to take charge and assume his responsibility during his absence4 ,,sentinels ,,of ,,the ,,troop ,,stable ,,guard4 #cbh4 ,the sentinel in the discharge of his duties will be governed by the regulations for sentinels of the main guard whenever they are applicable--such as courtesies to officers1 walking post in a soldierly manner1 challenging1 etc42 he will not turn out the guard except when ordered by proper authority4 #cbi4 ,the sentinel will receive orders from the commanding officer1 the troop commander1 and the noncommissioned officers of the stable guard only1 except when the commanding officer directs the officer of the day to inspect the stable guard4 #ccj4 ,in the field and elsewhere when directed by the commanding officer the sentinel when posted will verify the number of horses for which he is responsible1 and when relieved will give the number to his successor4 #cca4 ,the sentinel will not permit any horse or equipments to be taken from the stables1 except in the presence of the noncommissioned officer4 #ccb4 ,should a horse get loose1 the sentinel will catch him and tie him up4 ,if he be unable to catch the horse1 the noncommissioned officer will at once be notified4 ,in case a horse be cast1 or in any way entangled1 he will relieve him1 if possible2 if unable to relieve him1 he will call the noncommissioned officer4 ,sentinels are forbidden to punish or maltreat a horse4 #ccc4 ,when a horse is taken sick1 the sentinel will notify the noncommissioned officer1 who in turn will call the farrier and see that the horse is properly attended to4 #ccd4 ,in case of fire the sentinel will give the alarm by stepping outside the stable and firing his pistol or piece repeatedly1 and calling out at the same time1 ,fire1 stables1 ,troop 7----74 ,as soon as the guard is alarmed1 he will take the necessary precautions in opening or closing the doors so as to prevent the spreading of the fire and make it possible to remove the horses2 he will drop the chains and bars1 and1 with the other members of the guard1 proceed to lead out the horses and secure them at the picket line or such other place as may have been previously designated4 #cce4 ,sentinels over horses1 or in charge of prisoners1 receive orders from the stable sergeant1 so far as the care of the horses and the labor of prisoners are concerned4 #ccf4 ,in field artillery and machine-gun organizations1 the guard for the stables has charge of the guns1 caissons1 etc41 with their ammunition and stores1 as well as the horses1 harness1 and forage4 ,section #ah4 ,flags4 #ccg4 ,the garrison1 post1 and storm flags are national flags and shall be of bunting4 ,the union of each is as described in paragraph #baf1 ,army ,regulations1 and shall be of the following proportions3 ,width1 seven-thirteenths of the hoist of the flag2 length1 seventy-six one-hundredths of the hoist of the flag4 ,the garrison flag will have #ch feet fly and #bj feet hoist4 ,it will be furnished only to posts designated in orders from time to time from the ,war ,department1 and will be hoisted only on holidays and important occasions4 ,the post flag will have #ai feet fly and #aj feet hoist4 ,it will be furnished for all garrison posts and will be hoisted in pleasant weather4 ,the storm flag will have #i feet #f inches fly and #e feet hoist4 ,it will be furnished for all occupied posts for use in stormy and windy weather4 ,it will also be furnished to national cemeteries4 7,a4 ,r4 #bbc47 #cch4 ,at every military post or station the flag will be hoisted at the sounding of the first note of the reveille1 or of the first note of the march1 if a march be played before the reveille4 ,the flag will be lowered at the sounding of the last note of the retreat1 while the flag is being lowered the band will play ,the ,star-,spangled ,banner1 or1 if there be no band present1 the field music will sound to the color4 ,when to the color is sounded by the field music while the flag is being lowered the same respect will be observed as when ,the ,star-,spangled ,banner is played by the band1 and in either case officers and enlisted men out of ranks will face toward the flag1 stand at attention1 and render the prescribed salute at the last note of the music4 7,a4 ,r4 #dcg47 ,the lowering of the flag will be so regulated as to be completed at the last note of ,the ,star-,spangled ,banner or to the color4 #cci4 ,the national flag will be displayed at a seacoast or lake fort at the beginning of and during an action in which a fort may be engaged1 whether by day or by night4 7,a4 ,r4 #dcg47 #cdj4 ,the national flag will always be displayed at the time of firing a salute4 7,a4 ,r4 #cig47 #cda4 ,the flag of a military post will not be dipped by way of salute or compliment4 7,a4 ,r4 #dje47 #cdb4 ,on the death of an officer at a military post the flag is displayed at halfstaff and so remains between reveille and retreat until the last salvo or volley is fired over the grave2 or if the remains are not interred at the post until they are removed therefrom4 7,a4 ,r4 #dbb47 #cdc4 ,during the funeral of an enlisted man at a military post the flag is displayed at halfstaff4 ,it is hoisted to the top after the final volley or gun is fired or after the remains are taken from the post4 ,the same honors are paid on the occasion of the funeral of a retired enlisted man4 7,a4 ,r4 #dbc47 #cdd4 ,when practicable1 a detail consisting of a noncommissioned officer and two privates of the guard will raise or lower the flag4 ,this detail wears side arms or if the special equipments do not include side arms then belts only4 ,the noncommissioned officer1 carrying the flag1 forms the detail in line1 takes his post in the center and marches it to the staff4 ,the flag is then securely attached to the halyards and rapidly hoisted4 ,the halyards are then securely fastened to the cleat on the staff and the detail marched to the guardhouse4 #cde4 ,when the flag is to be lowered1 the halyards are loosened from the staff and made perfectly free4 ,at retreat the flag is lowered at the last note of retreat4 ,it is then neatly folded and the halyards made fast4 ,the detail is then re-formed and marched to the guardhouse1 where the flag is turned over to the commander of the guard4 ,the flag should never be allowed to touch the ground and should always be hoisted or lowered from the leeward side of the staff1 the halyards being held by two persons4 ,section #ai4 ,reveille and ,retreat ,gun4 #cdf4 ,the morning and evening gun will be fired by a detachment of the guard1 consisting1 when practicable1 of a corporal and two privates4 ,the morning gun is fired at the first note of reveille1 or1 if marches be played before the reveille1 it is fired at the beginning of the first march4 ,the retreat gun is fired at the last note of retreat4 ,the corporal marches the detachment to and from the piece1 which is fired1 sponged out1 and secured under his direction4 ,section #bj4 ,guard ,mounting4 #cdg4 ,guard mounting will be formal or informal as the commanding officer may direct4 ,it will be held as prescribed in the drill regulations of the arm of the service to which the guard belongs4 ,if none is prescribed1 then as for infantry4 ,in case the guard is composed wholly of mounted organizations1 guard mounting may be held mounted4 #cdh4 ,when ,infantry and mounted troops dismounted are united for guard mounting1 all details form as prescribed for ,infantry4 ,,formal ,,guard ,,mounting--,,mounted4 7,extract ,cavalry ,drill ,regulations1 #aiaf47 #heg4 ,formal guard mounting will ordinarily be held only in posts or camps where a band is present4 ,at the assembly the men of each troop designated for guard form at stand to horse on their troop parade grounds1 the noncommissioned officers falling in as file closers2 the supernumeraries do not fall in2 each first sergeant verifies his detail and inspects the dress and general appearance1 replaces any man unfit to go on guard1 turns the detail over to the senior noncommissioned officer1 and retires4 ,the senior noncommissioned officer then mounts1 draws saber1 and causes the detail to mount4 ,the band1 accompanied by the buglers1 takes its place on the parade ground so that the left of its front rank shall be #ab yards to the right of the rank when the guard is formed4 #heh4 ,at adjutant's call the adjutant takes post so as to be #ab yards in front of and facing the center of the guard when formed2 the sergeant major takes post facing to the left #ab yards to the left of the front rank of the band2 the band plays in appropriate time1 the details are marched to the parade ground by their senior noncommissioned officers2 the detail that arrives first is marched to the line so that upon halting the head of the horse of the man on the right shall be on line with and near to the sergeant major's horse1 the noncommissioned officer1 having halted his detail1 places himself facing the sergeant major at a distance from him a little greater than the front of his detail1 and commands3 ,,dress4 ,the detail dresses on its right trooper2 the noncommissioned officers of the detail in the line of file closers rein back so as to be #f yards in rear of the rank2 the noncommissioned officer in command of the detail then commands1 ,front1 salutes1 and reports1 ,the detail is correct1 or 7so many7 sergeants1 corporals1 or privates are absent2 the sergeant major returns the salute2 the noncommissioned officer in charge of the detail then passes by the right of the guard and takes post on the line of noncommissioned officers in rear of the right trooper of his detail4 ,should there be more than one detail1 it is formed in like manner on the left of the one preceding2 the privates1 noncommissioned officers1 and commander of each detail dress on those of the preceding details in the same rank or line4 ,should the detail from a troop not include a noncommissioned officer1 one will be detailed to perform the duties of commander of the detail4 ,in this case such noncommissioned officer1 after reporting to the sergeant major1 passes around the right flank between the guard and the band and retires4 ,the troops detailed alternate in taking the right of the line4 #hei4 ,when the last detail has formed the sergeant major draws saber1 verifies the details1 causes the guard to count fours1 and1 if there be more than five fours1 divides the guard into two or more platoons2 he designates the center guide or guides and then commands1 ,,dress 7,par4 #cfb71 verifies the alignment of rank and the line of noncommissioned officers1 and then returns to the right of the rank1 turns to the left1 commands1 ,,front1 passes to a point midway between the adjutant and center of the guard1 halts facing the adjutant1 salutes1 and reports3 ,sir1 the details are correct2 or1 ,sir1 7so many7 sergeants1 corporals1 or privates are absent2 the adjutant returns the salute1 directs the sergeant major3 ,take your post1 and then draws saber2 the sergeant major turns to the left about and takes post #c yards to the left of and on a line with the rank4 ,when the sergeant major has completed his report the officer of the guard takes post facing to the front #h yards in front of the center of the guard and draws saber4 ,the adjutant then directs1 ,inspect your guard1 ,sir1 at which the commander of the guard turns about1 commands3 #a4 ,draw1 #b4 ,,saber1 #c4 ,prepare for inspection1 #d4 ,,march1 moves toward and inspects the guard1 as in troop inspection4 ,during the inspection the band plays4 ,the adjutant returns saber1 observes the general condition of the guard1 and falls out any man who is unfit for guard duty or does not present a creditable appearance4 ,substitutes will report to the commander of the guard at the guard house4 ,the adjutant1 when so directed1 selects orderlies and color sentinels as prescribed in the ,manual of ,interior ,guard ,duty and notifies the commander of the guard of his selection4 ,he may require a trooper to move out of the rank and to dismount for a more minute inspection4 ,he also notifies the two senior noncommissioned officers to act as platoon leaders if there has been a division into platoons4 ,if there be a junior officer of the guard1 he takes post at the same time as the senior1 facing to the front #c yards in front of the guide of the first platoon1 and the senior of the two noncommissioned officers acts and takes post as chief of the second platoon4 ,the junior officer of the guard may be directed by the commander of the guard to assist in inspecting the guard4 #hfj4 ,if there be no officer of the guard the adjutant inspects the guard and during the inspection notifies the senior noncommissioned officer to command the guard and the next two senior noncommissioned officers to serve as platoon leaders4 ,a noncommissioned officer commanding the guard takes the post of the officer of the guard1 the next senior noncommissioned officer the post of the junior officer of the guard4 ,the inspection ended1 the adjutant places himself about #cj yards in front of and facing the center of the guard and draws saber4 ,the new officer of the day takes post in front of and facing the guard about #cj yards from the adjutant4 ,the old officer of the day takes post #c yards to the right of and #a yard less advanced than the new officer of the day4 ,the commander of the guard takes post #h yards in front of the right trooper1 facing to the front1 and draws saber4 ,the adjutant then commands3 #a4 ,draw1 #b4 ,,saber1 #c4 ,,sound ,,off4 ,the band1 playing1 passes in front of the commander of the guard to the left of the line and back to its post on the right1 when it ceases playing4 ,the adjutant then commands ,,posts1 at which platoon leaders take their posts #c yards in front of the guides of their platoons1 facing to the front1 and the commander of the guard takes post #f yards in front of the leader of the center 7right7 platoon1 facing to the front1 and the file closers resume their places #c yards in rear of the rank4 ,if there be no junior officer of the guard1 the commander of the guard takes post #c yards in front of the center guide4 ,the commander of the guard and the chiefs of platoon and file closers having taken their posts1 the adjutant commands3 #a4 ,present1 #b4 ,,saber1 faces toward the officer of the day1 salutes1 and then reports1 ,sir1 the guard is formed4 ,the new officer of the day1 after the adjutant has reported1 salutes with the hand and directs the adjutant1 ,march the guard in review1 ,sir4 #hfa4 ,the adjutant turns about1 brings the guard to a carry1 and commands3 #a4 ,platoons right turn1 #b4 ,,march2 #c4 ,guard1 #d4 ,,halt4 ,the platoons execute the movement as in the troop1 the band takes post in front of the column 7,par #hjf74 ,the adjutant places himself abreast of the first platoon and #f yards from its left flank2 the sergeant major abreast of the second platoon and #f yards from its left flank4 ,the adjutant then commands3 #a4 ,pass in review1 #b4 ,,forward1 #c4 ,,march4 ,the guard marches at the walk past the officer of the day1 according to the principles of squadron review1 the adjutant1 commander of the guard1 chiefs of platoon1 sergeant major1 and drum major saluting4 ,the new officer of the day returns the salute of the commander of the guard and the adjutant only1 making one salute with the hand4 #hfb4 ,the band1 having passed the officer of the day1 turns to the left out of the column1 places itself opposite to and facing him1 and continues to play until the guard leaves the parade ground4 ,the buglers detach themselves from the band when the latter turns out of the column and remain in front of the guard1 commencing to play when the band ceases4 ,in the absence of the band the buglers do not turn out of the column1 but continue to play in front of the guard4 #hfc4 ,the guard having passed #ab yards beyond the officer of the day1 the adjutant halts2 the sergeant major halts alongside of the adjutant and #a yard to his left2 they then return saber1 salute1 and retire4 ,the commander of the guard then1 without halting1 breaks the guard into column of fours and marches it to its post4 #hfd4 ,the officers of the day turn toward each other and salute1 the old officer of the day turning over the orders to the new officer of the day4 ,while the band is sounding off and while the guard is passing in review the officers of the day remain at attention4 #hfe4 ,if the guard be not divided into platoons the adjutant commands3 #a4 ,guard right turn1 #b4 ,,march2 #c4 ,guard1 #d3 ,,halt1 and it passes in review as explained2 the commander of the guard is #c yards in front of its center guide1 the adjutant is #f yards from the rank and abreast of the commander1 the sergeant major covers the adjutant and marches abreast of the rank4 ,,relieving ,,the ,,old ,,guard--7,,formal ,,guard ,,mounting1 ,,mounted47 #hff4 ,as the new guard approaches the guardhouse the old guard is formed in line at the carry saber1 its buglers #c yards to its right2 when the buglers at the head of the new guard arrive opposite the left of the old guard its commander commands3 #a4 ,present1 #b4 ,,saber2 both commanders salute and1 when the new guard has passed the commander of the old guard1 the latter commands3 #a4 ,carry1 #b4 ,,saber4 ,the buglers and guard continue marching without changing direction until the rear of the column has passed #i yards beyond the buglers of the old guard1 when the commander of the new guard commands3 #a4 ,fours right1 #b4 ,,march4 #hfg4 ,the buglers and guard are marched #c yards in rear of the line of the old guard1 when the commander of the new guard commands3 #a4 ,fours right about1 #b4 ,,march2 #c4 ,guard1 #d4 ,,halt2 #e4 ,,dress2 he then1 facing to the front1 aligns his guard so as to be on a line with the old guard and commands1 ,front2 the buglers of the new guard are #c yards to the right of the rank4 #hfh4 ,the new guard being dressed1 the commander of each guard1 in front of and facing its center1 commands3 #a4 ,present1 #b4 ,,saber1 resumes his front1 salutes1 resumes the carry1 faces his guard1 and commands3 #a4 ,carry1 #b4 ,,saber4 ,each guard is then presented by its commander to its officer of the day2 if there be but one officer of the day present1 or if an officer acts in the capacity of old and new officer of the day1 each guard is presented to him by its commander4 #hfi4 ,if another person entitled to a salute approaches1 each commander of the guard brings his own guard to attention if not already at attention4 ,the senior commander of the two guards then commands3 #a4 ,old and new guards1 #b4 ,present1 #c4 ,,saber4 ,the junior will salute at the command ,present1 ,saber1 given by the senior4 ,after the salute has been acknowledged the senior brings both guards to the ,carry1 ,saber4 #hgj4 ,after the salutes have been acknowledged by the officers of the day1 each guard returns saber by command of its own officer of the guard2 the commander of the new guard then directs the orderly or orderlies to fall out and report4 #hga4 ,the commander of the new guard then falls out members of the guard for detached posts1 placing them under charge of the proper noncommissioned officer1 divides the guard into three reliefs1 first1 second1 and third1 from right to left1 and directs a list of the guard to be made by reliefs4 ,the sentinels and detachments of the old guard are at once relieved by members of the new guard1 the two guards standing at ease or dismounted while these changes are being made4 ,the commander of the old transmits to the commander of the new guard all his orders1 instructions1 and information concerning the guard and its duties4 #hgb4 ,the commander of the new guard then has his own guard fall out1 takes possession of the guardhouse and verifies the articles in charge of the guard4 #hgc4 ,if considerable time is required to bring in that portion of the old guard still on post1 the commanding officer may direct that as soon as the orders and property are turned over to the new guard the portion of the old guard at the guardhouse may be marched off and dismissed4 ,in such case the remaining detachments of the old guard will be inspected by the commander of the new guard when they reach the guardhouse4 ,he will direct the senior noncommissioned officer present to march these detachments off and dismiss them in the prescribed manner4 #hgd4 ,in bad weather1 at night1 or after long marches the music may be omitted1 or the buglers may take the place of the band and sound off standing on the right of the guard and the march in review be omitted4 ,in cases in which an organization1 entire or in part1 is detailed for guard1 it is marched to the parade ground as a single detail 7,par4 #heh47 #hge4 ,for detailed instructions for guards and sentinels see ,manual of ,interior ,guard ,duty4 ,,formal ,,guard ,,mounting1 ,,dismounted4 #hgf4 ,guard mounting1 dismounted1 and relieving the old guard are conducted on the same principles as when mounted1 with the following modifications3 7a7 ,the men designated for guard fall in1 dismounted1 on their troop parade grounds2 noncommissioned officers not commanding detail1 #b paces in rear of rank4 7b7 ,the detail that is to be on the right is marched to the line so that upon halting the breast of the man on the right shall be near to and opposite the left arm of the sergeant major4 ,at the command ,,dress1 the detail dresses up to the line of the sergeant major and its commander1 the man on the right placing his breast against the left arm of the sergeant major4 7c7 ,when the last detail has formed1 the sergeant major takes a side step to the right1 draws saber if armed with one1 verifies the detail1 takes post #b paces to the right and #b paces to the front of the guard1 facing to the left and causes the guard to count fours4 7d7 ,when the sergeant major has reported1 the officer of the guard takes post #c paces in front of the center of the guard1 draws saber and orders saber1 the guard being at order arms4 ,the inspection which corresponds to that of par4 #hhb being ended1 and the officers of the day1 the adjutant1 and the commander of the guard having taken their posts1 the commander of the guard draws saber with the adjutant and comes to the order4 ,the adjutant then commands3 #a4 ,parade1 #b4 ,rest1 #c4 ,,sound ,,off1 and comes to the order and parade rest4 7e7 ,after the band has sounded off1 the adjutant1 commander of the guard1 and platoon leaders come to attention1 and the adjutant commands3 #a4 ,present1 #b4 ,,arms1 faces toward the officer of the day and reports3 ,sir1 the guard is formed4 ,the new officer of the day1 after the adjutant has reported1 returns the salute with the hand and directs the adjutant3 ,march the guard in review1 ,sir4 ,the adjutant carries saber1 faces about1 brings the guard to an order and commands3 #a4 ,at trail1 platoons 7or guard7 right turn1 #b4 ,,march2 #c4 ,guard1 #d4 ,,halt4 ,the guard marches in quick time past the officer of the day1 according to the principles as when mounted4 ,while the band is sounding off and while the guard is marching in review1 the officers of the day stand at parade rest with arms folded4 ,they take this position when the adjutant comes to parade rest1 resume the attention with him1 again take the parade rest at the first note of the march in review1 and resume attention as the head of the column approaches4 7f7 ,if the guard be not divided into platoons1 the adjutant commands3 #a4 ,at trail1 guard right turn1 #b4 ,,march1 #c4 ,guard1 #d4 ,,halt1 and it passes in review as explained2 the commander of the guard is #c paces in front of its center guide4 ,section #ba4 ,relieving the ,old ,guard4 #cfj4 ,as the new guard approaches the guardhouse1 the old guard is formed in line1 with its field music three paces to its right2 and1 when the field music at the head of the new guard arrives opposite its left1 the commander of the new guard commands3 #a4 ,eyes1 ,,right2 the commander of the old guard commands3 #a4 ,present1 #b4 ,,arms2 commanders of both guards salute4 ,the new guard marches in quick time past the old guard4 ,when the commander of the new guard is opposite the field music of the old guard1 he commands3 ,,front2 the commander of the old guard commands3 #a4 ,order1 #b4 ,,arms1 as soon as the new guard shall have cleared the old guard4 ,the field music having marched three paces beyond the field music of the old guard1 changes direction to the right1 and1 followed by the guard1 changes direction to the left when on a line with the old guard2 the changes of direction are without command4 ,the commander of the guard halts on the line of the front rank of the old guard1 allows his guard to march past him1 and1 when its rear approaches1 forms it in line to the left1 establishes the left guide three paces to the right of the field music of the old guard1 and on a line with the front rank1 and then dresses his guard to the left2 the field music of the new guard is three paces to the right of its front rank4 #cfa4 ,the new guard being dressed the commander of each guard1 in front of and facing its center1 commands3 #a4 ,present1 #b4 ,,arms1 resumes his front1 salutes1 carries saber1 faces his guard1 and commands3 #a4 ,order1 #b4 ,,arms4 ,should a guard be commanded by a noncommissioned officer1 he stands on the right or left of the front rank1 according as he commands the old or new guard1 and executes the rifle salute4 #cfb4 ,after the new guard arrives at its post and has saluted the old guard1 each guard is presented by its commander to its officer of the day2 if there be but one officer of the day present1 or if one officer acts in the capacity of old and new officer of the day1 each guard is presented to him by its commander4 #cfc4 ,if other persons entitled to a salute approach1 each commander of the guard will bring his own guard to attention if not already at attention4 ,the senior commander of the two guards will then command3 #a4 ,old and new guards1 #b4 ,present1 #c4 ,arms4 ,the junior will salute at the command ,present ,arms given by the senior4 ,after the salute has been acknowledged1 the senior brings both guards to the order4 #cfd4 ,after the salutes have been acknowledged by the officers of the day1 each guard is brought to an order by its commander2 the commander of the new guard then directs the orderly or orderlies to fall out and report and causes bayonets to be fixed if so ordered by the commanding officer2 bayonets will not then be unfixed during the tour except in route marches while the guard is actually marching or when specially directed by the commanding officer4 ,the commander of the new guard then falls out members of the guard for detached posts1 placing them under charge of the proper noncommissioned officers1 divides the guard into three reliefs1 first1 second1 and third1 from right1 to left1 and directs a list of the guard to be made by reliefs4 ,when the guard consists of troops of different arms combined1 the men are assigned to reliefs so as to insure a fair division of duty under rules prescribed by the commanding officer4 #cfe4 ,the sentinels and detachments of the old guard are at once relieved by members of the new guard1 the two guards standing at ease or at rest while these changes are being made4 ,the commander of the old transmits to the commander of the new guard all his orders1 instructions1 and information concerning the guard and its duties4 ,the commander of the new guard then takes possession of the guardhouse and verifies the articles in charge of the guard4 #cff4 ,if considerable time is required to bring in that portion of the old guard still on post1 the commanding officer may direct that as soon as the orders and property are turned over to the new guard the portion of the old guard at the guardhouse may be marched off and dismissed4 ,in such a case the remaining detachment or detachments of the old guard will be inspected by the commander of the new guard when they reach the guardhouse4 ,he will direct the senior noncommissioned officer present to march these detachments off and dismiss them in the prescribed manner4 #cfg4 ,in bad weather1 at night1 after long marches1 or when the guard is very small1 the field music may be dispensed with4 ,,chapter ,x4 ,,map ,,reading ,,and ,,sketching4 ,section #a4 ,military map reading4 ,when you pick up a map1 the first question is1 ,where is the north8 ,this can usually be told by an arrow 7see fig4 #a1 p4 #bei7 which will be found in one of the corners of the map1 and which points to the true north--the north of the north star4 ,on some maps no arrow is to be found4 ,the chances are a hundred to one that the north is at the top of the map1 as it is on almost all printed maps4 ,but you can only assure yourself of that fact by checking the map with the ground it represents4 ,for instance1 if you ascertain that the city of ,philadelphia is due east of the city of ,columbus1 then the ,philadelphia-,columbus line on the map is a due east-and-west line1 and establishes at once all the other map directions4 ,now1 the map represents the ground as nearly as it can be represented on a flat piece of paper4 ,if you are standing up1 facing the north1 your right hand will be in the east1 your left in the west1 and your back to the south4 ,it is the same with a map2 if you look across it in the direction of the arrow--that is1 toward its north--your right hand will be toward what is east on the map2 your left hand to the west2 the south will be at the bottom of the map4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a1 #b1 #c1 #d1 #e and scale4 ,there is another kind of an arrow that sometimes appears on a map4 ,it is like the one in figure #b1 page #bei1 and points not to the true north but to the magnetic north1 which is the north of the compass4 ,though the compass needle1 and therefore the arrow that represents it on the map1 does not point exactly north1 the deviation is1 from a military point of view1 slight1 and appreciable error will rarely result through the use of the magnetic instead of the true north in the solution of any military problems4 ,should you be curious to know the exact deviation1 consult your local surveyor or any civil engineer4 ,both arrows may appear on your map4 ,in that case disregard the magnetic arrow unless you are using the map in connection with a compass4 ,if a map is being used on the ground1 the first thing to be done is to put the lines of the map parallel to the real outlines of the ground forms1 and roads1 fences1 railroads1 etc41 that the map shows2 for the making of a map is no more than the drawing on paper of lines parallel to and proportional in length to real directions and distances on the ground4 ,for instance1 the road between two places runs due north and south4 ,then on the map a line representing the road will be parallel to the arrow showing the north and will be proportional in length to the real road4 ,in this way a map is a picture1 or better1 a bare outline sketch2 and1 as we can make out a picture1 though it be upside down1 or crooked on the wall1 so we can use a map that is upside down or not parallel to the real ground forms4 ,but it is easier to make out both the picture and the map if their lines are parallel to what they represent4 ,so in using a map on the ground we always put the lines parallel to the actual features they show4 ,this is easy if the map has an arrow4 ,if the map has no arrow1 you must locate objects or features on the ground1 and on the map1 their representations4 ,draw on the map a line connecting any two of the features2 place this line parallel to an imaginary line through the two actual features located1 and your map will be correctly placed4 ,look to it that you do not reverse on the map the positions of the two objects or features1 or your map will be exactly upside down4 ,when the map has been turned into the proper position--that is to say1 oriented--the next thing is to locate on the map your position4 ,if you are in the village of ,easton and there is a place on the map labeled ,easton1 the answer is apparent4 ,but if you are out in the country1 at an unlabeled point that looks like any one of a dozen other similar points1 the task is more complicated4 ,in this latter case you must locate and identify1 both on the map and on the ground1 other points--hills1 villages1 peculiar bends in rivers1 forests--any ground features that have some easily recognizable peculiarity and that you can see from your position4 ,suppose1 for instance1 you were near ,leavenworth and wanted to locate your exact position1 of which you are uncertain4 ,you have the map shown in this manual1 and1 looking about1 you see southwest from where you stand the ,united ,states ,penitentiary2 also1 halfway between the south and the southeast--south-southeast a sailor would say--the reservoir 7rectangle west of ,o in ,missouri74 ,having oriented your map1 draw on it a line from the map position of the reservoir toward its actual position on the ground4 ,similarly draw a line from the map position of penitentiary toward its actual position4 ,prolong the two lines until they intersect4 ,the intersection of the lines will mark the place where you stand--south ,merritt ,hill4 ,this method consists merely in drawing on the map lines that represent the lines of sight to known and visible places4 ,the lines pass through the map position of the places you see and are parallel to the actual lines of sight2 therefore they are the map representations of the lines of sight1 and their intersection is the map position of the eye of the observer4 ,after this orientation and location of position1 one can deduce from the map everything there is to know in regard to directions4 ,in this respect1 study of the ground itself will show no more than will study of the map4 ,after ,what direction8 comes ,how far8 ,to answer this1 one must understand that the map distance between any two points shown bears a fixed and definite relation or proportion to the real distance between the two points4 ,for instance3 ,we measure on a map and find the distance between two points to be #a inch4 ,then we measure the real distance on the ground and find it to be #aj1jjj inches2 hence the relation between the map distance and the real distance is #a to #aj1jjj1 or #a_/ajjjj4 ,now1 if the map is properly drawn1 the same relation will hold good for all distances1 and we can obtain any ground distance by multiplying by #aj1jjj the corresponding map distance4 ,this relation need not be #a_/ajjjj1 but may be anything from #a_/ajj that an architect might use in making a map or plan of a house up to one over a billion and a half1 which is about the proportion between map and real distances in a pocket-atlas representation of the whole world on a #f-;inch page4 ,map makers call this relation the scale of the map and put it down in a corner in one of three ways4 ,for the sake of an illustration1 say the relation between map and ground distances is #a to #ajj2 that is1 #a inch on the map is equal to #ajj on the ground4 ,the scale may be written3 ,first4 #a inch equals #ajj4 ,second4 #a_/ajj4 ,third4 ,as shown by figure #c 7p4 #bei74 ,these expressions mean one and the same thing4 ,a variation of the first method on a map of different scale might be3 #a inch equals #a mile4 ,since a mile contains #fc1cfj inches1 then the real distance between any two points shown on the map is #fc1cfj times the map distance4 ,to find the ground distance by the third kind of scale1 copy it on the edge of a slip of paper1 apply the slip directly to the map1 and read off the distance2 and so we answer the question1 ,how far8 ,after direction and distance comes the interpretation of the signs1 symbols1 and abbreviations on the map4 ,those authorized are given on pages #bgb and #bgc 7a reprint of ,appendix #d1 ,field ,service ,regulations1 #aiad72 but there are a good many other conventional signs in common use4 ,a key to them is published by the ,war ,department and is called ,conventional ,signs1 ,united ,states ,army4 ,from these you read at once the natural and artificial features of the country shown on your map4 ,it should be borne in mind that these conventional signs are not necessarily drawn to scale1 as are the distances4 ,they show the position and outline of the features rather than the size4 ,this for the reason that many of the features shown1 if drawn to scale1 would be so small that one could not make them out except with a magnifying glass4 ,if the exact dimensions are of any importance1 they will be written in figures on the map4 ,for instance1 bridges4 ,in addition to the above conventional signs1 we have contours to show the elevations1 depressions1 slope1 and shape of the ground4 ,abroad1 hachures are much used1 but they serve only to indicate elevation1 and1 as compared to contours1 are of little value4 ,contours resemble the lines shown in figure #d 7p4 #bei74 ,hachures are shown in figure #e 7p4 #bei71 and may be found on any ,european map4 ,they simply show slopes1 and1 when carefully drawn1 show steeper slopes by heavier shading and gentler slopes by the fainter hachures4 ,the crest of the mountain is within the hachures4 7,see fig4 #e1 p4 #bei47 ,contours4--,a certain student1 when asked by his instructor to define space1 said3 ,i have it1 sir1 in my head1 but can not put it into words4 ,the instructor replied3 ,i suppose that under those circumstances1 ,mr4 ----1 the definition really would not help much4 ,and so it is with contours--the definition does not help much if you know a contour when you meet it on a map4 ,for examples of contours1 turn to the map facing page #bgd1 and1 starting at the ,united ,states penitentiary1 note the smooth1 flowing1 irregular curved lines marked #hhj1 #hfj1 #hdj1 #hdj1 #hfj1 etc4 ,the only other lines on the map that at all resemble contours are stream lines1 like ,corral ,creek1 but the stream lines are readily distinguished from contours by the fact that they cross the contours squarely1 while the contours run approximately parallel to each other4 ,note the stream line just to the west of ,south ,merritt ,hill4 ,the contours represent lines on the ground that are horizontal and whose meanderings follow the surface1 just as the edge of a flood would follow the irregularities of the hills about it4 ,those lines that contours stand for are just as level as the water's edge of a lake1 but horizontally they wander back and forth to just as great a degree4 ,the line marked #hhj1 at the penitentiary1 passes through on that particular piece of ground every point that is #hhj feet above sea level4 ,should the ,missouri ,river rise in flood to #hhj feet1 the penitentiary would be on an island1 the edge of which is marked by the #hhj contour4 ,contours show several things2 among them the height of the ground they cross4 ,usually the contour has labeled on it in figures the height above some starting point1 called the datum plane--generally sea level4 ,if1 with a surveying instrument1 you put in on a piece of ground a lot of stakes1 each one of which is exactly the same height above sea level--that is1 run a line of levels--then make a map showing the location of the stakes1 a line drawn on the map through all the stake positions is a contour1 and shows the position of all points of that particular height4 ,on any given map all contours are equally spaced in a vertical direction1 and the map shows the location of a great number of points at certain fixed levels4 ,if you know the vertical interval between any two adjacent contours1 you know the vertical interval for all the contours on that map1 for these intervals on a given map are all the same4 ,with reference to a point through which no contour passes1 we can only say that the point in question is not higher than the next contour up the hill1 nor lower than the next one down the hill4 ,for the purposes of any problem1 it is usual to assume that the ground slopes evenly between the two adjacent contours and that the vertical height of the point above the lower contour is proportional to its horizontal distance from the contour1 as compared to the whole distance between the two contours4 ,for instance1 on the map1 find the height of point ,a4 ,the horizontal measurements are as shown on the map4 ,the vertical distance between the contours is #bj feet4 ,a is about one-quarter of the distance between the #hjj and the #hbj contours1 and we assume its height to be one-quarter of #bj feet 7#e feet7 higher than #hjj feet4 ,so the height of ,a is #hje feet4 ,the vertical interval is usually indicated in the corner of the map by the letters ,v4 ,i4 ,for instance3 ,v4 ,i4#bj feet4 ,on maps of very small pieces of ground1 the ,v4 ,i4 is usually small--perhaps as small as #a foot2 on maps of large areas on a small scale it may be very great--even #a1jjj feet4 ,contours also show slopes4 ,it has already been explained that from any contour to the next one above it the ground rises a fixed number of feet1 according to the vertical interval of that map4 ,from the scale of distances on the map the horizontal distance between any two contours can be found4 ,for example3 ,on the map the horizontal distance between ,d and ,e is #ij yards1 or #bgj feet4 ,the vertical distance is #bj feet1 the ,v4 ,i4 of the map4 ,the slope then is #bj_/bgj #a_/ac4e #g-a_/b #d-a_/b1 in all of which different ways the slope can be expressed4 ,illustration3 ,slope4 ,on a good many contoured maps a figure like this will be found in one of the corners3 ,illustration3 ,scale4 ,on that particular map contours separated by the distance ,illustration3 ,scale4 on the vertical scale show a slope of #a2 if separated by the distance ,illustration3 #b they show a #b slope1 etc4 ,a slope of #a is a rise of #a foot in #eg4 ,to use this scale of slopes1 copy it on the edge of a piece of paper just as you did the scale of distances and apply it directly to the map4 ,you will notice that where the contours lie closest the slope is steepest2 where they are farthest apart1 the ground is most nearly flat4 ,it has already been set forth how contours show height and slope2 in addition to this they show the shape of the ground1 or ,,ground ,,forms4 ,each single contour shows the shape at its particular level of the hill or valley it outlines2 for instance1 the #hhj contour about the penitentiary shows that the hill at that level has a shape somewhat like a horse's head4 ,similarly1 every contour on the map gives us the form of the ground at its particular level1 and knowing these ground forms for many levels we can form a fair conception of what the whole surface is like4 ,a round contour like the letter ,o outlines a round ground feature2 a long1 narrow one indicates a long1 narrow ground feature4 ,different hills and depressions have different shapes4 ,a good many of them have one shape at one level and another shape at another level1 all of which information will be given you by the contours on the map4 ,one of the ways to see how contours show the shape of the ground is to pour half a bucket of water into a small depression in the ground4 ,the water's edge will be exactly level1 and if the depression is approximately round the water's edge will also be approximately round4 ,the outline will look something like figure #f4 ,draw roughly on a piece of paper a figure of the same shape and you will have a contour showing the shape of the bit of ground where you poured your water4 ,next1 with your heel gouge out on one edge of your little pond a small1 round bay4 ,the water will rush in and the watermark on the soil will now be shaped something like figure #g4 ,alter your drawing accordingly1 and the new contour will show the new ground shape4 ,again do violence to the face of nature by digging with a stick a narrow inlet opening out of your miniature ocean1 and the watermark will now look something like figure #h4 ,alter your drawing once more and your contour shows again the hew ground form4 ,drop into your main pond a round clod and you will have a new watermark1 like figure #i1 to add to your drawing4 ,this new contour1 of the same level with the one showing the limit of the depression1 shows on the drawing the round island4 ,drop in a second clod1 this time long and narrow1 the watermark will be like figure #aj1 and the drawing of it1 properly placed1 will show another island of another shape4 ,your drawing now will look like figure #aa4 ,it shows a depression approximately round1 off which open a round bay and a long1 narrow bay4 ,there is also a round elevation and a long1 narrow one2 a long1 narrow ridge1 jutting out between the two bays1 and a short1 broad one across the neck of the round bay4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #f to #aa4 ,now flood your lake deeply enough to cover up the features you have introduced4 ,the new water line1 about as shown by the dotted line in figure #aa1 shows the oblong shape of the depression at a higher level2 the solid lines show the shape farther down2 the horizontal distance between the two contours at different points shows where the bank is steep and where the slope is gentler4 ,put together the information each of these contours gives you1 and you will see how contours show the shape of the ground4 ,on the little map you have drawn you have introduced all the varieties of ground forms there are2 therefore all contour forms4 ,the contours on an ordinary map seem much more complicated1 but this is due only to the number of them1 their length1 and many turns before they finally close on themselves4 ,or they may close off the paper4 ,but trace each one out1 and it will resolve itself into one of the forms shown in figure #aa4 ,just as the high-tide line around the continents of ,north and ,south ,america runs a long and tortuous course1 but finally closes back on itself1 so will every contour do likewise4 ,and just as truly as every bend in that high-tide mark turns out around a promontory1 or in around a bay1 so will every bend in a contour stand for a hill or a valley1 pointing to the lowlands if it be a hill1 and to the height if it mark a valley4 ,if the map embrace a whole continent or an island1 all the contours will be of closed form1 as in figure #aa1 but if it embrace only a part of the continent or island1 some of the contours will be chopped off at the edge of the map1 and we have the open form of contours1 as we would have if figure #aa were cut into two parts4 ,the closed form may indicate a hill or a basin2 the open form1 a ridge or a valley2 sometimes a casual glance does not indicate which4 ,take up1 first1 the contour of the open type4 ,if the map shows a stream running down the inside of the contour1 there is no difficulty in saying at once that the ground feature is a valley2 for instance1 ,v1 ,v1 ,v1 and the valley of ,corral ,creek on the map4 ,but if there is no stream line1 does the contour bend show a valley or a ridge8 ,first of all1 there is a radical difference between the bend of a contour round the head of a valley and its bend round the nose of a ridge4 ,compare on the map the valleys ,v and the ridges ,r4 ,the bend of the contour round the head of the valley is much sharper than the bend of the contour round the nose of the ridge4 ,this is a general truth1 not only in regard to maps1 but also in regard to ground forms4 ,study any piece of open ground and note how much wider are the ridges than the valleys4 ,where you find a hog back or devil's backbone1 you have an exception to the rule1 but the exceptions are not frequent enough to worry over4 ,to tell whether a given point is on a ridge or in a valley1 start from the nearest stream shown on the map and work across the map to the undetermined point1 keeping in mind that in a real trip across the country you start from the stream1 go up the hill to the top of a ridge1 down the other side of the hill to a watercourse1 then up a hill to the top of a ridge1 down again1 up again1 etc4 ,that is all traveling is--valley1 hill1 valley1 hill1 valley1 etc41 though you wander till the crack o' doom4 ,and so your map travels must go--valley1 hill1 valley1 hill--till you run off the map or come back to the starting point4 ,on the map1 follow the ,r-,v line1 ,v indicating valley and ,r ridge or hill4 ,note first the difference in sharpness in the contour bends2 also how the valley contours point to the highland and the ridge contours to the lowland4 ,the contours go thus3 ,illustration3 ,sketch ,low _/ ,high land4 ,the streams flow down the valleys1 and the sharp angle of the contour points always up stream4 ,note also how the junction of a stream and its tributary usually makes an angle that points down stream4 ,which way does this stream run8 ,water flows down hill4 ,if you are in the bed of a stream1 contours representing higher ground must be to your right and to your left4 ,get the elevations of these contours4 ,generally the nearest contour to the bank of the stream will cross the stream1 and there will be an angle or sharp turn in the contour at this crossing4 ,if the point of the angle or sharp turn is toward you1 you are going downstream2 if away from you1 you are going upstream4 ,if the contours are numbered1 you have only to look at the numbers to say where the low and where the high places are2 but to read a map with any speed one must be quite independent of these numbers4 ,in ordinary map reading look1 first of all1 for the stream lines4 ,the streams are the skeleton upon which the whole map is hung4 ,then pick out the hilltops and ridges1 and you have a body to clothe with all the details that will be revealed by a close and careful study of what the map maker has recorded4 ,as to closed contours1 they may outline a depression or a hill ,on the map #hha or #hhe might be hills or ponds1 as far as their shape is concerned4 ,but1 clearly1 they are hills1 for on either side are small streams running away from them4 ,if they were ponds1 the stream lines would run toward the closed contours4 ,the test of hill1 valley1 hill1 will always solve the problem when there are not enough stream lines shown to make evident at once whether a closed contour marks a pond or a hill4 ,look in the beginning for the stream lines and valleys1 and1 by contrast1 if for no other reason1 the hills and ridges at once loom up4 ,to illustrate the subject of contours to aid those who have difficulty in reading contoured maps the following is suggested3 #a4 ,secure modeling clay and build a mound4 #b4 ,use wire and slice this mound horizontally at equal vertical intervals into zones2 then insert vertical dowels through the mound of clay4 #c4 ,remove the top zone1 place on paper1 and draw outline of the bottom edge4 ,trim your paper roughly to the outline drawn4 ,indicate where the holes made by the dowels pierce the paper4 #d4 ,do the above with each zone of your mound4 #e4 ,place these papers in proper order on dowels similarly placed to ones in original mound at1 say1 #a inch vertical interval apart4 ,a skeleton mound results4 #f4 ,replace the zones of the clay mound and form the original clay mound along the side of skeleton mound4 #g4 ,now force all the paper sheets down the dowels onto the bottom sheet1 and we have a map of clay mound with contours4 ,,note4--,one-inch or #b-;inch planks can be made into any desired form by the use of dowels and similar procedure followed4 ,people frequently ask1 ,what should ,i see when ,i read a map8 and the answer is given1 ,the ground as it is4 ,this is not true any more than it is true that the words ,the valley of the ,meuse1 bring to your mind vine-clad hills1 a noble river1 and green fields where cattle graze4 ,nor can any picture ever put into your thought what the ,grand ,canyon really is4 ,what printed word or painted picture can not do1 a map will not4 ,a map says to you1 ,here stands a hill1 ,here is a valley1 ,this stream runs so1 and gives you a good many facts in regard to them4 ,but you do not have to see anything1 any more than you have to visualize ,liege in order to learn the facts of its geography4 ,a map sets forth cold facts in an alphabet all its own1 but an easy alphabet1 and one that tells with a few curving lines more than many thousand words could tell4 ,section #b4 ,sketching4 ,noncommissioned officers and selected privates should be able to make simple route sketches4 ,this is particularly useful in patrolling1 as thereby a patrol leader is able to give his commander a good idea of the country his patrol has traversed4 ,sketches should be made on a certain scale1 which should be indicated on the sketch1 such as #c inches on the sketch equals #a mile on the ground4 ,the north should be indicated on the sketch by means of an arrow pointing in that direction4 ,any piece of paper may be used to make the sketch on4 ,the back of the field-message blank is ruled and prepared for this purpose4 ,the abbreviations and conventional signs shown on the following pages should be used in making such simple sketches4 ,field ,maps and ,sketches4 ,the following abbreviations and signs are authorized for use on field maps and sketches4 ,for more elaborate map work the authorized conventional signs as given in the manual of ,conventional ,signs1 ,united ,states ,army ,maps12 are used4 ,abbreviations other than those given should not be used4 ,,abbreviations4 ,a4 ,arroyo4 abut4 ,abutment4 ,ar4 ,arch4 b4 ,brick4 ,b4,s4 ,blacksmith ,shop4 bot4 ,bottom4 ,br4 ,branch4 br4 ,bridge4 ,c4 ,cape4 cem4 ,cemetery4 con4 ,concrete4 cov4 ,covered4 ,cr4 ,creek4 d4 ,deep4 cul4 ,culvert4 ,d4,s4 ,drug ,store4 ,e4 ,east4 ,est4 ,estuary4 f4 ,fordable4 ,ft4 ,fort4 ,g4,s4 ,general ,store4 gir4 ,girder4 ,g4,m4 ,gristmill4 ,i4 ,iron4 ,i4 ,island4 ,jc4 ,junction4 k4p4 ,king-post4 ,l4 ,lake4 ,lat4 ,latitude4 ,ldg4 ,landing4 ,l4,s4,s4 ,life-,saving ,station4 ,l4,h4 ,lighthouse ,long4 ,longitude4 ,mt4 ,mountain4 ,mts4 ,mountains4 ,n4 ,north4 n4f4 ,not fordable4 ,p4 ,pier4 pk4 ,plank4 ,p4,o4 ,post ,office ,pt4 ,point4 q4p4 ,queen-post4 ,r4 ,river4 ,r4,h4 ,roundhouse4 ,r4,r4 ,railroad4 ,s4 ,south4 s4 ,steel4 ,s4,h4 ,schoolhouse4 ,s4,m4 ,sawmill4 ,sta4 ,station4 st4 ,stone4 str4 ,stream4 ,t4,g4 ,tollgate4 ,tres4 ,trestle4 tr4 ,truss4 ,w4,t4 ,water ,tank4 ,w4,w4 ,water ,works4 ,w4 ,west4 w4 ,wood4 wd4 ,wide4 ,,signs--,,field ,,maps ,,and ,,sketches4 ,telegraph ,line ,symbol 7modified below7 ,along improved road ,along unimproved road ,along trail ,railroads ,single track ,double track ,trolley ,roads ,improved ,unimproved ,trail ,fences barbed wire smooth wire wood stone hedge ,page with sketch examples of bridge1 streams1 house1 church1 school house1 woods1 orchards1 cultivated land1 brush1 crops or grass1 cemetery1 trees1 cut and fill4 ,illustration3 ,map4 ,,chapter ,,xi4 ,,message ,,blanks4 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------ ,no4 ,sent ,time4 ,rec'd ,time4 ,check4 ,u4 ,s4 ,,army ,,field by4 by4 ,,message4 7,these spaces for ,signal ,operators only47 ---------------------------------------- ----------------------------- ,communicated by ,name of sending detachment4 ,buzzer1 ,phone1 ,telegraph1 ,wireless1 ,from ,lantern1 ,helio1 ,flag1 ,cyclist1 ,foot ,messenger1,at ,mounted ,messenger1 ,motor ,car1 ,flying ,machine4 ,underscore means used4 ,date ,hour ,no ------------------------ ,to ,received ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------ ,the heading ,from is filled in with the name of the detachment sending the information3 as ,officer's ,patrol1 #gth ,cav4 ,messages sent on the same day from the same source to the same person are numbered consecutively4 ,the address is written briefly1 thus3 ,commanding officer1 ,outpost1 #ast ,brigade4 ,in the signature the writer's surname only and rank are given4 ,this blank is four and a half by six and three-quarters inches1 including the margin on the left for binding4 ,the back is ruled in squares1 the side of each square representing #ajj yards on a scale of #c inches to one mile1 for use in making simple sketches explanatory1 of the message4 ,it is issued by the ,signal ,corps in blocks of forty with duplicating sheets4 ,the regulation envelope is three by five and one-fourth inches and is printed as follows3 ,,united ,,states ,,army ,,field ,,message4 ,to ,no 7,for signal operator only47 ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------ ,when sent ,no ,rate of speed ,name of messenger ,when and by whom rec'd ,this ,envelope will be ,returned to ,bearer4 ,,chapter ,,xii4 ,,signals ,,and ,,codes4 7,extracts from ,signal ,book1 ,united ,states ,army1 #aiaf47 ,general ,instructions for ,army ,signaling4 #a4 ,each signal station will have its call1 consisting of one or two letters1 as ,washington1 ,w2 and each operator or signalist will also have his personal signal of one or two letters1 as ,jones1 ,jo4 ,these being once adopted will not be changed without due authority4 #b4 ,to lessen liability of error1 numerals which occur in the body of a message should be spelled out4 #c4 ,in receiving a message the man at the telescope should call out each letter as received1 and not wait for the completion of a word4 #d4 ,a record of the date and time of the receipt or transmission of every message must be kept4 #e4 ,the duplicate manuscript of messages received at1 or the original sent from1 a station should be carefully filed4 #f4 ,in receiving messages nothing should be taken for granted1 and nothing considered as seen until it has been positively and clearly in view4 ,do not anticipate what will follow from signals already given4 ,watch the communicating station until the last signals are made1 and be very certain that the signal for the end of the message has been given4 #g4 ,every address must contain at least two words and should be sufficient to secure delivery4 #h4 ,all that the sender writes for transmission after the word ,to is counted4 #i4 ,whenever more than one signature is attached to a message count all initials and names as a part of the message4 #aj4 ,dictionary words1 initial letters1 surnames of persons1 names of cities1 towns1 villages1 ,states1 and ,territories1 or names of the ,canadian ,provinces will be counted each as one word2 e4g41 ,new ,york1 ,district of ,columbia1 ,east ,st4 ,louis should each be counted as one word4 ,the abbreviation of the names of cities1 towns1 villages1 ,states1 ,territories1 and provinces will be counted the same as if written in full4 #aa4 ,abbreviations of weights and measures in common use1 figures1 decimal points1 bars of division1 and in ordinal numbers the affixes st1 d1 nd1 rd1 and th will be each counted as one word4 ,letters and groups of letters1 when such groups do not form dictionary words and are not combinations of dictionary words1 will be counted at the rate of five letters or fraction of five letters to a word4 ,when such groups are made up of combinations of dictionary words1 each dictionary word so used will be counted4 #ab4 ,the following are exceptions to paragraph #ee1 and are counted as shown3 ,a4 ,m #a word ,p4 ,m #a word ,o4 ,k #a word ,per cent #a word #ac4 ,no message will be considered sent until its receipt has been acknowledged by the receiving station4 ,the ,international ,morse or ,general ,service ,code4 #ah4 ,the ,international ,morse ,code is the ,general ,service ,code and is prescribed for use by the ,army of the ,united ,states and between the ,army and the ,navy of the ,united ,states4 ,it will be used on radio systems1 submarine cables using siphon recorders1 and with the heliograph1 flash-lanterns1 and all visual signaling apparatus using the wigwag4 ,alphabet4 ,a 4 -- ,b -- 4 4 4 ,c -- 4 -- 4 ,d -- 4 4 ,e 4 ,f 4 4 -- 4 ,g -- -- 4 ,h 4 4 4 4 ,i 4 4 ,j 4 -- -- -- ,k -- 4 -- ,l 4 -- 4 4 ,m -- -- ,n -- 4 ,o -- -- -- ,p 4 -- -- 4 ,q -- -- 4 -- ,r 4 -- 4 ,s 4 4 4 ,t -- ,u 4 4 -- ,v 4 4 4 -- ,w 4 -- -- ,x -- 4 4 -- ,y -- 4 -- -- ,z -- -- 4 4 ,numerals4 #a 4 -- -- -- -- #b 4 4 -- -- -- #c 4 4 4 -- -- #d 4 4 4 4 -- #e 4 4 4 4 4 #f -- 4 4 4 4 #g -- -- 4 4 4 #h -- -- -- 4 4 #i -- -- -- -- 4 #j -- -- -- -- -- ,punctuation4 ,period 4 4 4 4 4 4 ,comma 4 -- 4 -- 4 -- ,interrogation 4 4 -- -- 4 4 ,hyphen or dash -- 4 4 4 4 -- ,parenthesis 7before and after the words7 -- 4 -- -- 4 -- ,quotation mark 7beginning and ending7 4 -- 4 4 -- 4 ,exclamation -- -- 4 4 -- -- ,apostrophe 4 -- -- -- 4 ,semicolon -- 4 -- 4 -- 4 ,colon -- -- -- 4 4 4 ,bar indicating fraction -- 4 4 -- 4 ,underline 7before and after the word or words it is wished to underline7 4 4 -- -- 4 -- ,double dash 7between preamble and address1 between address and body of message1 between body of message and signature1 and immediately before a fraction7 -- 4 4 4 -- ,cross 4 -- 4 -- 4 ,visual ,signaling3 in ,general4 #ba4 ,methods of visual signaling are divided as follows3 7a7 ,by flag1 torch1 hand lantern1 or beam of searchlight 7without shutter47 7,general ,service ,code47 7b7 ,by heliograph1 flash lantern1 or searchlight 7with shutter47 7,general ,service ,code47 7c7 ,by ,ardois4 7,general ,service ,code47 7d7 ,by hand flags or by stationary semaphore4 7,two-arm semaphore ,code47 7e7 ,by preconcerted signals with ,coston lights1 rockets1 bombs1 ,very pistols1 small arms1 guns1 etc4 7f7 ,by flag signals by permanent hoists4 7,international ,code47 #bb4 ,the following conventional signals1 with exceptions noted1 will be used in the first four classes4 ,exceptions4 ,ardois and semaphore4 ,end of word4 ,interval4 ,end of sentence4 ,double interval4 ,end of message4 ,triple interval4 ,signal separating preamble from address2 address from text2 text from signature4 -- 4 4 4 -- ,double interval1 signature preceded also by ,sig interval4 ,acknowledgement4 ,r4 ,error4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 ,a4 ,negative4 ,k4 ,preparatory4 ,l4 ,annulling4 ,n4 ,affirmative4 ,p4 ,interrogatory4 4 4 -- -- 4 4 ,o4 ,repeat after word4 ,interrogatory4 ,a 7word74 ,repeat last message4 ,interrogatory three times4 ,send faster4 ,,qrq ,send slower4 ,,qrs ,cease sending4 ,,qrt ,wait a moment4 4 -- 4 4 4 ,none4 ,execute4 ,,ix1 ,,ix ,move to your right4 ,,mr ,move to your left4 ,,ml ,move up4 ,,mu ,move down4 ,,md ,finished 7end of work74 4 4 4 -- 4 -- ,none4 ,visual ,signaling3 ,by ,flag 7,wig-,wag71 ,torch1 ,hand ,lantern1 or ,beam or ,searchlight 7,without ,shutter74 ,,general ,,service ,,code4 #bc4 ,for the flag used with the ,general ,service ,code there are three motions and one position4 ,the position is with the flag held vertically1 the signalman facing directly toward the station with which it is desired to communicate4 ,the first motion 7the dot7 is to the right of the sender1 and will embrace an arc of #ij1 starting with the vertical and returning to it1 and will be made in a plane at right-angles to the line connecting the two stations4 ,the second motion 7the dash7 is a similar motion to the left of the sender4 ,the third motion 7front7 is downward directly in front of the sender and instantly returned upward to the first position4 ,front is used to indicate an interval4 #bd4 ,the beam of the searchlight1 though ordinarily used with the shutter like the heliograph1 may be used for long-distance signaling1 when no shutter is suitable or available1 in a similar manner to the flag or torch1 the first position being a vertical one4 ,a movement of the beam #ij to the right of the sender indicates a dot1 a similar movement to the left indicates a dash2 the beam is lowered vertically for front4 #be4 ,to use the torch or hand lantern1 a footlight must be employed as a point of reference to the motion4 ,the lantern is most conveniently swung out upward to the right of the footlight for a dot1 to the left for a dash1 and raised vertically for front4 ,,note4--,to call a station1 make the call letter until acknowledged1 at intervals giving the call or signal of the calling station4 ,if the call letter of a station is unknown1 wave flag until acknowledged4 ,in using the searchlight without shutter throw the beam in a vertical position and move it through an arc of #ahj in a plane at right angles to the line connecting the two stations until acknowledged4 ,to acknowledge a call1 signal ,acknowledgment followed by the call letter of the acknowledging station4 ,signaling with ,heliograph1 ,flash lantern1 and ,searchlight 7,with ,shutter47 ,,general ,,service ,,code4 #bf4 ,the first position is to turn a steady flash on the receiving station4 ,the signals are made by short and long flashes4 ,use a short flash for dot and a long steady flash for dash4 ,the elements of a letter should be slightly longer than in sound signals4 #bg4 ,to call a station1 make its call letter until acknowledged4 #bh4 ,if the call letter of a station be unknown1 signal ,a until acknowledged4 ,each station will then turn on a steady flash and adjust4 ,when adjustment is satisfactory to the called station1 it will cut off its flash and the calling station will proceed with its message4 #bi4 ,if the receiver sees that the sender's mirror or light needs adjustment1 he will turn on a steady flash until answered by a steady flash4 ,when the adjustment is satisfactory the receiver will cut off his flash and the sender will resume his message4 #cj4 ,to break the sending station for other purposes1 turn on a steady flash4 ,,sound ,,signals4 #ef4 ,sound signals made by the whistle1 foghorn1 bugle1 trumpet1 and drum may well be used in a fog1 mist1 falling snow1 or at night4 ,they may be used with the dot and dash code4 ,in applying the ,general ,service ,code to whistle1 foghorn1 bugle1 or trumpet1 one short blast indicates a dot and one long blast a dash4 ,with the drum1 one tap indicates a dot and two taps in rapid succession a dash4 ,although these signals can be used with a dot and dash code1 they should be so used in connection with a preconcerted or conventional code4 ,signaling by ,two-,arm ,semaphore4 ,,hand ,,flags4 #dc4 ,signaling by the two-arm semaphore is the most rapid method of sending spelled-out messages4 ,it is1 however1 very liable to error if the motions are slurred over or run together in an attempt to make speed4 ,both arms should move rapidly and simultaneously1 but there should be a perceptible pause at the end of each letter before making the movements for the next letter4 ,rapidity is secondary to accuracy4 ,for alphabet see pages following4 ,illustration3 ,hand-signal4 ,illustration3 ,hand-signal4 ,,note4--,in making the interval the flags are crossed downward in front of the body 7just above the knees72 the double interval is the chop-chop signal made twice2 the triple interval is chop-chop signal made three times4 ,in calling a station face it squarely and make its call4 ,if there is no immediate reply wave the flags over the head to attract attention1 making the call at frequent intervals4 ,when the sender makes end of message the receiver1 if message is understood1 extends the flags horizontally and waves them until the sender does the same1 when both leave their stations4 ,care must be taken with hand flags to hold the staffs so as to form a prolongation of the arms4 ,,letter ,,codes4 ,,infantry4 #dg4 ,for use with ,general ,service ,code or semaphore hand flags4 ---------------------------------------- --------------------------------- ,letter of ,if signaled from the ,if signaled from the alphabet4 rear to the firing firing line to the rear4 line4 ---------------------------------------- --------------------------------- ,,am ,ammunition going forward4 ,ammunition required4 ,,ccc ,charge 7mandatory at all ,am about to charge if no times74 instructions to the contrary4 ,,cf ,cease firing4 ,cease firing4 ,,dt ,double time or rush4 ,double time or rush4 ,f ,commence firing ,,fb ,fix bayonets4 ,,fl ,artillery fire is causing us losses4 ,g ,move forward4 ,preparing to move forward4 ,,hhh ,halt4 ,k ,negative4 ,negative4 ,,lt ,left4 ,left4 ,o ,what is the 7,r4 ,n41 etc478 ,what is the 7,r4 ,n41 etc478 7,ardois and semaphore only47 ,interrogatory4 ,interrogatory4 4 4 -- -- 4 4 ,what is the 7,r4 ,n41 etc478 ,what is the 7,r4 ,n44 etc478 7,all methods but ,interrogatory4 ,interrogatory4 ardois and semaphore47 ,p ,affirmative4 ,affirmative4 ,,rn ,range4 ,range4 ,,rt ,right4 ,right4 ,,sss ,support going forward4 ,support needed4 ,,suf ,suspend firing4 ,suspend firing4 ,t ,target4 ,target4 ---------------------------------------- --------------------------------- ,,cavalry4 #dh4 ,for use with ,general ,service ,code or semaphore hand flags4 ,,am--,ammunition going forward 7if signaled from the rear to the front74 ,ammunition required 7if signaled from the front74 ,,ccc--,charge 7if signaled from the rear to the front74 ,about to charge if no instructions to the contrary47if signaled from the front74 ,,cf--,cease firing4 ,,dt--,double time1 rush1 or hurry4 ,f--,commence firing4 ,,fl--,artillery fire is causing us losses4 ,g--,move forward 7if signaled from the rear to the front74 ,preparing to move forward 7if signaled from the front74 ,,hhh--,halt4 ,k--,negative4 ,,lt--,left4 ,m--,bring up the horses 7if signaled from front to rear74 ,horses going forward 7if signaled from rear to front74 ,o--,what is the 7,r4 ,n41 etc47 ,interrogatory4 7,ardois and semaphore only47 44--44--,what is the 7,r1 ,n41 etc478 ,interrogatory4 7,all methods but ,ardois and semaphore74 ,p--,affirmative4 ,r--,acknowledgment4 ,,rn--,range4 ,,rt--,right4 ,,sss--,support going forward 7if signaled from the rear to the front74 ,support needed 7if signaled from the front47 ,,suf--,suspend firing4 ,t--,target4 ,,field ,,artillery4 #di4 ,for use with ,general ,service ,code or semaphore hand flags4 44444444--,error4 7,all methods but ,ardois and semaphore47 ,a--,error4 7,ardois and semaphore only47 ,,ad--,additional4 ,,akt--,draw ammunition from combat train4 ,,al--,draw ammunition from limbers4 ,,am--,ammunition going forward4 ,,amc--,at my command4 ,,ap--,aiming point4 ,b 7numerals7--,battery 7so many7 rounds4 ,,bs 7numerals7--7,such47 ,battalion station4 ,,bl--,battery from the left4 ,,br--,battery from the right4 ,,ccc--,charge 7mandatory at all times74 ,am about to charge if not instructed to contrary4 ,,cf--,cease firing4 ,,cs--,close station4 ,,ct--,change target4 ,d--,down4 ,,df--,deflection4 ,,dt--,double time4 ,rush4 ,hurry4 ,f--,commence firing4 ,,fcl 7numerals7--,on #ast piece close by 7so much74 ,,fl--,artillery fire is causing us losses4 ,,fop 7numerals7--,on #ast piece open by 7so much74 ,g--,move forward4 ,preparing to move forward4 ,,hhh--,halt4 ,action suspended4 ,,ix--,execute4 ,go ahead4 ,transmit4 ,,ji--,report firing data4 ,k--,negative4 ,no4 ,,kr--,corrector4 ,l--,preparatory4 ,attention4 ,,lcl 7numerals7--,on #dth piece close by 7so much74 ,,lop 7numerals7--,on #dth piece open by 7so much74 ,,lt--,left4 ,,ll--,left from the left4 ,,lr--,left from the right4 ,,le 7numerals7--,less 7so much74 ,,md--,move down4 ,,ml--,move to your left4 ,,mr--,move to your right4 ,,mu--,move up4 ,,mo 7numerals7--,move 7so much74 ,n--,annul1 cancel4 ,o--,what is the 7,r4 ,n41 etc478 ,interrogatory4 7,ardois and semaphore only47 4 4 -- -- 4 4 -- ,what is the 7,r4 ,n41 etc478 ,interrogatory4 7,all methods but ,ardois and semaphore47 ,p--,affirmative4 ,yes4 ,,ps--,percussion4 ,shrapnel4 ,,qrq--,send faster4 ,,qrs--,send slower4 ,,qrt--,cease sending4 ,r--,acknowledgment4 ,received4 ,,rs--,regimental station4 ,,rl--,right from the left4 ,,rr--,right from the right4 ,,rn--,range4 ,,rt--,right4 ,s--,subtract4 ,,scl 7numerals7--,on #b;d piece close by 7so much74 ,,sop 7numerals7--,on #b;d piece open by 7so much74 ,,sh--,shell4 ,,si--,site4 ,,sss--,support needed4 ,t--,target4 ,,tcl 7numericals7--,on #c;d piece close by 7so much74 ,,top 7numerals7--,on #c;d piece open by 7so much74 ,u--,up4 ,y 7letter7--,such battery station4 ,,chapter ,,xiii4 ,,first-,,aid ,,rules4 ,the bandages and dressings contained in the first-aid packet have been so treated as to destroy any germs thereon4 ,therefore1 when dressing a wound1 be careful not to touch or handle that part of the dressing which is to be applied to the wound4 ,a sick or injured person should always be made to lie down on his back1 if practicable1 as this is the most comfortable position1 and all muscles may be relaxed4 ,all tight articles of clothing and equipment should be loosened1 so as not to interfere with breathing or the circulation of the blood4 ,belts1 collars1 and the trousers at the waist should be opened4 ,don't let mere onlookers crowd about the patient4 ,they prevent him from getting fresh air and also make him nervous and excited4 ,in case of injury the heart action is generally weak from shock1 and the body1 therefore1 grows somewhat cold4 ,so don't remove any more clothing than is necessary to expose the injury4 ,cut or rip the clothing1 but don't pull it4 ,try to disturb the patient as little as possible4 ,don't touch a wound with your fingers or a handkerchief1 or with anything else but the first-aid dressing4 ,don't wash the wound with water1 as you may infect it4 ,don't administer stimulants 7whisky1 brandy1 wine1 etc47 unless ordered to do so by a doctor4 ,while in a few cases stimulants are of benefit1 in a great many cases they do positive harm1 especially where there has been any bleeding4 ,the heart may be considered as a pump and the arteries as a rubber hose1 which carry the blood from the heart to every part of the body4 ,the veins are the hose which carry the blood back to the heart4 ,every wound bleeds some1 but1 unless a large artery or a large vein is cut1 the bleeding will stop after a short while if the patient is kept quiet and the first-aid dressing is bound over the wound so as to make pressure on it4 ,when a large artery is cut the blood gushes out in spurts every time the heart beats4 ,in this case it is necessary to stop the flow of blood by pressing upon the hose somewhere between the heart and the leak4 ,if the leak is in the arm or hand1 apply pressure as in figure #a4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a4 ,if the leak is in the leg1 apply pressure as in figure #b4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #b4 ,if the leak is in the shoulder or armpit1 apply pressure as in figure #c4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #c4 ,the reason for this is that at the places indicated the arteries may be pressed against a bone more easily than at any other places4 ,another way of applying pressure 7by means of a tourniquet7 is shown in figure #d4 ,place a pad of tightly rolled cloth or paper1 or any suitable object1 over the artery4 ,tie a bandage loosely about the limb and then insert your bayonet1 or a stick1 and twist up the bandage until the pressure of the pad on the artery stops the leak4 ,twist the bandage slowly and stop as soon as the blood ceases to flow1 in order not to bruise the flesh or muscles unnecessarily4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #d4--;,improvised tourniquet4 ,a tourniquet may cause pain and swelling of the limb1 and if left on too long may cause the limb to die4 ,therefore1 about every half hour or so loosen the bandage very carefully1 but if the bleeding continues pressure must be applied again4 ,in this case apply the pressure with the thumb for five or ten minutes1 as this cuts off only the main artery and leaves some of the smaller arteries and the veins free to restore some of the circulation4 ,when a tourniquet is painful it is too tight and should be carefully loosened a little4 ,if the leg or arm is held upright1 this also helps to reduce the bleeding in these parts1 because the heart then has to pump the blood uphill4 ,a broken bone is called a fracture4 ,the great danger in the case of a fracture is that the sharp1 jagged edges of the bones may stick through the flesh and skin1 or tear and bruise the arteries1 veins1 and muscles4 ,if the skin is not broken1 a fracture is not so serious1 as no germs can get in4 ,therefore never move a person with a broken bone until the fracture has been so fixed that the broken ends of the bone can not move4 ,if the leg or arm is broken1 straighten the limb gently and if necessary pull upon the end firmly to get the bones in place4 ,then bind the limb firmly to a splint to hold it in place4 ,a splint may be made of any straight1 stiff material--a shingle or piece of board1 a bayonet1 a rifle1 a straight branch of a tree1 etc4 ,whatever material you use must be well padded on the side next to the limb4 ,be careful never to place the bandages over the fracture1 but always above and below4 7,figs4 #e1 #f1 #g1 #h47 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #e4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #f4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #g4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #h4 ,many surgeons think that the method of binding a broken leg to the well one1 and of binding the arm to the body1 is the best plan in the field as being the quickest and one that serves the immediate purpose4 ,with wounds about the body1 the chest1 and abdomen you must not meddle except to protect them when possible1 without much handling1 with the materials of the packet4 ,,fainting1 ,,shock1 ,,heat ,,exhaustion4 ,the symptoms of fainting1 shock1 and heat exhaustion are very similar4 ,the face is pale1 the skin cool and moist1 the pulse is weak1 and generally the patient is unconscious4 ,keep the patient quiet1 resting on his back1 with his head low4 ,loosen the clothing1 but keep the patient warm1 and give stimulants 7whisky1 hot coffee1 tea1 etc474 ,,sunstroke4 ,in the case of sunstroke the face is flushed1 the skin is dry and very hot1 and the pulse is full and strong4 ,in this case place the patient in a cool spot1 remove the clothing1 and make every effort to lessen the heat in the body by cold applications to the head and surface generally4 ,do not1 under any circumstances1 give any stimulants or hot drinks4 ,,freezing ,,and ,,frostbite4 ,the part frozen1 which looks white or bluish white1 and is cold1 should be very slowly raised in temperature by brisk but careful rubbing in a cool place1 and never near a fire4 ,stimulants are to be given cautiously when the patient can swallow1 and followed by small amounts of warm liquid nourishment4 ,the object is to restore the circulation of the blood and the natural warmth gradually and not violently4 ,care and patience are necessary to do this4 ,,resuscitation ,,of ,,the ,,apparently ,,drowned4 ,in the instruction of the ,army in ,first ,aid the method of resuscitation of the apparently drowned1 as described by ,schaefer1 will be taught instead of the ,sylvester ,method1 heretofore used4 ,the ,schaefer method of artificial respiration is also applicable in cases of electric shock1 asphyxiation by gas1 and of the failure of respiration following concussion of the brain4 ,being under water for four or five minutes is generally fatal1 but an effort to revive the apparently drowned should always be made1 unless it is known that the body has been under water for a very long time4 ,the attempt to revive the patient should not be delayed for the purpose of removing his clothes or placing him in the ambulance4 ,begin the procedure as soon as he is out of the water1 on the shore or in the boat4 ,the first and most important thing is to start artificial respiration without delay4 ,the ,schaefer method is preferred because it can be carried out by one person without assistance1 and because its procedure is not exhausting to the operator1 thus permitting him1 if required1 to continue it for one or two hours4 ,when it is known that a person has been under water for but a few minutes continue the artificial respiration for at least one and a half to two hours before considering the case hopeless4 ,once the patient has begun to breathe watch carefully to see that he does not stop again4 ,should the breathing be very faint1 or should he stop breathing1 assist him again with artificial respiration4 ,after he starts breathing do not lift him nor permit him to stand until the breathing has become full and regular4 ,,schaefer ,,method4 ,as soon as the patient is removed from the water1 turn him face to the ground1 clasp your hands under his waist1 and raise the body so any water may drain out of the air passages while the head remains low4 7,figure #i47 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #i4--,schaefer method of artificial respiration4 ,inspiration4 ,the patient is laid on his stomach1 arms extended from his body beyond his head1 face turned to one side so that the mouth and nose do not touch the ground4 ,this position causes the tongue to fall forward of its own weight and so prevents its falling back into the air passages4 ,turning the head to one side prevents the face coming into contact with mud or water during the operation4 ,this position also facilitates the removal from the mouth of foreign bodies1 such as tobacco1 chewing gum1 false teeth1 etc41 and favors the expulsion of mucus1 blood1 vomitus1 serum1 or any liquid that may be in the air passages4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aj--,schaefer method of artificial respiration4 ,expiration4 ,the operator kneels1 straddles one or both of the patient's thighs1 and faces his head4 ,locating the lowest rib1 the operator1 with his thumbs nearly parallel to his fingers1 places his hands so that the little finger curls over the twelfth rib4 ,if the hands are on the pelvic bones1 the object of the work is defeated2 hence the bones of the pelvis are first located in order to avoid them4 ,the hands must be free from the pelvis and resting on the lowest rib4 ,by operating on the bare back it is easier to locate the lower ribs and avoid the pelvis4 ,the nearer the ends of the ribs the hands are placed without sliding off the better4 ,the hands are thus removed from the spine1 the fingers being nearly out of sight4 ,the fingers help some1 but the chief pressure is exerted by the heels 7thenar and hypothenar eminences7 of the hands1 with the weight coming straight from the shoulders4 ,it is a waste of energy to bend the arms at the elbows and shove in from the sides1 because the muscles of the back are stronger than the muscles of the arms4 ,the operator's arms are held straight1 and his weight is brought from his shoulders by bringing his body and shoulders forward4 ,this weight is gradually increased until at the end of the three seconds of vertical pressure upon the lower ribs of the patient the force is felt to be heavy enough to compress the parts2 then the weight is suddenly removed4 ,if there is danger of not returning the hands to the right position again1 they can remain lightly in place2 but it is usually better to remove the hands entirely4 ,if the operator is light and the patient an overweight adult1 he can utilize over #hj per cent of his weight by raising his knees from the ground and supporting himself entirely on his toes and the heels of his hands1 the latter properly placed on the ends of the floating ribs of the patient4 ,in this manner he can work as effectively as a heavy man4 ,a light feather or a piece of absorbent cotton drawn out thin and held near the nose by some one will indicate by its movements whether or not there is a current of air going and coming with each forced expiration and spontaneous inspiration4 ,the natural rate of breathing is #ab to #ae times per minute4 ,the rate of operation should not exceed this4 ,the lungs must be thoroughly emptied by three seconds of pressure1 then refilling takes care of itself4 ,pressure and release of pressure--one complete respiration--occupies about five seconds4 ,if the operator is alone1 he can be guided in each act by his own deep1 regular respiration or by counting or by his watch lying by his side4 ,if comrades are present1 he can be advised by them4 ,the duration of the efforts as artificial respiration should ordinarily exceed an hour2 indefinitely longer if there are any evidences of returning animation1 by way of breathing1 speaking1 or movements4 ,there are liable to be evidences of life within #be minutes in patients who will recover from electric shock1 but where there is doubt the patient should be given the benefit of the doubt4 ,in drowning1 especially1 recoveries are on record after two hours or more of unconsciousness2 hence1 the ,schaefer method1 being easy of operation1 is more likely to be persisted in4 ,aromatic spirits of ammonia may be poured on a handkerchief and held continuously within #c inches of the face and nose4 ,if other ammonia preparations are used1 they should be diluted or held farther away4 ,try it on your own nose first4 ,when the operator is a heavy man it is necessary to caution him not to bring force too violently upon the ribs1 as one of them might be broken4 ,do not attempt to give liquids of any kind to the patient while unconscious4 ,apply warm blankets and hot-water bottles as soon as they can be obtained4 ,,chapter ,,xiv4 ,,laws ,,and ,,regulations4 ,section #a4 ,general provisions4 ,the ,army of the ,united ,states is governed by certain laws called ,the ,articles of ,war and certain regulations called ,army ,regulations4 ,the following list includes the offenses most often committed by soldiers1 generally through ignorance or carelessness rather than viciousness4 ,violations of any rule or regulation should be carefully guarded against1 since they not only subject the offender to punishment1 but also bring discredit on his comrades1 his organization1 and on the military profession3 #a4 ,selling1 pawning1 or1 through neglect1 losing or spoiling any ,government property1 such as uniforms1 blankets1 equipment1 ammunition1 etc4 #b4 ,disobedience of the orders of any officer or noncommissioned officer4 #c4 ,disrespect to an officer or noncommissioned officer4 #d4 ,absence from camp without leave4 #e4 ,absence from any drill1 formation1 or other duty without authority4 #f4 ,drunkenness on duty or off duty1 whether in camp or when absent either with or without leave4 #g4 ,bringing liquor into camp4 #h4 ,noisy or disorderly conduct in camp or when absent either with or without leave4 #i4 ,entering on private property1 generally for the purpose of stealing fruit1 etc4 #aj4 ,negligence or carelessness at drill or on other duty1 particularly while on guard or as a sentinel over prisoners4 #aa4 ,wearing an unauthorized uniform or wearing the uniform in an improper manner4 #ab4 ,urinating in or around camp4 #ac4 ,failing to salute properly4 #ad4 ,disrespect or affront to a sentinel4 #ae4 ,abuse or neglect of his horse4 ,the basic principles of the combat tactics of the different arms are set forth in the ,drill ,regulations of those arms for units as high as brigades4 7,preface1 ,field ,service ,regulations47 ,the ,drill ,regulations are furnished as a guide4 ,they provide the principles for training and for increasing the probability of success in battle4 ,in the interpretation of the regulations the spirit must be sought4 ,quibbling over the minuti of form is indicative of failure to grasp the spirit4 7,paragraph #d1 ,infantry ,drill ,regulations47 ,field ,service ,regulations govern all arms of the ,army of the ,united ,states4 ,section #b4 ,the ,army of the ,united ,states4 ,the ,army of the ,united ,states shall consist of the ,regular ,army1 the ,volunteer ,army1 the ,officers' ,reserve ,corps1 the ,enlisted ,reserve ,corps1 the ,national ,guard while in the service of the ,united ,states1 and such other land forces as are now or may hereafter be authorized by law4 7,sec4 #a1 act of ,june #c1 #aiaf47 ,section #c4 ,rank and precedence of officers and noncommissioned officers4 ,the following are the grades of rank of officers and noncommissioned officers3 #a4 ,lieutenant general4 #b4 ,major general4 #c4 ,brigadier general4 #d4 ,colonel4 #e4 ,lieutenant colonel4 #f4 ,major4 #g4 ,captain4 #h4 ,first ,lieutenant4 #i4 ,second lieutenant4 #aj4 ,aviator1 ,signal ,corps4 #aa4 ,cadet4 #ab4 7a7 ,sergeant major1 regimental2 sergeant major1 senior grade1 ,coast ,artillery ,corps2 7b7 quartermaster sergeant1 senior grade1 ,quartermaster ,corps2 master hospital sergeant1 ,medical ,department2 master engineer1 senior grade1 ,corps of ,engineers2 master electrician1 ,coast ,artillery ,corps2 master signal electrician2 band leader2 7c7 hospital sergeant1 ,medical ,department2 master engineer1 junior grade1 ,corps of ,engineers2 engineer1 ,coast ,artillery ,corps4 #ac4 ,ordnance sergeant2 quartermaster sergeant1 ,quartermaster ,corps2 supply sergeant1 regimental4 #ad4 ,sergeant major1 squadron and battalion2 sergeant major1 junior grade1 ,coast ,artillery ,corps2 supply sergeant1 battalion1 ,corps of ,engineers4 #ae4 7a7 ,first sergeant2 7b7 sergeant1 first class1 ,medical ,department2 sergeant1 first class1 ,quartermaster ,corps2 sergeant1 first class1 ,corps of ,engineers2 sergeant1 first class1 ,signal ,corps2 electrician sergeant1 first class1 ,coast ,artillery ,corps2 electrician sergeant1 ,artillery ,detachment1 ,united ,states ,military ,academy2 assistant engineer1 ,coast ,artillery ,corps2 7c7 master gunner1 ,coast ,artillery ,corps2 master gunner1 ,artillery ,detachment1 ,united ,states ,military ,academy2 band sergeant and assistant leader1 ,united ,states ,military ,academy band2 assistant band leader2 sergeant bugler2 electrician sergeant1 second class1 ,coast ,artillery ,corps2 electrician sergeant1 second class1 ,artillery ,detachment1 ,united ,states ,military ,academy2 radio sergeant4 #af4 ,color sergeant4 #ag4 ,sergeant2 supply sergeant1 company2 mess sergeant2 stable sergeant2 fireman1 ,coast ,artillery ,corps4 #ah4 ,corporal4 ,in each grade and subgrade date of commission1 appointment1 or warrant determines the order of precedence4 7,paragraph #i1 ,army ,regulations1 #aiac47 ,section #d4 ,insignia of officers and noncommissioned officers4 ,the insignia of rank appearing on the shoulder straps1 shoulder loops1 or collar of shirt 7when shirt is worn without coat7 of officers are as follows3 ,general3 ,coat of arms and two stars4 ,lieutenant general3 ,one large star and two smaller ones4 ,major general3 ,two silver stars4 ,brigadier general3 ,one silver star4 ,colonel3 ,one silver spread eagle4 ,lieutenant colonel3 ,one silver leaf4 ,major3 ,one gold leaf4 ,captain3 ,two silver bars4 ,first lieutenant3 ,one silver bar4 ,the grade of noncommissioned officers is indicated by chevrons worn on the sleeve4 ,section #e4 ,extracts from the ,articles of ,war4 7,relating to enlisted men47 ,,certain ,,articles ,,to ,,be ,,read ,,and ,,explained4 ,,art4 #aaj4 ,articles #a1 #b1 and #bi1 #ed to #if1 inclusive1 and #ajd to #aji1 inclusive1 shall be read and explained to every soldier at the time of his enlistment or muster in1 or within six days thereafter1 and shall be read and explained once every six months to the soldiers of every garrison1 regiment1 or company in the service of the ,united ,states4 ,,definitions4 ,,article #a4 ,the following words when used in these articles shall be construed in the sense indicated in this article1 unless the context shows that a different sense is intended1 namely3 7a7 ,the word officer shall be construed to refer to a commissioned officer2 7b7 ,the word soldier shall be construed as including a noncommissioned officer1 a private1 or any other enlisted man2 7c7 ,the word company shall be understood as including a troop or battery2 and 7d7 ,the word battalion shall be understood as including a squadron4 ,,persons ,,subject ,,to ,,military ,,law4 ,,art4 #b4 ,the following persons are subject to these articles and shall be understood as included in the term any person subject to military law or persons subject to military law whenever used in these articles3 ,provided1 ,that nothing contained in this act1 except as specifically provided in article #b1 subparagraph 7c71 shall be construed to apply to any person under the ,united ,states naval jurisdiction1 unless otherwise specifically provided by law2 7a7 ,all officers and soldiers belonging to the ,regular ,army of the ,united ,states2 all volunteers1 from the dates of their muster or acceptance into the military service of the ,united ,states2 and all other persons lawfully called1 drafted1 or ordered into or to duty or for training in the said service1 from the dates they are required by the terms of the call1 draft1 or order to obey the same4 7b7 ,cadets4 7c7 ,officers and soldiers of the ,marine ,corps when detached for service with the armies of the ,united ,states by order of the ,president3 ,provided1 ,that an officer or soldier of the ,marine ,corps when so detached may be tried by military court-martial for an offense committed against the laws for the government of the naval service prior to his detachment1 and for an offense committed against these articles he may be tried by a naval court-martial after such detachment ceases4 7d7 ,all retainers to the camp and all persons accompanying or serving with the armies of the ,united ,states without the territorial jurisdiction of the ,united ,states1 and in times of war all such retainers and persons accompanying or serving with the armies of the ,united ,states in the field1 both within and without the territorial jurisdiction of the ,united ,states1 though not otherwise subject to these articles4 7e7 ,all persons under sentence adjudged by courts-martial4 7f7 ,all persons admitted into the ,regular ,army ,soldiers' ,home at ,washington1 ,d4 ,c4 ,,enlistment ,,without ,,discharge4 ,,art4 #bi4 ,any soldier who1 without having first received a regular discharge1 again enlists in the ,army1 or in the militia when in the service of the ,united ,states1 or in the ,navy or ,marine ,corps of the ,united ,states1 or in any foreign army1 shall be deemed to have deserted the service of the ,united ,states1 and1 where enlistment is in one of the forces of the ,united ,states mentioned above1 to have fraudulently enlisted therein4 ,,fraudulent ,,enlistment4 ,,art4 #ed4 ,any person who shall procure himself to be enlisted in the military service of the ,united ,states by means of willful misrepresentation or concealment as to his qualifications for enlistment1 and shall receive pay or allowances under such enlistment1 shall be punished as a court-martial may direct4 ,,officer ,,making ,,unlawful ,,enlistment4 ,,art4 #ee4 ,any officer who knowingly enlists or musters into the military service any person whose enlistment or muster in is prohibited by law1 regulations1 or orders shall be dismissed from the service or suffer such other punishment as a court-martial may direct4 ,,muster ,,rolls--,,false ,,muster4 ,,art4 #ef4 ,at every muster of a regiment1 troop1 battery1 or company the commanding officer thereof shall give to the mustering officer certificates1 signed by himself1 stating how long absent officers have been absent and the reasons of their absence4 ,and the commanding officer of every troop1 battery1 or company shall give like certificates1 stating how long absent noncommissioned officers and private soldiers have been absent and the reasons of their absence4 ,such reasons and time of absence shall be inserted in the muster rolls opposite the names of the respective absent officers and soldiers1 and the certificates1 together with the muster rolls1 shall be transmitted by the mustering officer to the ,department of ,war as speedily as the distance of the place and muster will admit4 ,any officer who knowingly makes a false muster of man or animal1 or who signs or directs or allows the signing of any muster roll knowing the same to contain false muster or false statement as to the absence or pay of an officer or soldier1 or who wrongfully takes money or other consideration on mustering in a regiment1 company1 or other organization1 or on signing muster rolls1 or who knowingly musters as an officer or soldier a person who is not such officer or soldier1 shall be dismissed from the service and suffer such other punishment as a court-martial may direct4 ,,false ,,returns--,,omission ,,to ,,render ,,returns4 ,,art4 #eg4 ,every officer commanding a regiment1 an independent troop1 battery1 or company1 or a garrison shall1 in the beginning of every month1 transmit1 through the proper channels1 to the ,war ,department an exact return of the same1 specifying the names of the officers then absent from their posts1 with the reasons for and the time of their absence4 ,every officer whose duty it is to render to the ,war ,department or other superior authority a return of the state of the troops under his command1 or of the arms1 ammunition1 clothing1 funds1 or other property thereunto belonging1 who knowingly makes a false return thereof shall be dismissed from the service and suffer such other punishment as a court-martial may direct4 ,and any officer who1 through neglect or design1 omits to render such return shall be punished as a court-martial may direct4 ,,desertion4 ,,art4 #eh4 ,any person subject to military law who deserts or attempts to desert the service of the ,united ,states shall1 if the offense be committed in time of war1 suffer death or such other punishment as a court-martial may direct1 and1 if the offense be committed at any other time1 any punishment1 excepting death1 that1 a court-martial may direct4 ,,advising ,,or ,,aiding ,,another ,,to ,,desert4 ,,art4 #ei4 ,any person subject to military law who advises or persuades or knowingly assists another to desert the service of the ,united ,states shall1 if the offense be committed in time of war1 suffer death1 or such other punishment as a court-martial may direct1 and if the offense be committed at any other time any punishment1 excepting death1 that a court-martial may direct4 ,,entertaining ,a ,,deserter4 ,,art4 #fj4 ,any officer who1 after having discovered that a soldier in his command is a deserter from the military or naval service or from the ,marine ,corps1 retains such deserter in his command without informing superior authority or the commander of the organization to which the deserter belongs1 shall be punished as a court-martial may direct4 ,,absence ,,without ,,leave4 ,,art4 #fa4 ,any person subject to military law who fails to repair at the fixed time to the properly appointed place of duty1 or goes from the same without proper leave1 or absents himself from his command1 guard1 quarters1 station1 or camp without proper leave1 shall be punished as a court-martial may direct4 ,,disrespect ,,toward ,,the ,,president1 ,,vice ,,president1 ,,congress1 ,,secretary ,,of ,,war1 ,,governors1 ,,legislatures4 ,,art4 #fb4 ,any officer who uses contemptuous or disrespectful words against the ,president1 ,vice ,president1 the ,congress of the ,united ,states1 the ,secretary of ,war1 or the governor or legislature of any ,state1 ,territory1 or other possession of the ,united ,states in which he is quartered shall be dismissed from the service or suffer such other punishment as a court-martial may direct4 ,any other person subject to military law who so offends shall be punished as a court-martial may direct4 ,,disrespect ,,toward ,,superior ,,officers4 ,,art4 #fc4 ,any person subject to military law who behaves himself with disrespect toward his superior officer shall be punished as a court-martial may direct4 ,,assaulting ,,or ,,willfully ,,disobeying ,,superior ,,officer4 ,,art4 #fd4 ,any person subject to military law who1 on any pretense whatsoever1 strikes his superior officer1 or draws or lifts up any weapon or offers any violence against him1 being in the execution of his office1 or willfully disobeys any lawful command of his superior officer1 shall suffer death or such other punishment as a court-martial may direct4 ,,insubordinate ,,conduct ,,toward ,,noncommissioned ,,officer4 ,,art4 #fe4 ,any soldier who strikes or assaults1 or who attempts or threatens to strike or assault1 or willfully disobeys the lawful order of a noncommissioned officer while in the execution of his office1 or uses threatening or insulting language1 or behaves in an insubordinate or disrespectful manner toward a noncommissioned officer while in the execution of his office1 shall be punished as a court-martial may direct4 ,,mutiny ,,or ,,sedition4 ,,art4 #ff4 ,any person subject to military law who attempts1 to create or who begins1 excites1 causes1 or joins in any mutiny or sedition in any company1 party1 post1 camp1 detachment1 guard1 or other command shall suffer death or such other punishment as a court-martial may direct4 ,,failure ,,to ,,suppress ,,mutiny ,,or ,,sedition4 ,,art4 #fg4 ,any officer or soldier who1 being present at any mutiny or sedition1 does not use his utmost endeavor to suppress the same1 or knowing or having reason to believe that a mutiny or sedition is to take place1 does not without delay give information thereof to his commanding officer shall suffer death or such other punishment as a court-martial may direct4 ,,quarrels1 ,,frays1 ,,disorders4 ,,art4 #fh4 ,all officers and noncommissioned officers have power to part and quell all quarrels1 frays1 and disorders among persons subject to military law and to order officers who take part ,in the same into arrest1 and other persons subject to military law who take part in the same into arrest or confinement1 as circumstances may require1 until their proper superior officer is acquainted therewith4 ,and whosoever1 being so ordered1 refuses to obey such officer or noncommissioned officer or draws a weapon upon or otherwise threatens or does violence to him shall be punished as a court-martial may direct4 ,,arrest ,,or ,,confinement ,,of ,,accused ,,persons4 ,,art4 #fi4 ,an officer charged with crime or with a serious offense under these articles shall be placed in arrest by the commanding officer1 and in exceptional cases an officer so charged may be placed in confinement by the same authority4 ,a soldier charged with crime or with a serious offense under these articles shall be placed in confinement1 and when charged with a minor offense he may be placed in arrest4 ,any other person subject to military law charged with crime or with a serious offense under these articles shall be placed in confinement or in arrest1 as circumstances may require2 and when charged with a minor offense such person may be placed in arrest4 ,any person placed in arrest under the provisions of this article shall thereby be restricted to his barracks1 quarters1 or tent1 unless such limits shall be enlarged by proper authority4 ,any officer who breaks his arrest or who escapes from confinement before he is set at liberty by proper authority shall be dismissed from the service or suffer such other punishment as a court-martial may direct2 and any other person subject to military law who escapes from confinement or who breaks his arrest before he is set at liberty by proper authority shall be punished as a court-martial may direct4 ,,investigation ,,of ,,and ,,action ,,upon ,,charges4 ,,art #gj4 ,no person put in arrest shall be continued in confinement more than eight days1 or until such time as a court-martial can be assembled4 ,when any person is put in arrest for the purpose of trial1 except at remote military posts or stations1 the officer by whose order he is arrested shall see that a copy of the charges on which he is to be tried is served upon him within eight days after his arrest1 and that he is brought to trial within #aj days thereafter1 unless the necessities of the service prevent such trial2 and then he shall be brought to trial within #cj days after the expiration of said #aj days4 ,if a copy of the charges be not served1 or the arrested person be not brought to trial1 as herein required1 the arrest shall cease4 ,but persons released from arrest1 under the provisions of this article1 may be tried1 whenever the exigencies of the service shall permit1 within #ab months after such release from arrest3 ,provided1 ,that in time of peace no person shall1 against his objection1 be brought to trial before a general court-martial within a period of five days subsequent to the service of charges upon him4 ,,refusal ,,to ,,receive ,,and ,,keep ,,prisoners4 ,,art4 #ga4 ,no provost marshal or commander of a guard shall refuse to receive or keep any prisoner committed to his charge by an officer belonging to the forces of the ,united ,states1 provided the officer committing shall1 at the time1 deliver an account in writing1 signed by himself1 of the crime or offense charged against the prisoner4 ,any officer or soldier so refusing shall be punished as a court-martial may direct4 ,,report ,,of ,,prisoners ,,received4 ,,art4 #gb4 ,every commander of a guard to whose charge a prisoner is committed shall1 within #bd hours after such confinement1 or as soon as he is relieved from his guard1 report in writing to the commanding officer the name of such prisoner1 the offense charged against him1 and the name of the officer committing him2 and if he fails to make such report he shall be punished as a court-martial may direct4 ,,releasing ,,prisoner ,,without ,,proper ,,authority4 ,,art4 #gc4 ,any person subject to military law who1 without proper authority1 releases any prisoner duly committed to his charge1 or who1 through neglect or design1 suffers any prisoner so committed to escape1 shall be punished as a court-martial may direct4 ,,delivery ,,of ,,offenders ,,to ,,civil ,,authorities4 ,,art4 #gd4 ,when any person subject to military law1 except one who is held by the military authorities to answer1 or who is awaiting trial or result of trial1 or who is undergoing sentence for a crime or offense punishable under these articles1 is accused of a crime or offense committed within the geographical limits of the ,states of the ,union and the ,district of ,columbia1 and punishable by the laws of the land1 the commanding officer is required1 except in time of war1 upon application duly made1 to use his utmost endeavor to deliver over such accused person to the civil authorities1 or to aid the officers of justice in apprehending and securing him1 in order that he may be brought to trial4 ,any commanding officer who upon such application refuses or willfully neglects1 except in time of war1 to deliver over such accused person to the civil authorities or to aid the officers of justice in apprehending and securing him shall be dismissed from the service or suffer such other punishment as a court-martial may direct4 ,when under the provisions of this article delivery is made to the civil authorities of an offender undergoing sentence of a court-martial1 such delivery1 if followed by conviction1 shall be held to interrupt the execution of the sentence of the court-martial1 and the offender shall be returned to military custody1 after having answered to the civil authorities for his offense1 for the completion of the said court-martial sentence4 ,,misbehavior ,,before ,,the ,,enemy4 ,,art4 #ge4 ,any officer or soldier who misbehaves himself before the enemy1 runs away1 or shamefully abandons or delivers up any fort1 post1 camp1 guard1 or other command which it is his duty to defend1 or speaks words inducing others to do the like1 or casts away his arms or ammunition1 or quits his post or colors to plunder or pillage1 or by any means whatsoever occasions false alarms in camp1 garrison1 or quarters1 shall suffer death or such other punishment as a court-martial may direct4 ,,subordinates ,,compelling ,,commander ,,to ,,surrender4 ,,art4 #gf4 ,if any commander of any garrison1 fort1 post1 camp1 guard1 or other command is compelled by the officers or soldiers under his command to give it up to the enemy or to abandon it1 the officers or soldiers so offending shall suffer death or such other punishment as a court-martial may direct4 ,,improper ,,use ,,of ,,countersign4 ,,art4 #gg4 ,any person subject to military law who makes known the parole or countersign to any person not entitled to receive it according to the rules and discipline of war1 or gives a parole or countersign different from that which he receives1 shall1 if the offense be committed in time of war1 suffer death or such other punishment as a court-martial may direct4 ,,forcing ,a ,,safeguard4 ,,art4 #gh4 ,any person subject to military law who1 in time of war1 forces a safeguard shall suffer death or such other punishment as a court-martial may direct4 ,,captured ,,property ,,to ,,be ,,secured ,,for ,,public ,,service4 ,,art4 #gi4 ,all public property taken from the enemy is the property of the ,united ,states and shall be secured for the service of the ,united ,states1 and any person subject to military law who neglects to secure such property or is guilty of wrongful appropriation thereof shall be punished as a court-martial may direct4 ,,dealing ,,in ,,captured ,,or ,,abandoned ,,property4 ,,art4 #hj4 ,any person subject to military law who buys1 sells1 trades1 or in any way deals in or disposes of captured or abandoned property1 whereby he shall receive or expect any profit1 benefit1 or advantage to himself or to any other person directly or indirectly connected with himself1 or who fails whenever such property comes into his possession or custody or within his control to give notice thereof to the proper authority and to turn over such property to the proper authority without delay1 shall1 on conviction thereof1 be punished by fine or imprisonment1 or by such other punishment as a court-martial1 military commission1 or other military tribunal may adjudge1 or by any or all of said penalties4 ,,relieving1 ,,corresponding ,,with1 ,,or ,,aiding ,,the ,,enemy4 ,,art4 #ha4 ,whosoever relieves the enemy with arms1 ammunition1 supplies1 money1 or other thing1 or knowingly harbors or protects or holds correspondence with or gives intelligence to the enemy1 either directly or indirectly1 shall suffer death1 or such other punishment as a court-martial or military commission may direct4 ,,spies4 ,,art4 #hb4 ,any person who in time of war shall be found lurking or acting as a spy in or about any of the fortifications1 posts1 quarters1 or encampments of any of the armies of the ,united ,states1 or elsewhere1 shall be tried by a general court-martial or by a military commission1 and shall1 on conviction thereof1 suffer death4 ,,military ,,property--,,willful ,,or ,,negligent ,,loss1 ,,damage1 ,,or ,,wrongful ,,disposition ,,of4 ,,art4 #hc4 ,any person subject to military law who willfully or through neglect suffers to be lost1 spoiled1 damaged1 or wrongfully disposed of any military property belonging to the ,united ,states shall make good the loss or damage and suffer such punishment as a court-martial may direct4 ,,waste ,,or ,,unlawful ,,disposition ,,of ,,military ,,property ,,issued ,,to ,,soldiers4 ,,art4 #hd4 ,any soldier who sells or wrongfully disposes of or willfully or through neglect injures or loses any horse1 arms1 ammunition1 accouterments1 equipments1 clothing1 or other property issued for use in the military service shall be punished as a court-martial may direct4 ,,drunk ,,on ,,duty4 ,,art4 #he4 ,any officer who is found drunk on duty shall1 if the offense be committed in time of war1 be dismissed from the service and suffer such other punishment as a court-martial may direct2 and if the offense be committed in time of peace he shall be punished as a court-martial may direct4 ,any person subject to military law1 except an officer1 who is found drunk on duty shall be punished as a court-martial may direct4 ,,misbehavior ,,of ,,sentinel4 ,,art4 #hf4 ,any sentinel who is found drunk or sleeping upon his post1 or who leaves it before he is regularly relieved1 shall1 if the offense be committed in time of war1 suffer death or such other punishment as a court-martial may direct2 and if the offense be committed in time of peace he shall suffer any punishment1 except death1 that a court-martial may direct4 ,,personal ,,interest ,,in ,,sale ,,of ,,provisions4 ,,art4 #hg4 ,any officer commanding in any garrison1 fort1 barracks1 camp1 or other place where troops of the ,united ,states may be serving who1 for his private advantage1 lays any duty or imposition upon or is interested in the sale of any victuals or other necessaries of life brought into such garrison1 fort1 barracks1 camp1 or other place for the use of the troops1 shall be dismissed from the service and suffer such other punishment as a court-martial may direct4 ,,intimidation ,,of ,,persons ,,bringing ,,provisions4 ,,art4 #hh4 ,any person subject to military law who abuses1 intimidates1 does violence to1 or wrongfully interferes with any person bringing provisions1 supplies1 or other necessaries to the camp1 garrison1 or quarters of the forces of the ,united ,states shall suffer such punishment as a court-martial may direct4 ,,good ,,order ,,to ,,be ,,maintained ,,and ,,wrongs ,,redressed4 ,,art4 #hi4 ,all persons subject to military law are to behave themselves orderly in quarters1 garrison1 camp1 and on the march2 and any person subject to military law who commits any waste or spoil1 or willfully destroys any property whatsoever 7unless by order of his commanding officer71 or commits any kind of depredation or riot1 shall be punished as a court-martial may direct4 ,any commanding officer who1 upon complaint made to him1 refuses or omits to see reparation made to the party injured1 in so far as the offender's pay shall go toward such reparation1 as provided for in article #aje1 shall be dismissed from the service or otherwise punished as a court-martial may direct4 ,,provoking ,,speeches ,,or ,,gestures4 ,,art4 #ij4 ,no person subject to military law shall use any reproachful or provoking speeches or gestures to another2 and any person subject to military law who offends against the provisions of this article shall be punished as a court-martial may direct4 ,,dueling4 ,,art4 #ia4 ,any person subject to military law who fights or promotes or is concerned in or connives at fighting a duel1 or who having knowledge of a challenge sent or about to be sent1 fails to report the fact promptly to the proper authority1 shall1 if an officer1 be dismissed from the service or suffer such other punishment as a court-martial may direct2 and if any other person subject to military law shall suffer such punishment as a court-martial may direct4 ,,murder--,,rape4 ,,art4 #ib4 ,any person subject to military law who commits murder or rape shall suffer death or imprisonment for life1 as a court-martial may direct2 but no person shall be tried by court-martial for murder or rape committed within the geographical limits of the ,states of the ,union and the ,district of ,columbia in time of peace4 ,,various ,,crimes4 ,,art4 #ic4 ,any person subject to military law who commits manslaughter1 mayhem1 arson1 burglary1 robbery1 larceny1 embezzlement1 perjury1 assault with intent to commit any felony1 or assault with intent to do bodily harm1 shall be punished as a court-martial may direct4 ,,frauds ,,against ,,the ,,government4 ,,art4 #id4 ,any person subject to military law who makes or causes to be made any claim against the ,united ,states or any officer thereof1 knowing such claim to be false or fraudulent2 or ,who presents or causes to be presented to any person in the civil or military service thereof1 for approval or payment1 any claim against the ,united ,states or any officer thereof1 knowing such claim to be false or fraudulent2 or ,who enters into any agreement or conspiracy to defraud the ,united ,states by obtaining1 or aiding others to obtain1 the allowance or payment of any false or fraudulent claim2 or ,who1 for the purpose of obtaining1 or aiding others to obtain1 the approval1 allowance1 or payment of any claim against the ,united ,states or against any officer thereof1 makes or uses1 or procures1 or advises the making or use of1 any writing or other paper1 knowing the same to contain any false or fraudulent statements2 or ,who1 for the purpose of obtaining1 or aiding others to obtain1 the approval1 allowance1 or payment of any claim against the ,united ,states or any officer thereof1 makes1 or procures1 or advises the making of1 any oath to any fact or to any writing or other paper1 knowing such oath to be false2 or ,who1 for the purpose of obtaining1 or aiding others to obtain1 the approval1 allowance1 or payment of any claim against the ,united ,states or any officer thereof1 forges or counterfeits1 or procures1 or advises the forging or counterfeiting of any signature upon any writing or other paper1 or uses1 or procures1 or advises the use of any such signature1 knowing the same to be forged or counterfeited2 or ,who1 having charge1 possession1 custody1 or control of any money or other property of the ,united ,states1 furnished or intended for the military service thereof1 knowingly delivers1 or causes to be delivered1 to any person having authority to receive the same1 any amount thereof less than that for which he receives a certificate or receipt2 or ,who1 being authorized to make or deliver any paper certifying the receipt of any property of the ,united ,states furnished or intended for the military service thereof1 makes or delivers to any person such writing1 without having full knowledge of the truth of the statements therein contained and with intent to defraud the ,united ,states2 or ,who steals1 embezzles1 knowingly and willfully misappropriates1 applies to his own use or benefit1 or wrongfully or knowingly sells or disposes of any ordnance1 arms1 equipments1 ammunition1 clothing1 subsistence stores1 money1 or other property of the ,united ,states furnished or intended for the military service thereof2 or ,who knowingly purchases or receives in pledge for any obligation or indebtedness from any soldier1 officer1 or other person who is a part of or employed in said forces or service1 any ordnance1 arms1 equipment1 ammunition1 clothing1 subsistence stores1 or other property of the ,united ,states1 such soldier1 officer1 or other person not having lawful right to sell or pledge the same2 ,shall1 on conviction thereof1 be punished by fine or imprisonment1 or by such other punishment as a court-martial may adjudge1 or by any or all of said penalties4 ,and if any person1 being guilty of any of the offenses aforesaid while in the military service of the ,united ,states1 receives his discharge or is dismissed from the service1 he shall continue to be liable to be arrested and held for trial and sentence by a court-martial in the same manner and to the same extent as if he had not received such discharge nor been dismissed4 ,,conduct ,,unbecoming ,,an ,,officer ,,and ,,gentleman4 ,,art4 #ie4 ,any officer or cadet who is convicted of conduct unbecoming an officer and a gentleman shall be dismissed from the service4 ,,general ,,article4 ,,art4 #if4 ,though not mentioned in these articles1 all disorders and neglects to the prejudice of good order and military discipline1 all conduct of a nature to bring discredit upon the military service1 and all crimes or offenses not capital of which persons subject to military law may be guilty shall be taken cognizance of by a general or special or summary court-martial1 according to the nature and degree of the offense1 and punished at the discretion of such court4 ,,disciplinary ,,powers ,,of ,,commanding ,,officers4 ,,art4 #ajd4 ,under such regulations as the ,president may prescribe1 and which he may from time to time revoke1 alter1 or add to1 the commanding officer of any detachment1 company1 or higher command may1 for minor offenses not denied by the accused1 impose disciplinary punishments upon persons of his command without the intervention of a court-martial1 unless the accused demands trial by court-martial4 ,the disciplinary punishments authorized by this article may include admonition1 reprimand1 withholding of privileges1 extra fatigue1 and restriction to certain specified limits1 but shall not include forfeiture of pay or confinement under guard4 ,a person punished under authority of this article who deems his punishment unjust or disproportionate to the offense may1 through the proper channel1 appeal to the next superior authority1 but1 may in the meantime be required to undergo the punishment adjudged4 ,the commanding officer who imposes the punishment1 his successor in command1 and superior authority shall have power to mitigate or remit any unexecuted portion of the punishment4 ,the imposition and enforcement of disciplinary punishment under authority of this article for any act or omission shall not be a bar to trial by court-martial for a crime or offense growing out of the same act or omission2 but the fact that a disciplinary punishment has been enforced may be shown by the accused upon trial1 and when so shown shall be considered in determining the measure of punishment to be adjudged in the event of a finding of guilty4 ,,redress ,,of ,,injuries ,,to ,,person ,,or ,,property4 ,,art4 #aje4 ,whenever complaint is made to any commanding officer that damage has been done to the property of any person or that his property has been wrongfully taken by persons subject to military law1 such complaint shall be investigated by a board consisting of any number of officers from one to three1 which board shall be convened by the commanding officer and shall have1 for the purpose of such investigation1 power to summon witnesses and examine them upon oath or affirmation1 to receive depositions or other documentary evidence1 and to assess the damages sustained against the responsible parties4 ,the assessment of damages made by such board shall be subject to the approval of the commanding officer1 and in the amount approved by him shall be stopped against the pay of the offenders4 ,and the order of such commanding officer directing stoppages herein authorized shall be conclusive on any disbursing officer for the payment by him to the injured parties of the stoppages so ordered4 ,where the offenders can not be ascertained but the organization or detachment to which they belong is known1 stoppages to the amount of damages inflicted may be made and assessed in such proportion as may be deemed just upon the individual members thereof who are shown to have been present with such organization or detachment at the time the damages complained of were inflicted1 as determined by the approved findings of the board4 ,,arrest ,,of ,,deserters ,,by ,,civil ,,officials4 ,,art4 #ajf4 ,it shall be lawful for any civil officer having authority under the laws of the ,united ,states1 or of any ,state1 ,territory1 ,district1 or possession of the ,united ,states1 to arrest offenders1 summarily to arrest a deserter from the military service of the ,united ,states and deliver him into the custody of the military authorities of the ,united ,states4 ,,soldiers ,,to ,,make ,,good ,,time ,,lost4 ,,art4 #ajg4 ,every soldier who in an existing or subsequent enlistment deserts the service of the ,united ,states or without proper authority absents himself from his organization1 station1 or duty for more than one day1 or who is confined for more than one day under sentence1 or while awaiting trial and disposition of his case1 if the trial results in conviction1 or through the intemperate use of drugs or alcoholic liquor1 or through disease or injury the result of his own misconduct1 renders himself unable for more than one day to perform duty1 shall be liable to serve1 after his return to a full-duty status1 for such period as shall1 with the time he may have served prior to such desertion1 unauthorized absence1 confinement1 or inability to perform duty1 amount to the full term of that part of his enlistment period which he is required to serve with his organization before being furloughed to the ,army ,reserve4 ,,soldiers--,,separation ,,from ,,the ,,service4 ,,art4 #ajh4 ,no enlisted man1 lawfully inducted into the military service of the ,united ,states1 shall be discharged from said service without a certificate of discharge1 signed by a field officer of the regiment or other organization to which the enlisted man belongs or by the commanding officer when no such field officer is present2 and no enlisted man shall be discharged from said service before his term of service has expired1 except by order of the ,president1 the ,secretary of ,war1 the commanding officer of a department1 or by a sentence of a general court-martial4 ,,oath ,,of ,,enlistment4 ,,art4 #aji4 ,at the time of his enlistment every soldier shall take the following oath or affirmation3 ,i1 ---------1 do solemnly swear 7or affirm7 that ,i will bear true faith and allegiance to the ,united ,states of ,america2 that ,i will serve them honestly and faithfully against all their enemies whomsoever2 and that ,i will obey the orders of the ,president of the ,united ,states and the orders of the officers appointed over me1 according to the ,rules and ,articles of ,war4 ,this oath or affirmation may be taken before any officer4 ,,chapter ,,xv4 ,,english-,,french ,,vocabulary4 ,,common ,,words4 ,afternoon 7this7 ,cet aprs-midi4 ,army 7an7 ,une arme4 ,bandage ,un bandage4 ,bath ,un bain4 ,bayonet ,une baonnette4 ,bed ,un lit4 ,blanket ,une couverture4 ,boy ,un garon4 ,bullet ,une balle1 ,un pruneau 7soldier slang74 ,camp ,un camp1 ,un campement4 ,cartridge ,une cartouche4 ,child ,un enfant1 ,une enfant4 ,cook ,un cuisinier1 ,un cuistot 7slang71 ,une cuisinire1 7fem474 ,dance ,un bal1 ,une danse 7one dance74 ,dark ,obscur4 ,day ,un jour4 ,dead ,mort4 ,deserter ,un dserteur4 ,door ,une porte4 ,farm ,une ferme4 ,firearms ,des armes feu4 ,field gun ,une pice de campagne4 ,flag ,un drapeau4 ,un tendard 7standard74 ,forest ,une fort1 ,un bois 7woods71 ,un boqueteau 7clump of trees74 ,friend ,un ami1 ,une amie4 ,girl ,une jeune fille4 ,guide ,un guide4 ,gun ,un fusil4 ,halt6 ,halte6 ,hand ,une main4 ,hat ,un chapeau1 ,un kpi 7cap71 ,un casque 7helmet71 ,un feutre 7campaign hat74 ,head ,la tte4 ,headquarters ,le quartier-gnral4 ,horse ,un cheval4 ,interpreter ,un interprte4 ,knife ,un couteau4 ,lake ,un lac4 ,man ,un homme4 ,meat ,de la viande4 ,name ,un nom4 ,night ,la nuit4 ,noon ,midi4 ,machine gun ,une mitrailleuse4 ,mess call ,la soupe4 ,password ,le mot de passe4 ,pay ,le prt 7enlisted men71 ,la solde 7officers74 ,prisoner ,un prisonnier4 ,recruit ,une recrue1 ,un bleu 7slang71 ,un bleuet 7slang71 ,un blanc-bec 7slang74 ,restaurant ,un restaurant1 ,un caf4 ,road ,un chemin1 ,une route4 ,retreat ,la retraite4 ,reveille ,le rveil1 ,la diane ,saber ,un sabre4 ,saddle ,une selle4 ,shoe ,des chaussures 7shoes in general71 ,des souliers 7low shoes71 ,des bottines 7high shoes71 ,des brodequins 7marching shoes74 ,shotgun ,un fusil de chasse4 ,sick ,malade4 ,soup ,une soupe1 ,un potage4 ,spy ,un espion4 ,supper ,le souper4 ,sword ,une pe4 ,tent ,une tente4 ,shelter tent ,une tente-abri4 ,,numerals4 ,one ,un1 une4 ,two ,deux4 ,three ,trois4 ,four ,quatre4 ,five ,cinq 7pronounce sank74 ,six ,six 7pronounce cease74 ,seven ,sept 7pronounce set74 ,eight ,huit 7pronounce weet74 ,nine ,neuf4 ,ten ,dix 7pronounce deess74 ,eleven ,onze4 ,twelve ,douze4 ,thirteen ,treize4 ,fourteen ,quatorze4 ,fifteen ,quinze4 ,sixteen ,seize4 ,seventeen ,six-sept4 ,eighteen ,dix-huit4 ,nineteen ,dix-neuf4 ,twenty ,vingt 7pronounce vant74 ,twenty-one ,vingt-et-un4 ,thirty ,trente4 ,thirty-one ,trente-et-un4 ,thirty-two ,trente-deux4 ,forty ,quarante4 ,fifty ,cinquante4 ,sixty ,soixante4 ,seventy ,soixante-dix4 ,seventy-one ,soixante-et-onze4 ,seventy-two ,soixante-douze4 ,eighty ,quatre-vingts4 ,eighty-one ,quatre-vingt-un4 ,ninety ,quatre-vingt-dix4 ,ninety-one ,quatre-vingt-onze4 ,one hundred ,cent4 ,one hundred and one ,cent un4 ,two hundred ,deux cents4 ,two hundred and one ,deux cent un4 ,one thousand ,mille4 ,two thousand ,deux mille4 ,one thousand one hundred ,mille cent2 onze cents4 ,thousands of soldiers ,des milliers de soldats4 ,a million ,un million4 ,two million men ,deux millions d'hommes4 ,a score ,une vingtaine4 ,about forty men ,une quarantaine d'hommes4 ,hundreds of men ,des centaines d'hommes4 ,,currency1 ,,measures1 ,,and ,,weights4 #a cent ,un sou2 cinq centimes4 #aj cents ,dix sous2 cinquante centimes4 #bj cents 7about7 ,un francs4 #a dollar ,cinq francs4 7,the ,french have gold pieces of #aj francs and #bj francs2 bank notes of #ej francs1 #ajj francs1 and higher4 ,the gold pieces are probably replaced by bank notes now47 #a meter 7#a4jicf yards7 ,un mtre4 #a kilometer 7#j4fbach mile7 ,un kilomtre4 ,,note4--,for all ordinary purposes1 the ,kilomtre #e_/h of a mile2 the ,centimtre #d_/aj of an inch4 #a league 7#b4dheeb miles7 ,une lieue4 #a hectare 7#b4dgaa acres7 ,un hectare4 #a gram 7#ae4dcbci grain ,troy7 ,un gramme4 #a kilogram 7#b4bjdfba pounds avoirdupois7 ,un kilogramme4 #bbj4df pounds avoirdupois ,un quintal2 #ajj kilos4 #b1bjd4f pounds avoirdupois ,une tonne2 #a1jjj kilos4 7,coal is sold by the tonne2 grain and hay by the quintal4 ,dix quintaux de bl1 de foin#aj quintals of grain1 of hay47 #a4jefg quart 7liquid7 ,un litre4 #bf4dag gallons ,un hectolitre4 #j4ijha quart 7dry7 ,un litre4 #b4hcgi bushels ,un hectolitre4 7,the litre1 which is the principal unit of both fluid and dry measures1 is the contents of #a cubic dcimtre 7dcimtre #a_/aj mtre747 ,,days1 ,,months1 ,,and ,,seasons4 ,sunday ,dimanche4 ,monday ,lundi4 ,tuesday ,mardi4 ,wednesday ,mercredi4 ,thursday ,jeudi4 ,friday ,vendredi4 ,saturday ,samedi4 ,january ,janvier4 ,february ,fvrier4 ,march ,mars4 ,april ,avril4 ,may ,mai4 ,june ,juin4 ,july ,juillet4 ,august ,aot 7pronounced oo74 ,september ,septembre4 ,october ,octobre4 ,november ,novembre4 ,december ,dcembre4 ,the seasons ,les saisons4 ,winter ,l'hiver4 ,spring ,le printemps4 ,summer ,l't4 ,fall ,l'automne4 ,year ,un an2 une anne4 ,month ,un mois4 ,week ,une semaine4 ,day ,un jour4 ,hour ,une heure4 ,minute ,une minute4 ,second ,une seconde4 ,,common ,,phrases ,good morning1 sir1 madam1 miss4 ,bonjour1 monsieur1 madame1 ,good afternoon mademoiselle4 ,good evening1 sir ,bonsoir1 monsieur4 ,good night1 sir ,bonne nuit1 monsieur4 ,pardon me ,pardon2 je vous demande pardon4 ,don't mention it ,je vous en prie4 ,how do you do8 ,comment allez-vous8 ,comment a va8 ,comment vous portez-vous8 ,very well1 thank you ,trs bien1 merci4 ,je vais bien1 merci4 ,ca va bien1 merci4 ,je me porte bien1 merci4 ,do not trouble yourself ,ne vous gnez pas4 ,ne vous drangez pas4 ,i am very glad to see you ,je suis bien aise de vous voir4 ,je suis content 7heureux7 de vous voir4 ,what time is it8 ,quelle heure est-il8 ,it is #aj o'clock ,il est dix heures4 ,take care2 look out ,prenez garde4 ,do not bother me ,ne me drangez pas4 ,stop here ,arrtez-vous ici4 ,does ,mr4 -- live here8 ,m4 -- demeure-t-il ici8 ,come in ,entrez4 ,you are very kind ,vous tes trs aimable4 ,at what time does the first train start8 ,a quelle heure part le premier ,what is the name of this train8 station8 ,comment s'appelle cette station 7gare78 ,i want ,je dsire44,je veux 7stronger74 ,i do not want it4 ,je n'en veux pas4 ,let me know what ,i owe you4 ,dites-moi ce que je vous dois4 ,are you not mistaken8 ,ne faites-vous pas erreur8 ,ne vous trompez-vous pas8 ,please give me ,veuillez me donner4 ,move on4 ,avancez4 ,circulez4 7,policeman47 ,i want something to eat4 ,je dsire quelque chose manger4 ,where is it8 ,o est-ce8 ,go and look for it4 ,allez le chercher4 ,take this letter to the post office4 ,portez cette lettre la poste4 ,how much is it8 ,combien8 ,combien cela cote-t-il8 ,it is dear4 ,c'est cher4 ,thank you4 ,merci4 ,je vous en remercie4 ,don't mention it4 ,il n'y a pas de quoi4 ,de rien4 ,allow me to present my friend4 ,permettez-moi de vous prsenter mon ami ----4 ,i am glad to make your acquaintance4 ,je suis enchant de faire votre connaissance4 ,how far is it8 ,a quelle distance est-ce8 ,what can ,i do for you8 ,que puis-je faire pour vous8 ,do you speak ,english8 ,parlez-vous anglais8 ,i do not speak ,french very ,je ne parle pas trs bien le well4 franais4 ,where do you come from8 ,d'o venez-vous8 ,how did you come8 ,comment tes-vous venu8 ,on foot1 in a carriage1 in an ,a pied1 en voiture1 en auto1 en auto1 by rail1 by boat1 on a chemin de fer1 en bateau1 bicycle1 horseback1 in an bicyclette1 cheval1 en aroplane4 aeroplane4 ,,military ,,titles1 ,,ranks1 ,,and ,,grades4 ,general officers ,les officers gnraux4 ,general staff ,l'tat-major gnral4 ,field officers ,les officiers suprieurs4 ,company officers ,les officiers subalternes4 ,enlisted men ,les hommes de troupe4 ,noncommissioned officers ,les sous-officiers4 ,private soldiers ,les simples soldats4 ,colonel ,le colonel 7addressed#ae as ,mon colonel74 ,major ,le commandant 7,mon commandant74 ,captain ,le capitaine 7,mon capitaine74 ,le piston 7slang74 ,first lieutenant ,le lieutenant 7en premier7 7,mon lieutenant74 ,second lieutenant ,le sous-lieutenant 7,mon lieutenant74 ,a doctor ,un 7mdecin7 major4 ,a sergeant ,un sergent 7addressed as ,sergent74 ,un marchal des logis 7mounted service74 ,a corporal ,un caporal 7,caporal74 ,un brigadier 7mounted service74 ,a private ,un simple soldat4 ,a body of troops ,une troupe4 ,french troops ,des troupes franaises4 ,a wagoner ,un conducteur4 ,un fourgonnier4 ,a horseshoer ,un marchal-ferrant4 ,a saddler ,un sellier4 ,a signaler ,un signaleur4 ,a deserter ,un dserteur4 ,a soldier of ,infantry ,un fantassin4 ,cavalry ,un cavalier4 ,artillery ,un artilleur4 ,engineers ,un sapeur-mineur4 ,quartermaster ,corps4 ,un homme de l'intendance4 ,signal ,corps ,un homme du corps des signaux4 ,hospital ,corps ,un infirmier4 ,line of ,communications ,un garde des voies et communications1 ,g4 ,v4 ,c4 ,infantry ,l'infanterie4 ,cavalry ,la cavalerie4 ,artillery ,l'artillerie4 ,engineers ,le gnie4 ,signal ,corps ,le corps des signaux4 ,hospital ,corps ,le corps de sant4 ,le service de sant4 ,aviation ,corps ,le corps d'aviation4 ,footnote #ae3 ,see note1 p4 #chh4 ,,military ,,terms4 ,the headquarters ,le quartier gnral4 ,the train ,le train des quipages4 ,railway service ,le service des chemins de fer4 ,telegraph service ,le service des tlgraphes4 ,rural guards ,la gendarmerie4 ,des gendarmes4 ,a paymaster ,un trsorier4 ,a chaplain ,un aumnier4 ,an army ,une arme4 ,general ,so-and-so's army ,l'arme--7l'arme ,foch74 ,an army corps ,un corps d'arme4 ,a division ,une division4 ,a brigade ,une brigade4 ,a regiment ,un rgiment4 ,a battalion ,un bataillon4 ,a company ,une compagnie4 ,a platoon ,un peloton4 ,a section ,une section4 ,a squad ,une escouade4 ,a detachment ,un dtachement4 ,barracks ,une caserne4 ,a camp ,un camp 7more or less permanent74 ,un campement 7temporary74 ,a cantonment ,un cantonnement4 ,line 7,une7 ligne4 ,column 7,une7 colonne4 ,as skirmishers ,en tirailleurs4 ,follow me1 as skirmishers ,a moi1 en tirailleurs4 ,scouts ,des claireurs4 ,a patrol ,une patrouille4 ,the advance guard ,l'avant-garde4 ,the rear guard ,l'arrire-garde4 ,flankers ,des flanc-gardes4 ,the main body ,le gros 7de la colonne74 ,combat train ,le train de combat4 ,field train ,le train rgimentaire4 ,outposts ,des avant-postes4 ,cossack posts ,des avant-postes la cosaque4 ,a sentinel ,une sentinelle4 ,un factionnaire4 ,on post ,en faction4 ,de faction4 ,guard mounting ,la garde montante 7also new guard74 ,the sentinel challenges3 ,halt6 ,la sentinelle crie3 ,halte6 ,qui ,who's there8 vive8 ,the answer is3 ,france ,la rponse est3 ,france4 ,advance with the countersign ,avance au ralliement4 7,the person challenged gives the mot d'ordre1 which is the name of some general1 and the sentinel replies with the mot de ralliement1 which is the name of a battle or a city47 ,go away2 you can't pass 7,passe7 au large4 ,halt1 or ,i fire ,halte1 ou je fais feu4 ,put down your arms ,dposez vos armes4 ,hands up6 ,levez les bras4 ,face about 7,faites7 demi-tour4 ,come here ,venez ici4 ,a spy ,un espion4 ,a flag of truce ,un drapeau blanc4 ,un drapeau parlementaire4 ,,uniforms1 ,,arms1 ,,clothing1 ,,and ,,equipment4 ,clothing ,les vtements1 l'habillement4 ,change your clothes ,changez de vtements4 ,overcoat 7worn by ,french infantry7 ,une capote4 ,trousers ,un pantalon4 ,breeches ,une culotte4 ,shirt ,une chemise4 ,blouse ,un dolman1 une vareuse4 ,cap ,un kpi4 ,campaign hat 7,united ,states7 ,un 7chapeau de7 feutre4 ,helmet ,un casque 7de tranche74 ,cap with visor worn by ,french off duty4 ,un bonnet de police4 ,tam-o'-shanter worn by ,alpine chasseurs4 ,un bret4 ,shoes in general4 ,des chaussures4 ,service shoes ,des brodequins4 ,leggins ,des gutres4 ,wrap putties ,des bandes molletires4 ,leather putties ,des houseaux 7or housseaux74 ,full-dress uniform ,la grande tenue4 ,dress uniform ,la petite tenue4 ,field uniform ,la tenue de campagne4 ,overcoat 7mounted men7 ,un manteau4 ,overcoat 7officers7 ,un manteau4 ,un manteau-capote4 ,fatigue coat ,le bourgeron4 ,fatigue trousers 7overalls7 ,un pantalon de treillis4 ,fatigue uniform ,la tenue de corve4 ,magazine rifle ,un fusil rptition4 ,the barrel ,le canon4 ,the bolt ,le verrou4 ,the ramrod ,la baguette4 ,the butt ,la crosse4 ,the gun sling ,la bretelle4 ,the trigger ,la dtente4 ,rear sight ,la hausse4 ,front sight ,le guidon4 ,a bayonet ,une baonnette4 ,rosalie 7slang74 ,ball cartridge ,une cartouche balle4 ,blank cartridge ,une cartouche blanc4 ,dummy cartridge ,une fausse cartouche4 ,belt ,un ceinturon4 ,cartridge box ,une cartouchire4 ,first-aid packet ,un paquet de pansement4 ,the pack ,le sac4 ,a haversack ,un tui-musette4 ,canteen ,un bidon4 ,tin cup ,un quart4 ,mess can ,une gamelle4 ,equipment ,l'quipement4 ,compass ,une boussole4 ,field glasses ,des jumelles 7de campagne74 ,whistle ,un sifflet4 ,revolver ,un revolver4 ,,questions ,,about ,,the ,,roads1 ,,etc4 ,pardon me1 sir1 do you speak ,pardon1 monsieur1 parlez-vous ,english8 anglais8 7,german1 ,french1 ,italian1 ,russian7 7,allemand1 franais1 italien1 russe47 ,all right1 then show me1 please1 ,trs bien1 alors indiquez-moi1 je the road to ---- vous prie1 le chemin de ----4 ,is it far from here8 ,est-ce loin d'ici8 ,how long does it take to go ,combien faut-il de temps pour y there8 aller8 ,how many kilometers8 ,combien de kilomtres8 ,is there a short cut8 7road7 ,y a-t-il un chemin de traverse8 ,is there a short cut8 7trail7 ,y a-t-il un sentier plus court8 ,where does this road go8 ,o mne cette route8 ,are we on the right road to go ,sommes-nous sur le bon chemin to ----8 pour aller ----8 ,does this road go through ,compigne8 ,cette route passe-t-elle par ,compigne8 ,shall we find any villages on ,trouverons-nous des villages sur our road8 notre chemin8 ,are there any other roads going ,y a-t-il d'autres chemins pour to ----8 aller ----8 ,is this road in good condition8 ,cette route est-elle en bon tat8 ,are there hills8 ,y a-t-il des ctes 7des coteaux78 ,are they steep8 ,sont-elles raides8 ,does the road go through open ,la route1 traverse-t-elle un pays or wooded country8 dcouvert ou bois8 ,can we get through with artillery8 ,peut-on passer avec de l'artillerie8 ,can we get through with heavily ,peut-on passer avec de grosses loaded wagons 7auto voitures charges 7avec des trucks78 camions-automobiles78 ,is this road practicable for artillery8 ,cette route est-elle praticable pour l'artillerie8 ,can infantry march on the sides ,l'infanterie peut-elle marcher of the roads8 sur les cts de la route8 ,is the ground practicable ,le terrain est-il praticable8 ,is the ground marshy ,le terrain est-il marcageux8 ,what is the nature of the ground ,quelle est la nature du sol8 ,does the telegraph line follow ,est-ce que la ligne tlgraphique this road as far as ,x8 7le tlgraphe7 suit cette route jusqu' ,x8 ,where does your railroad come from8 ,d'o vient votre chemin de fer8 ,where does it go to8 ,o va-t-il8 ,is it single tracked or double ,est-il une voie ou deux voies tracked the whole way8 sur tout le parcours8 ,where is the station8 ,is it far8 ,o est la gare8 ,est-elle loin d'ici8 ,how can the river be crossed8 ,comment peut-on passer la rivire8 ,is there a bridge8 a ferry8 ,y a-t-il un pont8 un bac8 ,are there fords8 ,y a-t-il des passages gu 7des gus78 ,can we get boats8 ,peut-on trouver des bateaux8 ,in that wood are there clearings1 ,dans ce bois1 y a-t-il des ravines1 brooks1 marshes1 pools8 clairires1 des ravins1 des ruisseaux1 des mares8 ,are there any places near here ,y a-t-il des endroits prs d'ici for watering horses8 pour abreuver les chevaux8 ,is the water good8 ,l'eau est-elle bonne8 ,is this water drinkable8 ,est-ce de l'eau potable8 ,are there watering troughs8 ,y a-t-il des abreuvoirs8 ,where is there good grass for the ,o y a-t-il de bonne herbe pour animals8 les animaux8 ,can we buy provisions8 ,peut-on acheter des vivres8 ,is there a field where we can ,y a-t-il un champ o nous pouvons camp8 camper 7installer notre campement78 ,can you give me any information ,pouvez-vous me donner des about the enemy8 renseignements sur l'ennemi8 ,please find me a guide who ,veuillez me trouver un guide qui knows the country8 connaisse le pays4 ,we are going to follow this trail 7tracks74 ,nous allons suivre cette piste4 ,crossroads ,un carrefour4 ,,towns4 ,where is the post-office and ,o est le bureau des postes et telegraph office8 tlgraphes8 ,the postmaster ,le directeur des postes et tlgraphes4 ,the mail ,le courrier4 ,when was the last mail distributed8 ,a quelle heure a-t-on fait la dernire distribution8 ,general delivery ,poste restante4 ,are there any letters for ----8 ,y a-t-il des lettres pour ----8 ,i should like to send a telegram4 ,je voudrais expdier un tlgramme4 ,have you received a telegram ,avez-vous reu un tlgramme for ----8 7une dpche7 pour ----8 ,a telegraph instrument ,un appareil 7tlgraphique74 ,can you tell me where the ,pourriez-vous me dire o se mayor's office is8 trouve la mairie8 ,i couldn't tell you2 ,i am a ,je ne saurais vous renseigner2 stranger here4 je ne connais pas la ville4 ,good morning1 sir1 are you the ,bonjour1 ,monsieur1 tes-vous le mayor8 maire8 ,no1 sir1 ,i am his assistant4 ,non1 ,monsieur1 je suis son adjoint4 ,i should like to speak to the ,je voudrais parler au maire lui-mme4 mayor himself4 ,listen1 sir4 ,a detachment will coutez1 monsieur4 ,un dtachement arrive here to-morrow morning arrivera1 ici demain matin at #e o'clock4 cinq heures4 ,can you arrange to lodge #b1jjj ,pouvez-vous prendre des dispositions men for two days8 pour loger #b1jjj hommes pendant deux jours8 ,a policeman ,un sergent de ville1 un agent de la paix4 ,,railroads4 ,the station agent ,le chef de gare4 ,the conductor ,le conducteur4 ,the engineer ,le mcanicien4 ,the fireman ,le chauffeur4 ,the brakeman ,le serre-freins4 ,the telegraph operator ,le tlgraphiste4 ,an engine ,une locomotive4 ,passenger cars ,des wagons 7de voyageurs74 ,flat cars ,des trucks4 ,box cars ,des wagons de marchandises4 ,stock cars ,des wagons bestiaux4 ,an express train ,un train express4 ,a through train ,un train direct4 ,a local train ,un train omnibus4 ,a passenger train ,un train de voyageurs4 ,a freight train ,un train de marchandises4 ,to entrain the troops ,embarquer les troupes4 ,to detrain the troops ,dbarquer les troupes4 ,to get on a train ,monter dans un train4 ,to get off a train ,descendre d'un train4 ,the railroad track ,la voie 7ferre74 ,a side track ,une voie de garage4 ,a ticket ,un billet4 ,a round trip ticket ,un billet d'aller et retour4 ,one way only ,aller seulement4 ,the ticket window ,le guichet4 ,at what time does the ,paris ,a quelle heure part le train pour train start8 ,paris8 ,it is late 7#ae minutes late74 ,il est en retard 7de quinze minutes74 ,do we have to change cars8 ,faut-il changer de train8 ,the train stops ,le train s'arrte4 ,all aboard6 ,en voiture6 ,the train starts ,le train s'branle4 ,,rations ,,and ,,food4 ,provisions 7in general7 ,les vivres4 ,the ration ,la ration4 ,fresh beef ,de la viande frache4 ,bacon ,du lard4 ,flour ,de la farine4 ,soft bread ,du pain frais4 ,hard bread 7crackers7 ,du biscuit4 ,field bread ,du pain de guerre4 ,corn meal ,de la farine de mas4 ,coffee ,du caf4 ,sugar ,du sucre4 ,eggs ,des oeufs4 ,chickens ,des poulets4 ,potatoes ,des pommes de terre4 ,peas ,des pois4 ,string beans ,des haricots verts4 ,vegetables 7in general7 ,des lgumes4 ,an apple ,une pomme4 ,a pear ,une poire4 ,a cherry ,une cerise4 ,a peach ,une pche4 ,cheese ,du fromage4 ,wine ,du vin4 ,beer ,de la bire4 ,a glass of beer ,un bock4 ,i am hungry4 ,j'ai faim4 ,bring me something to eat1 ,apportez-moi quelque chose please4 manger1 s'il vous plat4 ,i am thirsty4 ,j'ai soif4 ,please give me1 a glass of water4 ,veuillez me donner un verre d'eau4 ,waiter1 ,i'll take a beefsteak4 ,garon1 je dsire un bifteck4 ,some black coffee ,du caf noir4 ,coffee with milk ,du caf au lait4 ,rolls ,des petits pains4 ,crescent rolls ,des croissants4 ,,hospitals4 ,a field hospital ,une ambulance4 ,a hospital 7in general7 ,un hpital 7plural3 des hpitaux74 ,a dressing station ,un poste de secours4 ,a first-aid dressing ,un pansement sommaire4 ,red ,cross ,la ,croix ,rouge4 ,a doctor ,un mdecin4 ,un docteur4 ,a surgeon ,un chirurgien4 ,a military surgeon ,un 7mdecin7 major4 ,assistant surgeon ,un aide-major4 ,a male nurse1 hospital corps man ,un infirmier4 ,a female nurse ,une infirmire4 ,an ambulance ,une ambulance4 ,a stretcher 7litter7 ,un brancard4 ,a litter bearer ,un brancardier4 ,a roll of bandages ,un rouleau de bandage4 ,a first-aid packet ,un paquet de pansement4 ,a wounded man ,un bless4 ,i am sick ,je suis malade4 ,i have a fever ,j'ai la fivre4 ,i have chills and fever ,j'ai des frissons de fivre4 ,i am constipated ,je suis constip4 ,i have diarrhea ,j'ai la diarrhe4 ,,points ,,of ,,the ,,compass4 ,north ,le nord4 ,south ,le sud4 ,east ,l'est4 ,west ,l'ouest4 ,northeast ,le nord-est4 ,southeast ,le sud-est4 ,northwest ,le nord-ouest4 ,southwest ,le sud-ouest4 ,,trench ,,warfare4 ,trench warfare ,la guerre des tranches4 ,la guerre de position4 ,la guerre de taupe 7moles74 ,trench ,une tranche4 ,communication trench ,un boyau 7de communication74 ,the parapet ,le parapet4 ,a loophole ,un crneau4 ,une meurtrire4 ,a grenade ,une grenade4 ,a grenadier1 bomber ,un grenadier4 ,barbed wire ,du fil de fer barbel4 ,barbed wire entanglement ,un rseau de fils de fer barbels4 ,trench mortar ,un mortier4 ,un crapouillaud4 ,minenwerfer 7,german74 ,bomb ,une bombe4 ,howitzer ,un obusier4 ,machine gun ,une mitrailleuse4 ,fieldpiece ,une pice de campagne4 #ge millimeter field gun ,une pice de soixante-quinze4 ,siege gun ,une pice de sige4 #abj long ,cent vingt long4 #abj short ,cent vingt court4 #gg 7,german7 ,soixante-dix-sept 7allemand74 ,shell ,un obus4 ,une marmite 7slang74 ,un colis domicile 7slang74 ,shrapnel ,un shrapnell4 ,un rageur 7slang74 ,periscope ,un priscope4 ,trench knife ,un couteau de tranche4 ,dugout ,un abri dans les tranches4 ,un cagibi 7slang74 ,une cagna 7slang7 ,un gourbi 7slang74 ,une guitoune 7slang74 ,,note4--,in addressing an officer of grade superior to his own1 an officer must use the possessive adjective2 a senior addressing a junior uses the title of the grade only4 ,thus3 ,a major to a colonel says ,mon colonel1 but the colonel to the major would say ,commandant4 ,,appendix4 ,,form ,,for ,,last ,,will ,,and ,,testament4 ,last ,will and ,testament ,,of ,i1 of do make1 publish1 and declare this my last will and testament4 ,i give1 devise1 and bequeath to#af ,footnote #af3 ,here insert specific legacies and devises4 ,and ,i do give1 devise1 and bequeath all the rest and residue of my estate1 both real and personal1 to heirs and assigns forever1#ag ,footnote #ag3 ,if the residue of the estate is given to several persons1 add here the manner in which it is to be divided1 as in equal shares as tenants in common4 ,i hereby appoint executor of this my last will and testament1 and ,i desire that shall not be required to give bond for the performance of the duties of that office4 ,witness my hand this#ah ,footnote #ah3 ,if the will is made in ,nevada1 or if the testator has real estate in that ,state1 he should affix his seal4 day of 1 #aia ,signed1 published1 and declared by the above-named testator1 as and for his last will and testament1 in the presence of us1 who1 at his request and in his presence1 and in the presence of each other1 have subscribed our names as witnesses thereto4#ai ,residence3 ,residence3 ,residence3 ,footnote #ai3 ,if the will is made in ,louisiana1 unless it is wholly in the handwriting of the testator1 there should be seven witnesses and a notary at the sealing up4 ,if wholly in his handwriting1 no formalities are required4 ,,index4 ,abbreviations on maps1 #cbc ,advance guards1 #baj ,advance party of advance guard1 #baa ,advice to riflemen1 #bda ,aiming rifle1 #bce ,alignments1 #bce ,ammunition1 #bj ,arm signals1 #aed ,arms 7see ,field kit71 #cj ,articles of ,war3 ,extracts from1 #cec ,reading1 #cec ,assembling ,infantry equipment1 #cc ,ball cartridges1 #bj ,battle sight1 #bj ,bayonet1 manual of3 ,attacks1 #ge ,combat1 #hd ,combined movements1 #hc ,defenses1 #gi ,fencing exercises1 #he ,foot movements1 #he ,general rules1 #he ,instruction without bayonet1 #ha ,instruction with rifle1 #gd ,instruction without rifle1 #gd ,suggestions for fencing at will1 #ic ,blanket roll1 #cc ,calling the shot1 #bda ,care of feet1 #dg ,care of rifle1 #ba ,company1 school of3 ,close order drill-- ,alignments1 #adf ,cossack post1 #bae ,course in small-arms firing1 #bdc ,courtesies in conversation1 #ah ,courtesy1 military1 #ac ,english-,french vocabularies1 #cga ,equipment3 ,assembling1 #cc ,part of1 #cc ,facings1 #fa ,feet1 care of1 #dg ,field kit1 #cj ,field service3 ,outposts-- ,combat1 #aha ,principles of ,infantry training1 #ahj ,fire3 ,control1 #aib ,direction1 #aia ,discipline1 #aib ,ranges1 #aic ,firing with rests1 #bdc ,first-aid rules1 #cch ,flank guards1 #bac ,forage ration1 #da ,form for last will and testament1 #chi ,french-,english vocabulary1 #cga ,guard duty 7extracts from ,manual of ,interior73 ,classification of interior guards1 #bee ,color sentinels1 #bga ,commander of the guard1 #beh ,compliments from guards1 #bhd ,corporal of the guard1 #bff ,countersigns1 #bhb ,details1 #bee ,flags1 #bif ,guard mounting1 #bei ,formal1 #bef ,informal1 #bef ,guard patrols1 #bhc ,guarding prisoners1 #bhi ,introduction1 #bed ,musician of the guard1 #bga ,orderlies1 #bga ,orders for sentinels1 #bgc ,paroles1 #bhb ,prisoners1 #bhf ,privates of the guard1 #bgc ,relieving the old guard1 #cjf ,retreat gun1 #bih ,reveille gun1 #bih ,rosters1 #bee ,sergeant of the guard1 #bfc ,watchmen1 #bhc ,guard mounting1 #bih ,formal1 #bii ,informal1 #big ,hygiene1 personal1 #dc ,individual cooking1 #cj ,recipes1 #cd ,international ,morse code1 #cbg ,laws governing ,army1 #cej ,line of observation1 #ajb ,loadings and firings1 #ie ,loyalty1 #aa ,manual of arms1 #cj ,manual of the ,bayonet4 7,see ,bayonet1 ,manual of47 ,manual of ,interior ,guard ,duty4 7,see ,guard duty47 ,manual of ,tent ,pitching4 7,see ,tent ,pitching1 ,manual of47 ,maps3 ,abbreviations1 #cbc ,contours1 #cac ,datum plane1 #cad ,directions1 #cji ,distances1 #cab ,ground forms1 #caf ,hachures1 #cad ,making 7sketching71 #cbb ,orienting1 #caa ,reading1 #cac ,ridges1 #cag ,scales1 #cac ,signs1 #cbc ,slopes1 #cae ,stream lines1 #cai ,valleys1 #caf ,vertical intervals1 #cae ,marching1 #bbc ,preparation for1 #bbc ,markmanship1 preliminary training1 #bcc ,message blanks1 #bce ,metal fouling solution for cleaning rifle1 #bf ,military courtesy1 #ac ,morse1 international code4 7,see ,general service code47 ,national anthem1 #ag ,noncommissioned officers3 ,corporal of guard1 #ceb ,insignia1 #cec ,precedence1 #ceb ,rank1 #cec ,sergeant of guard1 #ceb ,oath of enlistment1 #i ,obedience1 #i ,observation1 line of4 7,see ,line of observation47 ,officers3 ,insignia1 #cec ,precedence1 #ceb ,rank1 #cec ,orienting maps1 #caa ,outguards1 #bae ,outposts1 #bac ,pack1 #ce ,close1 #ce ,open1 #ce ,patrolling1 #aii ,patrols3 ,advance guards1 #baj ,outposts1 #bac ,personal hygiene1 #dc ,pickets1 #bae ,pistol3 ,cleaning1 #ajd ,practice1 #ajd ,rations3 ,carried on person1 #cg ,cooking1 #cg ,emergency1 #da ,forage1 #da ,grain1 #db ,kinds of1 #ch ,reading maps1 #cji ,rear guards1 #cab ,regulations governing ,army1 #cej ,rifle3 ,aiming1 #bdb ,care of1 #bda ,cleaning1 #bdb ,coordination in firing1 #bda ,trenches1 #bai ,salutes3 ,hand1 #ad ,rifle1 #ad ,saber1 #ae ,sentinels1 #af ,saluting1 #ac ,rules governing1 #ae ,scales on maps1 #cbd ,soda solution for cleaning rifle1 #bf ,soldier1 school of3 ,duties of instructor1 #eg ,eyes right or left1 #fa ,facings1 #fa ,instruction without arms1 #eh ,manual of arms1 #cj ,position of the soldier on attention1 #ei ,rifle salute1 #ga ,salute with the hand1 #ad ,salute with saber1 #af ,steps and marchings1 #fa ,back step1 #fd ,change step1 #fe ,quick time1 #fb ,side step1 #fc ,the half step1 #fc ,to halt1 #fd ,to march by the flank1 #fd ,to march to the rear1 #fd ,to mark time1 #fc ,the bayonet1 #ge ,the inspection1 #gb ,the rests1 #gj ,to dismiss the squad1 #gb ,solutions for cleaning rifle1 #bf ,squad1 school of3 ,alignments1 #adf ,instruction1 #gd ,kneeling and lying down1 #gd ,loadings and firings1 #ie ,observation1 #ajb ,the assembly1 #agb ,the oblique march1 #aeh ,the use of cover1 #aja ,to cease firing1 #ajj ,to deploy as skirmishers1 #afi ,to fire at will1 #ii ,to fire by clip1 #ii ,to fire by volley1 #ih ,to form squad1 #adb ,to load1 #if ,to set the sight1 #ih ,to stack and take arms1 #gc ,to suspend firing1 #ii ,to take intervals and distance1 #fe ,to unload1 #ig ,steps and marchings1 #fa ,subsistence4 7,see ,rations47 ,surplus kit1 #cb ,swabbing solution for cleaning rifle1 #bf ,target practice3 ,advice to riflemen1 #bda ,aiming rifle1 #bce ,battle sight1 #bcf ,calling the shot1 #bdj ,coordination1 #bda ,firing positions1 #bch ,preliminary training in markmanship1 #bcc ,sight adjustment1 #bcc ,table of sight corrections1 #bce ,targets1 #bdd ,the course in small-arms firing1 #bdc ,trigger squeeze1 #bcg ,targets1 #bdd ,tent ,pitching1 ,manual of3 ,conical wall tent1 #agg ,folding tents1 #agh ,pitch all type ,army tents 7except shelter and conical wall tents71 #agf ,striking tents1 #agh ,trigger squeeze1 #bcg ,two-arm semaphore code1 #bca ,uniforms1 #bg ,care of1 #bg ,disposing of1 #bg ,dress1 #bh ,full dress1 #bh ,how worn1 #bh ,service1 #bh ,use of cover1 #aja ,visual signaling 7see ,signals73 ,in general1 #cbh ,flag1 #cbi ,vocabulary--,english-,french1 #cia ,transcriber's note3 ,obvious printer's errors have been corrected4 ,hyphenation and accentuation have been standardised1 all other inconsistencies are as in the original4 ,the author's spelling has been maintained4 ,bold text is marked with 4